EDRA 37 - Chapin - Environmental Design Research Association

Proceedings of the 37th AnnualConference of the EnvironmentalDesign Research AssociationEditor: Meldrena K. Chapin

EditorsMeldrena K. Chapin, Chief Editor; Andrew N. Greenberg, Assistant EditorTable of ContentsEDRA37 Conference Program CommitteeCo-Chairs: Meldrena K. Chapin & Andrew N. Greenberg, Committee Members: Jean Wolf, Lauren Leary, AprilAllen, Naz Kaya, Mary Anne Alabanza-Akers, Craig Zimring, Julia Nevarez, Maria Montero, Mine Hashas, RenéeHallman, Bonnie Heath (Photography)EDRA37 Conference SponsorsGold Sponsors: College of Architecture, Georgia Institute of Technology; Center for Conservation and Behavior,School of Psychology, Georgia Institute of Technology; Goodworks International, LLC; The Andrew Young Schoolof Policy Studies, Georgia State University; The Andrew Young Center for International Affairs, Morehouse CollegeSilver Sponsors: GeoStats, LP Atlanta, Georgia; Active Living Research (ALR), a National Program of the RobertWood Johnson Foundation; Perkins+Will, Atlanta GeorgiaEDRA 2006 Board of DirectorsJulia Nevarez, Chair; Keith Diaz Moore, Vice Chair; Susan Rowley-Balas, Secretary/Student Rep; Daniel Mittleman,Treasurer; Sally Augustin; Mary Anne Alabanza-Akers; Janetta McCoy; Brian K. Schermer; Meldrena K.Chapin, Ex-Offico MemberEDRA PlacemakersBob Bechtel, Stephan M. Klein, Keith Diaz Moore, Robert RileyEDRA WayfindersPaul B. Harris, Lyn Geboy, Randy Hester, Susan Rodiek, Daniel Mittleman, Janice Bissell, Catharine WardThompson, David SaileGraphic Design and Document LayoutRenée Hallman, be·design, Atlanta, GACover Design and Section ArtLarry McFall, Gallis and Associates, Charlotte, NC and Renée Hallman, be·design, Atlanta, GASpecial Thanks to the EDRA Business Office Executive Director, Janet Singer and Assistant Extraordinaire, JulieMathis, for their continued, extensive, and enthusiastic support of EDRA as an organization, EDRA’s annual conferenceand the creation of these proceedings. Our appreciation also goes out to Ellen Keable, former EDRA president forher advice & support.www.edra.orgCopyright © 2006 The Environmental Design Research Association (EDRA)PO Box 7146, Edmond, Oklahoma 73083-7146All rights reserved. No part of this book covered by copyright herin may be reproduced or transmitted in any form orby any means – graphic, photocopying, recording, taping, electronic or information storage and retrieval systems –without written permission of the publisher.ISBN 0-939922-32-013456121213151618182021304155657999107113EDRA37: Beyond ConflictConference OverviewInvited Papers and PresentationsBeyond Conflict: Reconciling Health and the EnvironmentDeadly Waiting Game: Why some communities must wait for health & environmental protecttionBullard, Robert D.EDRA/Places Awards RevistedIncremental Urbanisim: The auto & the pedestrian reconsidered in strip redevelopmentsGamble, Michael, and LeBlanc, W. JudeA Case for Synthesis Between Research & Pedagogy: Incremental UrbanismGamble, Michael, and LeBlanc, W. JudeA Case Study Examining the Applicability of Using Health Impact Assesment to Evaaluate the Redevelopment ofBuford Highway Rutt, CandaceBeyond Conflict: Participatory Design with the Homeless – A new design for Peachtree-PineBeyond Conflict: A Historic Story of Urban Planning in AtlantaThe History of Freedom Parkway: Transporation planning, traffic engineering and public involvementperspectives Wolf, JeanRefereed Full-PapersSedentary and Fleeting Activities and their Spatial Correlates in OfficesMahbub Rashid, PhD, AIA, David Craig, PhD , Craig Zimring, PhDStress and Studios: A post-occupancy evaluation of studio spaces in the College of Environmental Design andPlanning Sophia Meger, 2006 EDRA37 Student Award WinnerChildren’s Notions of Environmental Care: The case of a low-income Muslim neighborhood in India. SudeshnaChatterjee 2006, EDRA37 Student Award WinnerSocial Change and Residential Environment: Change of Ondol (Korean heated floor) and domestic life in Koreaduring the 20th century Jung-hye ShinDensity, Fear, and Terrorism: How 9/11 has affected people’s desire to live in an urban area in Franklin County,Ohio Vincent ManteroPublic Perception of Productive Land Uses: Franklin County, OhioCharles Cartwright, Lisa Cutshaw, and Tristan McMannis with Jane AmidonA Collaborative Approach to Sustainable Land Use Planning in McHenry County, Illinois Donovan FinnLow-cost Measures of Environmental Renewal through Direct Technological Transfer Stefan PollakFitting the Old with the New: A new approach to contextual fit Natheer Abu-Obeid

121Thematic Abstracts264Participatory Design122126131133137Active LivingChildren and Youth EnvironmentsDay Care/PreschoolsSchools and ClassroomsPublic Space/Urban Space and Youth272279283288293Post-Occupancy Evaluation/ProgrammingUniversal and Accessible DesignInternational Building Performance EvaluationUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use140140147Cities and Small TownsCities/Suburbia/ExurbiaSmall Towns and Neighborhoods306316Workplace EnvironmentsErrata153153155160164166167172ConflictUrban ConflictConflict ResolutionDisasterMemorialsHomelessness and the Built EnvironmentCrime and the Built EnvironmentCulture and Environment317317318319324332Computer Game Playing and Spatial Knowledge Cubukcu, EbruDiversity of Settlement in a Settlement: A way forward in cities of the developing world – case of NairobiOchieng CrispinoIndexAuthor IndexTitle IndexKeyword Index182Digital Environments and Technology191192195199203Environment-Behavior/EducationStudiosCurriculumUniversity EnvironmentsResearch Methods205214220Environmental GerontologyDementia/Dementia Special Care UnitsLong-term Care226228231232Environmental PsychologyCognitionEnvironmental ZoologyMovement and Wayfinding235Health Environments244Housing260Nature and Ecology

Beyond ConflictMay 3, 2006Dear Colleagues,Welcome to EDRA37 Atlanta: Beyond Conflict.On behalf of the EDRA Board of Directors, please allow me to extend a warm welcometo what will possibly be one of EDRA’s most social and politically engaging conferences,organized around conflicts and conflict resolution. Rather than a blind and desperate attemptto end conflicts, this conference offers a reflective and critically engaged approach toacknowledging and addressing the possibilities arising from conflict. Our intent is to addressconflict and other issues of concern for both EDRA’s membership and the public at large inorder to help mold and affect policy and to make improvements in our built environmentthrough design, research and collaboration.Contemporary times are besieged by conflicts, and this inspires the search for peaceful,beneficial resolutions to those conflicts. Engagement with the world around us to affectchange for social justice and create improvements in our built environment based uponenvironment-behavior research has been a core value for EDRA from its inception. Today thisconcern continues to be a priority, not only for EDRA, but for the world. In such trying timesof terrorism, political spectacle and uncertain social, political and economic development,the relationship between people and their environments is of outmost importance. EDRArecognizes that we are committed to improving our world, and we seek to find answers tothese critical issues and situations not only as committed s scholars, but also as professionals,community dwellers, and individual human beings. Let us use EDRA37 as an opportunityto articulate how environment-behavior research, research-informed design, and interdisciplinarycollaboration can contribute to creating just, interesting, healthy and engagingenvironments for us all.Sincerely,Julia Nevarez, Chair EDRA Board of DirectorsBeyond ConflictAtlanta historians like to joke that the city has nohistory, that Sherman burned the city’s history alongwith its buildings. Yet it was that very destruction– and the rebuilding that followed – that propelledAtlanta into its current prominence. In fact, right afterthe Civil War, city fathers themselves destroyed someof the few remaining antebellum mansions in orderto make room for new city and state governmentbuildings. Within a generation, the city had grown farbigger than it had been before the war.Beyond Conflict: The Next StageSo often this is the case with conflict, tearingdown the old to build something new in its place. Itis easy to see to see conflict as inherently evil, or tosee it overwhelming all other aspects of life. Violentconflicts, especially the headline-grabbing clashesof race, religion and nation, take with them lives,property, and sometimes even entire culturesand ways of life.Even less physically destructive conflicts taketheir tolls on our psyches, our relationships and ourspirits. The less obvious conflicts of space, technologyand infrastructure tax us in many ways. Yet out ofconflict the phoenix rises, reborn from the flames ofits own destruction.In Hegelian terms, progress comes from conflict(Hegel, 1812). The clash of thesis and antithesiscreates a greater synthesis, reconciling the truthsof conflicting forces. We bemoan the effects andtragedies that accompany conflict and strive to turnthem into something better. John Dewey (1976:207) wrote that “conflict is the gadfly of thought,”and EDRA37 highlights the many ways conflictstimulates new ways of seeing and creating our builtenvironment. Conflicts emerge in many ways andtake many forms, but they often result in new designs.Atlanta’s own conflicts highlight this growth.Burned by Sherman in the U.S. Civil War, Atlanta’srebuilding took a number of different directions– planned and unplanned. Often criticized for doingso little to maintain its history, Atlanta has constantlybuilt new structures on top of the remains of its oldones. However, small gems from its past still remainto remind residents and visitors alike of the conflictsthat shaped the city.Perhaps Atlanta’s most significant conflict sincethe Civil War was that over civil rights. Home of Dr.Martin Luther King Jr. and other movement leaders,Atlanta still feels the influence of those modern giants,and the structures that shaped the movement still playa role in the city. Other conflicts, both historic and ongoing, continue to shape Atlanta. Some of these haveincluded broad issues like white flight and its currentopposite, the gentrification of in-town neighborhoods;competing needs of growth and preservation;and attempts to revitalize urban areas. Other conflictshave been as restricted as disputes over neighborhoodaesthetics, appropriate use of specific parks, andeven decisions about naming public facilities. Even inAtlanta, the self-proclaimed “City too busy too hate,”these conflicts continue.However, these conflicts do not exist just in Atlanta.The conflicts that continue to mark this city find theircounterparts in communities across the globe. It’soften said that if you want to know what problemswill afflict your city in a few years, you should cometo Atlanta now. These conflicts reach far beyond thosethat shape our physical environments. They shape ourmental and spiritual environments as well, and enterinto the places where all three environments meet.Still, not every conflict must be fought to the bitterend, or until one of the combatants is vanquished. AsPaul Rand, the designer known for corporate logoslike IBM’s and Enron’s, wrote, “The conflict betweendesign and technology, like the conflict between formand content, is not an either/or problem, it is one ofedra37:BeyondConflictBeyond Conflict 1

edra37 :BeyondConflictsynthesis” (Rand 1996: 41). And, of course, all theseconflicts create incomparable inspiration for research.Just as important as finding good resolutions to ourconflicts is finding new ways to avoid the damagingaffects that stem from the conflicts themselves. Manyof the battles that mark so much of our lives arecompletely avoidable, bringing with them high levelsof stress and aggravation for little reward. Movingbeyond conflict is more than just finding a synthesis;it is finding a whole new way to deal with opposition.This desire to find a new way has led to such pathsas conflict mediation, conflict resolution, consensusdecision making and more. Businesses find suchapproaches more profitable than traditional mechanisms.Couples use these techniques to avoid thepitfalls that end so many relationships.An ancient fable involves two trees facing a powerfulwind. The oak faces the wind head on, challenging itto do its worst, and snaps against the roaring gale. Thewillow, on the other hand, bends and avoids confrontingthe wind head on. It survives the storm byfinding a way past the conflict.Moving beyond conflict in this manner does notdemonstrate weakness. In fact, the opposite is oftentrue. Martin Luther King proved the truth of thisagain and again, showing far greater bravery thandid his attackers when he refused to raise fists toconfront violence and hate. The nonviolent tactics ofthe Civil Rights movement led to its greatest successes,something that has proven true of resistancemovements around the world. Those that made thegreatest use of nonviolence, from India to SouthAfrica to Eastern Europe, have succeeded where thosebuilt on bloody confrontation often fail.In some cases, people have found the strength fornonviolence in the very rightness of their causes. Inother cases, it is this very righteousness that leads toviolence and bloodshed. One of the hardest tasks forconflict mediators is finding ways for people to movebeyond a fixation on right and wrong and to insteadview each other as real people, with real motivationsthat deserve respect and understanding. When peoplemake this leap, however, they can find amazing waysto move beyond the original conflict.At its worst, conflict destroys those things wetreasure. Even then, however, it creates the stimulusfor the creation of new treasures, be they physicalor intellectual. At its best, conflict allows those whoonce opposed each other to find common ground andmove far beyond where they were when the conflictbegan. The great Afghani poet Rumi, himself nostranger to conflict, put this desire in its most simpleand beautiful form:“Out beyond the ideas of wrong doing and right doing,there is a field – I’ll meet you there.”— (Barks, 1997: 36).Meldrena Chapin and Andrew GreenbergConference Co-ChairsReferencesHegel, G. W. F. (1812, 1813, 1816). The Science of Logic.Dewey, J. (1976). “Morals Are Human” in Ed. J. A.Boydston, The Middle Works, 1899–1924, 14 Carbondale:Southern Illinois University Press.Rand, P. (1996). From Lascaux to Brooklyn. NewHaven : Yale University Press.Barks, C. (1997) The Essential Rumi. San Francisco:Harper. Used with permission.Conference OverviewEDRA attracts us for a variety of reasons. For many,it is the chance to share knowledge with peers fromaround the world. For others, it is the association’s interdisciplinarynature and synergistic approach, whichbrings a wide array of viewpoints to bear on issues.And for more than a few of us, it is the chance to catchup with old friends and colleagues.When we took on the task of organizing EDRA37,one of our primary goals was to bring EDRA to theattention of people and groups that normally do notattend our conference. We believe EDRA has tremendousamount to offer many people beyond its usualattendees. To catch their attention, we emphasizedEDRA’s great strengths, including its interdisciplinarynature, its collegiality, and its research focus on howpeople relate to their environments. To that we addeda theme that had wide appeal, social and networkingopportunities that would attract as diverse a crowdas possible. We invited speakers who not only drewfrom EDRA’s rich tradition but who also came fromcompletely outside our ranks. Of course, in the end,the main reason people attend EDRA’s annual conferenceis the stellar array of research presented both bymembers and newcomers alike.The conference theme attracted more submissionsthan we expected. We especially welcome the way somany of our submitters went beyond the theme itself tooffer innovative ways to look at conflict, its causes & itseffects. These demonstrated the rich depth EDRA offers.Conference highlights include:• A keynote address on the conference themeby civil rights leader and former UN AmbassadorAndrew Young. During his time as mayor of Atlanta,Ambassador Young is credited with making Atlantaa truly international city. His work for a better worldcontinues today through Goodworks International,which creates designs that foster international growthand long-term economic development in Africa andthe Caribbean. An opening-night reception followedAmbassador Young’s speech.• Pre-conference intensives on innovativeworkplaces, sustainable campuses, Atlanta’s newBeltLine system, and more, including a look at theuse of labyrinths as environmental space for healing,resolution and renewal.• “Beyond Conflict: Redesigning the UrbanEnvironment,” our first plenary session. CharlesBrewer, founder of Mindspring and an eco-friendlydeveloper; Georgia Tech’s Dr. Ellen Dunham-Jones, board member of the Congress for the NewUrbanism; and Vicki Lundy Wilbon, COO of theIntegral Group an organization dedicated to urbanrevitalization projects around the US, offered newways of looking at design of the urban environment.• “Beyond Conflict: Reconciling Health andthe Environment,” our second plenary session. Dr.Rob Bullard, director of Clark Atlanta University’sEnvironmental Justice Resource Center and authorof such books as Dumping in Dixie: Race, Class andEnvironmental Quality, joined Jim Durrett, executivedirector of the Livable Communities Coalition, andDr. Howard Frumkin, director of the CDC’s NationalCenter for Environmental Health/Agency for ToxicSubstances and Disease Registry for this thoughtprovokingsession.• A week of sessions on subjects as diverse aszoo design and hospital construction, in additionto sessions pertaining to the wide variety of topicsdiscussed by EDRA’s networks, and even more.This promises to be an exciting conference fullof new and innovative presentations surroundingenvironment-behavior research and researchinformeddesign. We hope that EDRA37 allows all of usthe opportunity to learn from each another and givesus a welcoming platform for discussing meaningfulcollaborative resolutions to the numerous conflicts thataffect us all. We look forward to seeing you next year inSacramento.ConferenceOverview2 May 2006Beyond Conflict 3

Invited Papers & PresentationsEDRA37 and its theme, Beyond Conflict, drewan excellent mix of submissions from across theglobe. We were fortunate to attract a numberof notable presenters for our plenaries andother invited sessions focused on the conferencetheme. These presenters provided us valuableinsights not only into Atlanta’s conflicts, butthose of the United States and, indeed, theentire world. From issues as large as the wayour environments affect our health, to effortsAtlanta’s homeless are making to redesignkey parts of downtown, and even to strugglesaround creating and redesigning one of thecity’s notorious highways, our invited presentersoffered us successes, failures, and encouragementin our efforts to move beyond conflict.Beyond Conflict: ReconcilingHealth and the EnvironmentPresenters: Bullard, Robert D., Ware DistinguishedProfessor of Sociology, Environmental Justice ResourceCenter, Clark Atlanta University; Durrett,Jim, Executive Director, The Livable CommunitiesCoalition; and Frumkin, Howard, Director of theNational Center for Environmental Health/Agencyfor Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, U.S.Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. [InvitedPlenary]From homes and offices that make us sick, toworkplaces that make us sedentary, to hospitalsthat don’t make us better, little impacts ourpersonal health as much as our environment.Environment and health don’t have to be at odds,however. According to Howard Frumkin, healthand environment do not need to be in conflict; infact, they are mutually supporting, and good design– research informed, socially conscious design, thekind of design discussed at EDRA meetings – can helpreconcile the two. However, conflicts frequently arisein efforts to achieve healthy environments. Frumkinposes four such conflicts:• Conflicts between a worthy environmentalgoal and another worthy environmental goal, e.g.disagreements over the construction of multi-usetrails along urban waterways;• Conflicts between evidence-based approachesand ideology, e.g. design principles recommendedwithout an evidence base;• Conflicts between healthy development forpeople of means and healthy development for poorpeople: the importance of addressinghealth disparities; and• Conflicts between economic development andhealth, e.g. highway construction,large house construction.Jim Durrett proposes that we work towardsresolving these conflicts and others throughdeveloping liveable communities. Liveablecommunities can be developed through managedgrowth focused on the following approaches:• Supporting greater densities and mixed-usedevelopments in appropriate areas, especially in ourregional centers and transportation corridors;• Increasing housing choices by removing barriersthat artificially restrict the market, including financialbarriers, and by encouraging developers to providequality, innovative projects utilizing good designsconsistent with community desires;• Integrating transportation investments andinfrastructure improvements with appropriateland use; and• Guiding how greenfield land is developed,promoting more land-efficient development,water conservation, open-space preservation andinfrastructure optimization.Robert Bullard challenges us to approach our workin creating cities, town, and liveable communities ofall sizes with the unique conflicts of race, class, andenvironmental injustice in mind in an effort to buildquality, healthy places for all.InvitedPapers &PresentationsBeyond Conflict 5

InvitedPapers &PresentationsDeadly Waiting Game: WhySome Communities Must Waitfor Health & EnvironmentalProtectionBullard, Robert D., Ph.D. Ware Distinguished Professorof Sociology, Director of the EnvironmentalJustice Resource Center, Clark Atlanta University,Atlanta, Georgia{Invited Preliminary Paper}The environmental justice paradigm provides auseful framework for examining and explaining thespatial relation between the health of marginalizedpopulations and their built and natural environment. 1Historically, African American and other people ofcolor communities have borne a disproportionateburden of pollution from incinerators, smelters,sewage treatment plants, chemical industries, anda host of other polluting facilities. Environmentalracism has rendered millions of Americans “invisible”to government regulations and equal enforcement.Environmental “Sacrifice Zones”Numerous studies show people of colorconcentrated in nonattainment areas that failed tomeet EPA ground level ozone standards – pollutionmainly from cars, trucks, and buses. In 1992, NationalArgonne Laboratory researchers discovered that 57percent of whites, 65 percent of African Americans,and 80 percent of Latinos lived in the 437 countiesthat failed to meet at least one of the EPA ambient airquality standards. 2A 2000 study from the American Lung Associationfound children of color to be disproportionately representedin areas with high ozone levels. 3 Additionally,61.3 percent of Black children, 69.2 percent of Hispanicchildren and 67.7 percent of Asian-Americanchildren live in areas that exceed the 0.08 ppm ozonestandard, while only 50.8 percent of white childrenlive in such areas.Bad air hurts. Although African Americans represent12.7 percent of the U.S. population, they accountfor 26 percent of asthma deaths. 4 African Americanchildren are five times more likely to die from asthmathan white children. 5 The Centers for Disease Controland Prevention reports that asthma accounts for morethan 10 million lost school days, 1.2 million emergencyroom visits, 15 million outpatient visits, andover 500,000 hospitalizations each year. Asthma costAmericans over $14.5 billion in 2000. 6Dirty industries have followed the “path of leastresistance” allowing many black communities to becomeenvironmental “sacrifice zones.” 7 African Americansare 79 percent more likely than whites to live inneighborhoods where industrial pollution is suspectedof posing the greatest health danger. 8 Using EPA’s owndata and government scientists, the Associate Pressdiscovered that in 19 states, blacks were more thantwice as likely as whites to live in neighborhoods whereair pollution seems to pose the greatest health danger.The Associated Press analyzed the health risk posedby industrial air pollution using toxic chemical airreleases reported by factories to calculate a health riskscore for each square kilometer of the United States.The scores can be used to compare risks from longtermexposure to factory pollution from one area toanother. The scores are based on the amount of toxicpollution released by each factory, the path the pollutiontakes as it spreads through the air, the level ofdanger to humans posed by each different chemicalreleased, and the number of males and females of differentages who live in the exposure paths.Nationally, three out of five African Americans andLatino Americans live in communities with abandonedtoxic waste sites. 9 Over 870,000 of the 1.9 million(46 percent) housing units for the poor, mostlyblack and Hispanic, sit within about a mile of factoriesthat reported toxic emissions to the EnvironmentalProtection Agency. 10 More than 600,000 students inMassachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Michigan andCalifornia were attending nearly 1,200 public schools,with largely African Americans and other childrenof color, that are located within a half mile of federalSuperfund or state-identified contaminated sites. 11More than 68 percent of Blacks live within 30 milesof a coal-fired power plant – the distance withinwhich the maximum effects of the smokestack plumeare expected to occur – compared with 56 percent ofwhite Americans. 12 Government scientists and contractorshave spent millions of dollars creating healthrisk measures. On February 11, 1994, environmentaljustice reached the White House when President WilliamJ. Clinton signed Executive Order 12898, FederalActions to Address Environmental Justice in MinorityPopulations and Low-Income Populations. The Ordermandated federal agencies to incorporate environmentaljustice into all of their works and programs. 13In a 2003 report, Not in My Backyard: ExecutiveOrder 12,898 and Title VI as Tools for AchievingEnvironmental Justice, the U.S. Commission on CivilRights concluded that “Minority and low-incomecommunities are most often exposed to multiplepollutants and from multiple sources…There is nopresumption of adverse health risk from multipleexposures, and no policy on cumulative risk assessmentthat considers the roles of social, economic, andbehavioral factors when assessing risk.” 14A March 2004 EPA Office of Inspector Generalreport, EPA Needs to Consistently Implement the Intentof the Executive Order on Environmental Justice,sums up the treatment of environmental justice underthe Bush administration. After a decade, EPA “has notdeveloped a clear vision or a comprehensive strategicplan, and has not established values, goals, expectations,and performance measurements” for integratingenvironmental justice into its day-to-day operations. 15Hazardous HomesRace maps closely with the geography of environmentalrisks. A case in point is childhood leadpoisoning which continues to be the number one environmentalhealth threat to children of color in theUnited States, especially poor children and childrenliving in inner cities. 16 Removing lead from gasolineis hailed as a national environmental and health victory.However, allowing lead-paint in older housing topoison children is a national disgrace.Black children are five times more likely than whitechildren to have lead poisoning. 17 One in seven blackchildren living in older housing has elevated blood leadlevels. 18 About 22 percent of African American childrenand 13 percent of Mexican American children living inpre-1946 housing are lead poisoned, compared with 6percent of white children living in comparable types ofhousing. Over 28.4 percent of all low-income AfricanAmerican children are lead poisoned compared to 9.8percent of low-income white children.Recent studies supported by the National Institutefor Environmental Health Sciences suggest thata young person’s lead burden is linked to lower IQ,lower high school graduation rates and increased delinquency.19 Lead poisoning causes about 2 to 3 pointsof IQ lost for each 10 ug/dl lead level. 20Supermarket Redlining and HealthStudies over the past three decades clearly documentthe relationship between redlining and disinvestmentdecisions and neighborhood decline. 21 Redliningaccelerates the flight of full-service banks, food stores,restaurants, and other shopping centers from innercityneighborhoods. In their place, inner-city neighborhoodsare left with check-cashing stations, pawnshops, storefront grocery stores, liquor stores, andfast-food operations – all well buttoned up with wiremesh and bullet-proof glass.Redlining is not limited to insurance companies,banks, and lending institutions. Retail redlining alsodenies millions of African Americans basic goodsand service that most people take for granted. AfricanAmericans who are often segregated in black neighborhoodshave difficulty accessing something as basicas a full-service supermarket. Food security remainsa severe problem in low-income and middle-incomeblack neighborhoods. Studies show that wealthierneighborhoods have more than three times as manysupermarkets as poor neighborhoods. 22Not having a supermarket nearby severely limitsAfrican Americans access to the basic elements of ahealthy diet and thereby placing them at greater riskof chronic diseases such as diabetes and congestiveheart failure. When broken down by race, not justwealth, predominately white neighborhoods in Maryland,Minnesota, Mississippi, and North Carolinahave four times as many supermarkets as predominatelyblack neighborhoods. 23 Supermarkets are moreInvitedPapers &Presentations6 May 2006Beyond Conflict 7

InvitedPapers &Presentationslikely to offer a wide selection of food at affordableprices. More important, medical research shows thateating lots of fruits and vegetables can lower bloodpressure, reduce the risk of heart disease and strokeand help prevent bone loss.In many black neighborhoods it is far easier to getan artery-clogging bucket of fried chicken or a slice ofpizza than it is to get a fresh apple or bundle of freshgrapes. The more supermarkets a neighborhood has,the more fruits and vegetables its residents eat. Forexample, the presence of at least one supermarket in ablack neighborhood was associated with a 25 percentincrease in the number of residents who limited theamount of fat in their diets, as compared with peoplein neighborhoods with no supermarket. 24Fast foods add to this health crisis. Fast food outletsproliferate in many low-income African Americanneighborhoods, crowding out access to healthier foods.Children are the special targets of saturation marketingby the junk food industry. In New York City, Los Angeles,Hartford, Knoxville and Minneapolis, low-incomeresidents pay 10 to 40 percent more for food thanhigher income residents of the same cities. Urban residentsare fighting back and demanding “food justice,”involving local people from seed to sale. 25 Food justiceadvocates view access to healthy food as a human rightissue and that “lack of access to food in a community isan indicator of material deprivation.” 26Transportation Apartheid –Why Some People Get Left BehindTransportation provides access to opportunity andserves as a key component in addressing poverty,unemployment, and equal opportunity goals while ensuringaccess to education, health care, and other publicservices. 27 This past December, the nation celebratedthe 50th anniversary of the Montgomery Bus Boycott.It has been more than 110 years since the U.S. SupremeCourt codified “separate but equal” in it Plessy v. Fergusonruling and made “Jim Crow” the law of the land.However, transportation is still separate and unequal. 28Transportation is a major component in any emergencypreparedness and evacuation plan. Unequalaccess to transportation alternatives in naturaldisasters heightens the vulnerability of the poor,elderly, disabled, and people of color. Individuals withprivate automobiles have a greater chance of “votingwith their feet” and escaping from hurricanes thanindividuals who are dependent on the government toprovide emergency transportation. Too often buses(public transit and school buses), vans (para-transit),and trains do not come to the rescue of low-income,elderly, disabled, and sick people.American society is largely divided between thosewith cars and those without cars. In urban areas, AfricanAmericans and Latinos comprise over 54 percentof transit users (62 percent of bus riders, 35 percent ofsubway riders, and 29 percent of commuter rail riders).Nationally, only about 5.3 percent of all Americans usepublic transit to get to work. 29 African Americans arealmost six times as likely as whites to use transit to getaround. Urban transit is especially important to AfricanAmericans where over 88 percent live in metropolitanareas and 53.1 percent live inside central cities.Nearly 60 percent of transit riders are served by theten largest urban transit systems and the remaining40 percent by the other 5,000 transit systems. In areaswith populations from one million and below, morethan half of all transit passengers have incomes of lessthan $15,000 per year.The private automobile is still the most dominanttravel mode of every segment of the American population,including the poor and people of color. Clearly,private automobiles provide enormous employmentaccess advantages to their owners. Car ownership isalmost universal in the United States with 91.7 percentof American households owning at least one motorvehicle. According to the 2001 National HouseholdTravel Survey (NHTS), which was released in 2003,87.6 percent of whites, 83.1 percent of Asians and Hispanics,and 78.9 percent of blacks rely on the privatecar to get around. 30Nationally, only 7 percent of white households ownno car, compared with 24 percent of African Americanhouseholds, 17 percent of Latino households, and 13percent of Asian-American households. Two in tenhouseholds in the Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabamadisaster area had no car. 31 People in the hardest hitareas were twice as likely as most Americans to be poorand without a car. Over one-third of New Orleans’African Americans do not own a car. Before Katrina,nearly a quarter of New Orleans residents relied onpublic transportation. 32 And 102,122 disabled personslived in New Orleans at the time of the hurricane. 33Katrina exposed a weakness in urban mass evacuationplans. The problem is not unique to New Orleans.The recent evacuation of 2.7 million people fromHouston shows that “there is no way to evacuate alarge U.S. city quickly and smoothly.” 34 Many motoristsran out of gas after spending more than fifteenhours stuck in traffic. Katrina’s evacuation planfunctioned relatively well for motorists but failed thetransit dependent population. 35As in the case of Hurricane Katrina, emergencytransportation planners failed the “most vulnerable”of our society – individuals without cars, non-drivers,disabled, homeless, sick persons, elderly, and children.As a result, many vulnerable people were left behindand may have died as a result of no transportation.Nearly two-thirds of the Katrina victims in Louisianawere older than 60. These data confirm what manybelieve, that Katrina killed the weakest residents. 36Local, state, and federal emergency planners haveknown for years the risks facing transit-dependentresidents. 37 At least “100,000 New Orleans citizensdo not have means of personal transportation” toevacuate in case of a major storm. 38 A 2002 articletitled “Planning for the Evacuation of New Orleans”details the risks faced by hundreds of thousands ofcarless and non-drivers in the New Orleans area. Ofthe 1.4 million inhabitants in the high-threat areas,it is assumed only approximately 60 percent of thepopulation of about 850,000 people, or be able to leavethe city. The reasons are numerous. 39Although the various agencies had this knowledgeof a large vulnerable population, there simply was noeffective plan to evacuate these New Orleanians awayfrom rising water. This problem received nationalattention in 1998 during Hurricane Georges whenemergency evacuation plans left behind mostly residentswho did not own cars. 40 The city’s emergencyplan was modified to include the use of public busesto evacuate those without transportation. When HurricaneIvan struck New Orleans in 2004, many carlessNew Orleanians were left to fend for themselves, whileothers were evacuated to the Superdome and other“shelters of last resort.” 41A Times-Picayune reporter, Bruce Nolan, summedup the emergency transportation plan: “City, state andfederal emergency officials are preparing to give thepoorest of New Orleans’ poor a historically blunt message:In the event of a major hurricane, you’re on yourown.” 42 The New Orleans Rapid Transit Authority(RTA) emergency plan designated 64 buses and 10 liftvans to transport residents to shelters. This plan waswoefully inadequate since the larger buses only holdabout 60 people each.Transporting an estimated 100,000 to 134,000people out of harms way is no small undertaking.Given the size of transit-dependent population, sometransportation experts estimate that at least 2000buses would have been needed to evacuate all NewOrleans residents who needed transportation. 43 Mostof the city’s 500 transit and school buses were withoutdrivers. About 190 RTA buses were lost to flooding.The 1,300 RTA employees are dispersed across thecountry and many are homeless. 44Lack of car ownership and inadequate public transitservices in New Orleans and most American citieswith a high proportion of “captive” transit-dependentresident exacerbate social, economic, and racialisolation – especially for disabled, elderly, low-income,and people of color residents who already have limitedtransportation options. As jobs and opportunity flee tothe distant suburbs, where public transit is inadequateor nonexistent, persons without cars are left behind. Inthe end, all Americans pay for the social isolation andconcentrated poverty that ensue from poor planning. 45Environmental Justice for AllThe environmental protection apparatus is brokenand needs to be fixed. The environmental justicemovement has set clear goals of “fixing” this brokensystem, by eliminating unequal enforcement of environmentaland public health laws. Environmentaljustice leaders have made a difference in the livesof people and the physical environment. They haveassisted public decision makers in identifying “atInvitedPapers &Presentations8 May 2006Beyond Conflict 9

InvitedPapers &Presentationsrisk” populations, toxic “hot spots,” research gaps,and action models to correct existing imbalances andprevent future threats.Impacted communities are not waiting for the governmentor industry to get their acts together. Waitingfor government to respond can be as hazardous as thepollution or threat itself. People of color have formedtheir own environmental justice movement to holdgovernment and industry accountable. In the end, nocommunity, black or white, rich or poor, should beexposed to unnecessary environmental health risks.Environmental justice is a basic human right.Robert D. Bullard directs the Environmental JusticeResource Center at Clark Atlanta University andauthor of The Quest for Environmental Justice: HumanRights and the Politics of Pollution (San Francisco:Sierra Club Books, 2005).Notes1Robert D. Bullard, The Quest for EnvironmentalJustice: Human Rights and the Politics of Pollution. SanFrancisco: Sierra Club Books, 2005.2Dee R. Wernette and Leslie A. Nieves, “Breathingpolluted air: Minorities are disproportionately exposed,”EPA Journal 18 (March/April, 1992): 16–17.3American Lung Association, “Fact Sheet: Childrenand Air Pollution,” (September 2000) found at http://www.lungusa.org/air/children_factsheet99.html.Accessed December 1, 2002.4American Lung Association. Lung Disease Datain Culturally Diverse Communities: 2005. LungDisease Data at a Glance: Asthma, available at http://www.lungusa.org.5Environmental Defense, “Clean Air for Life: DirtyAir & Your Health. Asthma and Air Pollution,” availableat http://www.environmentaldefense.org.6“Asthma’s At-A-Glance 1999.” http://www.cdc.gov/nceh/asthma_old/ataglance/default.htm7Robert D. Bullard, The Quest for EnvironmentalJustice: Human Rights and the Politics of Pollution. SanFrancisco: Sierra Club Books, 2005.8David Pace, “AP: More Blacks Live with Pollution,”The Associated Press, December 13, 2005.9Commission for Racial Justice. Toxic Wastes andRace in the United States. New York: New York: UnitedChurch of Christ, 1987.10“Study: Public Housing is too Often LocatedNear Toxic Sites.” The Dallas Morning News, October3, 2000, available at http://www.cnn.com/2000/NATURE/10/03/toxicneighbors.ap/11Child Proofing Our Communities Campaign.March 2001. Poisoned Schools: InvisibleThreats, Visible Actions. Falls Church, VA: Centerfor Health, Environment and Justice; See also http:www.childproofing.org/mapindex.html.12See the Air of Injustice report on the Clear the Airwebsite at http://cta.policy.net/proactive/newsroom/release.vtml?id=23901.13William J. Clinton, “Federal Actions to AddressEnvironmental Justice in Minority Populations andLow-Income Populations, Exec. Order No. 12898,”Federal Register, 59, No. 32, February 11, 1994, availableat http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/policies/ej/exec_order_12898.pdf#search=’executive%20order%2012898’.14U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Not in My Backyard:Executive Order 12898 and Title VI as Tools forAchieving Environmental Justice. Washington, DC: U.S.Commission on Civil Rights, 2003, p. 27.15U.S. EPA Office of Inspector General, EPA Needsto Consistently Implement the Intent of the ExecutiveOrder on Environmental Justice: Evaluation Report.Washington, DC: EPA, March 1, 2004, p. 1.16National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences.Environmental Diseases from A to Z. NIH PublicationNo. 96–4145. http://www.nieehs.nih.gov17Alliance for Healthy Homes. “Children at Risk,Disparities in Risk: Childhood Lead Poisoning.”www.afhh.org/chil_ar_disparities.htm.18Trust for America’s Health, “Browseby Topic: Health Disparities – Lead,” http://healthyamericans.org.19See U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention(2000). MMWR, 49 (RR–14): 1–13; also NationalInstitutes of Health (NIH), National Institute ofEnvironmental Health Sciences (NIEHS), Health DisparitiesResearch (www.niehs.nih.gov/oc/factsheets/disparity/home.htm).20Peter Montague, “Pediatricians Urge a PrecautionaryApproach to Toxic Lead,” September 29,2005, Rachel’s Democracy and Health News, #827(September 2005), http://www.rachel.org/bulletin/bulletin.cfm?Issue_ID=2513.21G. A. Dymski & J. M. Veitch. “Taking it to thebank: Race, credit, and income in Los Angeles.” Pp.150–179 in R.D. Bullard, J. E. Grigsby, and C. Lee.(Eds.). Residential Apartheid: The American Legacy.Los Angeles: UCLA Center for African Studies Publication,1994; and G. Squires. “Forgoing a traditionof redlining for a future of reinvestment.” BusinessJournal Serving Greater Milwaukee (July 24): 1998: 50.22See Ronald Cotterill and Andrew Franklin. “TheUrban Grocery Store Gap,” Food Marketing PolicyCenter, University of Connecticut, April 1995;Amanda Shaffer. “The Persistence of Los An’ GroceryStore Gap.” Urban and Environmental Policy Institute,May 31, 2002; Kimberly Morland, et al. “Accessto Healthy Foods Limited in Poor Neighborhoods,”American Journal of Preventive Health, January, 2002.23Kimberly Morland, et al. “Access to HealthyFoods Limited in Poor Neighborhoods,” AmericanJournal of Preventive Health, January, 2002.24Ibid.25Mark Winston Griffith. “The ‘Food Justice’Movement: Trying to Break the FoodChains,” Gotham Gazette, December 2003, alsofound at http://www.gothamgazette.com/article/communitydevelopment/20031218/20/808.26Ibid.27Mark Garrett & Brian Taylor, “ReconsideringSocial Equity in Public Transit,” Berkeley Planning J.,Vol. 13, at 6, 10 (1999), available at http://www.dcrp.ced.berkeley.edu/bpj/pdf/13-GarrettTaylor.pdf.28Robert D. Bullard and Glenn S. Johnson, JustTransportation: Dismantling Race and Class Barriersto Mobility. Gabriola Island, BC: New SocietyPublishers, 1997.29Thomas W. Sanchez, Rich Stolz, and Jacinta S.Ma, Moving to Equity: Addressing Inequitable Effects ofTransportation Policies on Minorities. Cambridge, MA:The Civil Rights Project at Harvard University, 2003.30John Pucher and John L. Renne, “Socioeconomicsof Urban Travel: Evidence from the 2001 NHTS,”Transportation Quarterly 57 (Summer 2003): 49–77.31The Associated Press, “Storm’s Victims UnlikeMost Americans,” MSNBC.com, September 4, 2005,found at http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/9207190.32Bruce Katz, Matt Fellows, and Nigel Holmes,“The State of New Orleans,” The New York Times,December 7, 2005.33Marta Russell, “Being Disabled and Poor in NewOrleans,” ZNet Daily Commentaries, September 25,2005, available at http://www.zmag.org/sustainers/content/2005-09/25russell.cfm, (Accessed on October2, 2005).34Spencer S. Hsu and Dan Balz, “Ins and Outs ofEmergency Evacuation,” The Washington Post, September24, 2005, p. A9.35Todd Litman, Lesson from Katrina and Rita: WhatMajor Disasters Can Teach Transportation Planners.Victoria, BC: Victoria Transport Policy Institute,September 30, 2005.36Nicholas Riccardi, “Many of Louisiana DeadOver 60,” The Atlanta Journal-Constitution,November 6, 2005, p. A6.37See State of Louisiana, Southeast LouisianaHurricane Evacuation and Sheltering Plan.Baton Rouge: State of Louisiana, 2000,available at www.ohsep.louisiana.gov/plans/EOPSupplementala.pdf; Mark Fischett, “DrowningNew Orleans,” Scientific American (October 2001),available at www.sciam.com; Joel K. Bourne, Jr.,“Gone with the Water,” National Geographic, (October2004), available at http://magma.nationalgeographic.com/ngm/0410/feature5/; City of New Orleans, City ofNew Orleans Comprehensive Emergency ManagementPlan. City of New Orleans, 2005, available atwww.cityofno.com.38City of New Orleans, City of New OrleansComprehensive Emergency Management Plan. City ofNew Orleans, 2005, available at www.cityofno.com.39Brian Wolshon, “Planning for the Evacuation ofNew Orleans,” Institute of Transportation EngineersJournal, February 2002, p. 45, available athttp://www.ite.org/.InvitedPapers &Presentations10 May 2006Beyond Conflict 11

InvitedPapers &PresentationsEDRA/PlacesAwardsRevisited40Michael Perlstein and Brian Thevenot, “EvacuationIsn’t An Option for Many N.O. Area Residents,The Times Picayune, September 15, 2004, p. A1.41Shirley Laska, “What if Hurricane Ivan HadNot Missed New Orleans?” National HazardsObserver (2004).42Bruce Nolan, “In Storm, N.O. Wants No One LeftBehind,” The Times-Picayune, July 24, 2005.43Todd Littman, “Lessons from Katrina: What majordisasters Can Teach Transportation Planners,” VictoriaTransport Policy Institute, September 30, 2005.44Bruce Eggler, “RTA Back on Track Slowly, Surely,”The Times Picayune, October 14, 2005, B1.45See Robert D. Bullard, Glenn S. Johnson, andAngel O. Torres, Highway Robbery: TransportationRacism and New Routes to Equity. Boston:South End Press, 2004.edra/PlacesAwards RevisitedIn 2004, Michael Gamble and Jude LeBlancwon an EDRA/Places award for their work onBuford Highway in Atlanta. We approachedthem for EDRA37 to update their work, aswell as to discuss the work the CDC has sincedone in association with their work. Noneof our research projects exists in a vacuum,and we hope that the following three invitedsubmissions helps demonstrate how researchgrows, changes and evolves over time, andhow others can act on such findings.Incremental Urbanism: The auto& the pedestrian reconsidered instrip redevelopmentsGamble, Michael, and LeBlanc, W. Jude (GeorgiaInstitute of Technology), co-investigators, withCrooks, Ryan; Grether, Paul; Patel, Mehul; Hitch,Ted, Subrahmanyam, Muthukumar {Paper}Our multidisciplinary team has just completedphase I of a funded research project to develop an analyticalframework and design alternatives that act toallay the gap between the automobile and the pedestrianin strip developments. 1 Our chosen study area isAtlanta’s Buford Highway, the most ethnically diversecorridor in the city and home to Atlanta’s Asian andHispanic population. The highway is unique, with itsown special demographics and characteristics, yet isrepresentative of the major urban problems of manycontemporary cities: ubiquitous strip developmentsthat are single use, low density and auto oriented.Our research begins with an assumed link betweenpublic health and the built environment. Many recentstudies conclude that low-density auto-orienteddevelopment results in surroundings that adverselyaffect public health. Characteristics include poorvehicular/pedestrian circulation systems, excesssurface parking, low building density and inadequatemass transit. Health is affected at the scales of the individual,the neighborhood social unit and the largerecological system. While there is significant writingon the subject, there are few examples of exactly howto implement change. Greyfield sites are strategicallychosen in order to force speculation on the relationshipbetween architectural projects, public policy andcommunity design. Our hypothesis is that in Greyfieldredevelopments, revised relationships betweeninterconnectivity, parking requirements, mixeduse-density and public transportation are needed toproduce healthier environments. In Greyfield redevelopments,master plans are of limited use due to thecomplexity of existing property ownership. We areexploring an urbanism of increments.We believe that the topics listed in the precedingparagraph, relating environment to health, are requiredto answer the thesis question of how a pedestriannetwork can be realized in an environment originallyconceived without one. The selection of BufordHighway as the base case area for investigation wasprompted by two additional observations. First, thepopulation around Buford Highway, like the generalpopulation of Atlanta, continues to increase. Second,Buford Highway is an area of high pedestrian fatalities.2 This high fatality rate is potentially due to thefact that Buford Highway was originally designed asan automobile corridor with essentially no pedestrianinfrastructure. Consider, for example, that at least 24percent of the Buford Highway corridor inhabitantsdo not own a car and that within our eight-linearmilestudy area there are no sidewalks.Interaction between the automobile and the pedestrianin an urban context in relation to urban designis a subject that is attracting more and more attention.This interest is not just at the level of transportationinfrastructure users, but also at the level of publicpolicy, city planning, engineering, urban design andpublic health. Issues surrounding design choices andplanning are causing many constituencies to questioncurrent practices from a variety of perspectives.A set of applied analytical tools for approaching andretrofitting the generic suburban strip to accommodatenew growth in an urbanizing context are needed.These tools take architecture, planning, engineering,safety, and public policy into consideration to developprototypical models that can be applied. BufordHighway exhibits many conditions that are universallyapplicable to corridors around the United States,particularly in suburban Sunbelt contexts. The BufordHighway corridor is viewed locally as the “posterchild”for poor design, so if tools are created for correctingthe disconnect, they should have a universalapplicability factor.Notes1Funded by The Center for Quality Growth andRegional Development, Dr. Catherine Ross, Director.The Center is a focal point, a think tank, and a catalystto bring together the expertise, the individuals, andthe necessary resources to develop innovative, responsible,and efficient solutions to the growth problems inthe Atlanta region.2Demographics and statistics from various sourcesbut mainly 2000 Census Summary File 3, U.S. CensusBureau, 1990 Census Summary Tape File 3, U.S.Census Bureau.A Case for Synthesis betweenResearch & Pedagogy: IncrementalUrbanismGamble, Michael, and LeBlanc, W. Jude (GeorgiaInstitute of Technology) {Paper}There is to date a significant amount of writing onthe connection between teaching and research withinthe university. One thing is clear – the statisticalrelationship between being a good researcher andbeing a good teacher is fraught with uncertainties.Architectural educators are no different; many of ushave grappled with the issue over the last couple ofInvitedPapers &PresentationsEDRA/PlacesAwardsRevisited12 May 2006Beyond Conflict 13

InvitedPapers &PresentationsEDRA/PlacesAwardsRevisiteddecades, especially as the discipline has become moreprofessionally aligned. The Boyer Report from 1996reiterates the point that professional developmentand preparation for practice comes first. Pedagogicalgoals at many institutions privilege praxis-basedapproaches over and above faculty research agendas,leaving many instructors at odds over just how tofunction as a researcher. This plays out in terms ofhow architectural departments are redefined andpresented within the context of the larger institution.This uncertain union between research and pedagogyis in constant play, particularly during RP&T. Mosttenure decisions are based on creative work/research,and teaching/pedagogy (and then rounded out by arecord of service). One gain in this evolving debateis the resultant clarification of what was implied butoften not stated in the traditional studio environment.Most studio projects would naturally be based on ageneral observation that would be stated in terms of aproblem or problems to be solved by some means overwhich controls were set. This process as described isremarkably similar to the three-fold constitution of“traditional research” – a topic is selected, the topicis problematized by a hypothesis (an educated guessbased on an informed question) and controlled meansare set up to test the results. Most graduate level architectureprograms and some undergraduate programsculminate in a thesis project – a project based on ahypothesis and tested with a program and a site.If we look far enough back in history, we see thatthe relation between research and teaching wasmuch more explicit, depending on the departmentalstandards as well as the Institution. For example, theRussian Constructivist, El Lizzitsky, et.al., referred tothe design studio as a laboratory. The ideology of onestrain of modernism, functionalism, saw architectureas a solution to a problem creatively defined.The work presented here is a collection of studentwork that responds to questions framed in responseto a specific topic situated between architecture andurban design set up by the authors’ line of researchinquiry. Through a grant, we developed means to testthe capacity to reform suburban environments toacquire amenities associated with traditional townsand cities. The details of this work will be describedin the fuller text but our primary question concernsthe capacity of suburban infrastructure to support pedestriansystems. Our site, a strip in Atlanta, Georgia,and our research to date formed the foundation oftwo separate Masters Projects Design Studios. Thepremise is supported by the fact that, in the years tocome, many of our recent graduates will be workingon projects on and around suburban peripheries. Ourchallenge is to invite students to think in larger circlesand consider not just the single building, but reflecton ways in which other connections could be made inotherwise severely compromised environments.Our research on contemporary cities such as Atlantaand Houston has led us to believe that a reassessmentof how strip corridors could be revitalized is timely,especially considering recent literature on the relationshipbetween poor health and a poorly plannedbuilt environment. Although suburban aggregationhas been severely criticized in academia for decades asculturally unhealthy, it was only after allied professionsof medicine and public health became interestedand sounded an alarm related to problems like obesitythat the issue began to get exposure among the generalpublic. Our cross-disciplinary team has expandedto include researchers in public health and psychologyat the Center for Disease Control and at UCLA, andmost recently, a local municipality. We are working todevelop an analytical framework and design alternativesthat rehabilitate these underutilized territoriesand diminish the dominance of the automobile overthe pedestrian in strip developments. The researchbegins with an assumed link between public healthand the built environment. While there is significantwriting on the subject, there are few examples ofexactly how to implement change.This study seeks to develop an analytical frameworkand design alternatives that act to allay the gapbetween the automobile and the pedestrian in greyfielddevelopments. The study area is Atlanta’s BufordHighway, the most ethnically diverse corridor in thecity and home to Atlanta’s Asian and Hispanic population.The highway is unique, with its own specialdemographics and characteristics, yet is representativeof the major urban problems of many contemporarycities: ubiquitous strip developments that are single use,low density, auto-oriented and, in this case, extremelydangerous, with a very high pedestrian kill rate.The question remains: How can the linear layout oftypical commercial strips be ameliorated to supportpedestrian movement, when in fact, their morphologyenforces walks that may be too long for most people?Our approach, while committed to practical strategiesof how to realize interparcel connectivity andenhanced street networks, takes into account the factthat higher density development will remain nodal.A Case Study Examining the Applicabilityof Using Health ImpactAssessment to Evaluate the Redevelopmentof Buford HighwayRutt, Candace (Division of Nutrition and PhysicalActivity National Center for Chronic Disease Preventionand Health Promotion Centers for DiseaseControl and Prevention) { Paper}Over the last few years there has been a resurgenceof interest in how the built environment affectspeople’s health. One potential tool for moving beyondtheory to forge a better linkage in this area isHealth Impact Assessment (HIA). HIA can be usedto evaluate the potential public-health impacts of apolicy or project before it is implemented or built. HIAis commonly defined as “a combination of procedures,methods, and tools by which a policy, program, orproject may be judged as to its potential effects on thehealth of a population, and the distribution of thoseeffects within the population.” While HIAs are similarto Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA), EIAsare mandated processes that focus on environmentaloutcomes such as air and water quality, while HIAscan be voluntary or regulatory processes that focus onhealth outcomes such as obesity, physical inactivity,asthma, injuries, mental health, and social equity.The purpose of this project was to examine the potentialhealth outcomes related to a street-scale urbandesign redevelopment project using Health ImpactAssessment (HIA). The study area included 2.37 milesalong Buford Highway, a major seven-lane arterialin Atlanta, GA. A variety of methods (expert opinion,literature review, and modeling) were used to estimatepotential health impacts.HIA appears to be a potentially useful tool to buildrelationships across disciplines because it bringsprofessionals together around a project or policy thatfacilitates learning and teamwork. HIA can also assistdecision-makers understand how projects or policiesimpact health and show how a proposal can bemodified to improve health. HIA is a promising newapproach to quantifying the impacts of a wide varietyof policy and infrastructure changes in a way that mayallow health outcomes to be appropriately factoredinto complex decisions.InvitedPapers &PresentationsEDRA/PlacesAwardsRevisited14 May 2006Beyond Conflict 15

InvitedPapers &PresentationsBeyondConflict:ParticipatoryDesign with theHomeless – ANew Design forPeachtree-PineBeyond Conflict:Participatory Designwith the Homeless –A New Design forPeachtree-PineLike most cities in America, Atlanta has asubstantial number of homeless citizens. TheTask Force for the Homeless has been workingfor years to support those needing shelter inAtlanta and continues to come up with innovativeways to do so. Some of their most inventivework has taken place at its Peachtree-Pine complex, not far from the EDRA37 hotel.Led by the shelter’s in-house architect – anarchitectural graduate from Georgia Techwho lives in the shelter and works with itsresidents in designing improvements to theirenvironment – this session provides a closelook at some of the changes in-progress andothers still to come.Organizer: Perry, Luke (Task Force for the Homeless,Atlanta, GA)Presenters: Dyke, Jules (Development Coordinator,Task Force for the Homeless); Harris, Troy (IT SystemsCoordinator and Resident, Task Force for theHomeless); Houser, Hank (Houser Walker Architecture);Ball, Jennifer (Central Atlanta Progress);Prophitt, David (Community Resident & StateRelay for Life Manager, American Cancer Society){Invited Symposium}Walking around downtown Atlanta, it is clear thatthere are exciting things happening. Buildings arepopping up offering new options in urban dwelling.New residents are beginning to fill the streets and supportretail opportunities in previously blighted areas.New tourist venues are bringing even more visitors tothis city. Meanwhile, homelessness has continued toincrease, causing significant conflict. And for manypeople, the Peachtree-Pine building represents a perfectexample of how poor and homeless people cannotcoexist right next to these new residents and tourists.But to many others, Peachtree-Pine offers a greathope to ensure that poor and homeless people are notexcluded from the city’s exciting resurgence.Peachtree-Pine is a historic 95,000 square-footbuilding located in downtown on Atlanta’s most famouscorridor: Peachtree Street. Owned and operatedby the Metro Atlanta Task Force for the Homeless, thebuilding currently provides emergency shelter, transitionalhousing, and services to hundreds of peopleeveryday. One would not expect to see the largesthomeless shelter in the South just blocks from thetallest office building in the South. But, that is exactlywhat makes this project so exciting. We believe in acommunity, anchored by the building, that will allowpeople with and without homes to live, work, and playtogether successfully.The Peachtree-Pine Design Project has been setup to turn the vision of Peachtree-Pine into a reality.This vision will continue to include basic services,shelter, and transitional housing. But, it includesretail options on Peachtree Street (art gallery, coffeeshop, and restaurant) that will provide job trainingand employment opportunities as well as a destinationfor neighborhood residents. Additionally, thisvision includes permanent housing, a training centerfor volunteers and a 25,000 square foot roof garden forthe residents and community.The project itself is about inclusion and has broughtmany people together to discuss dreams, challenges,realities, opportunities, but most importantly, solutionsto move beyond conflict. Presenters include:• Hank Houser, Principal of Houser Walker Architecturepresenting some of the opportunities exploredfor applying green design strategies to reduce operationalcosts and improve the air quality for the TaskForce’s visitors.• Jennifer Ball, Senior Project Manager at CentralAtlanta Progress discusses the importance of a downtownbuilding that looks good and has a healthy mixof activities in and around it.• Shermarke Howard, Graduate Business studentat Georgia State University highlights the role thatstudents have played in developing business plans andstrategies for the Task Force.• David Prophitt, a neighborhood resident discussesthe challenges that face this particular neighborhoodand how a re-invisioned Peachtree-Pinecould benefit the community.• Willie Hightower, Security staff member andformer resident at Peachtree-Pine discusses theinvolvement of those who are homeless in the processas well how the new vision will benefit them in thefuture.Keywords: sustainability, social issues/social justice,participation, urban, architectureInvitedPapers &PresentationsBeyondConflict:ParticipatoryDesign with theHomeless – ANew Design forPeachtree-Pine16 May 2006Beyond Conflict 17

InvitedPapers &PresentationsBeyondConflict: AHistoric Storyof UrbanPlanning inAtlantaBeyond Conflict: A historicstory of urbanplanning in AtlantaOrganizer: Wolf , Jean(GeoStats, LP, Atlanta, GA)Presenters: Wolf, Jean (GeoStats, LP, Atlanta,GA); Meyer, Michael (Civil Engineering, GeorgiaInstitute of Technology); Palladi, Joseph (StateTransportation Planning Administrator, GeorgiaState Department of Transportation); and Caproni,Albert (Former President of CAUTION and theFreedom Park Conservancy, Inc., Atlanta, GA)[Invited Symposium]The History of Freedom Parkway:Transportation planning,traffic engineering, and publicinvolvement perspectivesWolf, Jean (GeoStats, LP, Atlanta, GA) {Paper}Freedom Parkway is a 3.1 mile, four-lane, windingsurface road located in downtown Atlanta. It openedin September 1994 and links the I-75/I-85 DowntownConnector with the Carter Center and continuesnorthward to Ponce de Leon Avenue and eastward toMoreland Avenue. The parkway has light traffic, islined with young trees, and is pastoral in nature, yetappearances can be deceiving.There is probably no single highway project inthe history of Atlanta that encompassed a longertime span and invoked such intense emotions fromcitizens, state officials, and a former U.S. presidentto the extent experienced with this parkway and itspredecessors. Previous highway projects proposed forthis area included I-485, the Stone Mountain Tollway,the East Atlanta Tollway, the Great Park, the DecaturParkway, and the Presidential Parkway; however, nonesurvived. There are some who refer to this 30-plusyearstruggle as “the second Battle of Atlanta.”Early transportation plans for this area called forI-485 to cut southward from I-85 along a rail linerunning between Midtown and the Ansley Park,Morningside, and Virginia Highland neighborhoodsand to continue southward until it connected withI-75 below the city. The Stone Mountain Tollwaywas originally planned to start at the DowntownConnector, cross through the Fourth Ward andInman Park neighborhoods, intersect with I-485 inthe area of Poncey Highlands, and then continue tothe northeast through Candler Park, Druid Hills andDecatur to connect with the Lawrenceville Highway.In 1961, federal approval and funding was obtainedto begin right-of-way property purchases for thedowntown portions of Interstate 485. During thenext 10 years, the Highway Department of Georgiaacquired an X-shaped swath of land large enoughto accommodate the proposed Stone MountainFreeway and a portion of I-485. It is estimated thatapproximately 250 acres of land were acquired duringthis time period.From 1960 through 1967, the Atlanta AreaTransportation Study (AATS) was conductedto recognize and correct transportation systemdeficiencies in Metropolitan Atlanta and to plan forfuture transportation needs. In January 1971, therecommendations of the AATS were published, withthe highway analysis component reinforcing the needfor I-485 and the Stone Mountain Tollway.The release of the AATS recommendations forsignificant highway expansion coincided with agrowing disenchantment with urban highwaysexperienced by urban citizens. In the area of Atlantadirectly east of the CBD, the exodus of intownneighborhood residents leaving due to either the rightof-waypurchases or the proximity of the proposed I-475 and Stone Mountain Tollway had ceased by 1971.In fact, a younger generation of citizens began movinginto these older neighborhoods and renovating thesehistoric homes. This influx of youth had the energy,education, and purpose to fight such mandates ashighway expansion targeted for their neighborhoods.In 1971, neighborhood representatives obtaineda court decision granting suspension of I-485 constructionuntil the environmental impact studywas completed. Soon after, Governor Jimmy Carterappointed a commission to examine the controversyassociated with the proposed Stone Mountain Tollway.The Commission recommended that the highway notbe built until the effect of the new MARTA East RailLine could be assessed, stating that “while the decisionto build would be irreversible, the decision not tobuild is reversible, leaving open the open to proceedat a later time.” In December 1972, Governor Carterofficially accepted the recommendation.After the City of Atlanta announced its oppositionof I-485 in 1973, the Atlanta Regional Commission(ARC) deleted it from its regional plan alternativesin 1974, and the state Department of Transportation(DOT) board formally withdrew the project from itsinterstate highway plans in the same year. In 1977, theDOT sold back approximately 31 acres of right-of-waynorth of Ponce de Leon Avenue at fair market value.However, this highway battle was not over. TheDOT had kept 219 acres of right-of-way for futuretransportation needs. In 1981, former PresidentCarter returned to Atlanta and a decision was madeto build his presidential library in the middle of theX-shaped right-of-way. For the next 10 years, a bitterbattle raged over the newly proposed PresidentialParkway. Those for the parkway included the DOT,Jimmy Carter, and Andrew Young. Those against theparkway included numerous neighborhood organizations,the Atlanta City Council, and the DekalbCounty Commissioner.Elements of this battle included numerous courtcases, public hearings, civil disobedience, and massivelobbying efforts. Legal fees alone for the neighborhoodgroup were estimated in excess of $750,000.Politics became paramount; the state DOT dug intoits trenches, determined to provide a transportationsolution while neighborhood groups rallied around amulti-faceted “Stop the Road” campaign.Finally, in 1991, it took a county judge, a new governor,a new state DOT commissioner-elect, the Cityof Atlanta Planning and Development Commissioner,CAUTION (Citizens Against Unnecessary Thoroughfaresin Older Neighborhoods), and an ISTEAexemption and limitation to force a compromise. Theresult was the $15.8 million Freedom Parkway, whichopened in September 1994 – a 3.1 mile, four-lane, 35-mph restricted speed zone surface street with a $2.1million ice canopy. The state DOT was finally able tobuild a transportation facility on its right-of-way, andthe neighborhood residents were able to limit the extent,size, and speed of the roadway. This session willpresent the history of the parkway from the variousplanning, engineering, and citizen perspectives.Keywords: city planning, conflict, participation,transportation, urban developmentInvitedPapers &PresentationsBeyondConflict: AHistoric Storyof UrbanPlanning inAtlanta18 May 2006Beyond Conflict 19

Refereed Full-PapersThe following selection of papers showcasesthe broad scope of fields that characterizeenvironmental design research. Issues andconcerns about environment and behavior relationshipsin diverse societies are emphasizedin these texts. Unfortunately it is this diversitythat, rather then being valued and embraced,often triggers conflict.The following selection of papers feature awide array of place types, concepts, methodsand theories, all advancing research withinthe field of environmental design. Underlyingeach of these different approaches is the needand desire for less formulaic options that area) conducive to contemporary social, cultural,economic and political arrangements; b) representativeof a diverse group of environments,such as office space, public space, productionsites, and neighborhoods, among others; andc) demonstrative of both quantitative andqualitative methods. Each of these papersoffers an insightful view of larger socialand economic challenges and their effect onspecific sites. Pluralism, modernization, andhybridization are some of the concepts featuredhere that hint at broader issues shapingphysical form. These papers each focus upona different avenue of environmental design,yet all illustrate how environment-behaviorresearch is beneficial in both understandingand improving our world.EDRA37 wishes to thank the following fullpaper reviewers: Mary Anne Akers, AprilAllen, Sally Augustin, Perver Baran, NatsukiBarazawa, Cindy Beacham, Robert Bechtel,Elena Maria Bilotta, Barbara Brown, RobertBrzuszek, Lise Burcher, Margaret Calkins,Hyejung Chang, Meldrena Chapin, LouiseChawla, Clare Cooper Marcus, ShaunaCorry, Galen Cranz, Kristen Day, Kate DeMedeiros, A. Sameh El Kharbawy, BeatrizFedrizzi, Donovan Finn, Matthew Fisher,Lianne Fleming, Karen Franck, Gary Gaston,Lyn Geboy, Shelia Gobes-Ryan, AndrewGreenberg, Yasemin Ince Guney, Peter Hecht,Christopher Holscher, Jeffery Hou, SandraHoward, Tomoaki Imamichi, Anjali Joseph,Joseph Juhasz, Abram Kaplan, Ellen Keable,Michael Lewyn, Janetta McCoy, Kang Mihyun,Nancy Miller, Daniel Mittleman, GaryMoore, Robin Moore, Kh Nahiduzzaman,Jack Nasar, Tanner Oc, Aydin Ozdemir, HeeJin Pak, Celen Pasalar, Lynn Paxson,LubomirPopov, Mike Powe, Matt Powers, Amos Rapoport,Beatriz Rodriguez-Villafuerta, PiergiorgioRossi, Robert Ryan, Yasutaka Saito,Henry Sanoff, Veronica Sevillano Triguer,Robert Sommer, Johnnie Stark, Daniel Stokols,Patrick Sullivan, Susan Thering, LeylaTokman, Honda Tomotsune, Szu Yu Tzeng,Jessica Van Houzen, Chris Watson, RichardWener, Chang-Ling YangRefereedFull-PapersBeyond Conflict 21

Sedentary & FleetingActivities & Their SpatialCorrelates in Officesthat we may need different spatial strategies to influencefleeting and sedentary activities in offices.Keywords: sedentary behavior, fleeting behavior,spatial predictors, Time Utilization Survey (TUS),space syntax, workplace/officeRefereedFull-PapersRashid, Mahbub (University of Kansas,Lawrence, KS); Craig, David (DEGW,New York, NY); Zimring, Craig (GeorgiaInstitute of Technology, Atlanta, GA)AbstractIn this study of the relationships between knowledgeworker activities and office design, two sets of activities– generically termed as fleeting and sedentaryactivities – are considered. Fleeting activities includewalking (or movement), face-to-face interactions, andvisible copresence (i.e., the number of people seenfrom a space or position). Sedentary activities includemeeting, working on computer, talking on telephone,talking, writing, reading, paper handling, and pausing.We observe these activities in a moderately largelandscaped office using two different methods. Oneis the Time Utilization Survey (TUS) method wherethe field observer observes both sedentary and fleetingactivities from a set of points on a predefined route.The other is the “space syntax” method where theobserver observes fleeting activities as she walks alongan observation route.We investigate if the sedentary activities in well-definedspaces would have the same spatial predictorsas the fleeting activities in ill-defined spaces. For this,we use two sets of spatial descriptors: One set includesintegration and connectivity of spaces in a layoutcomputed using the axial map analysis techniquesof “space syntax”. The other set includes degree andcloseness of individual workspaces in the network ofvisibility computed using the network analysis techniques.Our study shows that the fleeting activities arebetter predicted by integration and connectivity, whilethe sedentary activities are better predicted by degreeand closeness. This finding is important for it suggestsIntroductionKnowledge workers are a predominant workforcein our workplaces. For knowledge workers to thrive,organizations must support their workstyle – how theywork and the kind of work they do. A proper understandingof knowledge workers’ work style may helpus to design better workplaces promoting their controlover the work environment. When a workplace meetsthe specific needs of knowledge workers and help themto take control of their own environment, knowledgesharing, teamwork, creativity and innovation improve.In order to understand knowledge workers’ workstyle, we observe their activities in a moderately largeoffice of a federal organization. Our observationincludes two kinds of activities: sedentary activities inwell-defined spaces (e.g., individual workspaces) andfleeting activities in ill-defined and fluidly occupiedspaces (e.g., circulation spaces). In the sedentaryactivities, we include meeting, working on computer,talking on telephone, talking, writing, reading, paperhandling, and pausing. In the fleeting activities, weinclude movement (or walking), face-to-face interactions,and visible copresence (i.e., the number ofpeople seen from a space or position).We use the behavioral observation techniques ofTUS (Time Utilization Survey) and space syntax. TUS,a tool developed by DEGW, provides a very robustpicture of space-utilization and activity patternsacross distinct organizational subpopulations usinga systematic, computer-aided process. However, TUSis not particularly effective at documenting relativelyfleeting behaviors.In contrast, the observational techniques of spacesyntax are effective in examining activities that mayor may not be explicitly tied to work tasks and incovering ill-defined and fluidly occupied spaces. Inaddition, space syntax also includes a set of computerizedtechniques allowing systematic links to beestablished between observed behaviors and differentspatial attributes. Space syntax techniques achievethese advantages, however, through a relatively narrowedfocus on space and behavior.Taken together, these two methods produce rich androbust data that covers explicit work activities as wellas secondary activities indirectly tied to work activities.In addition, these methods also produce datacovering all types of utilized space, from well-definedspaces (e.g., private offices) to spaces in between (e.g.,circulation). As a result, the behavioral data collectedusing the two methods may help us better understandthe work styles of knowledge workers and the spatialcorrelates of these workstyles. We seek to understandthese associations, because we want to use space tosupport knowledge workers’ work style.MethodsOverviewOur study was conducted at the new landscapedoffice of a federal organization. The office is locatedFigure 1. The plan of the landscaped office.in the downtown of a major metropolitan area. Ourstudy included the office area shown within thedashed line (Figure 1). We performed the space syntaxand visual network analyses of the layout, and observedbehaviors using the space syntax and Time UtilizationSurvey (TUS) methods. These layout analysesand observation techniques are described below.Layout AnalysisSpace syntaxSpace syntax techniques provide rigorous descriptionsof building layouts (for details of the theoriesand techniques, see Hillier & Hanson, 1984; Hillier,1996). For our purpose, we represent the layout asa set of the minimum number of longest sight linesneeded to cover every space and to complete everycirculation ring of the layout following the spacesyntax conventions (Figure 2). In the space syntaxliterature, each of these sight lines is known as anaxial line, and the complete set of lines coveringa layout as an axial map. An axial map providesRefereedFull-Papers22 May 2006Beyond Conflict 23

RefereedFull-PapersRefereedFull-PapersFigure 2. The axial map of the landscaped office coloredusing integration. The lines with high integration areshown in red and the lines with low integration areshown in blue.Figure 3. The number of workspaces seen from fourdifferent workspaces: Workspace-1 sees six workspaces;workspace-2 sees three workspaces; workspace-3 seesone; and workspace-4 sees none.a rigorous way to describe how we see and movein a layout based on the assumptions that in spaceindividuals prefer to move along a straight-line asrepresented by an axial line unless there is a reasonnot to do so; and that the way individuals move inspace is very often defined by the number of choicesavailable from their lines of movement.The “Spatialist” computer program, developed atGeorgia Tech, was used to assess the relational patternof the axial lines in an axial map (Peponis et al.. 1998,1998a, 1997). We use two important descriptors of interconnectednessof the axial structure, connectivityand integration, in our present study. Connectivityof an axial line is the number of axial lines directlyconnected to the line. Connectivity, a local propertyof an axial line, is interesting because it describes thedegree of choices present on the line: Higher connectivitymeans more choices of movement from the line.Integration, on the other hand, is a global propertydescribing the connectedness of an axial line to allother axial lines of an axial map: Higher integrationof an axial line means higher degree of accessibilityfrom all other spaces. The length of axial lines, representingthe reach of the visual field of a space, is alsoused in the study to describe the degree of visibilityavailable from the space.Visibility networkIn order to find out how an individual workspace isconnected to all other workspaces in the network ofvisibility, we develop a square array or matrix wherethe rows and columns of the array include all individualworkspaces of the network and the cells of thearray describe the relationships of visibility betweenall pairs of workspaces using ones and zeros. If twoindividuals are visible to each other, then each of thetwo cells describing their relationships get ones; andif two individuals are not visible to each other, thentheir corresponding cells get zeros. In order to findout who are visible to whom, we draw the 360° visualfield from the workstation of each individual. Anyoneinside the visual field of an individual would then bevisible to the individual. Figure 3 describes the generaloutcome of the process.Representing the visibility network data in a matrixformat easily allows us to apply the network analysissoftware to summarize and find various patterns inthe network. For this study, we use Ucinet for Windows(2002) to calculate two network values: degreeand closeness. The degree of an individual workspaceis the number of other individual workspaces visiblefrom the workspace. It is thus a measure of how exposeda workspace is to other workspaces aroundFigure 4. The observation route used forthe space syntax method.it: Higher degree means more immediate exposure ofan individual workspace to other workspaces. Degreemay positively affect face-to-face interaction in asetting. In contrast, it may also be a source of stress. Aperson visible by more people may feel a lack of privacy,may be forced to stay longer in her workstation,may be forced to work more, or may simply pretendto work more under constant surveillance.Closeness of a workspace describes how close theworkspace is to all other workspaces in the visibilitynetwork. It is computed based on the shortest distance(i.e., minimum number of intervening persons) betweenany two individual workspaces in the visibilitynetwork. It is a descriptor of how visible a workspaceis in the whole visibility network: Higher closenessmeans more exposure to all workspaces in a setting.In this sense, the effects of closeness may be similar,but more intense, to those of degree.Figure 5. The observation route used forthe TUS method.Behavior ObservationSpace syntax observation techniqueThe space syntax observation technique uses thelinear segments of an observation route as units ofobservation. The field observer observes behaviorsalong each observation segment as she walks at aregular pace (Figure 4). This linear technique ofobservation, being continuous in space and time, hasbeen very effective in examining fleeting behaviorsthat may or may not be explicitly tied to work tasks inill-defined and fluidly occupied spaces (such as corridors,lobbies, and lounges). In addition, this techniquehas allowed us to link systematically observedspatial behaviors to various attributes of the axiallines of the axial map of a layout.In our study we limit ourselves to three fleeting spatialbehaviors, which are movement, interaction andcopresence. Movement was defined as the number ofmoving people, face-to-face interaction as the numberof people seen engaged in face-to-face interaction24 May 2006Beyond Conflict 25

RefereedFull-PapersTable 1: Correlations among people performing different generic functions (for all route stops, N = 227)total observed peopletotal people meeting but not walkingtotal interacting people 0.72(0.00) 0.95 (0.00)total active people 0.98(0.00)Table 2: Correlations between activities and group size (for all route stops, N = 227)meeting talking telephone computing writing readingpaperhandling1 person -.18(0.01) .39(0.00) .56(0.00) .89(0.00) .50(0.00) .59(0.00) .32(0.00)2 people .38(0.00) .48(0.00) .15(0.02) ns ns ns ns3 people .59(0.00) ns ns -.14(0.04) ns ns ns4 people .70(0.00) ns ns -.16(0.02) ns ns ns5 people .49(0.00) ns ns ns ns ns nsand visible copresence as the number of visible people,active and/or inactive, along a segment of the route.For recording purposes, we use an up-to-date floorlayout with the route drawn on it. The space syntaxanalysis of the layout is performed before selectinga route. Based on the analysis, integrated as well assegregated spaces of different types are included inthe route. In total, about thirty rounds of observationare made along the route.TUS Observation TechniqueIn contrast to the space syntax observation technique,the Time Utilization Survey (TUS), a tooldeveloped by DEGW Consulting, is a point-basedobservation technique where the field observer walksalong a route to observe behaviors only at a predefinedset of points (known as “route stops”) (Figure5). By providing temporally and spatially discretedescription of behaviors, the point-based techniquegives the observer a greater flexibility in sampling.The types of behaviors and the number and types ofspaces one can observe in a point-based techniqueare limited only by the purpose and resources availablefor a project. For convenience and economy, weuse about 210 route stops in our study. The observeruse a hand-held computer telling her where and whatshe should be observing.For our study, we use four categories of route stops:workspaces, ancillary spaces of a department, supportspaces shared by all departments, and paths or circulationspaces, and observe some twelve types of activitiesand/or non activities: empty, temporarily unoccupied,meeting, working on computer, talking on telephone,talking, writing, reading, paper handling, pausing, andactivity data not obtainable. For each route stop in acirculation space, we also record both static (standing,and standing and talking, etc.) and moving (walking,and walking and talking, etc.) activities.ResultsCharacterizing the work environmentAccording to our analysis of the observational data,people are very active as well as interactive in thesetting. The correlation between the total number ofobserved people and the total number of active people,and between the total number of observed peopleand the total number of interacting people are verystrong (r = 0.98, p = 0.00; r = 0.72, p = 0.00; respectively).The correlation between the total number ofinteracting people and the number of people meetingbut not walking is also very strong (r = 0.95, p = 0.00),suggesting that most observed interactions are staticand somewhat formal in nature (Table 1).In addition, when working alone individuals arelikely to use computers most (r = 0.89; p = 0.00).When alone, they are also likely to talk, telephone,write, read, and handles papers, but not as much asthey would use computers (r = 0.39; p = 0.00; r = 0.56;p = 0.00; r = 0.5; p = 0.00; r = 0.59; p = 0.00; andr = 0.32; p = 0.00; respectively).With another person, individuals generally domeeting, talking, or telephoning (r = 0.38; p = 0.00; r= 0.48; p = 0.00; r = 0.15; p = 0.00) but do not do computing,writing, reading, or paper handling (as thereare no significant correlations between the numberTable 3: Correlations between spatial variables and movements observed at route stops and path segmentsMovement (with noactivity) at routestopsof interacting people and these activities). In a groupof three or more, people generally do meetings, andgenerally do not do any other activity (Table 2). Thetrend regarding group behaviors does not change fordifferent categories of spaces.Movement (withtalking) at routestopsTotal movement atroute stopsMovement recordedon path segmentswhile walking(N=32)For all route stops (N = 227)recorded on path segments while walking (N=32)Integration 0.15(0.02) 0.17(0.01) 0.17(0.01)Connectivity 0.19(0.00) 0.18(0.01) 0.20(0.00)DegreeClosenessFor route stops on paths only (N = 51)Integration 0.25(0.07) 0.28(0.05) 0.29(0.04) 0.57(0.00)Connectivity 0.25(0.07) 0.24(0.08) 0.28(0.04) 0.68(0.00)Degree ns ns nsCloseness ns ns nsTable 4: Correlations between the number of temporarily unoccupied assigned workspaces and spatial variables(for all workspaces, N = 119)Number of temporarily unoccupied assigned work spacesIntegrationnsConnectivitynsDegreensCloseness -.21(.02)Spatial correlates of fleeting and sedentary activitiesAccessibility of a layout as described by space syntaxand visual connectedness of the visibility network ofworkspaces affect movement in space, but in differentways. All kinds of movement (or walking) tend todecrease in more visually well-connected locations.In contrast, they tend to increase in more axially connectedor accessible spaces. The latter trend is strongerwhen movement is recorded along the path segmentsby a moving observer (integration: r = 0.57, p = 0.001;connectivity: r = 0.68; p = 0.00) (Table 3).However, accessibility described by space syntax doesnot affect whether a space is temporarily occupied ornot, but visual connectedness of the visibility networkdoes. The chance that a space may remain temporarilyunoccupied during a workday decreases as visual closenessor centrality of the space increases. This is evidentin the fact that the number of times a space is temporarilyunoccupied decreases for more visually centrallocations (closeness: r = - 0.21, p = 0.02) (Table 4). Thissuggests that an individual at a more a visually centrallocation is likely to remain at her desk longer.Again, interconnectedness or accessibility of a spacewithin a layout calculated from the axial map does notaffect interactions in a space, but visual closeness calculatedfrom the visibility network does. Our analysisshows that the total number of people interactingdecreases at more visually central locations. In addition,the number of interactions involving two peoplealso decreases at visually central locations. This trendbecomes stronger in some interaction types when weconsider interactions in the workspaces only (Table 5).For observations recorded using the space syntaxmethod, the trend however is reversed. We observethat both total number of interacting people andthe number of interactions involving two peopledecreases in spaces with higher integration and connectivity.For these spaces, we find no correlationsbetween interaction and degree or between interactionand closeness (Table 6).Additionally, interconnectedness of a space withina layout calculated from the axial map does not affectRefereedFull-Papers26 May 2006Beyond Conflict 27

RefereedFull-PapersTable 5: Correlations between the number of people interacting and spatial variablesTotal interacting peopleNumber of 2-people interactionsFor all spaces (N = 227)Integration ns nsConnectivity ns nsDegree -0.18 (0.01) -0.21 (0.00)Closeness -0.19 (0.00) -0.22 (0.00)For workspaces only (N = 119)Integration ns nsConnectivity ns nsDegree -0.2(.03) -0.19(.04)Closeness -0.33(.00) -0.39(.00)For route stops on paths only(N = 51)Integration -0.3(.03) -0.29(.04)Connectivity -0.3(.03) -0.25(.07)Degree ns nsCloseness ns nsTable 6: Correlations between sedentary work and spatial variables (for all route stops, N = 227)telephoning computing writing reading paper handlingIntegration ns ns ns ns nsConnectivity ns ns ns ns nsDegree 0.16(0.02) 0.17(0.01) 0.15(0.03) ns 0.21(0.00)Closeness 0.24(0.00) 0.34(0.00) 0.22(0.00) 0.22(0.00) 0.27(0.00)the type of activity in a space, but visual closenesscalculated from the visibility network does. All kindsof sedentary work increase in more visually centrallocations (Table 6). We observe no change in the trendin different kinds of workspaces.Summary and DiscussionIn sum, the findings of our study were as follows:• Most observed interactions were static and somewhatformal in nature.• People performed different activities individuallyand in groups.• Integration and connectivity showed good positivecorrelations with movement. In contrast, degreeand closeness of a space in the visual network showednegative correlations with movement.• Whether a space remained occupied or not duringthe workdays was affected by degree and closeness, butnot by integration and connectivity of the space.• Interaction in a space was affected by degree andcloseness, but not by integration and connectivityof the space.• All kinds of sedentary work increased in spaceswith high degree and closeness, but integration andconnectivity of a space had no effects on sedentarywork in the space.The study was interesting for it used two differentobservation techniques in order to capture as manyactivities in as many spaces as possible within the office.As result, we got a very robust description of bothsedentary and fleeting activities in the office. The dataallowed us to study the association of these activitieswith each other, and to find out the spatial correlatesof these activities.For the study, we used two sets of spatial descriptors,and our findings regarding spatial correlates of activitieswere interesting from both design and theoreticalstandpoints. From design standpoint, the findingssuggested that different activities were associated withdifferent attributes of design: Sedentary activitieswere associated more with the properties of visibilitynetwork of individual workspaces, and fleeting activitieswere associated more with the properties of theaxial maps (i.e., the network of sightlines).These findings make perfect sense from a theoreticalstandpoint. The axial map analysis is based on the assumptionthat our movement in space may depend onvisual and physical accessibility and, as a by-productof their effects on movement, these spatial attributesmay also affect face-to-face interaction and visiblecopresence. In contrast, the visibility network analysisassumes that how we see others from our workspacesmay have effects on how we act in these spaces becauseof mutual surveillance. It is then only natural that weshould find better correlations between fleeting behaviorsand the descriptors of axial maps, and betweensedentary behaviors and the descriptors of visibilitynetworks. However, it is difficult to generalize ourfindings, because our observations using both theTUS and space syntax techniques were completed atone landscaped office only. It may be useful to see ifspace would have similar associations with knowledgeworkers’ behaviors in other more visually restrictedand geometrically regular office settings.Authors’ NoteThis research was made possible by a contract fromthe US General Services Administration (GSA).ReferencesBorgatti S P, Everett M G and Freeman L C. 2002.Ucinet for Windows: Software for Social NetworkAnalysis. Harvard, MA: Analytic Technologies.Peponis J, Wineman J, Rashid M, Bafna S, Kim S H.1998. Describing Plan Configuration According to theCovisibility of Surfaces. Environment and Planning B:Planning and Design, Vol. 25, pp. 693–708.Peponis J, Wineman J, Bafna S, Rashid M, Kim, S H.1998a. On the Generation of Linear Representations ofSpatial Configuration. Environment and Planning B:Planning and Design, Vol. 25, pp. 559–576.Peponis J, Wineman J, Rashid M, Bafna S, Kim S H.1997. On the Description of Shape and Spatial ConfigurationInside Buildings: Convex Partitions and TheirLocal Properties. Environment and Planning B: Planningand Design, Vol. 24, pp. 761–781.RefereedFull-Papers28 May 2006Beyond Conflict 29

RefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsStress & StudiosA Post-occupancyEvaluation of studiospaces in the Collegeof EnvironmentalDesign and PlanningMeger, Sophia(Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ)2006 EDRA37 Student Award WinnerProblem StatementStudio environments are a crucial setting fordesign education. The main program requirementis to provide space for the optimal performance ofcreative work by students. Creative process researchsuggests that stress has a major disruptive influenceon creativity; yet architectural school milieu is oftendescribed as particularly stressful. In addition to investigatingstudio environments and their educationalimplications in general, this investigation focusesin particular on stress related issues of the studio.Besides the scarce literature on this topic, the maininformation source is an analysis of existing studioenvironments. The goal is to identify positive andnegative factors in studio design, subsequently leadingto strategies to be employed in either designing newstudios or enhancing existing ones.Literature ReviewAlthough literature on this specific topic is limited,there are three tangential bodies of literature providingrich insight into aspects of the problem. Literatureon architectural education provides a wide rangeof publications on the design of architecture schoolsand a few comparative analyses of architecturalschools. Literature on the design of educational facilitiesin general provides a series of case studies anddesign guidelines. The last group of literature is basedon environmental behavior research, in particularwork environments. This group also addresses issuesof stress, creativity, person-environment relationships,and personal versus social space.Architectural educationBrowsing through publications on architectureschool design, the focus is frequently set on visualdepictions of the buildings (photographs, sometimesplans). Programming is mentioned as prescribed andaccepted. Even when the effort of closer considerationof the program is made in the overall design, studiosare treated as a stereotypical category. The look atcomparative research provides some informationabout the tradition of the studio and its core character.As early as 1932 “A study of architectural schools”(Bosworth et al., 1932) describes studios (“draftingrooms”) as the student’s “home room” and ‘architecturalstudent’s club” with a twenty four hour useencompassing a variety of programs.In “The Design Studio” Schön (1985) describes thestudio in these words: “The setting is a loft-like spacein which each of twenty students has arranged his orher own drafting tables, papers, books, pictures andmodels. This is the space in which students spendmuch of their working lives, at times talking together,but mostly engaged in private, parallel pursuit of thecommon design task.” Boyer (1996) observes the isolationof studios from the outside world: “Cloisteredinto the captivity of studio, the studio commandsan increasingly greater role as the center of students’social lives, and consequently, the world outsidestudio becomes less important.” In a statistical surveyinvestigating “Indicators of the Quality of Programs inUnited States Architectural Education” Burgess (1980)categorizes physical resources as one of the main componentsdefining the overall quality of a program. Thestudio is mentioned as one of nine subcomponents,and is first quantitatively assessed (studio area perfull-time student), and then attributed with a basicarray of equipment. Besides the individual space needthe requirement of space for class presentations anddisplay is stated. A connection with the field of EnvironmentalBehavior is formulated in “a DocumentaryStudy of Design Courses” (Rauh, 1976). This workacknowledges the direct influence of the physical environmenton the creation of the social environment.After touching Barkers Behavioral Setting Theory(Barker, 1968) Rauh implies that conclusions of thesestudies are applicable for the architectural studio. Furtherhe offers a case study in which students who wereformerly avoiding work in studio, moved back in afterthe introduction of carpeting and other sound controldevices and a small kitchen. Unfortunately no furtherdetails on this case are given. The author concludes,“It makes sense that if the studio, where students spendso much of their time, can offer some basic physicalamenities for eating, washing, napping, and relaxing,and as well offer students companionship and informationexchange, many more students will choose towork at the studio”. However, he warns that even goodenvironments can fail to provide a strong social environmentby the “disintegrating nature of the administrativestructure”. Further, studio culture and recommendationsfor healthier studio habits are explored in“The Redesign of Studio Culture” (AIAS, 2002).Educational DesignIn terms of advancing to the body of literaturedealing with design of educational facilities in general,the book “Educating by Design” (Strange et al. 2001)is of particular interest. It discusses the role of thephysical environment on education, along with theinfluence of human characteristics. Further it derivesactual design guidelines and evaluation methods andan extensive bibliography.Environmental BehaviorThe last group informing this project is environmentalbehavior. The volume “Environment andBehavior” (Porteous, 1976) provides a very directconnection between abstract theory and design implications.In particular the chapters on territoriality,personal space, and adaptivity are applicable for thistopic. Binding even closer in the particular interest instress is the research performed by both McCoy andEvans (2004). Their most recently published chapterabout the role of the physical work environment instress provides a thorough overview of research performedin this field and identifies actual risk factorsand implications of spatial organization.Post-occupancy EvaluationThe College of Architecture, Environmental Designand Planning inhabits two buildings, located in thenorthwest corner of the ASU (Arizona State University)Main Campus in Tempe. The program containsa library, offices, classrooms, computer labs, workshops,bathrooms, a cafe and studios, spatially seenthe most extensive part of the overall program (seeIllustration 1).A studio has been defined as “a workplace for theteaching or practice of an art” (The Cognitive ScienceLaboratory at Princeton University, WordNetlexical database). In the given situation, studios areboth design classrooms, and spaces to exercise designwork. This study investigates the studio as a spatialand behavioral setting, which has also been referredto as “design lab” and “drafting space” (Bosworth etal., 1932). Generally, students are assigned a studiospace when enrolled in the corresponding class. InCAED, students majoring architecture, landscapearchitecture, planning, interior design and industrialdesign occupy studio space. Students in those fieldsfrequently spend most of their time inside the studioenvironment, including weekends and nights. Accordingly,studios host a number of different activitiesand require a number of different qualities. Drawing,writing, reading, talking, discussing, eating, drinkingand relaxing add up to a wide range of activities.Besides these general activities, each major has specificrequirements, which should be further analyzed.Outline of inquiry proceduresThis inquiry aimed to provide (A) insight into spatialfactors of the studio environment; (B) assessment ofactivities; (C) evaluation of stress factors; and (D) otherobservations by the students. It was based on eight stu-RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards30 May 2006Beyond Conflict 31

RefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsRefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsIllustration 1. Existing zones including interior walls within zones.dios, including studios from each major. One hundredquestionnaires were distributed at the students’ studiodesks and collected one weak later. The response ratewas forty-two percent. Two studios were later excludedfrom the analysis; the planning studio, which was usedmore as a regular office environment and a landscapestudio that had migrated out of the window-less spacethe students had been assigned too. One studio (no.240) that turned out to be a classroom setting withoutpersonal workspaces was further considered due toFigure 3Studiono.Major32 May 2006Total No. ofstudentsSquarefootageFigure 2SF perstudentPrevalentgenderAverageageOrientation ofwindows385 Landscape 21 1008 48 – 24 E383 Interior Design 21 1437 68 f 22 N, E367 Architecture 14 1243 88 m 25 N269 Architecture 15 1243 82 – 20 N240265GraphicDesignIndustrialDesignn/a(classroom)1134 n/a f 23 S24 1480 61 m 25 W, Ntheir great response rate. The complete questionnaire isincluded in the appendix of this paper.Results and Analysis ofcollected dataEvaluated StudiosThe following table summarizes key informationon each analyzed studio. The evaluation is based onforty-two participating students in six different studios.Studio number 240 is located in the older Southbuilding; all other studios are in the newer NorthBuilding. (Figure 2).Spatial characteristicsIn the first part of the questionnaire the studentswere asked about the best and the worst spots in theirstudio. They marked plus (best) and minus (worst)signs on provided floor plans. The following plansindicate the results for each studio. Red color standsfor female students, green for male students, and blackfor unknown gender (Figures 3 and 4).The plans clearly depict a positive attitude towardsthe windows, and a negative accumulation near thedoors. Studio no. 240 is an exception since it is usedas a classroom without individually assigned space;in this studio visibility and accessibility by the teacherwere main pluses. Other pluses towards the middleof the room have been explained as good spaces sincethey were not as crowded as the window areas, yet notright next to the door. Further analyzing the explanationsof the students, windows were generally ratedpositively, and doors negatively. Studio no. 240 is anexception since it is used as a classroom without individuallyassigned space; here visibility and accessibilityby the teacher were main pluses. However, bothdoors and windows were associated with a numberof sub-implications. Windows were attributed bynatural light, view, and natural ventilation whiledoors were attributed to traffic and noise. Figure 5Beyond Conflict 33

RefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsRefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsFigure 5. Side factors for windows & doors.Figure 4. Best & worst spots in studios.Figure 6. Weekly hours spent in studio.34 May 2006Beyond Conflict 35

367:Architecture(5th)269:Architecture(3rd)265:IndustrialDesign383: InteriorDesign385:Landscape240: GraphicDesignSketching 3.0 (0.8) 1.4 (0.48) 1.25 (0.38) 1.4 (0.48) 2.0 (1.0) 1.71 (0.82) 1.79Talking 2.8 (0.96) 2.0 (0.4) 2.13 (0.66) 1.2 (0.32) 1.75 (0.38) 1.00 (0.00) 1.81Computer 2.2 (1.04) 2.2 (0.64) 2.5 (1.00) 1.6 (0.96) 2.25 (0.88) 1.29 (0.49) 2Drafting 4.0 (0.8) 1.6 (0.48) 3 (1.5) 2.6 (1.28) 1.25 (0.38) 3.43 (1.80) 2.65Model Building 2.6 (1.12) 2.2 (1.12) 2.5 (0.63) 2.8 (1.04) 2.75 (0.75) 3.86 (1.02) 2.78Reading 2.8 (0.32) 2.8 (0.64) 4.13 (0.44) 2.8 (0,32) 2.5 (1.0) 2.71 (0.90) 2.96OverallRankingStudio: 385 240 367 265 383 269 Average SDLack of Infrastructure 4.0 2.8 3.0 3.4 3.3 1.8 3.1 (0.51)Lack of space 4.3 1.8 3.0 1.7 2.5 3.2 2.7 (0.73)Temperature 4.0 2.7 3.8 1.0 2.5 1.4 2.6 (0.92)Noise 2.3 2.7 2.4 2.7 3.3 1.6 2.5 (0.40)Air quality 4.3 2.5 2.0 1.1 2.5 2.2 2.4 (0.65)Aesthetics 3.8 3.7 1.7 2.6 1.5 1.2 2.4 (0.94)Figure 7. Studio Activity ranking ranked high (1) to low (5).Lack of privacy 3.5 0.3 3.0 2.0 3.0 1.4 2.2 (0.96)Quality of Artificial light 1.8 2.8 2.7 2.4 1.3 2.4 2.2 (0.46)RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awardsindicates the number of answers on the Y-axis. Whitecolumns stand for positive effects, black columns fornegative effects.Activities within the studiosThe second part of the questionnaire focused in assessingthe activities within each studio. The next diagramdepicts self-reported weekly average hours spentin studio by major. The fifth year architecture studioreported over 45 hours weekly, while on the otherend of the scale the classroom like setting of studiono. 240 reported least hours spent in studio. However,the standard deviation within each studio amountedbetween five to fifteen hours a week. (Figure 6)The next step investigated activities performed instudio. The table above displays results from highoverall ranking activities at the top to rare activities atthe bottom. Summarizing two overall trends can beseen; sketching, talking and working on the computerare very common, while drafting, model building andreading are ranked low. Exceptions are the third yeararchitecture and landscape studios, which still performa lot of drafting. Other popular studio activitiesinclude eating, sleeping, crits, meetings, and listeningto music. Studio 367 mentioned ping-pong playing asa popular activity. (Figure 7)Stress within studiosThe third part focused on issues of stress within thestudios. First, without further clarification, studentswere asked how stressful their studio environmentis. The chart below (Figure 8) indicates how manystudents perceived their studio as rather stressful (red)or relaxing (blue).The next question aimed to clarify which particularfactors are stressful in each studio. Categoriesextracted from the literature review on work stress(McCoy et. al. 2004) were individually assessed. Thelowest scoring category “disturbance by natural light”was added due to the desert location and to understandwhether with a majority of people working oncomputer screens, it may become a stressor. (Figure 9)Red highlights indicate the highest scoring ratingin each category. Studios are sorted from left to right,Lack of natural light 2.0 3.2 2.0 2.7 1.0 1.6 2.1 (0.57)Lack of visual connections to outside 3.8 1.5 1.7 3.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 (0.83)Bad Maintenance 2.3 3.7 2.0 1.8 0.7 1.6 2.0 (0.64)Disturbance by natural light 0.8 0.7 0.0 0.7 0.8 0.0 0.5 (0.32)Studio Average 3.0 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.7 2.2starting with the highest stressor average. Remarkably,except for studio no. 269 all studios correspond to theinitially assessed overall stress rating.The last part investigating in stress aimed to detectstrategies that students developed to cope with variesstressors. The chart (Figure 10) indicates stressorsin red and strategies in blue. The Y-axis indicatesthe total number of students reporting. Most strikingly,the reaction to noise is the use of headphonesthroughout all studios.Figure 9. Individual stressors (5=highest ranking).Discussion and ResultingDesign GuidelinesNatural LightBoth the evaluation of best spots in studio and theresults of “lack of natural light” as a stress factor suggestthat studio spaces should have access to naturallight. Along with a good light quality, windows arepositively associated with views of nature and naturalRefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsFigure 8. Overall Stress.Figure 10. Stressors & common coping strategies.36 May 2006Beyond Conflict 37

RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awardsventilation. Thus the content of the view should ideallyinclude vegetation and the window should be operable.If studio depth does not allow all workplaces to face awindow, barriers between the workspaces should bedesigned to allow the light to filter into the back of theroom and to maintain visual axis’s to the window.AcousticsA very common stressor in the studio environmentis noise. Students complained about other people’sconversations, both between studio mates and on thecell phone, music, and traffic noise. Throughout thestudios headphones were used to mediate this stressor.Considering that “talking” is the highest rankingactivity inside studios, acoustics become an importantchallenge. First, surface materials should be considered.Pin-Up surfaces and space dividers can becomeacoustic buffers. Meeting areas and other communalresources should be oriented towards the door. If thestudio furniture setup is planned, traffic patternsshould be considered. Provide additional spatial orphysical separation between the main traffic path andadjacent workspaces. Further the overall concept ofthe school should provide a variety of communicationspaces scattered throughout the building. Locatedadjacent to studios, they can alleviate some of theacoustical burden by attracting cell-phone users andinformal conversations.PrivacyPrivacy of individual workspaces and a loft-likeopen character of studio space are often consideredcontradictions. In the analyzed case the faculty hasbeen discussing the pros and cons of open studiospaces for years, not coming to a consensus. The currentcondition divides each studio by permanent, nonbearingwalls. Students rated the lack of privacy as anaverage stressor, except for a studio with a very highdensity (see studio no. 385). The density forced studentsto occupy space in direct adjacency to the doors,and allowed for no separate communal areas. Thusit could be argued that open studio environmentscan be successful and maintain a comfortable levelof privacy, by providing sufficient space per students.The data collected suggests that a square footage offifty sq ft per student is insufficient, while seventy tooninety sq ft per student have less negative effects onstudents in the current setting. In order to generalizeto completely open environments, an additional studyof open studio environments has to be performed.At this stage, the author tentatively suggests thatsquare footages per students in the upper range(ninety sq ft per student) and beyond could be successfuland feasible by saving circulation, and constructionspace and costs.Traffic PatternsMain traffic areas, specifically zones near the mainaccess points to the studio have been clearly marked asthe “worst spots” in studio. Particularly in large openstudio spaces, traffic planning becomes important.Comparably to a neighborhood, a hierarchy of accesspaths should be developed, incorporating key infrastructuralelements at strategic positions, e.g. communalprinter stations, microwaves, and refrigerators.InfrastructureThe lack of infrastructure, further described asinsufficient equipment, furniture etc, ranked highestamong the stressors. The fact, that they are payinglarge sums of tuition, yet are facing insufficient equipment,is perceived as unsatisfactory. In the study moststudents brought in their own chairs, task lamps,computers and printers. Graduate architecture studiospurchased their own plotters. Throughout the studiosprovided computers had serious maintenance issues,which led to the purchase of personal laptops. As aresult, demands of power outlets and wireless networkaccessibility are high.SystemsBoth air quality and temperature were rated as significantstressors. However, individual thermal comfortvaries greatly. Thus systems allowing personaladjustment are preferable. A low cost variation is tozone clusters of the studio into cool and warm spots,allowing students to choose their area according totheir own personal comfort.StorageStudents report high storage demands for a varietyof items. Throughout the studios, individual laptopsand other valuable electronical devices are common,thus a safe storage option is recommended. Studentswho travel by bicycle, suggested bicycle storage as well.Further, models and plans demand special storage solutions.Model racks offering space for several modelshave been successful in different studios.RelaxationStudios with high weekly usage have to support avariety of student needs. Relaxation is important inorder to maintain continuous productivity. Studioscan actively contribute to this restorative process byoffering windows with views of nature (see above),and comfortable furniture. Five out of six studios inthe study have brought in couches or lounging chairs,and describe them as very important. One studio(no. 367) introduced a ping-pong table. As a result,students in this studio mentioned “playing ping-pong”as one of their studio activities. Surprisingly, no complaintsabout noise caused by the game were recorded.Further proposals by the students include providingshower, sleep areas, and fitness equipment.SafetyStudios house valuable equipment and objects. Inthe range of this study only one student complainedabout theft from his studio, but multiple bicyclethefts were reported. The current layout of the studiosallows a certain control of access by number combinationlocks on studio doors. On the administrativeside fear of higher theft rates is a major argumentagainst open studio environments. The reviewedliterature, e.g. Strange et. al. (2001), suggests thatcreating a feeling of identity within the environmenthas positive effects on the formation of territoriality.Thus students may be engaged into watching the environment,detecting intruders rather than ignoringthem. This effect can be architecturally supported bycreating a series of communication spots, potentiallystrengthening social ties, and opportunities for activeengagement within the built environment. In a highlycreative field providing the opportunity to designparts of their environment, and allowing change tohappen can create that effect. Further health safetyhas to be considered. Reports of serious to fatal caraccidents before final deadlines are sufficient evidenceof the seriousness of this topic (AIAS, 2002). In areaswith far commuting distances, a sleeping area couldalleviate this danger. In general, promoting a healthyenvironment can add to the general health of students.In particular, good air quality, ergonomic furniture,and good lighting conditions were highlighted bystudents throughout the study.ReferencesBarker, R. (1968). Ecological Psychology; Conceptsand methods for studying the environment of humanbehavior. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.Baling, J., and Kelloway, E. (Eds.). (2004).Handbook of Work Stress. Thousand Oaks, CA:SAGE Publications.Bosworth, F. (1932). A study of architectural schools.New York: C. Scribner’s sons.Burgess, H. (1980). Quality of Program Indicators inUnited States Architectural Education: A statisticalsurvey.: Rice University.Boyer, E., and Mitgang, L. (1996). Building Community:A New Future for Architectural Education andPractice. Princeton, N.J. Carnegie Foundation for theAdvancement of Teaching.McCoy, J. M., and Evans G. W. (2004). Physical WorkEnvironment. In J. Barling, and Kelloway, E. (Eds.),Handbook of Work Stress (pp. 220ff). Thousand Oaks,CA: SAGE Publications.Porteous, D. (1977). Environment and Behavior: planningand everyday urban life. CA: Addison-Wesley.Rauh, R. (1976). Beginning design courses at schools ofarchitecture in Western Europe :a documentary study.Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University.RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards38 May 2006Beyond Conflict 39

RefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsSchön, D. (1985). The Design Studio : an exploration ofits traditions and potentials. London: RIBA Publications.Sommer, R. (1969). Personal Space; The BehavioralBasis of Design. NJ: Englewood Cliffs.Strange, C. and Banning, J. (2001). Educating byDesign. Creating Campus Environments that Work. SanFrancisco: Jossey-Bass.The American Institute of Architecture Students.(2002). The Redesign of Studio Culture: A report of theaias studio culture task force. Washington, DC: AIAS.Children’s Notions ofEnvironmental Care:The case of a low-incomeMuslim neighborhoodin IndiaChatterjee, Sudeshna (North CarolinaState University, Raleigh, NC)2006 EDRA37 Student Award WinnerAbstractChildren’s care for special places in the environmentfor which children have respect has been theoreticallyconsidered one of the six dimensions of place friendshipin childhood (Chatterjee 2005). Children’s directexperience of the outdoors, which is the most commonway for encountering places and developing feeling forplaces, has been considered the single most importantfactor in developing personal concern for the environment(Tanner 1980, Palmer 1993). Moreover, children’sfeelings and emotions about their everyday environmenthelp children learn about place, and by studyingthese place reactions of children it is possible for adultsto understand what kind of places children find mostsatisfying (Matthews 1992). This empirical study wasconducted in a low-income traditional Muslim settlementin central New Delhi in India to find out howmiddle-school Muslim children develop “friendly” relationshipswith the physical environment by demonstratingcaring environmental behavior. Using eclecticfield-based ethnographic research strategies, thestudy explored children’s feelings and emotions about“friendly” places in the everyday environment. Thefindings of this qualitative study demonstrate 1) theimportance of an emotional focus in environmentaleducation for middle childhood, 2) understandingthe socially constructed nature of environmental carein a culture, in order to promote responsible environmentalbehavior in children, and for promotingresponsible environmental citizenship, and 3) the roleof design in communicating clear evidence of environmentalcare to invoke caring behavior in the child user.IntroductionChildren’s care for special places in the environmentfor which children have respect has been theoreticallyconsidered one of the six dimensions of placefriendship in childhood (Chatterjee 2005). Childhoodexperience of the outdoors has been established as thesingle most important factor in developing personalconcern for the environment (Tanner 1980, Palmer1993), and environmental sensitivity, which is associatedwith responsible environmental behavior andawareness (Chawla 1998). Moreover, children’s feelingsand emotions about their everyday environments helpchildren learn about place, and by studying these placereactions of children it is possible for adults to understandwhat kind of places children find most satisfying(Matthews 1992). It is with this belief of learning fromchildren’s feelings and emotions about places, thatthis empirical study was conducted in a low-income,traditional settlement in central New Delhi in India tofind out how children develop “friendly” relationshipswith the physical environment. This paper discussesthe empirical findings of middle-school Muslimchildren’s notion of environmental care as one wayof thinking about the environment as a friend. If wehave some places in childhood that we have learnedto care for, we are generally more prepared to care forplaces when we grow up. The findings of this study hasimportant implications for environmental education(EE) in middle childhood, understanding the sociallyconstructed nature of environmental care in a culture,and implications for design in communicating clearevidence of environmental care.Environmental Care as adimension of place friendshipThe six criteria of friendship – 1) mutual affectionand personal regard, 2) shared interests and activities;3) commitment; 4) loyalty; 5) self-disclosure andRefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards40 May 2006Beyond Conflict 41

RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awardsmutual understanding; and 6) horizontality – wasestablished by Doll (1996) after her review of the literatureon friendship in childhood. These criteria weretranslated in environmental terms to develop a frameworkfor place friendship (Chatterjee 2005) – 1) environmentalcare, 2) place-child exchange, 3) learningand competence, 4) control of place, 5) regulation offeelings and emotions in secret places, and 6) freedomof expression. Doll, borrowing from Hinde (1979), illustratedthe first friendship criterion as one by whicheach friend demonstrates a caring responsibility forthe other. In other words, concern for a friend is translatedinto action through demonstration of care.Conceptualizing environmental care as a placefriendship dimension in childhood is stronglyanchored in the notions of environmental concernof children. Though Hart (1997) argues that there isvery little research on how and why children developconcerns for the environment, he and others (Hartand Chawla 1981, Chawla 1988) before him positedchildhood animism or the “tendency to find intentionand consciousness in things that are inanimate” (Hart1997, 18), as the basis for children’s caring for the nonhumanworld. According to Chawla & Hart (1995)childhood animism may form the emotional basis forenvironmental concern. And this caring concern forthe inanimate environment is shaped by opportunitiesfor direct contact with nature and through sociallearning (Chawla 1988).Following the notion of animism, a child developsmutual affection and personal regard for a place thathas pleasing intrinsic qualities capable of delighting,and holding the child from harm (Chatterjee, 2005).When the opportunity is provided to the child to carefor such a place, the child is likely to participate inreciprocating in caring for the place. As in fact Piaget(1926/1960) had noted through his observations ofchildren collecting a few pebbles or flowers at a timeso that they would not feel lonely, or frequently rearrangingstones along pathways so that stones mayenjoy different views, animism often assumes a formof respect for non-human things in childhood. Theformulation of environmental caring through friendshipwith place (Chatterjee 2005) is also in keepingwith the commonly expressed viewpoint in EE that“the very young should first be friends with and loveand feel the natural world…” (Sheryl Schoenfeld,quoted in Tanner 1977, 49; and Chawla 1988, 16).One of the goals of EE is to include “environmentalsensitivity to the learner’s community in early years(Tbilisi Declaration, UNESCO 1980, p.72).” The EEgoals of developing an environmentally consciouscitizenry are evident in several local projects involvingthe school community (of which Robin Moore’sWashington Yard is a notable example) in creatingand caring for natural schoolyards. Such projects aredriven by the need to instill responsible environmentalbehavior: in-depth knowledge of the issues, personalinvestment, knowledge of and skill in using environmentalaction strategies, an internal locus of control,and the intention to act (Chawla 1998). Projects such asthe Washington Yard also demonstrate what sustainabledevelopment means on the ground from a designperspective (Moore 1995). Projects of this type however,are rooted in the Western tradition of favoring and promotingthe natural environment under the “concernfor environment” banner (Hart 1997). Hence understandingof children’s environmental concern, as wellas EE curricula have been accused of being biased dueto the western culture’s preoccupation with romanticideals of childhood and its special relationship withnature (Hart & Chawla 1981; and Chawla 1994). Thiscultural favoritism is further reflected in analysis ofautobiographies (Tanner 1980, Peterson & Hungerford1981, and Chawla 1986) that revealed that the sense ofconnection to nature in adult lives was anchored in interestand affection for nature and positive experiencesoutdoors in childhood. Wals (1994:12) showed thateven children growing up in poor inner city neighborhoodsin Detroit had “developed a sense and a taste fornature”, even though this nature was experienced intheir back alleys. These Detroit students gave meaningto the concept of nature through their own neighborhoodexperiences – “In my neighborhood we find lotsof nature. Flowers that you don’t plant will grow andwe have a tree that’s in the next block that nobodyplanted, it just grew!” (Wals 1994, 14).Though the value of the natural world in children’soutdoor experience has been established as fundamentalin developing ecological concern and knowledge,little is known about how such concern developsin children growing up in environments that areundergoing rapid change due to urbanization in developingcountries. How do children develop concernfor the environment while growing up in surroundingsthat are devoid of nature, and where the natureof childhood itself deviates from the romantic idealsof a happy protected precious life stage? Do childrengrowing up under these circumstances fail to appreciate,value and care for the environment? The GrowingUp in Cities research in an Indian slum near the rapidlyurbanizing city of Bangalore did show that boys fromthe slum sought out secluded natural areas outsidetheir settlement for different play needs and restorativeexperiences. The girls in this community regularlyparticipated in cleaning the houses, and decoratingthe threshold with rangoli or intricate designs made ofrice flour every day. The public realm was rarely theconcern of householders for daily care, though somefamilies swept the streets and cleaned the drains infront of their homes (Banerjee & Driskell 2002). Howeverour knowledge about childhood place experiencefrom developing communities is limited, and we knowlittle about how and why children in contested livingenvironments engage in caring for the environment,and hence develop friendship with place. In this paperthe empirical findings of a study that explored thenotion of children’s environmental care as a part of alarger research on children’s friendship with place arediscussed. This study was conducted in a low-income,high-density residential area in New Delhi, in India.Researching middle schoolchildren’s perception ofenvironmental careThe central objective of this study was to understandhow middle-school children develop friendshipwith place by using the six dimensions of place friendship.In this paper, however, only the findings of thefirst place friendship dimension – environmental carewill be discussed.According to Kytta’s (2003) model of environmentalchild friendliness, the most child friendly neighborhoodconceptually is one that allows maximum independentmobility such as in a highly pedestrian neighborhood,and allows actualization of plentiful environmental affordancessuch as in neighborhoods well endowed withsocio-physical resources. Conceptually these parametersmade sense. I chose to do a richly documented casestudy in an Indian neighborhood that best approximatesKytta’s criteria of environmental child friendliness.Context of studyThe chosen context for this empirical study was NizamuddinBasti, an 800-year-old settlement in the heartof central New Delhi. Large parts of the settlementwere closed to vehicular traffic due to the narrow streetwidths. This theoretically ensured better access to theoutdoors by children and youth. The settlement houseda 12,000 plus population (close to 50% of which werechildren and youth), with a homogeneous religiousbase (95% Muslim). Nizamuddin Basti is a low-incomesettlement, with 32 listed monuments of nationaland international importance, several structured andunstructured open spaces, and an uncertain legal statusdue to non-existent documentation of land ownership.The common ills associated with most poor inner cityneighborhoods such as poverty, drugs, are also foundhere. Though unlike many such environments, NizamuddinBasti had a very strong socio-cultural networkand perceived sense of community among residentsowing mainly to the common religious base.Research MethodsHope India Project, an NGO that worked in NizamuddinBasti in New Delhi to improve opportunitiesfor education and health, and to develop livelihoodoptions, gave me access to the community. Hopeteachers collaborated with me in randomly samplingstudents from the chosen age group (11 & 12year olds) by drawing up age-specific list of studentsboth from the non-formal morning school, and theafternoon tuition classes for children who attendedlocal government schools. Hope social workers tookme on neighborhood walks to gain familiarity of thecommunity. They also introduced me to key resourcepersons in the community for interviews.The participants were initially 31 children. Someof these children attended the municipal schoolsRefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards42 May 2006Beyond Conflict 43

RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awardsin the local area, while a few (8 girls) attended thenon-formal adolescent girls school run by Hope IndiaProject. All the sixteen girls in the sample regularly engagedin housework and sibling care, whereas the boyshelped out in small-scale family-owned businesses,and by performing outside chores. These children hadlimited toys and dressed similarly to adults. Informedconsent forms for both children, and parents were senthome. Parents had been read and explained the contentof the form during the first community workshop.Parents signed and returned the forms to the school,whereas children signed the forms in front of me.During the course of my research on how childrendevelop friendship with place, I empirically explored,among other things, whether children had places intheir everyday environment that they could respect forboth the intrinsic qualities of the place and for whatthe place offers to the child; whether children caredfor these places enough to want to take responsibilityfor place maintenance and cleaning; and whetherchildren’s desire for caring action was promoted inthe community. Initially in-depth individual interviewswere conducted with thirty-one children. Thestudy was subsequently extended to focus groupsdiscussions with 70 girls (9–16 years), and 45 boys(9–16 years), field trips with a subsample (six boys andsix girls) representing children who had demonstratedthe maximum use of outdoors during the interviews.Several students completed the drawing assignmentsof ‘perception of neighborhood’, ‘favorite places’,and ‘disliked places’. Only a few students (four) kepta daily journal of activities for a week. Several otherinterviews were conducted with parents, teachers, andcity official-planners, landscape architects, architects,park attendants. In addition I spent several hourseach week observing the daily life of the communityin places nominated by children as “friendly places”.These observations, supported by children’s narrativesabout these places have provided me some insightsabout the social and functional meanings of theseplaces for children.FindingsTo understand the friendship dimension of environmentalcare, I asked children to talk about placesfor which they had respect and a desire to care forthe place. Additional questions were asked to probeif children actually participated in environmentalcare. This category received the maximum numberof place nominations (41) from thirty-one children.These nominations were spread over eleven typesof places (Chart 1), the least number of place typesnominated in any place friendship dimension. Thisindicates that these children, who live within a 500meters square local area, have a similar frame ofreference for places, which they respected, and lovedfor being a well cared for place.Chart 1. Distribution of Friendly Places that children respected & cared for.The highest nomination in this category was acarefully landscaped neighborhood park that waslocated in the heart of the adjoining middle-incomeneighborhood. My sample of 31 children came fromall over the low-income settlement of NizamuddinBasti. Only the girls who lived in Nizam Nagar, thefarthest enclave from Umbrella Park within the Bastidid not refer to this park as a friendly place under anydimension. The second highest nomination was foranother park on the outskirts of the Basti. This parkwas designed and maintained by the Delhi DevelopmentAuthority (DDA). This park also had greenery,a few trees, and a well-defined path for walking. TheNizam Nagar girls voted this DDA Park as a friendlyplace under most place friendship dimensions morethan any other place as this park was adjacent to theirresidential precinct. Both these parks were devoid ofany play equipment and they did not allow any activesport like cricket or football, the two most lovedsports in the community.It is interesting to note that children growing up ina densely built urban neighborhood with crumblinginfrastructure and litter in their surroundings, butwith several different social and religious settingsof immense importance (for example, NizamuddinAuliya’s tomb complexpopularly called the Dargahin the community is theinternationally acclaimedbirthplace of Sufism),nominated two of the threedesigned open spaces intheir local area as placesthat they respected andcared for. These parks– Umbrella and DDA parks– were not designed asplaces for children as a lackof play equipment readilysuggests. It was even clearerwhen the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) appointedcaretakers of the DDA Park told me, “we repeatedlytell the children not to play cricket here, butstill they play! This is a public park, it is not meant forone group to control the park through its play. TheyFigure 1. DDA Park as seen by the city.should be playing in the fields designated for sports.”No sports fields existed within miles of this local area.However, contrary to the gardener’s talk, the DDAPark (Figures 1 & 2) did not result from an Olmstedianvision of providing a general recreation groundwhere classes and ethnicities easily mix in commonenjoyment. The DDA park located on the westernedge of the settlement adjoining a major city trafficartery, instead, is closer to the Lynchian idea of edgeswhere (to quote Kevin Lynch) “Such edges may be barriers,more or less penetrable, which close one regionoff from another…(1960, 47).” According to Bowmanand Pagano (2004) cities strategically use vacant landalong edges to isolate, rather than to unite: “Vacantlots and abandoned structures assume the mantle ofthe proverbial ‘railroad tracks’ that separate people byincome, class, and race. That is, vacant land often setsapart neighborhoods, creating boundaries betweenhuman settlements (p 93–4).” The DDA park, createdby demolishing a slum called Katra Ahiran in the mideighties,serves many purposes for the city – it helpsto create a green buffer zone between the city andthe unwanted Basti dwellers, it helps to maintain theproperty values of surrounding high-income residentialand commercial plots, and it enhances the imageof green Delhi.The Umbrella Park wascreated by the ResidentsWelfare Association(RWA) in NizamuddinWest in the heart of C-block (Figures 3 & 4). Thechildren christened it UmbrellaPark because it hadthree concrete umbrellasover the entrance gate.However, this park wasopen to users for only afew hours during the day –7–10 am, and 5–7 pm.Not all children were allowed inside. For example theadolescent boys of the Basti were not allowed inside,nor were Basti children allowed to bring in play objectssuch as football or badminton equipment or anythingelse. They mostly came empty handed, in groups. TheyRefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards44 May 2006Beyond Conflict 45

RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awardsplayed tag, hide-n-seek or sit around and play morepassive rule-bound games. In contrast, the childrenfrom Nizamuddin West, the legitimate users for whomRWA created the park, came loaded with sports gear.They skated on the grass wearing heavy roller-skatingboots; they played football and badminton, mostlywith their attendant maids. The caretaker of the parkdid not tell them off. The Basti children, as long as theyplayed by the stringent rules, were allowed in.Yet these places (rule bound designed parks) held specialmeaning for children, and they managed to carve outterritories despite being told off several times. The lure ofa structured well-kept landscape in their otherwise filthy,debris-strewn local streets and open spaces seemed verystrong. Analysis of interview transcripts of this dimensionof environmental care allowed me to understandwhy these children cared for, and respected these twoparks the most among all the other thirty seven placetypes and unique places that children had nominated asfriendly across all dimensions of place friendship.The attributes that were common to both the parksfor invoking respect and concern of children were:providing experiences of nature; a clean, well-maintainedenvironment, a safe, controlled environment;and opportunities for play and social interactions.Umbrella Park scores overthe DDA Park in providinga prettier environment thatis variously attributed to itsdifferent design features andoverall ambience. Childrenalso reported restorative experiencesin Umbrella Park.Place attributesof caredfor and respectedplacesin childhoodEnvironment Providing Contact with Nature“The best things about Umbrella Park are theflowers, the trees and the grass. This park hasdifferent kinds of flowers.”“There’s greenery all around (in DDA Park).There are different kinds of trees as well.”These statements indicate that these childrengrowing up in a dense, heavily built-up inner cityneighborhood do feel connected to nature eventhough nature was experienced only through flowers,trees and grass in small park settings which were notcreated for enjoyment by the children’s community.The children sought out nature-rich environmentsas part of their everyday neighborhood explorationand through play. Even though this particularneighborhood had several different historic settingswith interesting architectural features such asdifferent tomb complexes, children chose parksover buildings for reasons as varied as counteringboredom at home (I go there quite often. Whenever Ifeel bored at home, I go over there), for feeling good bybeing in a natural setting away from their crampedliving quarters, and for peace and quite away fromthe noisy, bustling neighborhood (Over there in thepark, it is very peaceful. One can sit around quietly,walk around exploring things…).Clean, Well-Kept EnvironmentFigure 2. DDA Park, inside greenery & pathway.“I love to go there (UmbrellaPark).It remains clean.”“The care taker looksafter the place (UmbrellaPark) well. It is avery special place.”“The gardener here(DDA Park) looksafter the park.”The children of NizamuddinBasti lived in an environment that manyplanners and architects would describe as “nightmarish”due to the state of the crumbling infrastructure,filth on the streets, and hazardous scenarios suchas jumbled up electricity cables hanging low over thestreets within adult and often child’s reach. Many childrentold me that they had to hold their breath whenthey stepped out of their homes due to the garbage onthe streets. This often was a reason, other than genderrestrictions for older girls to not want to go outdoors.In India, the public place is the profane space withits material and sensual pleasures. The details ofdoorways in traditional homes emphasized the sharppolarization of the inner sacred realm and the outerprofane space. The doorway was the point of transformationbetween the outer, mundane world of menand the holy inner world of God (Amarillo Museumof Art, 2002). Other scholars studying public placesin India have noted that the public place was meantfor peeing. This is how many Nizamuddin residentsuse public place, as most people do not have toilets athome, and the public toilets are pay per use.In this context, the lure of a well-kept, clean environmenteven if it meant following strict rules, and sufferingsocial class-based discriminations (such as limited playoptions for Basti children in Umbrella Park as comparedto C-block children who brought in many toys and gadgetsfor play), drew both boys and girls in their middlechildhood years to the most accessible (DDA Park) andbest maintained (Umbrella Park) parks in their local area.Rules for Protecting the Place“Littering is strictlyforbidden in this park(Umbrella Park). So itremains very clean.”“Cricket is not allowed. Ifwe want to play cricketwe play in the yard acrossfrom Umbrella Park.”“Plucking flowers is not allowedhere (Umbrella Park).But I don’t like plucking flowers anyway. We nevercreate a mess when we play. It is not allowed.”Figure 3. Umbrella Park, node in the path.The children of this study were accustomed to livingin environmentally degraded surroundings where litteringin the public space was the norm. Moreover thecultural apathy to civic cleanliness in places beyondself-ish domains made the neighborhood environmentboth filthy and disorderly. In addition, the major businessthat employed most poor migrants to this neighborhoodfrom Muslim communities across India andBangladesh was the scrap sorting business owned bypowerful local men with political connections. Thiswas one of the major reasons why municipal action toclean the neighborhood were resisted as that actiondirectly harmed the business interest of power groups.The rules against littering, plucking flowers andplaying active sports in well-maintained placescontributed to the children’s sense of high degree ofmaintenance and care in these rule-bound designedplaces. Children seemed to have internalized the messagethat the character of these places needed to beprotected when they told me: “We feel that a beautifulplace should be kept that way. We never create amess when we play there (in the parks).” Though thiswas not strictly true as several children and adultslittered the DDA Park, which did not enforce rulesas rigidly as the Umbrella Park. But disobedience ismore due to the lack of proper maintenance provisionssuch as garbage bins than bad intentions.EnvironmentSupportive of Play“Umbrella Park is alarge park. Thoughthere is no play equipmenthere, but we canrun around and playmany things. We visitthe park in the evening.We play pakdan-pakdai(tag), baraf-pani(a variation of tag).”“I go there (DDA Park) mostly with my friends.We play ‘pakdan-pakdai’ (tag), ‘chhupkan-chhupka’(hide-and-seek). We hide behind the gravesand the wall. Most of the time we play ‘pakdanpakdai’.We can also play ‘bat-ball’ (cricket).”RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards46 May 2006Beyond Conflict 47

RefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsBoth the parks had clear circulation paths, andgrassy lawns in addition to trees and flowering shrubs.Most of the time children ran around the lawns, tagbeing the most popular and appropriate play forchildren without many toys and gadgets. Children alsoplayed hide and seek, using the volume of the vegetationand other features such as the graves and raisedplatform in the DDA Park to hide their bodies. As longas children played by the rules where they were notusing other equipment to aid their play, the gardenersand caretakers did not ask them to leave. The DDAPark often was a site of contest between boys’ need toplay ball games such as cricket, and gardeners’ dominantegos to control the park environment. Gardenersof the DDA Park admitted to me that there were nodesignated places for boys to play active sports in theneighborhood, but they had been instructed by DDAto keep such activities away from the park.Environment Supportive of Social Interactions“Lots of people from my neighborhood go there(Umbrella Park). I always meet people I know.”“…Sometimes if I go with my brother (toUmbrella Park), I takea cloth for spreading onthe grass for sitting.”“I like to roam aroundthe open spaces in andaround the park (DDAPark) with my friends. Idon’t think there is anythingspecial in the place. Ilike it because my friendscome with me and wespend time together.”“I go there (DDA Park)with my brothers andsisters and my father.”The DDA Park was the space where the communityrelaxed in fair weather. It virtually became a livingroom in summer evenings for families who did nothave that facility at home. This was the space wherethey met their friends and neighbors, and held familymeetings while cooling off outdoors in hot summerevenings. The Umbrella Park was first of all not in theheart of this poor community, and secondly was a siteof class conflicts where better off Nizamuddin Westneighborhood residents kept a watchful eye on thevisiting poor community. Hence the Basti communitymet each other in Umbrella Park on their eveningvisits for short periods of time. Further the recentgender segregation of this park – men (and children)in the morning, and women (and children) in theevening – and limited timings, restricted opportunitiesfor social interactions especially for adults.Safe EnvironmentFigure 4. Umbrella Park, benches & lawnused for playing & relaxing.“I feel safe in Umbrella Park because it has a gateand a gatekeeper. So bad people are kept out.”“It (DDA Park) is safe from the cars that go byin the roads next to the park.”“I feel safe to cycle in the DDA park.”Girls’ fear of places in thisMuslim community, as revealedduring a focus groupdiscussion, included boys,and ghosts. With increasingage, the independentmobility of Muslim girlswas curbed. Till about agetwelve, girls managed tonegotiate outdoor mobilitylicenses with their families.But the culturally imposedtaboos of no interactionwith members of the oppositegender post pubertycreated a fearful construction of gender in the mindsof girls – boys were up to no good, and will harm girlsin public spaces. Similarly lack of opportunities ofknowing the other, and cultural constraints to do so,aroused the curiosity of boys about girls. Incidents ofboys roaming the streets, taking pictures of the oppositesex with hidden cell phone cameras, and jeeringat them are part of the street gossip in the communitytoday. Hence the fact that the Umbrella Park was atemporally gendered space with a confining boundarywall, and a gatekeeper keeping men and adolescentboys out in the evening, added to the perceived safetyof the environment in the minds of girls.The DDA Park, though it had a boundary wall allaround, kept its unsupervised gates open throughoutthe day and night. This park abutted a major city-leveltraffic road, and the thick masonry walls cut out theview of the road from the park. This feature addedto the perception of safety in the park. The streetsoutside in the Basti, though narrow were filled withtwo-wheelers and rickshaws, which often came closeto children playing in the streets. I myself witnessedyoung children being run over by large speeding goatsin the streets. Injuries from accidents were rampanteven though there was restricted movement of cars andother high-speed vehicles within the Basti.Attractive design features“There are nice umbrellasover the gate, and colorfulbenches (in Umbrella Park).It (the park) is very prettyand clean.”“There is a path all aroundthe park (DDA Park),grassy areas and clayeyareas. Near the temple theyhave put flowers over themesh. It looks very prettynow. There are differentkinds of trees as well.”Nizamuddin West residentscalled it “C-Block Park”, but Nizamuddin Bastichildren called it “Umbrella Park”. Children’s namingof the park was influenced by the most iconic visual elementin the park – he red concrete umbrellas or chhatrisFigure 9. A child’s drawing of Umbrella Park ashis most favorite place in the Basti.over the gate. We could differ in our liking for this pieceof gate design, but this designed feature of the umbrelladominated the children’s mental image of the park (seefigure 5), as well as their use of language to describe thepark. And this was not the only cognitive marker thatthe design of the park offered. The neat landscapingwith linear pathways, lined with trimmed bushesarranged in layers of two different heights, and thelandmark canopy trees at the nodal cross-section of thepaths appeared in children’s drawings. This tamed andmanicured natural setting was both alien and novel forthe child used to the disorderly, crowded, largely abioticBasti environment.Though the layout of the DDA Park on paperappeared more interesting, its design quality wasundermined by its context. This park was located atthe periphery of the crowded Basti, with three largepink colored community facilities in the middle ofthe park forming an edge to hide the Basti from theroad. However, the DDA Park wrapped around thesedeceptive structures to mingle with the crowdedand poorest precinct of Nizamuddin Basti – NizamNagar. On the northeastern edge the park ceased toloose its orderliness near Nizam Nagar where residentsspilled out with their meals, clothes drying, andcattle. Moreover, duringthe rainy seasons, homelesspeople pitched tents on thisside of the park. In contrast,Umbrella Park located inthe heart of a higher incomeneighborhood, and surroundedby paved pedestrianstreets on three sides, a lowtrafficstreet in the front, andrespectable middle-incomefamily homes all around,kept its gates locked to bothvagrants, and neighborhoodresidents for most of the day.Which place attributes matter more to children?Of the seven place attributes noted above, threeintertwined attributes seem to make Umbrella ParkRefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards48 May 2006Beyond Conflict 49

RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awardsa cared for place for most of the children interviewedin Nizamuddin Basti.Analysis of the interview transcript:• Nature in the context of relative scarcityof “nature”• Clear evidence of care• Affordance of play and socializationThe attribute “clear evidence of care” subsumessome of the other attributes such as attractive designfeatures (created through acts of carefully considereddesign), protective rules for place (acts by which codesfor care are embodied in the environment), and safeenvironment for users (a perceived attribute relatedto other evidences of care that notionally holds usersfrom harm in a cared for place).However, in order to understand the priorities ofchild friendly places for design and for maximizingenvironmental child friendliness by using existingurban elements for planning, a discussion on whatmatters most to children is needed. One way of answeringthis question is to analyze children’s perceptionsof other nominated places, which do not have allthree attributes.Referring back to the chart that tabulates thechildren’s nominations of places that they cared forand respected (see chart 1), all eleven nominatedplaces and place types under this category were foundto be open spaces in the children’s local environmentexcept one, India Gate park, which was a far-off citylevel park, and an attraction for most Delhi children.The third and fourth place nominations underenvironmental care were “open space near home” and“streets near home”. Though these same place types securedtop nominations under other dimensions suchas “control of territory” and “place-child exchange”respectively, they had lower priority under the dimensionof environmental care. “Open space near home”often had incidental nature such as a few trees, a patchof grass, and a cluster of wild flowers. But what openspaces lacked were rules that told children how to behavein that setting. Moreover, open spaces were partof the profane public realm, and hence strewn withgarbage and refuse. Children utilized the play affordancesof these places, including constructing out ofloose parts, in an unconstrained manner, but they stillqueued up outside Umbrella Park, a strict rule-boundsetting, at 5 pm. In fact, one boy dropped out of theHope school evening supplementary tuition classesbecause the class timing coincided with the openingof Umbrella Park for evening use. What was missingfrom the wild nature, and affordance-laden openspaces near home were evidences of care. In the streetsnear home, nature is often non-existent, though affordancesof play and socialization are plentiful.Socially constructed nature of environmental care inNizamuddin Basti“The Umbrella Park is also very clean. It iscleaned every morning. Children don’t help toclean it, the caretaker does it.”“This place (DDA Park) remains clean. Wedon’t clean it. There is no trash can inside, butthe large garbage container is near one end ofthe park, though outside the park’s fence.”Even though children talked about valuing the intrinsicqualities of these parks and respecting them as“beautiful” places that allowed them peace and quiet,to enjoy nature, to play and to socialize, almost allchildren said that they did not actively participate incaring for the place. What prevented affective concernfrom being translated into action to care for the environment?The reasons for inaction were many. In thisparticular community, children had no real sense ofownership in the two parks they nominated as specialplaces that they respected and cared for. In fact theywere very clearly the ‘other’ in these settings. Childrenhad simply chosen, and used the properties owned bythe city. The purpose of production of these city parkswere, 1) in case of the DDA park, to hide a blightedslum behind a green zone, and thereby maintainsocial segregation between classes, and preserve theland values of adjacent higher-income residential, andinstitutional properties; and 2) in the case of UmbrellaPark, to create a neighborhood park for the enjoymentof higher tax paying residents of NizamuddinWest. Appointed interest groups controlled these parks– RWA in Umbrella Park, and DDA in DDA Park. Asthese places were under surveillance for appropriatebehavior and use dictated by the interest groups controllingthem, children had limited opportunities formanipulating them. Yet they were happy to obey rulesand enjoy somewhat tamely these natural settings,which were very different from their everyday environmentin the Basti. Rene Dubos’s (cited in Tanner,1974, p.39) analysis of effects of inner city poor neighborhoodson children, “the wholesale and constantexposure of children to noise, ugliness and garbagein the street, thereby conditioning them to acceptpublic squalor as the normal state of affairs” perhapsmotivated these poor children to seek out islands ofreprieve from the contested spaces of everyday.Poor children from the Basti community in additionwere viewed with suspicion in these settings, asevident in the gardener’s and caretaker’s opinionsabout their community, “these Nizamuddin peoplewill never improve…people here are not like people inother parts of the city. They are like gypsies.” Gardenersand caretakers always kept a watchful eye onthe activities of these children, and looked for opportunitiesto evict them from the parks.Inaction toward environmental care as discussedearlier was also culturally rooted in considering thepublic place as profane in Indian society. Contrary towestern ideals of civic sense, individual responsibilitytoward the public place whether through direct actionor payment for civic facilities, was often a contestednotion in India. When I asked children if they werepersonally involved in cleaning parks, or taking care ofplants, most children laughed, probably at the culturalabsurdity of the idea. This cultural apathy towardcaring for what was not private property was furtherreinforced by the lack of environmental educationin school curriculum. Most municipally run publicschools in India (the majority of children of this studyattended these schools) have deplorable infrastructureand very little open space. Children learned by rotein a didactic teaching environment where teacherabsenteeism, beating, and lack of respect for the publicschooling system are common sentiments.All these factors – the nature of production of parksand open spaces in the city, children’s lack of controlover accessible special places, children’s social status,cultural apathy toward environmental care of publiclyowned property and place, lack of EE in schoolcurriculum – contributed to children’s inaction indemonstrating care for chosen places.The reason why most state-owned and controlledpublic places in India have metal plaques, publishingrules of use near the entrance, is because thepeople in power distrusted care by civilians. Given theway open spaces and streets in low-income neighborhoodslooked, government officials tended not to likethe look of citizen care. The reasons for the state ofpublic places looking filthy were many – the lack ofeven the most basic systems in low-income communitiessuch as daily garbage collection, garbage disposalpoints near home – further promoted negative stereotypesagainst the poor as filthy and unable to care fortheir places. But the look of care in places where peoplewere structurally empowered to keep the environmentclean was different. An example of this can be foundeven in the midst of the littered Basti environment,in the Hope School. Here the poorest children in thecommunity, who lived in some of the filthiest surroundingsin the Basti, worked alongside teachers andstaff of this NGO to make their school an exemplarywell-cared for, clean and cheerful environment. Thereason the Hope school was that way was because guidanceand tools for cleaning were readily available.In the context of the Umbrella Park, and DDA Park,I would like to argue that even though children werenot directly included in demonstrating care throughcleaning, looking after plants or directly manipulatingthe environment, children did in fact participate incaring for the environment by not disturbing, andby respecting and honoring the order of the existing.Restraining action to maintain and preserve whatis, was just as much a manifestation of care as actionthat enhances the aesthetics of care. This form ofcare is probably a more acceptable one in the social,cultural, and political context of these children’s lives.Because children participated in caring for the parksby obeying the prescribed rules, and by limiting andoften modifying their behavior and actions in thesesettings, children had access to Umbrella Park andDDA Park even though they were “dirty” underclasschildren. The custodians of these parks did not haveRefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards50 May 2006Beyond Conflict 51

RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awardsreason to throw them out of these public places, eventhough these places were meant for the enjoyment ofbetter and higher tax paying populations as long aschildren respected and abided by the behavior codesencrypted in the place.DiscussionsThe findings of this study indicate that children’sconcern and care for places were based on children’sfeelings for and about the places, and children’s sociallyacceptable responsible environmental behavior.Children’s concern was not so much based on levelof factual knowledge about the environment (notone child cited a reason that was based on factualunderstanding of the park ecology as their reasonfor liking the place). Though there is some evidencethat show that both environmental knowledge andaffect influence actual and verbal commitment topro-environmental behavior, these influences operateadditively rather than interactively (Borden & Schettino1979). Others (Kellert 1985) have pointed outthat concern and knowledge succeed each other inimportance with maturing age. The child progressesfrom the egocentric, uninformed, and unfeelingattitudes towards the other, to emotional identificationwith the inanimate environment, and finally andhopefully to gradual acquisition of more sophisticatedecological knowledge (Chawla 1988). Kellert (1985:33) has further suggested that educational efforts for6 to 10 year olds need to focus on “the affective realm,mainly emphasizing emotional concern and sympathyfor animals” and as most other scholars would agreewith me, concern and sympathy for the natural world.This empirical literature shows the need for a strongemphasis on affective learning about the environmentin younger years, progressing on to more factualknowledge with maturing age. The current study addsto that literature by showing that affective learningabout the environment is just as important in middlechildhood especially for children who had not beensensitized toward environmental issues earlier. Thisimplies that even in middle childhood, objective,factual knowledge cannot substitute affect but is additiveto affect. The path to making informed choicesabout the environment, and participating in caringfor the environment through action (which includesboth enhancing and restraining strategies) may bethrough EE that lays a foundation for environmentalconcern and care in early and middle childhood, andconsolidates this learning through increasing environmentalknowledge over the years. The componentof participation in environmental care throughenhancing strategies (such as direct participation indecorating, and manipulating the environment itself)was missing from the lives of these children in NizamuddinBasti, especially in caring for state-controlledpublic spaces. Though some of the inaction was dueto structural reasons (nature of production of publicplace, legal ownership of place, and locus of controlin these places), and some cultural constructions(the notion of public place itself in India), I suspectthat lack of focus on environmental ethics and EE inschool curriculum in public schools that most of thesestudy participants attended (24 out of 32), as well asthe socially constructed notion of care in this context,also played a role in children not getting involved inenhancing the aesthetics of cared for places.Buntings and Cousins (1985) had found pastoralism,or an attraction for natural settings and openspaces, the most commonly endorsed environmentaldisposition in a large sample of 9 to 16 year olds. Thecurrent study shows that for children growing up ina dense inner-city neighborhood in a fast urbanizingcity in a developing nation with very little nature inthe immediate living environment, children wereemotionally attracted to the well maintained designedparks in the periphery and outside of their neighborhood.These parks provided contact with nature, andwere the places children respected and cared for themost in their everyday environment. Though childrenhad access to several other unstructured openspaces with no rules and constraints on their behaviorand action, and wilder nature, places that were moreorderly and had clear visible signs of care and maintenanceinvoked respect and caring in children. This isnot to suggest that unstructured open spaces had nosignificance in children’s lives. In fact some of theseleft over wild places near home were chosen for mostof children’s daily play activities and were nominatedunder the other dimensions of place friendship suchas place-child exchange, and control of place. However,discussion about these other dimensions and theseother kinds of open spaces is beyond the scope andobjective of this paper.ConclusionsThe findings of this study indicate the importanceof 1) an emotional focus in EE for middle childhood,2) understanding the socially constructed nature ofenvironmental care in a culture, in order to promoteresponsible environmental behavior in children, and forresponsible environmental citizenship, and 3) designedplaces in communicating clear evidence of environmentalcare to invoke caring behavior in the child user.I would like to conclude this paper by summarizingthe descriptive analysis and by outlining the salientfeatures of environmental care that have implicationsfor planning and design as discovered through thisstudy are featured below.The communicative aspects of a caring environmentthat invoke feelings of care and respect in childrengrowing up in poor inner city neighborhoods seemsto play an important role.Some of these aspects are:• Environments communicated visual signs of carethrough well-kept gardens and lawns, and generalcleanliness that was strictly enforced through rules bythe appointed custodians of the environment.• Environments communicated visual signs ofsafety through protective design features such asgates, enclosing fences and boundary walls, and prescribedrules of entry.• Environments were considered attractive whenthey had clear paths, lawns, diversity of plants,features such as benches, low walls, platforms to aidsocial interaction and play.• Environments that were cared for were not completelyclosed off to children, but allowed access evenif for a limited period each day.• Environments that were cared for were created foreveryone and not just for poor communities.• Environments that were cared for provided anescape from the poverty-stricken, contested geographyof the everyday, and were not far off but closeto home and walkable.Poor children’s notion of caring environments wasbased on their feelings and emotions for places thatwere laden with non-verbal signs of care. Childrenchose settings that were not exclusively created fortheir class or community, but for the city, and bettersocial classes. The choice of parks by underclass childrenmakes obvious their rejection of the pitifully puttogether play spaces closer home as cared for places.The hidden agendas that programmed and designedthese parks perhaps had not included extensive useand participation in care by poor communities andtheir children. In fact overt and covert strategies werefashioned to exclude the poor from these places. However,children were willing to change their normalbehavior of littering, and aggressive play just to bepart of these settings that aesthetically delighted themand satisfied other personal needs. In their own way,by restricting their normal play preferences, and inventingnew, more setting-specific acceptable play andsocialization, and by respecting and abiding by therules to maintain the existing order, children cared forthe two most coveted parks in their local area.AcknowledgementsI am deeply thankful to Dr. Herb Childress forexpanding my horizon of care. The fieldwork for thisstudy was partly funded by a SARAI-Center for theStudy of Developing Societies Independent Fellowship.ReferencesAmarillo Museum of Art (2002). Boundaries andTransformations: Outer and Inner. Retrieved online athttp://www.amarilloart.org/bt_outer-inner.html.Banerjee, K., and Driskell, D. 2002. Tales from TruthTown. In L. Chawla (Ed.), Growing Up in an UrbanisingWorld. London: Earthscan Publications.Borden, R. J. and Schettino, A. P. 1979. Determinantsof Environmentally Responsible Behavior. Journal ofEnvironmental Education 10(4): 35–39.RefereedFull-PapersStudent Awards52 May 2006Beyond Conflict 53

RefereedFull-PapersStudent AwardsBowman, Ann O’M and Pagano M. A. 2004. TerraIncognita: Vacant Land and Urban Strategies. Washington,DC: Georgetown University Press.Bunting, T. E. & Cousins L. R. 1985. EnvironmentalDispositions among School-Age Children. Environmentand Behavior 17(6) 725–768.Chatterjee, S. 2005. Children’s Friendship with Place:A Conceptual Inquiry. Children, Youth and Environments15(1), 1–26. Retrieved [9.24.2005] fromhttp://cye.colorado.eduChawla, L. and Hart, R. 1981. The Development ofChildren’s Concern for the Environment. Zeitschriftfur Umweltpolitik 4: 271–294.Chawla, L. 1986. The Ecology of EnvironmentalMemory. Children’s Environments Quarterly3(4): 34–42.Chawla, L. 1988. “Children’s Concern for the NaturalEnvironment. Children’s Environments Quarterly5(3): 13–20.Chawla, L. 1994. In the First Country of Places: Nature,Poetry, and Childhood Memory. Albany: State Universityof New York Press.Chawla, L. and Hart, R. 1995. The Roots of EnvironmentalConcern. The NAMTA Journal 20(1): 148–157.Chawla, L. 1998. Significant Life Experiences Revisited:A Review of Research on Sources of EnvironmentalSensitivity. Journal of Environmental Education.29(3): 1–11Doll, B. 1996. Children without Friends: Implicationsfor Practice and Policy. The School Psychology Review25(2): 165–183.Hart, R. 1997. Children’s Participation: The Theory andPractice of Involving Young Citizens in Community Developmentand Environmental Care. London: Earthscan.Hinde, R.A. 1979. Towards Understanding Relationships.London and New York: Published in cooperationwith European Association of ExperimentalSocial Psychology by Academic Press.Kellert, S. R. 1985. Attitudes towards Animals: AgerelatedDevelopment among Children. Journal ofEnvironmental Education 16(3): 29–39.Kytta, M. 2003. Children in Outdoor Contexts: Affordancesand Independent Mobility in the Assessment ofEnvironmental Child Friendliness. Helsinki: HelsinkiUniversity of Technology.Lynch, K. 1960. The Image of the City. Cambridge,Mass: MIT Press.Matthews, M.H. 1992. Making Sense of Place: Children’sUnderstanding of Large-Scale Environments.Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire; Savage, MD: HarvesterWheatsheaf; Barnes and Noble.Moore, R. C. 1995. Children Gardening: First Stepstowards a Sustainable Future. Children’s Environments12(2): 66–83.Palmer, J. A. 1993. Development of concern for theenvironment and formative experiences of educators.Journal of Environmental Education 24 (3): 26–30.Peterson, N. J. and Hungerfor’ H. R. 1981. DevelopmentalVariables Affecting Environmental Sensitivityin Professional Environmental Educators. In A. B.Sacks, L.A. Iozzi, J.M. Schultz, & R. Wilke (Eds.), CurrentIssues in Environmental Education and EnvironmentalStudies, Vol. 7, Columbus, OH: ERIC.Piaget, J. 1960. The Child’s Conception of the World.Totowa, NJ: Littlefield, Adams. (Original French edition1926).Proshansky, H.M., A.K. Fabian and Kaminoff, R. 1983.“Place Identity: Physical World Socialization of theSelf.” Journal of Environmental Psychology 3: 57–83.Tanner, T. 1980. Significant Life Experiences. Journalof Environmental Education 11(4): 20–24.Tanner, T. 1974. Ecology, Environment, and Education.Lincoln, Nebraka: Professional Educators Publishers.UNESCO. 1980. Environmental education in the lightof the Tbilisi conference. Paris: Louise ChawlaWals, Arjen E. J. 1994. “Nobody Planted It, It JustGrew! Young Adolescents’ Perceptions and Experiencesof Nature in the Context of Urban EnvironmentalEducation.” Children’s Environments11(3): 1–27.Social Change andResidential Environment:Change of Ondol(Korean heatedfloor) and domesticlife in Korea duringthe 20th centuryShin, Jung-hye (University of Wisconsin –Milwaukee, Milwaukee, WI)AbstractA building, as a physical structure, is both thecondition and the product of the social construct,therefore it is continuously evolving with socio-culturalchanges of a given society. This paper exploresthe relationship between the building and society withthermal comfort on Korean heated floor as a focalpoint of the argument. Through this example, I tracethe modernization path that took place over the lastcentury in Korea and its impact on the domestic life ofolder adults. Employing the notion of cultural hybridsby Amos Rapoport (1983) and cultural mutation byArce and Long (2000), I conceptualize the socio-culturalchange that took place over the last century inKorea as the active localization of global knowledgeand practice, especially in the area of housing technology,in conjunction with larger societal movements.The hybrids of local and external culturesare not necessarily rational but can be simultaneous,coexistent, and sometimes conflicting mixture ofelements actively manipulated by local actors situatedin time and space. Ondol, which Koreans embrace astradition, has survived a long time, but its historicalmanifestation was neither static nor transitory. Itsidentity and qualities have continuously evolvedupon contact with external cultures. My theoreticalargument is based on previous field work with a groupof Korean immigrants in Milwaukee and studies onpopular media. A life history of the aged immigrantsfrom Korea to North America in relation to residentialplaces conveys to us that the social transition not onlychanged objective environment but also shaped theperception of places in different ways for the differentpeople. More specifically, stories on thermal aspects ofhousing and commodification of thermal pleasure tellus how people appropriated and transformed Westernideas into different forms and qualities depending ontheir socio-economic classes, gender, and age (cohorteffects). The ultimate goal of the study is to demonstratethe complex relationship between socio-culturalprocesses, in both the macro and micro levels,and their physical settings.Theoretical BackgroundIn the 1950s and 60s Cold War period, socialchanges in developing countries were often describedwith the notion of replacement, that indigenous culturesin under-developed countries would be replacedby a more advanced culture (e.g., Lewis, 1954; Rostow,1960). Critiques on modernization theories in thearea of anthropology oppose this notion of replacementand further suggest socio-cultural change as alocalization of modern knowledge and practices. Localizationcomes through “the ways in which varioussocial actors and groups process and act upon theirexperiences, re-constituting or transforming existing‘localized’ situation, cultural boundaries and knowledge.”(Arce & Long, 2000, p.6)Numerous studies on social change in the postmodernera describe this localization of modernitywith terms such as pluralism, syncretism/hybridity,and mutation. Most of the theories of first generationEnvironment-Behavior Studies (EBS) have alsoemployed the notion of syncretism, wherein a portionof local culture is transformed through contactwith external cultures while others remain relativelyunchanged. Rapoport (1983) in particular, coined theterm culture core, meaning the relatively unchangingportion of culture, and peripheral elements, meaningthose easily changed. He argued that cultural changesRefereedFull-Papers54 May 2006Beyond Conflict 55

RefereedFull-Papersin developing countries are not simply replacementsof Western culture but a synthesis between existingculture and external influences. Further, he arguedthat the core culture is relatively stable while peripheralelements are easily transformed upon contactwith other cultures (Rapoport, 1983).While the notions of hybrids and syncretism areextensively supported by various researchers in thefield of EBS and many other social sciences, a morerecent conceptualization of social change includes thecapacity of culture to reproduce or transform itself invarious ways. Arce and Long (2000) argue that the useof the terms hybrids and syncretism to characterizenewly emerging lifestyles and socio-cultural changefalls short because these are dynamically generatedchanges that involve the reassembly of the recursiveproperties of entities and redefinition of boundariesin a way that new social forms emerge out of existingones (Arce & Long, 2000, p.17; see Tobin, 1992). Theyfurther question the notion of rational choice foundin the concepts of hybridity and syncretism. Choicesand combinations are, they argue, oftentimes irrational,contrasting, or even conflicting.Usefulness of the newer model – culture as a livingentity that has the capacity to reproduce and transformitself – is that: (1) it denies binary opposition oftradition and modernity, and therefore the presupposedconcept of purity found in the notion of tradition;(2) it enables us to envisage the continuum of thepast and the present, understand various ways of appropriatingexternalities (e.g., stripping off its originalmeanings of externalities and re-embodying localizedmeanings to them) and finally create a new reality.Important to note here is the notion of choice byRapoport (1969) or more recently, cultural repertoiresby Long (2000). Long proposed the notion of culturalrepertoires as the way cultural ingredients are usedand recombined in social practices either consciouslyor unconsciously (Long, 2000, p.191). Similarly,Rapoport argued in his discussion on house form that“economic, geographical constraints, the biological,physical, and psychological makeup of man, and thelaws of physics and structural knowledge (Rapoport,1969, p. 48)” cannot alone determine house form, butthey give limit to the number of choices. People stillhave various options of house forms within this limit.Cultural repertoires, therefore, bear the notion ofheterogeneity – generation and co-existence of multiplesocial forms within the same context or multiplesolutions to similar problems. The endless combinationsof cultural ingredients animate culture as aliving entity that continuously transforms its identity,quality and meaning.Changes in residential environment and the lifeof older adults in Korea, in this paper, are describedbased on this conceptualization – culture as a livingentity. Although family relations and residentialenvironment in Korea over the last century seems tobe largely replaced with modern lifestyle, lingeringcultural particularities are also present. They are notstatic entities but reproduce and transform their identitiesand qualities in various ways.Historical BackgroundKorean Domestic LifeSummarizing the whole history of Korean housingunder the name of ‘traditional’ within a page or sowould be absurd. As many anthropological studies in20 th century that have searched for intact and ratherisolated traditional societies presupposed ‘purity,stability, and homogeneity’ of a given culture (Lawrence-Zuniga,1997; Stewart, 1999). The discussionof traditional Korean housing without a specific timeframe would gloss over the complex dynamics andheterogeneity found in Korean domestic life. WhenI refer to traditional Korean housing, I will limit mydiscussion to the period marked by the establishmentof the Chosun dynasty, a predecessor of the Repulicof Korea, in 15 th century and the establishment of theRepublic of Korea in 20 th century. I will also limit mydiscussion to the upper class not only because thereis generous evidence but it also reflects the ideal ina given society. Geographically, my discussion willfocus on the central region of Korea.A traditional Korean house is composed of 2 to 3smaller buildings, each of them assigned to housewife,husband, and functional area. An-chae (innerquarter), which is assigned to mother-in-law, housewife,and her children, is usually located furtherinside of the house. This building was mainly usedfor child rearing and housekeeping. On the otherhand, Sarang-chae (outer quarter) for the husbandand his guests is located in forefront, or next to of theresidence. This area is sometimes shared by the headof the household and grown-up sons. Between thesetwo separate areas, is a courtyard, serving variouspurposes and functions (see Figure 1 & 2).While this arrangement remained relatively stablethroughout this period, later influence of rigid Confucianethics on aspects of family life – the segregationof men and women, the hierarchy of old andyoung, and ancestor worship as the most important(Lee, 1989) – in 17 th and 18 th century has added morepatriarchal components within housing. For example,Sarang-chae and An-chae have separated more strictlythrough limiting visual access, differentiation of thefoundation height of each building, and differentiationof entrance shape used by husband and wife (Ju, 2000).Each building has three different floor types –Ondol floor, raised hard wood floor, and floor withearthen material. Individual rooms had ‘Ondol’,Korean heated floor. Between or around these rooms,there were raised wooden floors that are the same levelas Ondol floor. The kitchen area as well as storagerooms had a floor of earthen material, significantlylower than both Ondol and hard wood floor. Thesource of heat for the Ondol floor was either in thekitchen or right outside the room.Although the form and the location of traditionalhousing was strongly governed by Fung-sui, Taoism,Figure 1. Isometric views of a Korean Traditional House with/without roof.Figure 2. A view from courtyard to inner quarter.Ying-Yang School, and Naturalism, Confucianism alsoremained as a principle of the housing arrangementthrough its regulation on family relations (Ju, 2000).Many of the traditional features of Korean housinghave been under attack by the intellectual elite of Koreansociety at the turn of the 20 th century as irrationaland inefficient. At the time of this attack, Korea hasNote. Figure 1 is from Asian Historical Architecture (http://www.orientalarchitecture.com), by Tim Ciccone, 2003.© 2003 Tim Ciccone. Adapted with permission. Annotation by the current author.RefereedFull-Papers56 May 2006Beyond Conflict 57

RefereedFull-Papersbeen going through a series of turmoil beginning fromforceful employment of open-door policy by Japanand other Western countries, invasion and subsequentcolonization by Japan, and collapse of the Chosundynasty. Open-door policy in particular, stimulateda social discourse on traditional values and life stylesin every aspect of daily life (M.–S. Kim & Sim, 2002).As part of a culture movement, the social discoursein this period suggested a new way to achieve culturalchange through: industrialization, provision of neweducation, abandonment of old habits of daily life includingearly marriage, excessive spending on funeraland ancestral memorial ceremony, inequality betweenmale and female, patriarchy, slavery, caste system,extended family, and unconditional respect for olderadults (M.–S. Kim & Sim, 2002).Social discourse on housing and related lifestyle wasa part of this larger conceptual movement. Westernlifestyle became a model to be followed while traditionallifestyle and corresponding housing structurewas discussed as somethingthat has to beabandoned or hinderedsound development (M.–S. Kim & Sim, 2002).Specific features such asbuilding arrangement(multiple buildingswithin single residence)were criticized as beinginefficient use of space.Kitchens were viewedas a reflection of lowerstatus of women in Koreansociety (M.–S. Kim & Sim, 2002). Although thisdiscourse in the 1910s and 1920s did not have wideimpact on society overall, their far-reaching effectappeared later in the 1940s, 1950s, and 60s when theRepublic of Korea gained independence and rebuilt itsown society based on strong nationalism (M.–S. Kim& Sim, 2002). Subsequent introduction of high-riseFigure 2. Structure of Ondol,section across a kitchen and an Ondol roomapartments in 1950s as a national emblem of developmentand wide acceptance of them as a major categoryof housing (around 47.73% of overall housing stock in2000) in later 20 th century and into 21 st century (Park,2005) have abandoned virtually all spatial arrangementfound in traditional Korean housing. A fewfeatures survived however, including the influence ofFung-sui (e.g. preference of south-facing house), spatialarrangement of rooms according to users ratherthan functionality or privacy 1 , strong preference forhouses that allow cross ventilation, and most importantlythe warm floor – Ondol.‘Ondol’ literally means ‘warm chimney.’ The traditionalOndol structure is composed of: (1) a fireplaceoutside the room which is the heat source for bothspace heating and cooking; (2) a passage for warmair and smoke underneath the floor, which is mainlymade of stone or earth; (3) several floor layers made ofstones, a coating, and floor paper; and (4) a chimneyleading gases and smoke outside. In this system, thewhole floor system, in asense, can be describedas an extended chimneysystem (see Figure 3).This traditionalform of Ondol lasteduntil 1960s and 1970s,although the major typeof fuel was switchedfrom wood to anthracitebriquette around 1950s.After modernizationof Korean society andfollowing the importof technologies from the West around in 1970s, themedium for heat transfer was replaced from hot air tohot water and water pipes were used instead of stonesand air passages under the floor (Yeo et al., 2003).Currently, more than 90% of housing stock in Koreahave Ondol system (Olesen, 2002). The applicationof Ondol is expanding to living rooms and kitchens1 The arrangement of spaces in Western housing may give the feeling of transition from public, semi-private, to private as one proceeds fromentrance, family room, to bedroom. The majority of Korean housing shows a rather different arrangement: all of the bedrooms for each offamily members as well as kitchen surround living and dining room. As a result, it is usual to see a couple of bedrooms from the entrance areabefore entry to the living room area (my observation).where heated floor was atypical until 1980s (Kang).Ondol system also started to be employed in neighboringChina. 20% of newly developing apartmentprojects in China have known to employ this systemsince 2000 (H.–s. Kim, 2005).Life on OndolOndol and Its Multiple MeaningsIn 2004, I interviewed 6 Korean immigrants whowere over 60 and asked their past housing historyand their experiences in their former homes focusingon the thermal comfort aspects. I also conducted acontent analysis of 11 popular writings about Ondolfrom the World Wide Web. Unlike my original intentionin beginning this study – simple comparisonbetween radiant floor and western style heatingmethod – the informants’ stories unfolded withamazing detail filled with life-long struggles of survival,raising children, familial bonds, and achievements.I identified six major themes associated withlife on Ondol – thermal contrast, intimate relations,incubation, rootedness, labor, and modernization.While the interview questions were posed regardlessof the type of heated floor (i.e. traditional chimneysystem with fire wood, chimney system with anthracitebriquette, boiler system with anthracite briquette,boiler system with oil, boiler system with natural gas),most of memories associated with heated floor werefrom traditional chimney system. Further analysisrevealed that different people extracted differentmeanings from their memory about Ondol. Complexinteraction among development of floor systems, thefamily role each informant held, and characteristicsof the era in which each informant lived were allinterwoven together.Thermal contrastThe interviewees constantly mentioned contrastbetween the cold outdoor and warm indoor, contrastbetween cold indoor air and warm floor, and contrastbetween colder side of the floor and warmer side ofthe floor. Whenever they described how warm thatfloor was, the scene contained harsh winter cold andsnow. In the popular writings on the internet, authorssometimes compared this cold weather to the mercilesscontemporary world where severe competitionand unemployment is prevalent, and the warmth ofthe floor creating a refuge to return home to.The heated floor also had the meaning of waiting.Almost all informants mentioned that Ondol was aplace where they waited for their husbands, fathers,and their brothers who were often late. They buriedrice bowls under the layer of thick blanket until theirlate family members come in from cold weather andthen served them. The literature often described avivid image of contrast between warm rice or warmfloor and the winter storm.The informants and the writers of literature oftenrecalled thermal contrast between cold indoor airand warm floor. Lower levels of insulation back in1940s and 50s lead people to layer thick blanket on thewarm side of the floor to keep the floor warm. Wheneverthey recalled Ondol the scene contained thickblankets and families who gathered with their feetunder the blanket. The coldness they felt with theirupper body reinforced the contrasting warmth theyfelt under the blanket.Thermal contrast between warmer side of the floorand colder side of the floor was often mentioned inboth the literature and interviews. Both sources moreoften used a specific word for the warmer side of thefloor – ‘Arae-Mock’ – rather than Ondol which refersto the whole floor system. The warm spot was oftenreferred to as the best spot in the house thereforereserved for privileged people such as fathers, motherin-law,newborns and sometimes people with illness.Intimate relationsIntimate relations found in Ondol is somehowrelated with thermal contrast in a sense that the warmspot created by strong thermal contrast gathered allthe family members in one place and made them staythere. The spot was the place where parenthood wasexpressed. Often times the spot itself was comparedto mother or grandmother by various writers of theliterature, both men and women. The spot worked asstrong family foci. The intimate relations with parents,with brothers, and with sisters were formed on thespot. Hospitality is also expressed on the spot. TheRefereedFull-Papers58 May 2006Beyond Conflict 59

RefereedFull-Paperswarm spot is often served for the family guests, poorpeople, and people with illness.IncubationIncubation was less significant but persistent theme.The right degree of temperature on the warm spotprovided a good place for food fermentation, humanbirth and growth, and cure for the ill. A series of postpartumcare centers borrowed their names from thewarm spot, Arae-mock, and used it for their advertisement.Unique therapeutic heating rooms (Jimjilbang)in Korea using conduction heat transfer mode,which was highly commercialized around 1995, alsoborrowed Ondol concept for their advertisement. Theinterviewees indicated that while it is not crucial tohave it all the time, they miss the warm floor wheneverthey feel feeble or ill.RootednessConnectedness to nature, nostalgia, and feelingemptiness without it is found to be associated withwarm floor. Compared to other themes, this themewas the least frequently mentioned. The earth andfire, main components of the traditional heated floor,sometimes connected people with Mother Nature.Connectedness, along with childhood memory, wasrecalled and missed by people in the literature but to alesser degree by elderly people interviewed. One of theinterviewee said that she felt strong emptiness withouta heated floor after she moved to the States. Thisfeeling of emptiness is also expressed in the literature.LaborIntense labor and maintenance is found to be oneof the associated themes with Ondol. This theme distinguishesolder informants from younger informantsand writers of literature. Difficulty in maintaining thetemperature and hard labor necessary to keep the firealive with the traditional heated floor was pointed outby 5 out of 6 informants. For the people in their late70s and early 80s, this hard labor is remembered asrather painful and sometimes intertwined with theirmemory of lifelong struggle to sustain their life andtheir family through colonization, war and economicdevelopment of Korea. For the people in their early 60s,the effort to keep the fire alive and maintain consistentfloor temperature was remembered with a slightdegree of inconvenience and sometimes romanticizedas childhood memory. Two pieces of literature mentionedthis theme as well, but it was highly romanticizedin connection to the memory of their mothers.Development and modernizationDevelopment and modernization of Korean societyis reflected in the development of the heated floor.Although the Korean floor system is about 1000 yearsold, most technological development occurred ininformants’ lifetime. The elderly often recalled howfast Korean society developed and modernized, aswell as how comfortable and convenient it is to livein modern society. A couple of informants furtherdescribed the generational gap that this developmentcreated between them and their children. A singlepiece of literature briefly mentioned this theme as well.In the writing, one of the author strongly advocatedthe life style associated with Ondol system as traditionthat has to be kept no matter how much modernizationprogresses in Korea.Different Experiences,Different MeaningsThe common themes found through the studydo not necessarily imply that the experiences ofvarious users were uniform. As I partially describedin each common theme, the meanings attached toOndol were different depending on the maintenanceprocesses for different types of floor system and whoattended the system.The chimney systems with firewood or hay requiredhard labor to keep the fire alive. The house structureassociated with chimney system provided a kitchenwhere cooking and cleaning is not easy comparedto contemporary kitchen. Interviews for those whoactively used and maintained this old system in theirearly to mid motherhood associated with floor systemwere more labor oriented memories. Intense labor tokeep the fire alive, longer time for food preparation ispointed out, and often times, their desperate struggleto feed and sustain their family life through povertyand wartime was vividly described. For them the‘warm spot’ on the floor was the place for their children,husband, and their elderly parents, but not forthemselves. Their own memories were confined intokitchen area trying to serve those people on the warmspot. Some of them converted this painful memoryinto the joy of child rearing while others recalled itas something that constrained women’s life withinthe kitchen. For them, traditional Ondol system wasa symbol of patriarchy and unbearable relationshipwith their mothers-in-law. Conversely, modernizationof society and new floor systems were somethingthat freed women’s life. Although they, too, experiencedthese blessings, they experienced it as mothersin-lawwho would have been a primary beneficiary oftraditional Ondol system. Therefore the beneficiary ofthe modern house and its floor system was their children’sgeneration. This sentiment of ‘trapped cohort’in the use of Ondol system is also manifested whenthey discussed their position as elders within theirfamily. “I will live independently until I fall gravely ill.We can’t expect the same care giving relations fromour children as we did with our in-laws.” (From thefield note, my translation). They portrayed themselvesas mothers who sacrificed their life to both youngerand older generations and stood on the giving end oftheir relationship to the next generation.On the other hand, for the interviewee who spenther motherhood with traditional Ondol system, butwith higher economic status with house servants, theOndol was more for family gatherings and hospitalityexpressions although they were aware of the difficultyto maintain the floor system. They rememberedthis difficulty rather as nostalgia. Sometimes familywealth is expressed as having a huge pile of firewoodand the housemaid to maintain the system.The informants in their early 60s remembered theOndol floor as family foci and place for guests. Becausethe traditional floor system – chimney system with firewoodor hay – mostly disappeared before they reachedmotherhood, the hard labor of their mothers or housemaidremained rather nostalgic and sometimes symbolicof a mother’s love. Various memories includingplaying, eating, and sleeping were described and oftentimes were strongly connected to the memory of theirmothers. In this sense, they remain the recipients intheir relationship to the previous generation.The meanings of traditional heated floor expressedin literature show even further departure from thereality of hard maintenance. The literature foundthrough web search, which was mostly written byyounger generations, romanticized the labor associatedwith maintenance as love of mothers or as link toMother Nature. Commercial advertisement used theconcept of traditional floor system to remind peopleof traditional values and healthy life.Interesting to note here is that the most of thememories described by both interviewees and literaturewere concentrated on the traditional Ondolsystem. All they could recall, when I asked aboutthe life on newer Ondol system, was convenience.The lifestyle formed by strong thermal contrast andlimited availability of the warm spot on traditionalheated floor seem to have created more family affairsto remember. Eating, sleeping and all kinds offamily gatherings happened on the warm spot partlybecause of the bodily sensation of warmth and partlybecause the coldness of spaces other than warm spot.While limited availability of warmth might havecreated inconvenience living in other spaces, it alsocreated strong reasons for the families to be together.Whereas, the enhanced insulation of the house andrelatively uniform floor temperature throughout thespace in modern Korean housing, along with other socialand cultural factors (e.g., introduction of TV andPCs), enabled each family member to enjoy her/hispersonal life in his/her own private space, thereforereducing the frequency of family gatherings.Thermal Conduction, anEnduring QualityOndol is usually classified as radiant heating floor.Our body loses 80% of body heat produced throughmetabolism. While we lose our body heat through allthree modes of heat transfer – conduction, convection,and radiation – 50% of heat loss occurs throughradiation. Therefore, radiation is by far the mostimportant body heat loss mechanism in terms of thequantity of body heat transferred (Stein & Reynolds,RefereedFull-Papers60 May 2006Beyond Conflict 61

RefereedFull-Papers1999). The effectiveness of radiant floor system hasbeen discussed in conjunction with this fact (Shoemaker,1948; Stein & Reynolds, 1999).However, conduction, rather than radiation, is by farthe most effective heat transfer mode once it occurs(Stein & Reynolds, 1999). Bodily contact with warmerobjects in large quantity seldom occurs in daily life,yet lifestyle created on Ondol floor encouraged thisbodily contact within a large area. Interestingly, thestudy showed that the memory of life experiences onOndol mainly came from bodily touch with warmfloor – conduction heat transfer. Difficulties applyinginternational thermal comfort standards in Koreanresidential situations are large conduction area, frequentchange of contact area depending on postures,and relatively strong role of radiation within the room.Major thermal comfort studies on residential settingsin Korea, therefore discredit international standards,modifying equations and placing more weight onradiant temperatures.In 2003, a year prior to the study of Ondol, I interviewedmanagers of four different nursing homes inKorea through telephone interviews and exchangeof documents. All those facilities were operated byCatholic orders or charity for people with no familyto support themselves. Though their facilities werestarkly institutional with many hospital-like features,several key features were found: Ondol, floor materialswith high density (therefore easy to clean and effectiveheat conduction), drainage on bathroom floor,and separate designated area for taking off shoes.Certainly, there are not many people, if any, wholayer materials with low conduction rate such as carpeton top of Ondol floor. Floor materials made of papersand transparent coating, or sheet vinyl, laminate, andlinoleum flooring more recently, on top of concrete orcement floor is more typical for better conduction ofheat and easier cleaning with a floor mop. Those materialswith high density tend to be cooler in summerdue to high thermal capacity and high conductivity.Shoes are never acceptable beyond the entrance. Barefeet or a single layer of socks is typical. Bare feet workbetter for both heat conduction and keeping the insidefree from street dust. Drainage on the bathroom floormakes it easy to wash floor mops. The combinationof a hard floor free of dust, barefeet, and warmth hassurvived through fundamental social change andresidential development in Korea.While those enduring features – Ondol and itsrelevant features – link us back to the notion of culturecore (Rapoport, 1983), more recent phenomenasuch as expansion of Ondol floor to the entireKorean house and Chinese buildings, and finallycommodification of certain thermal qualities gobeyond the notion of cultural hybridity, animatingitself as something capable of transforming its identity,quality, and meaning.Commodification of ThermalPleasureA well-known thermal comfort researcher, Olesen(2002) extensively documented why heated flooring isbetter in residential settings in terms of its functionalityand efficiency. One of the pros of the heated floorthat he pointed out was that the air temperature fromfloor to ceiling is more uniform than an air heatingsystem where temperature at the ceiling level tendsto be higher than one at ankle level, which results in‘cold feet’ (Olesen, 2002).Obviously, uniform temperature at an ideal settingin which people do not sense warmness or coldness(i.e., thermal neutrality) lets people forget aboutdiscomfort and concentrate on what they do. Markedwith the notion of convenience, this neutrality hasbeen the goal of international thermal comfortstandards (ASHRAE, 2004). Thermal pleasure, onthe other hand, is a different trait that follows strongthermal contrast. Theoretically, thermal comfortresearchers have conceptualized the human body astwo different compartments composed of deep bodyand skin (ASHRAE, 1997). For the human body tostay within a comfortable range, both skin temperatureand deep body temperature should stay within anarrow range of temperature, usually within a coupleof degrees. When the deep body temperature is outsidethe comfort range, either too cold or too warm,contact with opposite extreme temperatures throughthe skin lets people feel pleasant sensation rather thanjust reaching neutral comfort (Hensel, 1981). Thoughcontemporary Ondol floor has most of features oftraditional Ondol floor, the increased insulationlevel and uniform temperature throughout the floorreduced thermal contrast found in traditional Ondolfloor, conforming to the idea of thermal neutralityand uniformity found in international thermalcomfort standards. Gone with the reduced thermalcontrast is thermal pleasure along with family affairswithin the warm spot.From the mid 90s, possibly even before that, newtypes of products that imitate the thermal pleasure intraditional Ondol have been pouring into the Koreanmarket. Backed by the health movement (mainlymanipulated by mass media) and theories in Koreanmedicine (mainly from Chinese medicine stressingbalance of Ying and Yang), those items quickly gainedpopularity in the market. Examples include stonebeds with temperature control, mats stuffed withexotic materials that are supposed to emit far-infraredradiation, the flourishing business of therapeuticheating room (Jimjil-bang), and vacation housesmodeled on traditional houses with Ondol. Therapeuticheating rooms in particular, became extremelypopular in late 90s for gatherings, therapeutic activities,and leisure, leading the majority of public bathsto close their businesses (Ha, 2003). In a return tonature, some people managed to build traditionalhousing 3 in deep mountains of rural areas, reconstructingtraditional lifestyle, while renting part oftheir buildings to boarders. Thermal pleasure, whichinevitably accompanies thermal discomfort and laborbut occasionally provide pleasant bodily sensation,moved its realm from the residential to commercialsector, creating its own unique culture.ConclusionI have suggested in this text a few culture cores ofKorea which have survived and flourished duringrapid social change in the past century. I have also describedhow people constructed meanings and valuesaround those cultural assets and how they transformedtheir identity, quality, and meanings amongstthe influx of the Western culture.The notion of cultural repertoires and its endlesscombination call our attention to various social actorsand groups within the society and how those actorsinterpret, process, and implement new knowledgethrough selective appropriation, denial, and transformation.Why are some aspects of the new culture andknowledge welcomed in certain local situations whileit is abandoned in other situations (e.g., the negationof ‘new cultural movement’ in 1910s which was heraldedby intellectuals when Korea is under Japaneserule vs. acceptance of similar features in 1960s understrong nationalism)? Why are some contrasting valuesaccepted and able to co-exist without conflict (e.g.,co-existence of Western lifestyle and radiant heatfloor, or coexistence of the notion of Ying/Yang, thebasis for the idea of therapeutic heating room, andWestern medicine in Korea)? What kind of standardsdo people employ when they accept or deny newknowledge (e.g., practicality or metaphysical standard)?Certainly, the battlefield of our daily life rendersa much more complex situation wherein peoplesift through and collect numerous values and symbolsultimately creating their own culture. Conventionalapproaches to the search for the universal solutions eitherto aging or to physical environment have limitedability to explain this process. Only through detailedanalysis of the process of appropriation – how peopleaccept, deny, or modify existing as well as externalcultural features and how people construct the reasonfor these actions – can we understand the living ensembleof culture on a deeper level.Author’s NoteThis research was conducted under the directionof Gerald Weisman and Sherry Ahrentzen in partialfulfillment for a doctoral degree in architecture at theUniversity of Wisconsin – Milwaukee. I wish to thankto Gerald Weisman and Sherry Ahrentzen for their insightfulcontributions to this article. Correspondence2 There are still many traditional Korean housing as usual residential buildings in both urban and rural areas. While these residentialbuildings have incorporated newer materials and technologies, vacation houses rather strictly use (or claim to use) natural materials and buildaccording to traditional methods.RefereedFull-Papers62 May 2006Beyond Conflict 63

RefereedFull-Papersconcerning this article should be addressed to JunghyeShin, Department of Architecture, University ofWisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201–0413.Email: jshin@uwm.eduReferencesArce, A., & Long, N. (2000). Reconfiguring modernityand development from an anthropological perspective.In A. Arce & N. Long (Eds.), Anthropology, developmentand modernities (pp. 1–31). London and NewYork: Routledge.ASHRAE. (1997). ASHRAE fundamentals handbook.Atlanta, GA: American Society of Heating, Refrigeratingand Air-conditioning Engineers, Inc.ASHRAE. (2004). ASHRAE standard: Thermal environmentalconditions for human occupancy. Atlanta,GA: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating andAir-conditioning Engineers, Inc.Ha, I.–s. (2003, October 23, 2003). [keumjuoe rangkingtop 5] jjimjilbangeseo hago sipeunil. Retrieved2005, July 25, from http://www.donga.com/fbin/moeum?n=dstroy$j_509&a=v&l=8&id=200310230130Hensel, H. (1981). Thermoreception and temperatureregulation. New York: Academic Press.Ju, N.–c. (2000). History of Korean architecture (hangukgeonchooksa). Seoul, Korea: Korea University Press.Kang, I.–h. Aparte ondol? Retrieved July 29, 2005,from http://arch.hannam.ac.kr/~kih/ondol.htmKim, H.–s. (2005). 'hankuk ondol nanbang'jungkuke keupsok junpa, sinkyu aprt 20% daechaetaek. Retrieved July 29, 2005, from http://economy.hankooki.com/lpage/industry/200505/e2005051817082548030.htmKim, M.–S., & Sim, W.–G. (2002). A study of the discoursesabout 'housing improvement' on [kaebyeok]in the early 1920. The Architectural Institute of KoreaPeriodical, 18(10), 115–122.Lawrence-Zuniga, D. L. (1997). Studying culture andhistory in exotic places and at home. In G. T. Moore& R. W. Marans (Eds.), Advances in environment, behavior,and design (Vol. 4). New York: Plenum Press.Lee, S. H. (1989). Siting and general organization oftraditional Korean settlements. In J.–P. Bourdier & N.AlSayyad (Eds.), Dwellings, settlements, and tradition(pp. 295–316). Lanhan, ME, London, and Berkeley,CA: University Press of America.Lewis, W. A. (1954). Economic development withunlimited supplies of labour. Manchester School,22, 139–191.Long, N. (2000). Exploring local/global transformations.In A. Arce & N. Long (Eds.), Anthropology,development, and modernities: Exploring discourses,counter-tendencies and violence (1st ed., pp. 184–201).London and New York: Routledge.Olesen, B. W. (2002). Radiant floor heating in theoryand practice. ASHRAE Journal, July 2002, 19–24.Park, C.–S. (2005). Transformation of images onapartment depicted in Korean popular novels. The ArchitecturalInstitute of Korea Periodical, 21(1), 189–200.Rapoport, A. (1969). House form and culture. UpperSaddle River, NJ.: Prentice Hall.Rapoport, A. (1983). Development, culture change, andsupportive design. Habitat International, 7, 249–268.Rostow, W. W. (1960). The stages of economic growth,a non-communist manifesto. Cambridge: CambridgeUniversity Press.Shoemaker, R. W. (1948). Radiant heating (1st ed.).New York: McGraw-Hill.Stein, B., & Reynolds, J. S. (1999). Mechanical andelectrical equipment for buildings (9th ed.). New York:John Wiley & Sons.Stewart, C. (1999). Syncretism and its synonyms: Reflectionson cultural mixture. Diacritics, 29(3), 41–62.Tobin, J. J. (Ed.). (1992). Re-made in Japan: Everydaylife and consumer taste in a changing society. NewHaven: Yale University Press.Yeo, M.–S., Yang, I.–H., & Kim, K.–W. (2003). Historicalchanges and recent energy saving potentialof residential heating in Korea. Energy and Buildings,35(7), 715–727.Density, Fear, andTerrorism: How 9/11affected people’sdesire to live inan urban area inFranklin County, OhioMantero, Vicente 1 (The Ohio StateUniversity, Columbus, OH)AbstractThe terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 (9/11)have had a great impact on the daily lives of peopleliving in the United States. Events that were longthought of as occurring only in far distant areas werenow occurring in the United States, and many people’sperception of vulnerability to terrorism shifted from adetached interest to a tangible fear. Using 2004 surveydata from homeowners in Franklin County, Ohio, thispaper describes how this perceived fear of terrorismmanifests itself in different parts of the population.This study identifies those populations that may bemore susceptible to a heightened fear of terrorism,explains why they may be more vulnerable, studiesthe relationship between density and fear of terrorism,identifies policies and strategies that may heighten fearof terrorism, and proposes future actions that can mitigateirrational fear. This study illustrates that certainpopulations, such as those households with childrenunder eighteen years old, those with lower income,and those with less education, have increased levels offear regarding a possible terrorist attack. Additionally,the media play a significant role in increasing levelsof fear about a future terrorist attack. Respondentsrevealed that they have become less confident in thegovernment’s ability to protect them against a terroristattack. Finally, the results suggest that the framing ofterrorism as a criminal act may actually increase thelevels of anxiety of those populations especially vulnerableto crime, such as the elderly, previous victimsof crime, and those living in high-crime areas.Introduction and BackgroundThe terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 (9/11)have had a great impact on the daily lives of peopleliving in the United States. This impact has takenmany tangible forms, such as increased security atairports, public buildings, and other security-sensitiveareas. The impact was heightened by the intensemedia coverage of the event, especially immediatelyafter the attacks. Other impacts, though, have beenless tangible. For many Americans, exposure toterrorism prior to 9/11 was limited to informationabout events occurring outside the United States. Theattacks of 9/11 brought this danger close to home.Events that were long thought of as occurring only infar distant areas were now occurring in the UnitedStates, and many people’s perception of vulnerabilityto terrorism shifted from a detached interest to a tangiblefear. Additionally, using 2004 survey data fromFranklin County, Ohio, this paper describes how thisperceived fear of terrorism manifests itself in differentparts of the population. This study identifies thosepopulations that may be more susceptible to a heightenedfear of terrorism, explains why they may be morevulnerable, studies the relationship between densityand fear of terrorism, identifies policies and strategiesthat may heighten fear of terrorism, and proposesfuture actions that can mitigate irrational fear.Terrorism and DisastersHow is terrorism placed within the wider discussionon disasters? As Alexander (2004: 165) noted, “Disasteris a multi-farious concept that seems to defy aprecise definition.” A traumatic event can stun, terrify,and disrupt communities. A traumatic event is definedby its capacity to evoke terror, fear, helplessness,or horror in the face of a threat to life or serious injury(American Psychiatric Association, 1994, as citedin Fullerton, Ursano, Norwood, & Holloway, 2003).Researchers have noted similarities in how peoplereact to terrorism, natural disaster, and technologicalRefereedFull-Papers64 May 2006Beyond Conflict 65

RefereedFull-Paperscatastrophes. As Leon (2004: 4) noted, “[t]he psychosocialsequelae can be intense and of long duration inthe aftermath of natural and technological disasters,as well as terrorist attacks.” Where does terrorism fitinto the continuum of the disaster field?Alexander (2004: 166) notes:Over the years, natural disaster has ceased tobe interpreted as the manifestation of imponderable,unmanageable “Acts of God,” andhas come to be viewed in terms of failure toprepare for and protect against damagingevents. Thus, “natural disaster” has acquiredgreater meaning in terms of human failingsthan it had when fate was considered to be theprime mover: the “natural” is now merely aconvenience term. Here begins a process of convergencewith terrorism. The latter – definedas the calculated use of intimidation, coercion,direct violent action or the engenderment offear to attain goals that are political, religious,or ideological in nature – is the end memberof a spectrum that encompasses a range of illsfrom “man’s inhumanity to man” to negligencein planning, and to the vulnerability of settlements,organizations, and people.This loss of certainty and increase in vulnerability isechoed by Fullerton et al. (2003: 5), noting that “terrorismoften can be distinguished from other naturaland human-made disasters by the characteristic ofextensive fear, loss of confidence in institutions, unpredictablyand pervasive experience of loss of safety.”Alexander (2003) adds that a main difference betweenterrorism and other disasters is that terrorism offerstoo many potential scenarios and encourages a returnfrom civil protection, the modern form of disastermanagement, to the less evolved forms of civil defense,including a renewed emphasis on “command and control.”This emphasis on command and control and secrecygo against the current information and communicationstechnology revolution, which is encouragingopenness and tending to flatten the chain of commandin emergency management (Alexander 2003: 168).Terrorism, Urbanism, and DensityMany studies, published since 9/11, have attemptedto document an increased fear of terrorism. Has thisextensive fear, and possible loss in the confidenceof institutions due to terrorism, had any effect onthe decentralization of the city? Some debate existswhether the terrorist attacks of 9/11 have madeurban areas more or less attractive as places. Dittmarand Campbell (2002) argue that the terrorist attackshave made urban areas more attractive, revealing theeconomic insecurity of relying on foreign oil. Theyargue that exploring transportation alternatives toour auto-reliant system will lead people back to cities.Additionally, the authors argue that people are seekinga stronger sense of community after the terrorist attacks,rather than dispersion. This theory is supportedby a 2002 Brookings Institution report pointing outthat polls taken in both New York and Washingtonafter 9/11 found evidence of increasing attachmentto each city, finding that “[t]he growth and developmentof cities will continue to be shaped by complexeconomic, social and technological forces, amongwhich terrorism plays a very minor role” (p. 22). Thisstruggle between the attachment to the city and community,and fear of terrorism, was found by Low, Taplin,and Lamb (2005: 677) in their Ethnographic FieldStudy of the Community Impact of 9/11 in Battery Bark,New York. They reported that 16 of the 65 residentsinterviewed said that the primary impact of 9/11 wasa heightened sense of fear, seven felt a lingering senseof sadness and grief, and four reported an increasein anger. Yet, at the same time, 16 of the 65 report aheightened sense of community and more huggingand emotional contact than before 9/11.Swanstrom (2002) believes that expectations of thedemise of the city are unrealistic based on economicforces, including the fact that job density increasesproductivity. Swanstrom also argues that urban areasare needed because they promote tolerance of differencesthrough their higher levels of diversity. Additionally,Glaeser and Shapiro (2002) argue that 9/11probably will not have detrimental impacts on cities,basing their theory partly on examples of previouswars and urban terrorism, which did not trigger eitherwholesale commercial or population deconcentration.Pantelic, Srdanovic, and Greene (2005:10) arguethat the dispersion and deconcentration of the urbanform has made the city more vulnerable to disasters:The changing social geography of cities resultingfrom the changing roles ofin the new globalized economy has widenedthe gap between the wealthy andthe poor in economic, social and in spatialterms. This spatial fragmentationand polarization of the city is causing seriousbreakdowns in the managementof the urban system…. [T]he city itself hasbecome an agent of disaster vulnerability….In order to contain the growing risks in theurban environment, the direction of urbandevelopment needs to be reassessed and policiesand programs created to address the growingvulnerability crisis.The opposing view is represented by Johnson andKasarda (2003). They believe that the 9/11 aftermathrestricted people and the flow of products in largecities, raised security and insurance costs of downtownlocations, and heightened employees’ perceivedvulnerability when working in or near large centralcity properties (e.g., high-rises). They feel that thesefactors will combine to accelerate deconcentration, apattern characterizing the US urban system for overa half century (Hayden, 2003). Some have seen theterrorist attacks as a justification for more suburbansprawl, believing that lower density would lower thelikelihood of an attack on a specific target (O’Toole,2001). Even historian Stephen Ambrose, in a WallStreet Journal op-ed piece, advised:Don’t bunch up. In this age of electronic revolution…itis no longer necessary to pack so manypeople and office into such small space as lowerManhattan. They can be scattered in neighboringregions and states, where they can work just asefficiently and in far more security. (2001, p. A24)The deconcentration of the urban area in responseto disaster or war was accelerated by the 1956 InterstateHighway and Defense Act, when President Eisenhowerstated, “in case of an atomic attack on our keycities, the road net must permit quick evacuation oftarget areas” (Jackson, 1985: 249). Comparisons havebeen made between the current decentralization ofthe American city due to the threat of terrorism anda similar demand during the Cold War (Swanstrom,2002; Farish, 2003). Clarke, Pagano, Gaile, Logan,Hamnett, Torres, and Alma H. Young (2002) arguethat it is likely that both dispersion and concentrationwill occur simultaneously, with more fortifiedenclaves, characteristic of new concentration. Thisidea of fortification connects to a discussion regardingwhat effect the fear of a terrorist attacks has had onpeople’s general levels of anxiety and fear.Fear of Terrorism, Media Exposure, and ChildrenAs a result of the terrorist attacks of 9/11, financialmarkets dropped, consumer spending declined, airtravel fell, and public opinion toward governmentshifted (Lerner, Gonzalez, Small & Fischhoff, 2003).These actions reflected intense emotion, and the attackscreated anger, fear, sadness, and anxiety. Researchershave attempted to study how disaster, terrorism, andpolitical violence have affected perceived levels of riskand anxiety, and whether there are any variations in thepopulation regarding fear of a terrorist attack. Goenjianand Steinberg (2000) reported higher incidences ofstress and anxiety due to disasters and political violence,and Sunstein (2003) found that people are far moreconcerned about the risks of terrorism than about statisticallylarger risks that they confront in ordinary life.One of the key indicators for increased fear andanxiety has been the level of media coverage. Manystudies have found that a large amount of mediacoverage of a terrorist event increases people’s fear (e.g.Boscarino, Figley, & Adams, 2003; Rothe & Muzzatti,2004; Schuster et al., 2001; and Slone, 2000), with thepossible explanation that ongoing media coverage mayserve as a traumatic reminder, resulting in persistentsymptoms (Schuster et al., 2001, and Slone, 2000).Haridakis and Rubin (2005) found that a person’s concernfor safety also predicted fear of victimization, andthat television’s depictions of terrorist activity heightenedsome respondents’ concern for their safety. SchlengerRefereedFull-Papers66 May 2006Beyond Conflict 67

RefereedFull-Paperset al. (2002) reported that indirect exposure to the 9/11disaster via the number of hours of television coveragewatched per day on and after 9/11 was significantly associatedwith probable post-traumatic stress disorder inindividuals living outside of the terrorist attack sites.Studies have also found a strong relationshipbetween media coverage, children, and fear of a terroristattack, and that people with children experiencehigher levels of stress and anxiety regarding a potentialterrorist attack than those without. (e.g. Gershoff& Aber, 2004; Keinan, Sadeh, & Rosen, 2003; Saylor,Cowart, Lipovsky, Jackson, & Finch, Jr., 2003; Schusteret al., 2001; and Stein et al., 2004,). Two possible explanationshave been discussed. The first is that stresssymptoms in parents are a result from stress symptomsin their children (Keinan, Avi, & Rosen, 2003).This was partly explained by the authors that childrenshowed adverse reactions to TV coverage, and thatparents who observed anxiety symptoms in theirchildren might have felt increased anxiety themselves(Keinan, Avi, & Rosen, 2003). The second explanation,offered by Saylor et al. (2003), is that children’sresponses to disasters relate to the responses of theirparents. By extension, they theorize, children’s exposureto adults moved by the events of 9/11 may wellhave communicated the magnitude of the devastationto children. In other words, children’s reaction toterrorist events is affected by their parents’ reactions,and vice-versa. Additionally, Keinan et al. (2003) andSaylor et al. (2003) found that the more exposure tomedia coverage of the 9/11 events, the more stress andanxiety both children and parents felt.Fear of Terrorism, Government, and IsolationA higher perceived fear of terrorism has also been reportedto have a connection to a higher distrust of government,as well as to increased levels of isolation andalienation (Australian Psychological Association, 2004).Gray (2003) found that increased trust in governmentinstitutions decreases the fear of a terrorist attack.Fear of Terrorism and Socioeconomic IndicatorsA number of studies have found certain socioeconomicand demographic indicators that are associatedwith higher fear of a terrorist attack. Theseinclude such indicators as race, gender, householdstructure, household income, education level, andage. Additionally, fear of terrorism increases withfear of crime and victimization.For race and gender, research has found thatminorities (especially Hispanics) and women hadmore terrorism-related psychological reactions thanwhites and men, respectively (Boscarino et al., 2003;Galea et al., 2002; Phillips, Featherman & Liu, 2004;Keinan et al., 2003; Schlenger et al., 2002; Shusteret al., 2001; Silver, Holman, McIntosh, Poulin, &Gil-Rivas, 2002; Stein et al., 2004; Wadsworth et al.,2004). These results agree with the broader literatureon gender and ethnic differences in reaction totrauma exposure among both children and adults.An explanation for these differences has focused onthe different coping mechanisms for minorities andwomen. Findings have suggested that women tendto respond in a more emotionally expressive mannerthan men, and that the greater apparent anxiety offemale participants may simply reflect their greaterwillingness to report anxiety (Eagly & Wood, 1991).Studies have found similar results explaining higheranxiety levels among minorities, finding there is asocial aspect to coping mechanisms for minoritiesas they deal with stress and anxiety (Riley-Eddins,1999). As Fothergill and Peek (1999: 168) noted intheir review of literature on race, ethnicity, and disasters,previous studies “paint a picture of increasedvulnerability and risk to disasters for racial andethnic communities in the US.”Little research has studies on the relationshipbetween household structure and the levels of fear,but Phillips, Featherman, and Liu (2004) found thatsingle mothers experienced higher levels of anxietythan other households. This is consistent with previouslymentioned research indicating higher levelsof stress for females and parents. Silver et al. (2002)found that households undergoing marital separationexperienced higher levels of fear and stress regardinga possible terrorist attack than other households, andsuggested that the difference is also due to variationsin coping mechanisms.For income and education, research has foundhigher levels of stress and anxiety for populationswith lower income and less education (Boscarino etal., 2003; Fothergill, Maestas, & Darlington, 2004;Stein et al., 2004). This may result in part from lessaccessibility to information and public education.Finally, older populations were found to experiencehigher levels of stress and anxiety (Boscarino et al.,2003 and Wadsworth et al., 2004). In stable times, asignificant number of older people suffer from regularanxiety due to such factors as failing health, medicalcomplications, and the loss of friends and familymembers. Today, with war and terrorism very visible,older people may feel overwhelmed and that the worldis not the safe place they had hoped it to be (BotsfordHealth Care Continum, 2003).Similarly, coping mechanisms may also differamong people for crime and victimization. Somestudies, such as Haridakis and Rubin (2005), haveshown that increased media coverage increases fear ofvictimization. Additionally, Lerner et al. (2003) andHaridakis and Rubin (2005) have shown a relationshipbetween an increase in fear of a terrorist attackand fear of being a victim of a crime. As with many ofthese relationships, some of this fear can be attributedto the coping mechanisms of the individual, as wellas the social networks that the individual has created(Levin, 2004). Lerner et al. (2003) believe there is a relationshipbetween fear of being a victim of crime andfear of a terrorist attack due to the feeling of overallpessimism in the individual. Althiede (2003: 43) goesone step further, discussing the possibility that terrorismand crime have become inextricably linked inthe lexicon of American language:The attacks on certain buildings in the UnitedStates on 9/11 were cast as “terrorism,” andthat term has now become widely used. Justas crime and criminality has emerged overdecades with numerous myths, identities andcharacteristics of “criminals.” Just as “crime”resonates with audiences who tend to think of“violent crime,” and in turn, “criminal types,characteristics and images,” so too has terrorism.Terrorism has been socially constructedas a variant of crime, and…the terrorism storyhas been told as a crime story.This study looked at how the variables related tourbanism and density, media exposure, and children,and socioeconomic and demographic indicators affectfear of a possible terrorist attack. The review of theresearch led to expectations that respondents withhigher levels of fear about a possible terrorist attack inFranklin County would:1. Live in higher density areas;2. Be more likely to want to move to the suburbsor rural areas;3. Live closer to the downtown Columbus area 2 ;4. Have higher exposure to media coverageof the 9/11 attacks;5. Believe they can take actions to prevent theirhomes from a possible terrorist attack, butbelieve that government cannot(i.e. heightened sense of isolation).6. Have more children in the household;7. Feel less satisfied with crime in theirneighborhood and are less active in theirneighborhood; and8. Have lower incomes, lower education levels, andare older, minorities, female, and more likely tolive in a married household.MethodologyAfter 9/11, the Center for Urban and Regional Analysis(CURA) at the Ohio State University conducteda homeowner preference survey in Franklin County,Ohio in 2004. A series of questions were asked notonly about homeowner preferences, but also aboutcommunity and neighborhood satisfaction, interactionwith neighbors, and reactions to the 9/11 terroristattacks. Using responses and information receivedfrom the questionnaires, a linear regression modelestimated the level of agreement with this statement.Franklin County, at the heart of the Greater Columbusarea, has more than a million residents. Thecounty includes the city of Columbus, the largest cityin Ohio (and the 15 th largest in the nation. Columbus,the state capital, has an economy focused on governmentfunctions, education, insurance, and relatedsectors, and the area has a healthier economy thanmost Rustbelt metropolises (Morrow-Jones, Irwin, &RefereedFull-Papers68 May 2006Beyond Conflict 69

RefereedFull-PapersRoe, 2004a). However, it continues to have significantpopulation shifts within the city. Between 1990 and2000, the Columbus “older city” (defined by the city’s1950 corporate boundaries) lost 23,603 people, the restof Columbus (the “newer city”) gained 102,163, andsuburban parts of the county grew by 46,633 (CommunityResearch Partners, 2004). 3In 2004 4 , CURA mailed 2,600 surveys to randomlyselected homeowners in Franklin County. Eighthundred thirty-seven people responded (32% returnrate). The sample was drawn from the Franklin Countyauditor’s records. “Homeownership” is determined byland use codes, site and mortgage mailing addresses inthose records. Respondents were asked to verify theirownership status as well. The survey contained conjointquestions asking people to select between hypotheticalhousing/neighborhood options within a budgetconstraint. The survey also asked questions abouthousing/neighborhood satisfaction and desires, density,mobility and remodeling plans, and demographic characteristicsof the household. Respondents were asked toindicate their level of agreement with a series of statementson a Likert scale of 1 to 7 (where 1=Strongly Disagree,4=Neutral, and 7=Strongly Agree). The surveyalso asked people’s opinions about the impact of the9/11. One statement was “I am concerned about a possibleterrorist attack on Franklin County.” A relativelyhigh number of respondents said they were concernedthat Franklin County would be a target for a terroristattack, with 30.3% of the respondents responding witha 5, 6, or 7. The Columbus region was not a target of theattack on 9/11, but along with most of the country, thearea was profoundly affected in many ways. (“BridgingDifferences: Country can find strength in sharedvalues,” September 25, 2001).For this analysis, the principal question of interestwas the individual’s response to the question: “I amconcerned about a possible terrorist attack in FranklinCounty”, with respondents giving their level of agreementusing a Likert scale ranging from 1 to 7, as wellas “Not Applicable” and “Do Not Know.” “Not Applicable,Do not Know,” or no answer the question weredropped from the analysis. Additionally, since themailing was targeted to homeowners, the few respondentswho were not homeowners were not includedin the analysis. Removing respondents that were nothomeowners and those that did not respond to thequestion about a possible terrorist attack in FranklinCounty left a final sample size of 812.Residential location within the county relative todowntown Columbus is calculated by measuringdistance from the respondent’s address to downtown(intersection of Broad Street and High Street). Themodel will test how various questions related to thecoping mechanisms of the respondents affect theirlevel of fear about a terrorist attack. These variablesinclude the level of agreement with statements aboutwhether the respondent or the government canprotect the respondents’ homes and families froma terrorist attack, the respondents’ level of interactionwith their neighbors, the respondents’ feelingsabout how safe they are in their neighborhoods,respondents’ likelihood of moving, and self-reportedsocioeconomic variables.What explains the relatively high proportion ofrespondents concerned with a possible terrorist attackin Franklin County? This study analyzes the effect ofa variety of indicators on the degree to which peoplebelieve that Franklin County is a target for a terroristattack, as well as what role density plays in these perceivedrisks. The analysis used linear regression, withthe dependent variable being the aforementioned levelof agreement to the statement “I am concerned abouta possible terrorist attack on Franklin County”. Thisstudy looked at how nineteen independent variablesexplained a respondent’s response to the dependentvariable. Descriptive statistics for the variables arefound in Table 1.Non-response rate for the variables ranged from lessthan 1.0 percent or 0 percent for six variables, to 12.2percent (for the question relating to the likelihoodof moving to a suburban area), with most under 5percent. Mean substitution is used to impute missingvalues of some independent variables. 6 A listwise deletionmethod would have reduced the sample size by35%. A pairwise deletion method would have reducedthe sample size by 18%. I preferred to avoid this lossof information, so the mean substitution method wasused. A concern using the mean substitution methodis substituting for those variables with higher missingTable 1. Descriptive Statistics 5RefereedFull-Papers70 May 2006Beyond Conflict 71

RefereedFull-Papersvalues. However, the results indicate consistent resultsusing listwise, pairwise, or mean substitution methodsfor those variables with higher missing values. 7ResultsTable 2 reflects the results of the linear regressionanalysis. Most expectations received support. Respondentwith higher levels of fear of terrorism were foundto 1) be more likely to want to move to suburbanor rural areas; 2) have higher exposure to mediacoverage of the 9/11 attacks; 3) believe they couldtake actions to prevent their homes from a possibleterrorist attack; 4) have children in the household andfeel less satisfied with crime in their neighborhood; 5)have lower incomes and lower education levels; and 6)be more likely to be older, minority, and female. Notethat the first three have the largest effect sizes.Unexpectedly, respondents living in higher densityareas reported themselves as actually less likely to feara possible terrorist attack; and as respondents’ participationin organized neighborhood activities increased,fear of a terrorist attack in Franklin County increased.DiscussionThe events of 9/11 changed many lives in the UnitedStates, particularly in the communities attackedand among the survivors; but the attack had a wideeffect. This sense of anxiety and fear about a futureterrorist attack has been felt elsewhere. This is evidentin Franklin County, Ohio, even though it is 540 milesfrom New York City, 420 miles from the Pentagon,and 250 miles from the Flight 93 crash site. A betterunderstanding of what people feel and why, who thesepeople are, and how they are coping with this anxietyis critical to minimizing unnecessary panic and fear.This study expected that certain variables relatedto coping would be associated with higher fear, andthe findings support the expectations. Females, minorities,older residents, less educated residents, andresidents with children in the household had higherlevels of fear. Residents who had more interactionwith neighbors had a higher fear of a terrorist attack.Many of these same groups also have higher fear ofcrime and victimization. In a related finding, thoseindividuals less satisfied with crime levels in theirneighborhood reported higher fears of a possible terroristattack. As with fear of crime, exposure to mediahad a significant relationship to increasing levels offear about a future terrorist attack.As expected, individuals who felt they could takeactions to protect their homes and families against apossible attack had high levels of fear. This may be aresult of the intense media coverage after the attacks,or the anthrax mail scare that occurred immediatelyafterwards, as well as residents constantly being madeaware of what they need to do to prevent or preparefor a terrorist attack. The results suggest all the newnational security and warning improvements, as wellas war in two nations accused of sponsoring terrorism,has done little to decrease people’s concern about afuture terrorist attack or increase their faith in thegovernment. The results show no significant relationshipbetween a respondent’s fear of terrorism and thebelief that government could do anything to protectone’s home from a terrorist attack.This study shows conflicting results regarding thefuture of the city. On one hand, geographic proximityto the downtown area and the likelihood of moving todowntown had no significant association with fear, andthose that lived in denser areas had less fear of a terroristattack. Yet, people most fearful of a terrorist attackstated they were more likely to move to a rural area,the suburbs, or to a non-downtown neighborhood.These results will add to the ongoing debate over the futureof concentrated cities and whether less-dense areaswill be preferred due to a lower likelihood of a futureattack (see Morrow-Jones, Irwin, & Roe, 2004b).Future research should go beyond homeowners toconsider renters, who may differ in many ways fromhomeowners and who will have a larger percentageof lower income and minority populations, as wellas populations nearer the central city. It should alsouse actual density (through GIS), as opposed toself-reported density. Or, it should at least test thevalidity of the self-reported measure, which mayprove useful in identifying perceived density versusactual density. With regard to government protection,the survey did not differentiate among the variousTable 2. Results of Regression.RefereedFull-Papers72 May 2006Beyond Conflict 73

RefereedFull-Paperslevels of government. Perhaps, people respond differentlyto expected protection at the local, state, andfederal levels. Thus, future research should look athow the various levels of government are perceived byrespondents. Finally, it should consider the following:coping mechanisms and demographic characteristics,crime and victimization, the role of government, anddensity and the central city.This study has shown that certain populations, suchas those with children under eighteen years old in thehousehold, those with less education, and those thatbelieve that there are actions they can take to protectthemselves against a terrorist attack, have higher levelsof fear regarding a future terrorist attack. As Fullertonet al. (2003: 10) noted,“[W]idespread fear, uncertainty, and stigmatizationare common following terrorism anddisasters. These fears require education aboutthe actual risk and instruction in how to decreaserisk, whether the risk is falling buildingsin an earthquake or infection from a biologicalweapon. Instruction in active coping techniquescan increase feelings of control and efficacy.”Continued research into coping mechanisms andeducation to the most vulnerable populations, especiallyin terms of terrorism risks, is critical. Government(at all levels) plays a significant role in thiseducation process.Initial results suggest that the framing of terrorismas a criminal act may actually be increasing the levelsof anxiety of those populations especially vulnerableto crime, such as the elderly, previous victims ofcrime, and those living in high-crime areas. Futurestudies should look at those people who have beenvictims of crime, those that live in higher-crime areas,and whether there are differences in how they fearfuture terrorist attacks. Results may indicate increasedoutreach and education toward those populationswho have been victims of crime and who live inhigher-crime areas in order to lessen their concernsover future terrorist attacks. A heightened awarenessof possible future terrorist attacks is warranted, butefforts to reduce irrational fear in the most vulnerablepopulations needs to be closely studied.Additionally, how these fears relate to an individual’sfeelings about density and the central city need tobe further explored. Can fear of terrorism, especiallyirrational fear, speed the deconcentration of the city,or is it more a question of proximity to the downtownarea rather than higher density that people fear? Thisstudy suggests that higher density does not relate to ahigher fear of terrorism. On the contrary, those thatlived in higher density areas had a lower fear. Yet, thisstudy found those homeowners with higher fears ofterrorism had a higher likelihood of wanting to movetowards rural and suburban areas.Is this fear of terrorism related to the risk of disasteror environmental risk, and residential mobility? Ifso, this risk of terrorism may not have much effect ondensely populated areas, as Hunter (1998: 271) found,“densely populated areas posing high levels of environmentalrisk may actually receive more migrantsthan areas with little population and little risk.” As anexample, she notes the incident at Three Mile Islandnuclear power plant, near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania,in 1979. Over several days, radioactivity was sporadicallyreleased from the plant and approximately 60%of the population living within five miles evacuatedthe area (Goldhaber, Houts, & DiSabella, 1983). Inexploring the Three Mile Island related out-migration,Goldhaber et al. (1983) found that only 1–2% of thepopulation within a 5-mile radius appeared affectedby the crisis in such a way that they permanentlymoved from the area, and that other factors such asjob and family characteristics had considerably greatereffect on moving than did attitudes about Three MileIsland. Thus, while residents may report intentions tomove, they may not do so.The implications can have long-term consequenceson a metropolitan area or a central city. Thus, doesthis mean that higher density areas in a central cityfurther from downtowns, high density suburbs, oreven higher density development in a rural area canbe seen as an attractive alternative, especially in termsof allaying fears of terrorism? What does this meanfor downtowns? The debate will continue aboutthe deconcentration of the city after the 9/11 attacks.However, it is critical that residents be properlyeducated in terms of their risks to terrorism, and allattempts should be made to less irrational fears thatcould unnecessarily expedite the furtherdecentralization of the city.ReferencesAlexander, David. (2003). Terrorism, Disasters, andSecurity. Prehospital and Disaster Medicine,18(3), 165–169Altheide, David L. (2003). Notes Towards a Politicsof Fear. Journal for Crime, Conflict and the Media,1(1): 37–54.Ambrose, S. E. (2001, October 1). Beware the Fury ofan Aroused Democracy. Wall Street Journal, p. A24.Australian Psychological Association. (2004). Copingwith Threats of Terrorism. [Information Brochure].Berube, Alan & Rivlin, Alice. (2002). The PotentialImpacts of Recession and Terrorism on US Cities. TheBrookings Institution Center on Urban and MetropolitanPolicy and The Brookings Institution GreaterWashington Research Program.Boscarino Joseph A., Figley, Charles R., & Adams,Richard E. (2003). Fear of Terrorism in New YorkAfter the September 11 Terrorist Attacks: Implicationsfor Emergency Mental Health and Preparedness.International Journal of Emergency Mental Health,5(4), 199–209.Botsford Health Care Continum. (2003). Anxiety inthe Elderly Can Take Many Forms. [Press Release].Bridging Differences: Country can find strength inshared values. (2001, September 25). [Editorial].The Columbus Dispatch, p. 10A.Campbell, Karen E. & Lee, Barrett A. (1998). Sourcesof Personal Neighbor Networks: Social Integration,Need, or Time. Social Forces, 70 (4), 1077–1100.Clarke, Susan E., Michael Pagano, Gary Gaile, JohnLogan, Chris Hamnett, Rudy Torres, & Alma H.Young. (2002). Urban Scholarship after September 11,2001. Urban Affairs Review, 37, 460–67.Community Research Partners. (2004). CommunityIndicators Database Report. Columbus, Ohio.Dittmar, Hank, & Campbell, Sarah C. (2002). WillSeptember 11 Bring Us Together or Push Us Apart?The War on Terror and Metropolitan Stability. TransportationQuarterly, 56(4), 43–49.Eagly, A. H., & Wood, W. (1991). Explaining Sex Differencesin Social Behavior: A Meta-Analytic Perspective.Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,17, 306–315.Farish, Mathew. (2003). Disaster and Decentralization:American Cities and the Cold War. CulturalGeographies, 10, 125–148.Fothergill, Alice & Peek, Lori A. (2004). Poverty andDisasters in the United States: A Review of RecentSociological Findings. Natural Hazards, 32, 89–110.Fothergill, Alice, Maestas, Enrique G. M., & Darlington,JoAnne DeRouen. (1999). Race, Ethnicityand Disasters in the United States: A Review of theLiterature. Disasters, 23(2), 156 –173.Fullerton, Carol S., Ursano, Robert J., Norwood, AnnE., & Holloway Harry H. (2003). Trauma, terrorism,and disaster. In R. Ursano, C. Fullerton, and A. Norwood(Eds.), Terrorism and Disaster: Individual andCommunity Mental Health Interventions, (pp. 1–22).London: Cambridge University Press.Galea, Sandro et al. (2002). Psychological Sequelae ofthe September 11 Terrorist Attacks in New York City.New England Journal of Medicine, 346(13), 982–987.Gershoff, Elizabeth, & Aber, J. Lawrence. (2004). Assessingthe Impact of September 11th, 2001, on Children,Youth, and Parents: Methodological ChallengesRefereedFull-Papers74 May 2006Beyond Conflict 75

RefereedFull-Papersto Research on Terrorism and Other Non-normativeEvents. Applied Developmental Science, 8(3), 106–110.Goenjian, Armen K., & Steinberg, Alan M. (2000).Prospective Study of Post-traumatic Stress, Anxiety,and Depressive Reactions after Earthquake and PoliticalViolence. American Journal of Psychiatry,157 (6), 911–916.Goldhaber, Marilyn K., Houts, Peter S., & DiSabella,Renee. (1983). Moving After the Crisis: A ProspectiveStudy of Three Mile Island Area Population Mobility.Environment and Behavior, 15(1), 93–120.Gray, George. (2003, January 22–23). Organizing toConfront Terrorism: The Role of Risk Communication.Paper presented at the Academy Health: NationalHealth Policy Conference.Haridakis, Paul M., & Rubin, Alan M. (2005). Third-Person Effects in the Aftermath of Terrorism. MassCommunication & Society, 8(1), 39–59.Hayden, Dolores. (2003). Building Suburbia.New York: Vintage Books.Hunter, Lori M. (1998). The Association BetweenEnvironmental Risk and Internal Migration Flows.Population & Environment, 19(3), 247–277.Jackson, Kenneth T. (1985). Crabgrass Frontier. NewYork: Oxford University Press.Johnson, Jr., James H., & Kasarda, John D. (2003).9/11 and the Economic Prospects of Major U.S.Cities. Planning & Markets, 6(1). Retrieved February2, 2005, from http://www.pam.usc.edu/volume6/v6i1a1s1.html.Keinan, Giora, Sadeh, Avi, & Rosen, Sefi. (2003). Attitudesand Reactions to Media Coverage of TerroristActs. Journal of Community Psychology, 31 (2), 149–165.Krueckberg, Donald A. (1983). Introduction to PlanningHistory in the United States. New Brunswick, NJ:The Center for Urban Policy Research.Leon, Gloria R. (2004). Overview of the PsychosocialImpact of Disasters. Prehospital and Disaster Medicine,19(1), 4–9.Lerner, Jennifer S., Gonzalez, Roxana M., Small,Deborah A., & Fischhoff, Baruch (2003). Effects ofFear and Anger on Perceived Risks of Terrorism: ANational Field Experiment. Psychological Science,14(2), 144–150.Little, R. J. A., & Rubin, D. B. (1987). Statistical Analysiswith Missing Data. New York: John Wiley & Sons.Low, Setha M., Taplin, Dana H., and Lamb, Mike.(2005). Battery Park City: An Ethnographic FieldStudy of the Community Impact of 9/11. Urban AffairsReview, 40, 655–682.Morrow-Jones, H.A. (1998). Repeat Homebuyers andAmerican Urban Structure. Urban Geography,19(8), 679–694.Morrow-Jones, Hazel, Irwin, Elena G., & Roe, Brian.(2004a). Consumer Preferences for NeotraditionalNeighborhood Characteristics. Housing Policy Debate,15 (1), 171–202.———. (2004b, November). The Impact of the TerroristAttacks of 9/11/2001 on Homeowner Satisfaction andMoving Plans. Presented at the national meeting of theAssociation of Collegiate Schools of Planning, 2004.O’Toole, R. (2001). Is Sprawl A Defense AgainstTerrorism? Environment & Climate News. RetrievedFebruary 1, 2005 from http://www.heartland.org/Article.cfm?artId=802.Pantelic, Jelena, Srdanovic, Bogdan, & Greene, Marjorie.(2005, April 4–6). Post Modern Urbanizationand the Vulnerability of the Poor. Paper Presentedat the Third Urban Research Symposium “LandDevelopment, Urban Policy and Poverty Reduction,”The World Bank and Institute of Applied EconomicResearch (IPEA), Brasilia, DF, Brazil.Phillips, Deborah, Featherman, David & Liu, Jinyun.(2004). Children as an Evocative Influence on Adults’Reactions to Terrorism. Applied Developmental Science,8 (4), 195–200.Riley-Eddins, Essie A. (1999). Ethnicity and Coping:The Multiaxial Model of Coping. Journal of MulticulturalNursing & Health, 5 (3). Retrieved February 18,2005 from http://www.findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qa3919/is_199901/ai_n8849117.Rothe, Dawn, & Muzzatti, Stephen. (2004). EnemiesEverywhere: Terrorism, Moral Panic, and US CivilSociety. Critical Criminology, 12 (3), 327–350.Rubin, D.B. (1987). Multiple Imputation for Nonresponsein Surveys. New York: John Wiley & Sons.Saylor, Conway F., Cowart, Brian L., Lipovsky, Julie A.,Jackson, Crystal, & Finch, Jr., A. J. (2003). Media Exposureto September 11: Elementary School Students’Experiences and Post-traumatic Symptoms. AmericanBehavioral Scientist, 46 (12), 1622–32.Schlenger W.E. et al. (2002). Psychological Reactionsto Terrorist Attacks: Findings from the National Studyof Americans’ Reactions to September 11. Journal ofthe American Medical Association, 288, 581–588.Schuster, Mark A. et al. (2001). A National Survey ofStress Reactions after the September 11, 2001 TerroristAttacks. New England Journal of Medicine,345 (20), 1507–12.Silver, R.C., Holman, E.A., McIntosh, D.N., Poulin, M.,& Gil-Rivas, V. (2002). Nationwide Longitudinal Studyof Psychological Responses to September 11. Journal ofthe American Medical Association, 288, 1235–1244.Slone, Michelle. (2000). Responses to Media Coverage ofTerrorism. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 44( 4), 508–22.Stein, Bradley D. et al. (2004). The Emotional andBehavioral Impact of Terrorism on Children: Resultsfrom a National Survey. Applied Developmental Science,8 (4), 184–195.Sunstein, C.R. (2003). Terrorism and Probability Neglect.Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 26 (2), 121–136.Swanstrom, Todd. (2002). Are Fear and Urbanism atWar? Urban Affairs Review, 38 (1), 135–140.Wadsworth, Martha et al. (2004). Coping with Terrorism:Age and Gender Differences in Effortful andInvoluntary Responses to September 11th. AppliedDevelopmental Science, 8 (3), 143–157.Notes1The author would like to acknowledge the supportof the National Science Foundation for the 2001Survey: “The Impact of the September 11th TerroristAttacks on Factors that Influence the Decision to Stay,Remodel or Move among American MetropolitanHouseholds.” Short Grant Exploratory Research,November 2001. Co–PI’s: Hazel A. Morrow-Jones andElena G. Irwin.2Ideally, I would also include a variable describingthe place of work, but that is not possible with theanalyzed data set.3One of the defining characteristics of the Columbusmetropolitan area is that the City of Columbushas pursued an active annexation policysince the 1950s. For many years the City of Columbus’annexation did not include annexation tothe Columbus School District. The result is an unusualspatial pattern in which a household can residein the City of Columbus, but live in a suburban-styleneighborhood in a new house and send its childrento a suburban school. Thus, the population shiftsnoted reflects these annexation policies of the Cityof Columbus, with the high growth in the “newercity” of Columbus, allowing residents to live in Columbuswhile sending children to suburban schools(Morrow-Jones, 1998). Without this policy, suburbangrowth in Franklin County could easily have beenmuch higher than the 21% growth the suburbs sawfrom 1990 to 2000.4On May 1, 2003, a Columbus-based Ohio truckdriver pleaded guilty to providing material supportto al-Qaeda and to conspiring to do so, according toRefereedFull-Papers76 May 2006Beyond Conflict 77

RefereedFull-PapersU.S. District Court documents, with the suspectedtarget being the Brooklyn Bridge. It is unknownwhat effect, if any, this event had on the 2004 surveyrespondents. Additionally, in June 15, 2004, federalauthorities arrested a Somali immigrant, on suspicionthat he was plotting to blow up a Columbus shoppingmall. This widely publicized incident took placeafter the collection of the survey data, and before therespondents had heard about the arrest. Thus, thisarrest and the subsequent media coverage does notaffect the survey responses.5NACTIV: Interaction with neighbors: In thesurvey, respondents were asked “How often do youtake part in any kind of organized neighborhoodactivity or event that involves other residents of yourneighborhood?” The available responses were codedwith 0=Never, 1=A few times a year, 2= Once aWeek, 3= More than Once a Week, and 4=Everyday(Campbell & Lee, 1998). This question helps todescribe the level of interaction in the neighborhoodwhere the respondent lives. SCORE: Respondents’self-reported description of the level of density oftheir neighborhoods: Survey respondents were askedto indicate with a slash (/) the density of developmentthat best describes the neighborhood in whichthey currently live (Figure 1), on a continuum fromrural (very low density housing) to urban downtown(very high density housing). Responses werethen compiled by CURA staff, which interpretedthem into numerical equivalents, based on a 0–100scale, depending where the respondent’s slash wasdrawn. HHINC: Household Income: 1=less than$20,000, 2=$20,001–$40,000, 3=$40,001–$60,000,4=$60,001–$80,000, 5=$80,001–$100,000,6=$100,001–$120,000, 7=$120,001–$140,000,8=$140,001–$160,000, 9=$160,001–$180,000,10=$180,001–$200,000, 11=$200,001 and up. EDUC:Education level: 1=high school degree or less; 2=twoyear,technical, or some college; 3= bachelor’s degree;4=higher than bachelor’s degree.6There are problems associated with substituting themean for missing values. The primary one is the reductionof the variance of the variable. Reduced variancecan bias correlation downward or, if a case is missingvalues for two independent variables and means aresubstituted, correlation can be inflated. Mean substitutionin the case of one variable can lead to bias inestimates of the effects of other or all variables in theregression analysis, because bias in one correlation canaffect the beta weights of all variables (Rubin 1987).An option would have been to delete the cases withmissing values. Little and Rubin (1987), among others,have demonstrated the dangers of simply deletingcases. Case deletion strategies assume that the deletedcases are a relatively small proportion of the entiredataset and are representative of it – that is, when casesare missing completely at random. In most researchsettings, however, missing data are indicative of somepattern and cannot safely be assumed to reflect randomness.In such circumstances, deletion can introducesubstantial bias into the study. Moreover, the lossin sample size can appreciably diminish the statisticalpower of the analysis (Little and Rubin, 1987).7The four variables with the largest proportion ofmissing values were tested with the three methods(listwise, pairwise, and mean substitution) used tohandle missing values and the results were consistentin all cases. Thus, only results for the mean substitutionmethod are reported.Public Perception ofProductive Land Uses:Franklin County, OHCartwright, Charles; Cutshaw, Lisa; andMcMannis, Tristan with Amidon, Jane;Nasar, Jack and Evans-Cowley, Jennifer(Austin E. Knowlton School of Architecture,The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH)AbstractThis research sought to determine the public perceptionof productive land uses and the visual characteristicsor variables which affect those perceptions. It alsosought to test the integration elements utilized in thespring studio such as public participation, signage, presenceof art, façade treatment, color, and age.The objective was achieved through the developmentand administration of two surveys at two differenttimes. The first survey was administered to a)determine possible biases on the part of the participants;b) gauge general perception across the spectrumof productive land use, c) determine a thresholdalong a gradient of productive land uses wherebyone-half are perceived negatively while the othersare perceived in a positive manner; and d) determinevisual characteristics which may affect perception,which was to be studied in the second survey.The second survey gauged the affect of certain variablesidentified by the first survey through researchand group consensus on the perception of productiveland uses. The results of these surveys were intendedto develop design implications/guidelines for futureproductive land use design. The perceived possiblebenefits of this research are the improved understandingof productive land use in the design profession,and improving the visual aesthetics of theseendeavors which are a cornerstone of our society.The results of our surveys indicated that fourcategories of productive land uses comprise those productiveland uses which are perceived negatively. Thecategories identified as defined by our study includedmining/extraction, power generation, processing/refinement, and associate power infrastructure ortransmission. Another result of our surveys leads tothe affirmation of the initial postulate that capitalistendeavors are a valued component of our society. Wealso determined the affect of: signage (type/amountof info), the presence of art, integration of public use,and surficial treatment of facilities (color, material,and apparent age) on public perception which thenled to the proposal of design guidelines for these sitesand future research inquiries.IntroductionOur society is based on capital gain, and thus onewould think our productive land-uses would holdhigh-esteem and be valued within public perception.However, most of our productive endeavors on theland seem to be considered eye sores; uses such as steelproduction, chemical plants, mining operations, etc.are all regarded commonly with great disdain. Initialinterest in this study was piqued during a graduatestudio in landscape architecture in the spring of2005. We sought to develop a land typology termedLand Machine which is a productive use on the landperforming a biological process(es) and deriving aform from human technological implementation. Asresearch progressed on the aforementioned typology,discussions arose about the general stigma certainindustries or productive land-uses seem to posseswithin the general public’s perception. The study proposedhere is an attempt to ascertain the reasons somany of these productive uses are disdained from thestandpoint of visual aesthetics and at what point alonga gradient of productive land use type do such endeavorson the land become undesirable. The secondquestion is relevant because of the vast array of landuses which may be considered to be a productive landuse. For example, a corn field is a productive land useand so is a steel foundry, yet one is commonly receivedmore favorably than the other in terms of visual character.The goal of the research is to determine trends,correlations, and measures of central tendency withRefereedFull-Papers78 May 2006Beyond Conflict 79

RefereedFull-Papersthe objective of developing guidelines for designers toimprove the visual quality of productive land uses.Reviews of literature such as Ian McHarg’s (1995)Design with Nature, The City in History (Mumford,L., 1961), Rachel Carson’s (2002) Silent Spring, haveall portrayed industry and productive land use in anegative light as something which is a visual blightand is associated with threats to the environment, andhuman health and safety. While many of the concernsfor health and safety were relevant in the late 1800s/early 1900s, our technologies have evolved and safetymeasures have been implemented so these land usesno longer pose the threat to health and safety theyonce did. However, while these industries and landuses are now much safer and healthier than when theinitial perceptions were conceived, the negative biastoward these land uses has remained. Many people,whether or not they associate productive land useslike industry with threats to health and safety, voiceopinions pertaining to the negative visual characterof these places. This suggests the generally negativeperception of productive land uses such as industrymay be a flaw of design relating to appearance and/orfunction. This study seeks to determine if the negativeperception people have about productive land uses canbe improved through alterations made to the visualappearance and public integration of such endeavors.ProceduresResearch DesignResearch problem: Why are productive land usesperceived negatively by the general public from thestandpoint of visual aesthetics? What can be done toimprove public perception of productive land uses?The design of our study resulted in two mixedmethodsurveys. The first survey sought to determineif a relationship existed between public perceptions,apparently natural versus apparently human-engineeredproductive land uses, and second to identifythe criteria, specific land uses, and variables to focusupon in survey two. The second survey sought toidentify ways that those variables could be manipulatedin the landscape in order to improve publicperception of productive land uses.For survey two, the four land-use types rankedlowest by respondents in survey one were digitallymanipulated with the intention of testing the effectsof six variables on public perception of productiveland uses: signage, art, recreation, materials, age andcolor. These variables were chosen based on the previouslyidentified visual characteristics which affectedthe public perception of productive land use in surveyone. For each of the six variables, two and in somecases three variations were produced using AdobePhotoshop. The variables were altered in degrees fromthe original source image. For example, in testing theaffect of signage we displayed the original unalteredimage, then our first manipulation included a signwith just the name of the industry and it’s raw output,the second manipulation possessed the same sign asthe first but added other economic factors indicatingthe output produced such as the number of peopleemployed, homes powered, etc. All other aspects ofthe image were not altered to ensure validity of thestudy across the images.We repeated this process for each of the four land-useimages taken from survey one, resulting in 24 groupsof manipulated photos (six variables applied to each offour photos). For each group of manipulations, respondentswere asked to rank the photos in order of preference.For the least-preferred photo, they were asked toprovide a reason for why they did not like the image.SampleIn an attempt to generalize our findings to thepopulation of Franklin County, Ohio residents wesampled random residents of Franklin County. Thesurvey was conducted on the OSU campus. Participantswere approached in a friendly manner, asked ifthey were residents of Franklin County and over theage of 18.RefereedFull-PapersVariable Control Image ManipulationsSignageOriginal imageA sign showing thename of the facilityand a technicalmeasure ofproductivityTable 1A sign showing thesame factors butadding the numberof jobs createdand a commonplacemeasure ofproductivityArt Original image “High art” “Pop-culture” artRecreation Original image Passive recreation Active recreationMaterials Original image Wood Brick MetalAge Original image Older NewerColor Original image Blue GreenMeasurement/InstrumentationThe survey utilized nominal and ordinal scale ofquantitative measurement in conjunction with bothopen and close-ended questions to obtain the desiredinformation.Nominal measures were used in questions seekinga yes/no response or like/dislike such as “Do you or anymember of your family work for a steel mill?” –or – “Do you like or dislike the image above? Pleasecircle one.” Please see the attached survey for moreinformation/examples.Ordinal measures were used to determine relativeinfluence of certain visual characteristics portrayed inphotos and how well the participants like certain imagesrated on a scale from 1 to 10. Survey two requiredthe rating of images from 1 to 3 (or 4).80 May 2006Beyond Conflict 81

Data: Survey 1RefereedFull-PapersDemographicsFor the first survey, our sample size was 117 individuals,all of whom lived within Franklin County.The following figures show the diversity of oursample population with respect to age, gender, race,and the level of education.Word RankingThe first section of survey one was designed tounderstand the public impression of words and theconnotations that are associated with these words,whether “good” or “bad”. This was achieved by simplyasking participant to circle the words they liked andcross out ones they did not like. These were then tabulatedto generate the results below.DemographicsAge18 to66+26 to 35 yrs 36 to 45 yrs 46 to 55 yrs 55 to 65 yrs26 yrsyrs57% 21% 11% 10% 0% 1%GenderMaleFemale50% 50%Ethnicity & RaceCaucasianAfricanAmericanOtherAsian65% 11% 7% 17%Relationship/Marital StatusSingle Married Divorced Widowed65% 30% 4% 1%Participants with ChildrenHave ChildrenDo Not HaveChildren23% 77%Occupational EnvironmentIndoor Outdoor Mixed79% 3% 18%Living EnvironmentSuburban Urban Rural53% 39% 8%Environment Utilized for Hobbies/ActivitiesOutdoor Both Indoor39% 27% 34%RefereedFull-PapersTable 2Figure 182 May 2006Beyond Conflict 83

Knowledge and Perception of IndustryFor understanding any bias toward a particular landuse, the question of prior knowledge becomes an issue.The participants’ knowledge of the given land use wasdetermined by asking if they were a member of thatland use or had relatives or friends that worked withinthe land use. We established a base-level of perceptiontoward the given land uses by asking participants torate each land use on a scale of 1 (dislike) – 10 (like).RefereedFull-PapersRefereedFull-PapersFigure 2 Figures 3 & 484 May 2006Beyond Conflict 85

RefereedFull-PapersPerception of ImagesTo derive the types of land use images to be usedin a follow-up survey, it was important to test avariety of both passive and active land uses. Imageswere rated individually on a scale of 1–10, thehighest preference was listed as a 10 and the lowestpreference was a 1.Data: Survey 2DemographicsFor our second survey, our sample size was 31 individuals,all of whom lived within Franklin County.The figure below depicts the ethnic/racial make-up ofthose sampled for the purposes of this study.The distribution of the age of the respondents wasnot symmetric thus the five-number summary was:Median: 30 yrs Minimum: 21 yrsMaximum: 59 yrs Q1: 26 yrs Q3: 40 yrsAlso of note is the information collected with regardto living environment. Respondents were given threechoices; urban, suburban, and rural from which theywere to choose the one which best described their currentliving conditions. Approximately 32.26% choseurban, 58.06% chose suburban, and 6.45% choserural. The remainder not accounted for simply failedto respond to this question on the survey, hence whythe percentages do not sum 100%.RefereedFull-PapersFigure 5. Survey images arranged by preference from most liked to least liked.Figures 6 & 786 May 2006Beyond Conflict 87

RefereedFull-PapersRankings & Reasons forRankingsThis survey contained a set of 24 images with 2 to 3alterations per set depending upon the variable beingtested. Participants were asked to rate the images 1 to3 or 1 to 4 depending upon the variable being testedand number of alterations. The number 1 was used todenote the image which the participant liked the mostin the set, and the number 3 or 4 was used to denotethe image which they liked the least. Following aresome bar charts of our data with regard to the rankingof the image sets and the reasons for the lowest rankedimage in the set. Participants were asked to select areason from a pre-defined list for the image they ratedthe lowest. The reasons they were given were:A. The participant found the imagevisually displeasing.B. The participant perceived the land use depictedto be a threat to human health.C. The participant perceived the land use depictedto be a threat to the environment.D. Other – Please specify.Image Set 1 – Signage ElementsFor the signage elements we included the same signin every image at approximately the same scale andsimply varied the amount of information, the typeremained the same.Image Set 2 – Presence of ArtThis image set sought to test the response of observersto elements of art incorporated into productiveland uses. We selected examples of so-called “High”art and Cultural/Pop art to use in our manipulations.Figure 9RefereedFull-PapersImage Set 3 – Recreational UseFigure 8Figure 1088 May 2006Beyond Conflict 89

Image Set 4 – Apparent AgeImage Set 6 – ColorsRefereedFull-PapersRefereedFull-PapersFigure 11 Figure 13Image Set 5 – MaterialsFigure 1290 May 2006Beyond Conflict 91

RefereedFull-PapersSummation TablesReasons for Lowest Ranked ImagesNo. of A’s No. of B’s No. of C’s No. of D’sImage 1 17 3 3 7Image 2 17 2 5 6Image 3 14 4 4 8Image 4 17 5 3 6Image 5 20 5 3 3Image 6 22 3 4 2Image 7 17 8 2 4Image 8 17 4 3 6Image 9 12 10 5 4Image 10 9 17 1 4Image 11 6 17 4 4Image 12 9 16 3 3Image 13 21 1 5 4Image 14 14 3 11 3Image 15 14 7 8 2Image 16 21 0 9 1Image 17 11 7 9 3Image 18 17 1 9 4Image 19 18 2 8 3Image 20 21 2 4 4Image 21 19 2 7 3Image 22 20 3 3 3Image 23 19 4 4 2Image 24 17 5 3 5(A) Visually Displeasing(B) Threat to Human Health(C ) Threat to the Environment(D) OtherTable 3ResultsSurvey 1With the first survey, we sampled 117 people inFranklin County. In comparison to the populationdata gathered from the 2000 US Census, thedemographics for gender were compatible, with49.5% males and 50.5% females. The distribution ofethnicity and age of the respondents was skewed. Ofthose individuals sampled 65% identified themselvesas Caucasian. Further, more than half the samplepopulation consisted of people 18 to 25 years of age.Also of interest, the majority of the respondents livedin suburban or urban environments, with only 9%living in the rural areas of Franklin County.With the list of opposing adjective and suggestivenouns, the ability to define variables of focus becameapparent by understanding the participants preconceivednotions pertaining to the words. There is anapparent correlation amongst final tally of words whichwere preferred. The highest ranked words that morethen 70 people thought were of sufficient agreeabilitywere: Green (92), Natural (87), Tree (83), Nature (78),Flower (77), Sun (76), Quiet (73), and Blue (71). All ofthese have connotations implying the respect and wantfor nature and apparent natural settings. When lookingat the inverse condition, the words Wasteful (78),Asphalt (60), Dull (59), Loud (58), and Weed (56) eachseem to describe the more negative aspects of currentliving conditions in suburbia and the urban condition.When observing the data for prior knowledge ofindustry, there seemed to be a lack of knowledge formining, oil refinery, power production, and steelproduction. For these industries, there were 87% ormore of the respondents that knew no one in the industryand/or were not a part of it themselves. This isa large contrast between those and the agricultural orconstruction industry where 40–45% of the respondentsknew someone or were apart of the industry.When looking at the perception of the industries, it isinteresting to see that power production, steel production,and construction are both perceived better thenaverage at 6.2 with a deviation of +/–0.6. Agriculturehad the highest rating at 8.14 out of 10. There seemsto be no direct correlation between knowing someonewithin the industry and the perception of the particularindustry. The only conclusion that can be made isthat there are lurking variables driving the perceptionof the participants.The images of productive land use were individuallyrated and randomly placed in the survey to avoidbias. Our results indicated an arrangement of theimages based on preference which shows a tendencyto have the apparently “natural” images toward thetop and the apparently human-engineered imagestoward the bottom. The one image that falls out oforder in this series is the cityscape. The issue of passiveproduction versus active production has a similarprogression through a gradient of type of productiveoutput. However, this trend is not as pronouncedbecause some images lie outside the trend such asthe cityscape, rail lines, and high-tension powerlines. With this knowledge, it is possible to definethe bottom half of the images into 4 general categories.These are extractive, refining/processing, powergeneration, and a conveyance productive land useinfrastructure. One image chosen from each of thesegroups was used in the second survey.Survey 2Image Set 1 – SignageThe ranking of images for the variable of signagegenerally seemed to indicate people’s preference forland-uses devoid of signage (See Figure 8 above), thensignage with some information, and lastly signagewith all the production output displayed. An interestingobservation made during this write-up, andfrom talking with survey respondents after-the-fact,is that the signs with little or no information wereperceived by some as nefarious or secretive. Thesigns with some information contained the name ofthe business and one line of information regardingoutput, but were the same size as those we tested withthe most information and thus contain blank areaswhere information was not displayed. Some of therespondents seemed to feel these signs were hidingsomething and thus ranked them the lowest, whichcontradicts the general trend, yet may be worthy offurther investigation in future studies. This ties intoRefereedFull-Papers92 May 2006Beyond Conflict 93

RefereedFull-Paperscomments made by some of our respondents whosaid they wanted all the information, meaning thegood and the bad such as how many accidents hadoccurred, how many acres of forest were bulldozed toconstruct the land-use depicted, etc. The respondentswho made comments generally seemed to perceive thesigns with the most information as an attempt to glossover the negative affects of the land-use portrayed.Table 1 provides a summary of the ranking for the imagesinvolving signage.Image Set 2 – ArtThe respondents of the survey preferred land-useswith no art (either “high” or pop-culture) as depictedin Figure 9. There was no clearly ranked second choice.The results here seem to be somewhat inconclusiveand may be the result of different, yet very specificoutlooks on aesthetics of the respondents whichSimon Bell (1999) argues can be overcome, thus morefactors or lurking variables may account for the lackof a general trend. Perhaps the image manipulationswere not executed well enough to adequately measure/test our variable of interest. Figure 9 depicts the lackof consensus amongst the respondents for this variable.There is also a trend that pertained to the typeof art and whether the respondent understood thedepiction to be art. When discussing the high art ofthe nuclear power plant one respondent commentedon their distaste for alcohol since the high art imagewas a farce on the ideas of Claes Oldenburg and hisover-size objects.Image Set 3 – RecreationWhen testing the integration of public recreationaluse with productive land-use most of the respondentsseemed to prefer no recreational use or secondarily,passive recreational use. Many of the additionalcomments voiced concerns over the compatibility ofhuman recreation and productive land-use; this isfurther confirmed by the large number of “B’s” (SeeTable 3) given for the reason of the lowest rankedimage in Figure 10 which corresponds to the activitybeing a threat to human health.Also of note is the high number of respondents whoresponded to the petroleum refinery and justifiedtheir ranking of the lowest image with “A” (they foundit visually displeasing). This most likely was due tothe lack of greenery which was not present in thesame proportions as in the other images and thus theimage lost favor as in the case of some studies by StephenKaplan (1988) and others by Jack Nasar (1992).Another possibility, as mentioned in previous imagesof the afore mentioned phenomena, is failure of theinvestigator to adequately manipulate the image toeffectively test the variable. If the manipulations werenot well-executed they could have been perceived asunsightly. Please see Table 3 for statistics relating toranking of the images.A large number of comments were recorded pertainingto the depiction of hang gliding in the activerecreation images which people seem to think isunsafe enough by itself, much less near power plantsand factories. Future studies if undertaken should becareful to avoid testing active recreational use withthe inclusion of such stigmatized activities as hanggliding. The depiction of this activity most likelyaffected the overall trend and ranking of the images;had a safer activity been portrayed our results mayhave been distinctly different.Image Set 4 – Apparent AgeThe next variable tested was apparent age of theland-uses. Most of the respondents seemed to prefernew condition or present condition, with the mostdisliked images being the aged or old land-uses.However, many of the respondents verbalized difficultydiscerning differences in the images duringthe survey, especially the alterations involving thenuclear power plant (Figure 11 – image 15); this mayhave been due to print-related issues or ineffectiveimage manipulation on the part of the investigators.Thus this data is more prone to error and inaccuraciesthan others. Another concern was the difficultyof determining age within the high-tension powerlines images because they were unclear as to what thedigital changes were referring too.Image Set 5 – Material TreatmentWe also tested material treatment in an attempt todiscern if there was a predominate preference in ourculture and could thus be used to improve the visualperception of such productive land-use endeavors.Contradictory to our expectations many of the respondentsranked the image manipulations which appearedto be made of wood as the lowest of the imageand more commonly metal was the preferred material,usually followed by brick and concrete. Of special noteis image 18 in Figure 12 which is a manipulation of thesand mine. Unfortunately due to investigator error orproblems during the print process the images do notread well on paper and may have contributed to errorin perception of the image by the respondents. Thismay explain the ranking of wood in the images asboth 3 and 4 for the cumulative average of the survey.Some respondents also commented that the metalimage manipulations were very visually appealingand thus may be a source of error in that the metalmanipulations had more “flare” or “pizzazz” thanthe other materials and thus lent a bias to the survey,although entirely unintentionally as it was not ourintent to make one material more visually appealingthan the others. Future studies should seek to confirmthese findings by attempting similar manipulations.Image Set 6 – ColorThis variable was included in our study in order todetermine if respondents preferred specific colors forproductive land-use in order to derive design guidelines.Most of the respondents preferred the originalcolors as can be seen in Figure 13, followed by thecolor blue, and lastly the color green. The color greenseems to have received the lowest rating amongst allthe images as the result of execution of the imagemanipulations. Many of the respondents who chosethe reason “D” wrote comments noting that the greenimages seemed to glow which is the direct result ofhow color was applied to the images. Many peoplewho participated in this survey, apparently associatedglowing green with hazards to human health and theenvironment as the result of events such as nuclearfallout from a reactor malfunction. Future studiesshould re-examine this variable with more accuratelyexecuted manipulations to determine if any correlationsexist. The findings for this variable in this studyare currently inconclusive.ConclusionsSurvey 1With the conclusion of Survey 1 we discerned agradient of productive land uses from apparently“natural” to apparently human-engineered. Thisgradient of preference may not be due solely to theartificialness/naturalness of a land use but mayalso be influenced by a variety of other factors notexamined in this study; generally we did notice acorrelation between appearance and perception.Future studies should examine the influence of moreperceptual/cognitive information so as to gain a morecomprehensive understanding of the human aestheticexperience as advocated by Simon Bell (1999). The additionof these factors when assessing viewer perceptionof the environment can have profound effects;the image of the cityscape was ranked higher thanother apparently human-engineered areas, which maysuggest respondents were influenced by variables pertainingto cultural amenities. We recommend moreopen-ended questions and interview-style techniquesfor future investigations to help discern perceptualfactors associated with the visual assessment of productiveland-uses.Along the gradient noted above between the apparently“natural” and apparently human-engineeredwe were able to discern a threshold. The distributionof ratings along the gradient was asymmetric so themedian rating of the depicted land use was taken asthe threshold. We then examined all the uses whichwere rated lower than the median and discerned fourcategories which encompassed those images depicted:mining/extraction, chemical processing/refinement,power production, and power transmission/infrastructure. These four categories provided thebasis for our investigations in the second survey.Survey 2SignageFor all of the instances, respondents preferredthe images that did not include signage. This mayhave been a function of poor digital manipulations,material or color of the sign, size of the sign, or otherRefereedFull-Papers94 May 2006Beyond Conflict 95

RefereedFull-Papersvisual elements of the photo manipulation itself.Respondents also expressed concerns about the typeof information displayed on the signs, as well as theamount of blank space on the signs. Signs with a greatdeal of blank space seemed to imply that the industrywas hiding something. Signs that gave more informationreceived poor marks for giving only positive factswithout showing any negatives. For future studies, thesize of signage, its intrusiveness on the landscape, thetype of sign, and the amount and type of informationshown should all be evaluated.ArtIn most cases, respondents preferred images thatdid not contain art. This could be a function of digitalmanipulation or other possible factors, includingpublic perception of what constitutes art and initialunderstanding that a given installation is meant to beart. For future studies, these factors should be investigatedindependently as well as in the context of industrialfacilities to determine how much of the respondents’perception can be attributed to the art itself andhow much to its presence in the productive area andhuman encroachment to the productive space.RecreationFor many of the images, respondents preferred theimages that showed no recreation. This indicates aperceived incompatibility between recreational useand productive land uses. This leads to the formationof other questions such as “Does the public dislikethe idea of recreation in industrial facilities, or wasthere something about the photos themselves thatmade them unattractive?” – or – “What assumptionswere people making?” This incompatibility may alsopertain to perceived safety issues.Many of the respondents commented on the apparentlyunsafe nature of some activities. Future studiesshould more accurately determine which activities areacceptable depictions prior to making the photo manipulations.Also, the type of activity portrayed maynot have fit the context of the image, i.e. picnicking intall grass at the sand pit. Future studies should analyzethe effect of manicured vs. natural prairie conditionsin association with recreation.MaterialIn every manipulation, the majority of respondentspreferred the use of metal as the material for the constructionof the facility. In three of the four cases, thisconstituted the existing condition. This may indicatetrue preference for metal surfaces, although a followupinvestigation which uses larger images with cleardetail of surfaces should be undertaken to ensure legibilityof our survey images did not impact respondentpreference. The results may also be due to the prevalenceof metal surface used in the endeavors depictedwithin the actual world and thus respondents mayjust be accustomed to seeing productive land uses inwhich the structures are made from metal and anyother material deviating from that could be perceivedas alien or not belonging to the land use.AgeFor this variable, it was expected that most peoplewould prefer the images that looked newer as opposedto weathered or dirty. This held true for two ofthe manipulations, but for the other two, the currentstate was preferred. These results could be a functionof legibility, but they could also speak to deeperissues. For future study, the variables of contrast andcomplement should be added to see how importantit is for the facility to blend in with the surroundings.Another possible future study could examine thecontext of these endeavors with two groups of people.One group would be shown aesthetic or artistic imagesof weathering and decay prior to the survey, andthe other would not.ColorIn most cases, respondents preferred the imageswith no color manipulation. Public preference for theoriginal condition could imply several things. It ispossible that people understand industrial areas asthey exist and superficial changes are perceived as superfluous.It could also point to the issue of deception:the feeling that these potentially environmentallydangerous land uses could be attempting to improvetheir image by fooling the public into believing themto be benign. For future studies, several steps could betaken to clarify the findings. A broad range of colorsshould be tested, rather than just green and blue. Also,varying the quality of the colors through variablessuch as texture, chromaticity, saturation, luminanceand value would be instructive. Most importantly, thesurvey design must be flexible enough to allow for agreater understanding of why people react to the variablesin a given way. Ranking of photographs is onemethod, but it must be paired with in-depth questionson how the variables affect perception.Some results of the second survey contradicted ourinitial expectations. It was expected that by alteringthe appearance of the productive land uses throughuse of color, material treatments, the presence ofpeople, etc, public perception of productive land-useswould improve, but our results suggested for most ofour variables, respondents preferred the unaltered imagesto the Photoshop alternatives.We did confirm our initial postulate that productiveland uses are of value to society as almost allrespondents indicated the information pertaining tooutput on the signage manipulations was a positivefact. This was indicated by observations pertainingto the absence of “negative” information on the signswhich many respondents felt the depicted land usewas hiding something.One tentative recommendation resulting from ouranalysis which can be made is to keep the design trueto use. Form equals function! The public does notappreciate industry trying to hide potentially toxic orharmful activities with a visually pleasing mask or veneer.Perhaps if the design strategies have an integrallink to the industry or are related to the innate publicunderstanding of industry, the response to thosedesign changes would be positive. This is anotherimportant question for further study.Another result of our survey was the determinationthat colors of varying shades and hues along withtextural treatments also affect viewer perception ofproductive land use as many respondents in survey 1indicated they liked the color green, and our researchindicated a preference for shades and textures of greenin keeping with vegetation of the outdoor environment,yet many respondents in survey 2 rated thegreen manipulations to be the lowest. This suggeststhat prior to design landscape architects/architectsshould undertake studies of texture and color of vernacularvegetation to better blend designs within thecontext of the environment since these have an affecton viewer perception and sense of aesthetics.An unpredicted trend which emerged from thematerial manipulations was the consistent preferencefor metal surfaces over those of wood and brick. Thissuggests that many designers may want to reconsidertheir materials palette as many landscape architectscurrently strive to integrate materials such as brickor wood because of their more “natural” or warmappearance. This is further confirmed the popularityand success of recent projects by Frank Gehry. In ourcurrent society the preference for technological gadgetsmay be exerting some influence on our preferencefor buildings and outdoor environments which hasmanifested itself through the preference for metallicsurfaces to those of brick or wood. Further studiesshould seek to confirm this observation.Future studies should also examine the influence ofprecedent on perception of productive land use. Thiscould be accomplished by surveying a control groupand an experimental group. The control group wouldbe shown images of productive land uses and asked torate them, whereas the experimental group could beshown images prior to the survey which depict productiveland use as having inherent aesthetic/artisticvalue and then asked to complete the survey. Thiswould help improve our understanding of how peoplerespond to and think about productive land use.Yet another suggestion we have for future researchis to create a full-scale installation where respondentswould be led through a site and asked to respond toauthentic interventions in real time and space viainterview techniques. This would allow interviewersto identify the full spectrum of perceptual factors andtheir influence on perception of these land uses asthey relate to landscape architectural design.RefereedFull-Papers96 May 2006Beyond Conflict 97

RefereedFull-PapersReferencesAgnew, John and David N. Livingstone and AlisdairRogers. Human Geography: an essential anthology.Cambridge, MA: Blackwell Publishers, 1996.Alreck, Pamela L. and Robert B. Settle. The SurveyResearch Handbook: Guidelines and Strategies for Conductinga Survey. Burr Ridge, Ill.:Burr Ridge, Ill.: Irwin, c1995.Bell, Simon. Landscape: Pattern, Perception, Process.New York, NY: Routledge, c1999.Berger, Alan. Reclaiming the American West. 1st ed:Princeton Architectural Press, 2002.Berleant, Arnold. The Aesthetics of Environment.Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1992.Carson, Rachel. Silent Spring. 40th Ann. ed:Mariner Books, 2002.Chudacoff, Howard P, and Judith E. Smith. The Evolutionof American Urban Society. 6th ed. Upper SaddleRiver, NJ: Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2005.Creswell, John W. Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative,and Mixed Methods Approaches. 2nd ed. Univ.of Nebraska, Lincoln: Sage Publications, Inc., 2003.Fink, Arlene and Jacqueline Kosecoff. How to ConductSurveys: A Step by Step Guide. Thousand Oaks, CA:Sage Publications, c1998.Gablick, Suzi. The Reenchantment of Art. New York:Thames and Hudson, 1991.Hartshorn, Truman A. Interpreting the City: An UrbanGeography. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1980.Heft, Harry. Ecological Psychology in Context.Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2001.Kaplan, S. Perception and Landscape: Conception andMisconception, in Nasar, J.L. Environmental Aesthetics,Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1988.Kirkwood, Niall. Manufactured Sites: Rethinking thePost-Industrial Landscape. New York: Spon Press, 2001.McHarg, Ian L. Design with Nature. Wiley, 1995.McHarg, Ian L. and Frederick R. Steiner, eds. To Healthe Earth: Selected Writings of Ian McHarg.Island Press, 1998.Moore, David S. The Basic Practice of Statistics. 3rd ed.New York: W.H. Freeman and Co., 2004.Nasar, Jack L., ed. Environmental Aesthetics: Theory,Research and Applications. Cambridge [England]:Cambridge University Press, 1992.Nasar, Jack L. The Evaluative Image of the City. ThousandOaks, CA: Sage Publications, 1998.Plowden, David. Industrial Landscape. New York: ChicagoHistorical Society & W.W. Norton & Co., 1985.Roebuck, Janet. The Shaping of Urban Society; a Historyof City Forms and Functions. New York: Scribner, 1974.Schuyler, David. The New Urban Landscape: The Redefinitionof City Form in Nineteenth-Century America.Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.Sewall, Laura, PhD. Sight and Sensibility: The ecopsychologyof perception. New York: Putnam, 1999.A CollaborativeApproach toSustainable Land UsePlanning in McHenryCounty, IllinoisFinn, Donovan (University of Illinois atUrbana – Champaign, Champaign, IL)AbstractDecision making about land use and developmentissues are complex and often contentious processes.Planners are tasked with mediating betweenconflicting voices in this process, although the abilityand equipment to do so effectively are generally notfully integrated components of the planner’s toolkit.A resource protection planning process in McHenryCounty, Illinois presented an opportunity to develop,refine and apply some conceptual innovations incollaborative planning and sustainable decisionmaking to the real world. We suggest that one challengeto developing truly collaborative planning isthat knowledge dissemination and citizen input, andthereby leading to community capacity buildingand enhanced transparency, must be integral componentsof the process, even though we as a communityof planners do not yet have a firm grasp ofhow to do these tasks. Seizing the opportunity tocreate a resource protection planning frameworkfor the Illinois Department of Natural Resources,we proposed and carried out a planning processutilizing an overlapping set of tools, proceduresand normative goals in combination to asses theirutility in creating a refined and robust deliberationand decision-making framework for ecologicalprotection and sustainable planning. This set oftools, including computer aided land use modeling,scenario planning, and a systematic approach tocataloguing, accessing and integrating existing plansinto the planning process are posited as part of a moreholistic exercise of planning and deliberation. Each ofthese components, we argue, can be more powerfullyused to facilitate sustainable planning if used incombination. The utility is derived chiefly from howthe data from the three components is stored, accessedand used in a collaborative process. We illustrate howexisting community resources, plans, goals, possiblescenarios for the future and the potential impacts ofthose scenarios can all be developed, acquired andcatalogued in such a way that they can be accessedby professional planners and citizens alike, therebydemocratizing access to information and fulfilling oneof the basic requirements for informed collaboration.Technology including computer aided models,GIS, the internet and a unique database of existingplanning documents are combined in this frameworkto enhance community dialogue and facilitate moreinformed planning. Finally, processes for utilizingand analyzing data are explored, combining complexanalysis with local expertise in an intuitive process topromote the ability of citizens to examine sustainabledevelopment issues themselves, even if they lack thetraining or tools of professional planners.IntroductionGroup decision-making regarding sustainableplanning at the community level can be a difficultand contentious process. Multiple actors with varyingdegrees of expertise, power and assets compete overissues that can be abstract, complex and at timeshighly personal. Planning and development oftenpit short-term community needs, such as economicdevelopment, against more complex and indefinitegoals; for example, environmental sustainability ornatural resource protection. One role of planners is tomediate, facilitate and interpret these discussions tohelp find consensus on difficult issues. These tasks arenot trivial or easy, and require the development of refinedtools and techniques. This paper attempts to tietogether at least three specific lines of inquiry withinplanning research and illustrate the degree to whichthey are overlapping and complementary to one another,in order to create a useful process for commu-RefereedFull-Papers98 May 2006Beyond Conflict 99

RefereedFull-Papersnity decision-making. A case study of recent resourceprotection planning efforts in McHenry County,Illinois serves as the basis for this examination.In this exploration, a collaborative process, asopposed to a technically rational one, is proposedas the over-arching framework under which effectiveplanning can, and should, occur (Forester, 1989;Healey, 1992; Innes, 1996). Ecological sustainability isposited as the functional principle to guide collaborativeplanning activity (Campbell, 1996; Basagio, 1999).An integrative process including scenario planning(Wack, 1985) and a “web of plans” approach (Hopkins,2001), as part of a larger set of planning innovations,is advocated. Using a framework developed as part ofa pilot project to assist resource protection planningin Illinois, we seek to illustrate how a computerizedland use simulation model, a systematic approachto accessing and viewing existing planning documents,and a system for using all of these elements incombination can be used as a scenario planning toolto conduct more collaborative decision making, withsustainability as its explicitly normative goal.Sustainable andcollaborative planningIn his article, “Green Cities, Growing Cities, JustCities? Urban Planning and the Contradictions ofSustainable Development,” Scott Campbell (1996:297) notes that planning for sustainability requiresplanners to, “combine both their procedural and theirsubstantive skills and thus become central players inthe battle over growth, the environment and socialjustice.” In the pilot project reported here, technicalinnovations rely on planners’ substantive skills indata collection and analysis. Concurrently, the waysin which data are presented to help citizens betterunderstand the complex nature of developmentand the future impacts of today’s decisions engageplanners’ procedural skills as mediators, facilitatorsand interpreters of a collaborative process. There is,of course, no guarantee that informing citizens aboutdevelopment issues and the tools available to promotesustainable development will lead, inextricably, toplans that endorse and engender sustainability.However, I argue that when planners take upsustainability as a normative goal from the outset, theprocess outlined here is a useful way to work towardsthat goal in a holistic, efficient and democratic manner.The link between sustainabilityand land use planningSince the era immediately following World War II,a chief characteristic of residential development inthe United States has been the creation of low density,highly segregated land uses on a constantly expandingurban fringe, which, if left unchecked, threatens todeplete cities of their economic and social vitalitywhile concurrently destroying increasingly valuednatural and agricultural lands (Tregoning, et al.,2002). Powerful preferences, market forces and governmentpolicies have accelerated the pace at whichAmerican suburban development has consumed landfor more intensive use and irreversibly affected criticalresources (Danielson, et al., 1999; Hirschhorn, 2001).Typical suburban development decisions are primarilyconcerned with protecting private personal space,segregating land uses, and maximizing profit forprivate capital. Martens (2004), furthermore, suggeststhat these purely capitalistic systems of developmentdo not currently have the capacity to consider theenvironmental impacts of development by dispersedprivate entities acting solely in the interests of profit.Americans express a powerful preference forsuburban living. In the last decade, as much as80% of new housing construction in the U.S. hasoccurred on the edges of already-developed areas,and 60% of the U.S. population is estimated to nowlive in suburban areas (Hirschhorn, 2001). Thesepreferences have powerful implications for growthpatterns, particularly in light of the increase in theAmerican population of thirteen percent (over 32million people) between the 1990 and 2000 censuses.As the preceding statistics suggest, barringsignificant structural adjustments in the Americaneconomy or political environment current patternsof growth appear somewhat inevitable; thus, simplyadvocating for “no growth” is not a viable solution tothe negative externalities of suburban development.Planners and designers have attempted to createand popularize more sustainable alternatives totraditional development (for example, Duany et al.,2000; Arendt, 1996; Calthorpe, 1993, 2001, Van derRyn and Cowan, 1996). However, these frameworksfocus primarily on site and neighborhood scaleplanning with generally less emphasis on regionalscale development. I argue that ALL of the decisionsin the suburban development process, from macrolevel decisions regarding where development is permitted,to micro scale design decisions, are criticalcomponents of a more holistic process of sustainabledevelopment (Wheeler, 2000). Coarse scale regionalland use decisions that protect existing resources orminimize negative development externalities at theregional level are the first step in developing a policyframework emphasizing more ecologically sensitivedesign, specifically in residential, commercial andindustrial development.Scenario planning as a routeto sustainabilityFor any given decision about how to act today thereare multiple possibilities about how the future mightplay out tomorrow and planning is an attempt toguide action and prepare for these futures despite ahigh level of uncertainty (March, 1978; Alexander,2000). Scenario planning (Wack, 1985; Ringland,1998, 2002; Schwartz, 1991; van der Heijden, 1996;Avin and Holden, 2000) has been proposed as a potentiallyuseful method for guiding actions by takinguncertainty into account and integrating multiplepossible stories about how a community’s futuremay unfold. Instead of picking one desirable future,scenario planning allows users to guide action byaccounting for more than just the expected or desiredfuture. This method does not preclude the fact that apreferred future may exist, only that it is more usefulto consider the desired future as just one among a setof possible futures. The key is not to be predictive, butto think creatively, inclusively and holistically.Ringland (2002:3) explains scenario planning aslearning to develop multiple visions of the impacts oftoday’s decisions,“Providing a context in which managers canmake decisions. By seeing a range of possibleworlds, decisions will be better informed anda strategy based on this knowledge and insightwill be more likely to succeed. Scenarios maynot predict the future, but they do illuminatethe drivers of change – understanding these canonly help managers to take greater control oftheir situation.”Scenario planning facilitates two important tasks:1) planning holistically and strategically for a rangeof possible futures, and 2) planning tactically witha focus on minimizing the possibility that undesirablefutures will occur by preventing the actions orcircumstances that would drive those changes.Developing tools forplanning in McHenry CountyOne key challenge to regional planning is thatpractitioners must assemble, analyze and synthesizemany disparate inputs to the planning process, suchas existing physical conditions, economic trends, andso forth. Meanwhile, planners must work in tandemwith citizens, most of whom lack the technical expertiseor training that planners possess. Addressingthis challenge was a core element of the pilot projectto facilitate more sustainable land use planning inMcHenry County, Illinois. McHenry is located at thenorth-western corner of the nine-county Chicagolandregion, with its southeast corner lying approximately40 miles from downtown Chicago. The 2000US Census reported a county population of 260,077 ascompared with 183,241 in 1990, a 30 percent increasein a decade. The regional MPO, the NortheasternIllinois Planning Commission (NIPC) projects thepopulation in the year 2030 to be 449,823, or a 73percent increase in a thirty year period. Mitigatingor controlling effects of strong and visible suburbandevelopment pressure are at the forefront of much ofthe planning currently underway in McHenry County.In 2004 the Illinois Department of Natural Resources(IDNR) chose McHenry County as the pilot area for aproject executed cooperatively by NIPC and the LandRefereedFull-Papers100 May 2006Beyond Conflict 101

RefereedFull-PapersBuild subway under Clinton Street between the Eisenhower Expressway andLake Street in ChicagoExpand Place line-haul service and community service to the existing Metrastation in NcHenry to compliment existingUse Evolution and Impact Assessment Model laboratory(LEAM) at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Pursuant to the Illinois Local Legacy Actof 2004 (Illinois General Assembly Public Act 93-0328),the IDNR’s initiative was to develop a useful, replicableand streamlined process for the state’s 102 countiesto develop Local Legacy Plans capable of helping toprotect each county’s existing natural, agricultural andcultural resources. The system developed under thismandate places emphasis on informed land use decisions,participatory dialogue, integrative informationmanagement and holistic decision making as part of asustainable planning framework.The first component of this system as outlined by theIDNR was the collection of resource inventories, or theexisting conditions for the region. In our pilot project,the planning process was focused on protecting natural,agricultural and historic/cultural resources. In order tocreate a viable record of these resources, area stakeholdersassisted in compiling a set of jurisdictionalboundaries, land cover data, high quality habitat areas,wetland information, prime agricultural soils, areas ofhigh archaeological potential, historically significantstructures and numerous other resources. Inventoriesof these data were created and stored as GIS layers.The second component, the Information Systemof Plans (ISoP) was inspired by the work of Hopkins(2001), in which individual planning documents areconsidered part of a larger universe of plans affectinga region or an issue at any given time. The ISoP forthis project is a database of the plans and regulationsaffecting McHenry County, such as countywide regulations,municipal land use plans, regional transportationplans, and others. In order to access the intentand scope of plans, they were deconstructed andcatalogued as maps and the textual content of eachplan was encoded as a searchable database (Figure 1).Pg 132Chicago TransitAuthorityCity of Chicago, BlueLine IPg 14 Pace McHenry, see diagramRequire a 100-foot wide landscaped buffer along IL 47 Pg 14 Village of Huntly Village of HuntlyExpand Ackman Road to form lanes between Lakewood Road and RandallRoadAppendix CPg 15CountyFigure 1. Examples of items encoded in plan database.McHenry County,AckmanLEAM (Land use Evolution and impact AssessmentModel) is the hybrid computer model running on aNational Center for Supercomputing Applications(NCSA) supercomputer used to generate land usechange projections for the study area over the next 30years. LEAM utilizes regional and cell based drivers toproject land use change at annual time steps, generatingmaps showing possible land use change patternsin the presence or absence of specific predefinedconditions (for a more detailed description of LEAM,see Deal, 2001). Impacts of land use changes, suchas water quality and runoff quantity, can also be calculated.Basic output of the LEAM model for a givenscenario (that is, a given combination of possibleactions inserted into the model as drivers or constraintsof land use change) is a map showing existingdevelopment and land cover overlaid with a pattern ofgrid cells (each one equal to approximately 1/4 acre)showing the residential and commercial developmentprojected by the model (See Figure 2). For this project,five scenarios were modelled and the land use changemaps stored as GIS layers.Figure 2. Base case LEAM land use change projection forMcHenry County in 2030. (New residential developmentin white; new commercial development in black.)The previous three components form the backboneof this system. Resource Inventories supply informationabout existing conditions and assets. The ISoPelucidates the region’s goals and the proposed strategiesfor their attainment. The LEAM model acts as ascenario planning tool illustrating possible futures forthe region. The operative concept behind this project isthat these three discrete components, each possessinga substantial degree of individual utility, can be usedmost powerful as facilitator of public dialogue whenused in combination. The utility is derived chiefly fromhow the data from the three components is stored,accessed and used in combination. The Legacy DataCenter, an ArcIMS based repository of the resource inventories,plans and land use projections, allows stakeholdersto access over 75 data layers through a webbasedinterface navigable by anyone with rudimentaryweb skills. We consider the Data Center an importantavenue for disseminating information crucial to collaborativeplanning, helping to facilitate what Gordonand Richter (2003) have called an “e-democracy” ofenhanced citizen participation through technology.These tools are designed to supply planners andstakeholders with a set of useful information that theycan access in conducting planning tasks, writing plansor deliberating about the decisions that inform theplans. Analysis conducted with these tools raises questionssuch as: What resources do we protect? Wheredo we protect them? When do we need to do it? Thegoal is not to help planners provide “answers;” rather,to raise questions, generate informed debate and helpmake hard choices in a collaborative way to avoidunintended consequences of unplanned development.Based on guidelines for conducting landscape suitabilityanalysis offered by Ian McHarg in his seminalwork Design with Nature (1969), two primary methods– impact analysis and comparison analysis – were developedfor facilitating these discussions. Impact analysis isconducted within the LEAM modeling environment bycalculating potential impact of development on specificresources. In McHenry County, LEAM Scenario 2 (constructionof a new interchange at I–90 and state route 23in McHenry County), for instance, pulled new developmentfrom the eastern part of the county towards thehypothetical interchange in the southwest corner. Theresulting development pattern places more stress frompotential development on hydric soils in the southwestpart of the county than they experienced under the basescenario (Figure 3). Using these types of illustrations,the differing impacts of development under multiplescenarios can be illustrated to stakeholders.Figure 3. Stress analysis illustrating whetherdevelopment probability is greater on land surroundinghydric soils in McHenry County LEAM Scenario 1(white or Scenario 2 (black).The second type of analysis, comparison analysis,extrapolates from the work of McHarg as well as Tufte(1997), and can be conducted through the Data Centerinterface. Planners or stakeholders can visually comparemultiple components of the Resource Inventory,the ISoP and LEAM model output to look for possibleconflict or complementarities between and amongplans, existing resources and land use projections.Figure 4, for example, shows Comparison Analysiscomparing existing municipal plans for Marengo,Huntley and Woodstock, IL, with LEAM land usechange projections and high quality natural resources.Simple visual comparisons illustrate a few key issues.The future land use map for Huntley appears to addressprotection of the high quality Kishwaukee Rivercorridor on the northern edge of the village. Muchof the Kishwaukee corridor to the west of the villageis under protection through state ownership, landconservancy trust or other protection; however thereare gaps in this protection. Finally, the LEAM modelprojects that commercial and residential developmentwill be attracted to are exactly those portions of theKishwaukee corridor that are currently unprotected.RefereedFull-Papers102 May 2006Beyond Conflict 103

RefereedFull-PapersFigure 4. Comparison Analysis showing Huntley (IL)future land use plan, LEAM land use change projectionsand protected natural areas.What is the utility of these observations? In the contextof developing the McHenry County Legacy Plan,protection of the Kishwaukee could become part ofthe Legacy Plan if vetted by a public collaboration processthat determines this to be an important action.Likewise, if the potential growth in the unprotectedareas is determined by stakeholders to be undesirable,this issue would become a part of the plan for whichsome type of ameliorative action would have to beproposed and debated.Obviously, training in land use planning can beuseful for this type of analysis. Our preliminary use ofthis system suggests, though, that untrained citizenscan quickly and viscerally develop an eye for findingpotential issues and conflicts. This process combinesthe skills of technically trained planners, who compiledata and generate tools to be used in the process, withthe local knowledge of residents and stakeholdersin the planning area. Comparison analysis derivesits efficacy from being able to illuminate importantissues that might otherwise go undetected, and doesso in a straightforward and intuitive way. We proposethat the type of deliberation and information sharingoutlined here can be particularly useful in facilitatingcollaborative planning for sustainability by assistingcommunities in developing frameworks for moresustainable regional land use planning. This freeexchange of useful knowledge to all stakeholders inthe planning process is a first step in creating a sharedsense of understanding about our communities andthe issues that face them.Further workThe Legacy Planning pilot project in McHenryCounty has allowed us to operationalize a first prototypeof an Information System of Plans (ISoP) anduse it to conduct real planning exercises using existingand timely cases. Some hurdles, however, must be addressed.The ArcIMS Data Center has been a powerfuland useful tool to organize and display information,but we are cognizant of the fact that despite its seemingubiquity, the internet is still not readily available tomany individuals and to entire segments of society,so over-reliance on this tool could have the danger ofcreating what Alfasi (2003) calls a “false” democracy.Additional ways to disseminate information and communicatewith stakeholders must be developed. TheLEAM model can likewise be viewed as either a usefultool for illustrating possible futures or as a technicallyominous “black box.” This latter view is counterproductiveto our intent because it minimizes theimportance of citizen involvement, deliberation andplanning that is more transparent and holistic.ConclusionThe McHenry County Legacy Planning project wasan attempt to create a framework for more sustainableplanning by increasing local stakeholder capacitythrough knowledge dissemination, education andfacilitation of discussion about conflicts between developmentand resource protection. To address these issues,we proposed a process to open the planning processup to a wider community of decision makers andsimplify the presentation of technically sophisticateddata through land use modeling, a systematic approachto viewing and using plans, and the use of scenarioplanning as drivers of broad public deliberation.Although more work is needed to refine these toolsand processes, stakeholders that we have engaged withappear to grasp intuitively the nature of sustainabledevelopment issues and how the tools illustrated herecan be used to address them. More work is needed toascertain what, if any, is the connection between processesthat educate and empower citizens regardingsustainable planning and the ability of communitiesto actually move toward acting more sustainably.Scenario planning and comparison analysis appear tobe useful for engendering discussion and debate aboutdevelopment. The System of Plans approach and theLegacy Data Center allow citizens to access a widearray of data to enhance their knowledge about issuesbeing discussed, or to discover new issues that theycan bring to the table themselves. Using these toolshas the capability of helping citizens become moreinformed about the complex issues facing their communityand arming them with knowledge to ask andaddress difficult questions.Building citizen capacity to debate and understandcomplex issues of development will likely notbe enough, on its own, to create more sustainablecommunities. However, a transparent, collaborative,evolving and iterative process is, I feel, a fundamentalrequirement of that process. To that end, a drivingforce behind the project outlined here has been todevelop tools and frameworks that increase the abilityof planners to facilitate more sustainable decisionmaking by harnessing both the substantive and proceduralskills that Campbell (1996) reminds us are thedual attributes of effective planning.ReferencesAlexander, E.R. (2000). Rationality revisited: Planningparadigms in a post-postmodernist perspective.Journal of Planning Education and Research 19:242–56.Alfasi. N. (2003). Is public participation makingurban planning more democratic? The Israeli experience.Planning Theory and Practice. 4:2.185–202.Arendt, R., (1996). Conservation Design for Subdivisions,Washington DC: Island PressArendt, R., (1999). Growing Greener: Putting conservationinto local plans and ordinances.Washington DC: Island PressAvin, U., & Holden, D. (2000) Does Your GrowthSmart? Planning, 66:1. 26–29.Basiago, A. D. (1999), Economic, social, and environmentalsustainability in development theory and urbanplanning practice, The Environmentalist 19, 145–161.Calthorpe, P., (1993). The Next American Metropolis:Ecology, Community, and the American Dream. NewYork: Princeton Architectural Press.Calthorpe, P. & Fulton, W. (2001). The Regional City:Planning for the End of Sprawl. Washington, DC:Island Press.Campbell, S. (1996). Green cities, growing cities, justcities? Journal of the American Planning Association,Summer, 296–312.Danielsen, K.A., Robert E. Lang, R.E., Fulton, W.,(1999). Retracting Suburbia: Smart Growth and the Futureof Housing, Housing Policy Debate, 10 (3), 513–540.Deal, B. (2001) Ecological urban dynamics: theconvergence of spatial modeling and sustainability.Building Research & Information. 29:5. 381–393.Duany, A., Plater-Zyberk, E., & Speck, J. (2000). SuburbanNation: The rise of sprawl and the decline of theAmerican dream. New York: North Point Press.Forester, John (1989). Planning in the face of power. LosAngeles: University of California Press.Gordon, T.F and G. Richter, (2003). DiscourseSupport Systems for Deliberative Democracy. InR. Traunmüller & K. Lenk (Eds.). Lecture Notes inComputer Science: Electronic Government: First InternationalConference, EGOV 2002, Aix-en-Provence,France, September 2–5, 2002, Proceedings. (pp. 248–255). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.Healey, P. (1992) Planning through debate: the communicativeturn in planning theory, Town PlanningReview, 63(2), pp. 143–162.Hirschhorn, J., (2001). Environment, Quality of Life,and Urban Growth in the New Economy. EnvironmentalQuality Management, 10(3), 1–8.RefereedFull-Papers104 May 2006Beyond Conflict 105

RefereedFull-PapersHopkins, L.D. (2001). Urban Development: The Logicof Making Plans. Washington, DC: Island Press.Innes, J.E. (1996). Planning through consensusbuilding: A new view of the comprehensive planningideal. Journal of the American Planning Association62(4):460–473.March, J.G. (1978). Bounded Rationality, Ambiguity,and the Engineering of Choice. Bell Journal of Economics.9:2. 587–608.Martens, K. (2004) Participatory Decision Makingand Sustainability: The Role of Environmental Organizations.In E. Feitelson (ed.), Advancing Sustainabilityat the Sub-National Level: The Potential andLimitations of Planning. Burlington, VT: Ashgate.McHarg, I. (1969) Design With Nature.New York: Doubleday.Ringland, G. (1998). Scenario Planning: Managing forthe Future. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons Ltd.Ringland, G. (2002). Scenario Scenarios in PublicPolicy. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons Ltd.Schwartz, P. (1991). The Art of the Long View: Planningfor the Future in an Uncertain World. New York:Doubleday.Tregoning, H., Agyeman, J. & Shenot, C., (2002).Sprawl, Smart Growth and Sustainability. Local Environment,7(4), 341–347.Tufte, E.R. (1997). Visual Explanations: Images andQuantities, Evidence and Narrative. Cheshire, CT:Graphics Press.Van der Heijden, K. (1996). Scenarios: The Art ofStrategic Conversation. Hoboken, NJ: John Wileyand Sons Ltd.Van der Ryn, S. & Cowan, S. (1996). Ecological Design.Washington DC: Island Press.Wack, P. (1985) Scenarios: Uncharted Waters Ahead.Harvard Business Review 63 (5) 72–79.Wheeler, S.M. (2000). Planning for MetropolitanSustainability. Journal of Planning Education andResearch. 20:133–145.Low-cost Measuresfor Environmental Renewalthrough DirectTechnological TransferPollak, Stefan (Università degli Studi diRoma 3, Rome, Italy)IntroductionOne of five people on our planet is living in neighborhoodsconsidered “slums”, “bidonvilles”, “favelas”or “shanty towns”. These terms are used to describeinformal settlements characterized by irregular lowcostand self-constructed housing generally built onterrain seized and occupied illegally 1 .The present paper is based on an analysis of ongoingpolicies in the field of settlement and habitat.On this theoretic base a possible intervention schemeis proposed which uses local skills, knowledgetransfer and international partnerships as opportunitiesfor environmental requalification actions.Specifically some building hypothesis are investigatedin order to evaluate in how far technologicalapproaches developed in and for European contextscan be applied or reused within the said realities ofinformal settlements.Background – Policies &DeclarationsIn the last several years the discussion on habitat hasshifted from the problem of housing delivery, generallylinked to the word “shelter”, to a more complexview on living environment. Analyzing official declarationsfrom a few decades ago such as the first UN-Declaration on Human Settlements from 1976 (Vancouver-Declaration)and comparing them to newerdocuments such as the second UN-Declaration onHuman Settlements from 1996 (Istanbul-Declaration)or the Millennium Development Declaration (NewYork 2000) shows some new ways of approaching thesettlement issues or at least some good intentions.Through the 7 th of the eight Millennium DevelopmentGoals, “ensure environmental sustainability”,the UN recognizes that having a roof for everyone isnot enough for our planet’s living conditions. By 2020significant improvement in the lives of at least 100million slum-dwellers shall be achieved 2 . The complexityof the problem seems to be recognized.Another sensitiveness that arose in the last yearsconcerns the possibility of upgrading instead ofrelocating (United Nations, 2003). Mass housing hasactually not solved the problem of living conditions insouthern cities as in most cases the demand for housesincreases proportionately to the subsidized provisionof houses (Hamdi, 1995).All of the analysed documents have structuralcorrespondence: they all start from the survey ofproblems, or – as the founder of the Mega-CitiesProject, Janice Perlman (2005) would say – are “deficitbased”.She remarks that those approaches create “akind of paralyzing despair and despondency ratherthan an energizing sense of hope” and suggests turningour perception to what is possible, taking advantage ofthe creativity of the people (Perlman, 2005:1).Intervening directly within existing settlementsinstead of relocating the inhabitants into new-builtunits seams to guarantee good results from aneconomical, environmental and social point of view.Keeping social structures such as neighbourhoodsand facility networks intact allows inhabitants torely on their own resources in terms of productivecapacity, competence and skill, in order to introduce“virtuous impulses” on the ongoing processes ofspatial transformation.As Peeters and Osman (2005) say “thetransformation of informal settlements into qualityneighbourhoods with socio-economic strength, willnot only benefit the target population but will alsostrengthen society as a whole.” Specific programs,such as the Favela-Bairro program launched in 1993by the municipality of Rio de Janeiro, focus exactlyon this aim and are now being scaled up to a nationallevel in Brazil, South Africa and other countries (Inter-American Development Bank, 1998).RefereedFull-Papers106 May 2006Beyond Conflict 107

RefereedFull-PapersMoreover, these official declarations seem to internalizethe inhabitants’ experiences of participativedecision making. The contribution of NGOs (nongovernmentalorganizations) and CBOs (communitybasedorganizations) have been generally recognized.Numerous approaches have been developed andapplied regarding questions of land tenure and relatedproperty changes, as well as, new financing procedures.A very strong focus has been posed on micro-lending.Achieving environmental quality from a technologicalpoint of view in these situations appears tobe rarely investigated. The present paper aims tocontribute to this discussion.Appropriate TechnologyA rapid linguistic remark shows us that the discussionon technology can not lead to conclusionswithout looking at a specific context: we only canjudge something “appropriate” if we know “to whator to whom” it shall be appropriate. That’s the reasonwhy all actions should refer to a specific geographic,economic and social context.Nonetheless, some general observations can be given.The UK-based NGO Practical Action (2005) (formerlythe Intermediate Technology Development Group)defines “appropriate technology” as a technology“that enables people to satisfy their basic needs whilemaking the most of their time, capabilities, environmentand resources.” Some criteria must be fulfilled,according to the ideas of Practical Action (2005), toconsider interventions as “appropriate”; they must:• Meet the needs of both women and men;• Enable people to generate income for themselvesand their family;• Have the possibility to be designed, improved,managed and controlled by local people;• Be affordable;• Use local skills and materials as much as possible; &• Have a limited impact on the environment.As said above, actual technical solutions should referto specific contexts and will only succeed if economic,climatic and cultural peculiarities are considered. Thuslooking at those technological items which can be validin several contexts certainly is a reduction on the lowestcommon denominator but can also help to provide focusto some transferable questions. Further considerationson technological transfer will follow in the next chapter.Some technological measures can be classifiedas “low-cost” or “no-cost” as they mainly focus onaspects of configuration. How can I achieve better resultsjust by assembling the same resources in anotherway? In the present considerations the cost factor isreferred only to material costs while there could becosts for the production and the dissemination ofinformation and knowledge. These costs for studies,calculations, surveys, etc. are considered to only beacceptable if the results generated are offered to theglobal community and applied to more than onesituation. Labour-intensive technologies are typicallyselected for these settings as the availability of manuallabour as a resource is generally high.Material Quality/LayeringMaterial quality can be onlyconsidered “no-cost” if we lookat different stratification optionsor junctions of usually employedsolutions. Protection against humidityin building materials is one case were the samematerial, a timber column for example, can experiencean improvement in durability by several yearsjust avoidance of direct contact with the earth – samematerial, same cost, different assembly. The samecan be said about protection of building componentsagainst rain. In most cases very simple measures ofcovering or hiding exposed surfaces avoids the moisturingof walls and structural elements which offersbenefits in the field pertaining to inner-climate andhygiene in addition to durability. The sun-reflectivecapacity of some materials can be improved by simplyturning the inside out and vice versa.More frequently extra-costs are necessary in orderto improve small-scale aspects such as water-resistanceor thermal behavior. Choosing a species of woodwhich is not attacked by insects is probably not thecheapest solution but often avoids the deterioration ofthe whole building. Special coatings or infill materialscan also act as barriers against water, thermal transmissionand/or solar irradiation. Examples can rangefrom extra-reflecting clear paint which prevents overheatingto insulation materials which protect againstthermal dispersion. Adding such measures to normallyemployed construction materials and componentsraises the costs, which can become a serious problemin the context of informal settlements. In such casesdecisions should be based on a cost-benefit evaluation.Some measures or calculation methods exist whichcan be applied to specific construction and materialsolutions in order to evaluate and choose among themmore effectively. Anette Greef (2005), for example,calculated the U-value for separation panels made ofrecycled materials to be used in the construction ofsocial housing projects in South Africa. Direct testscan be performed on specific low-cost componentsusing existing measurement tools in research centresall over the world. In other words, in some cases ahigh level of knowledge production may make up for amodest level of material quality.Solar OrientationOther measures or characteristicscan be considered totally“no-cost”. Solar orientation onlyfocused on how a volume is located(or rotated) on the site or at whatdistance the volume is placed from other forms inorder to achieve the desired shading effects. Decisionson how to place a building in relation to the sun andto other objects within the context should involveconsiderations of thermal behavior (infrared irradiation)and daylight (visible irradiation).Irradiation is a rather simple geometric problemwhich can easily be calculated using a sun-chartwhich helps to determine the angles of incidence ofthe sun depending on latitude and time. The obtainedresults can be used without great difficultiesto control simple models of the planned intervention,physical or digital.The same can be said for the material quality ofshading screens. Providing shade has very simplematerial requirements; often vegetal materials suchas woven grass or tied fibres suffice. The best way toevaluate shade performance is to work on 1:1 prototypesof such surfaces.In order to guarantee environmental comfort,these observations have to be compared with specificinformation on habits and user’s needs. At what timeswould it be considered an advantage to have direct sunand when would it be better have shade? Such issuesgo beyond technology and can only be solved throughon-field planning under the direct collaborationbetween end-users and external experts.Natural VentilationLike solar irradiation, naturalventilation is mainly controlledthrough the relative positioningof building components. Theconfiguration of building componentseither generally generates or prohibits air-flow.The control of aerodynamic phenomena during thedesign phase is less intuitive than in the case of thesun where conventional knowledge has us consideringall sunrays reaching the earth as parallel and reducesthe problem to a simple geometric relation.Aerodynamic considerations require more complexcalculations with a consequently higher risk of error.The same problem is solved with physical models.Empirical investigations can be made on scale-modelswithin a wind-channel but building up a realisticmodel of the context is not very easy and errors cancompletely contradict expected results. On the otherhand consciousness and instrumentation in this fieldis rising and, as we already said, there can be caseswhere spending more on the production of informationcan be justified, especially if it generates replicableresults and leads to increased benefits withoutincreased material costs.In many cases, especially among small scale andlow-tech interventions, it is possible to create controlledtrial and error processes. In other words, thebuilding site itself becomes a prototype. From a contemporaryengineering point of view this may appearas an ineffective approach because it can require doingthings several times. In specific contexts, especially inovercrowded informal settlements, basing solutionsRefereedFull-Papers108 May 2006Beyond Conflict 109

RefereedFull-Paperson a high amount of labour is often an issue and canmake up for other deficits.Numerically controlled and empirically testedprocesses are based on the same physical principles.The involved benefits are mainly climatic comfort andimproved hygienic conditions which both rely uponair-exchange. The possibilities of interventions couldbe classified in the following way:1. Intervening on existing fluxesa. By deviationb. By concentration2. Triggering of convective fluxesIntervening on existing fluxes by deviation refers tothe possibility of using screens or other obstacles toregulate air fluxes in and around a certain environment.This can be used either to encourage breezes towards theused spaces (as it happens with the Egyptian Malqafs) orto deviate an existing wind elsewhere in order to have aprotected and thus more comfortable space.Existing air fluxes can also be reinforced using theaerodynamic principles of the Venturi-effect: Whena certain quantity of fluid has to pass through abottleneck situation its flux-speed has to increase dueto the principle of conservation. This generates a depressionin this zone which absorbs more fluid fromnearby or intervenes on existing fluxes by concentration(1b). Several contemporary architects, ThomasHerzog and Sauerbruch & Hutton among them, areusing spoilers on the top of their buildings in order togenerate such an effect.The triggering of convective fluxes cited under point2. requires a difference of temperature. In some casesthis can simply be achieved by shading a window andhaving another one exposed. Another, more complex,possibility is to activate a stack effect within achimney. This is particularly effective in buildingswith two or more stores.Another aspect which makes aerodynamic modellingdifficult is the low constancy of existing windsituations. Fluxes can change in direction andintensity during the day and often even from onemoment to another. This makes it necessary to thinkabout simple possibilities of re-configuration duringuse which, can range from simple movable screensto more complicated openings or closures. Generallysome predominant wind directions are recognizableand the design can rely upon these data.Structural SchemesThe economic and environmentalimplications of structural choicesare often underestimated whichleads to an uncritical reiteration ofvery similar solutions all around theglobe. Generally houses are built of concrete or woodwith some contexts using brickwork. The conventionallyused stereometric forms may be rather effective asfor their possibility to be stowed and aggregated. Onthe other hand basing structural performance on linearor planar components such as beams and walls meansthat these elements have to work under flexion with ahigher amount of material required.The most effective structures in regards to theirrelation between used material and covered span havea double-curved surface, either tensile structuresor compressed structures. The working principle oftensile structures or compressed structures involvesthe whole structure in order to avoid flexion loads,which results in the loads such structures are requiredto carry are pure normal loads that can be containedin very thin membranes.Both types of double curved surfaces, tended andcompressed ones, can be either continuous or meshed.This can lead to the following classification oflightweight-structures:1. Tensile structuresa. Closed membranesb. Cable nets2. Compressed structures (shells)a. Continuous shellsb. Mesh shellsAs mentioned, lightweight structures can notachieve the density stereometric building volumes can.On the other hand, it is interesting to note that, especiallyin tropical climates, it is useful to have a graduationin space closure. The wide angles of a tensile roofcan cover comfortable semi-confined spaces whichcan be used as places for communication or work evenif they are not actually considered to be inside.In a framework of participatory environmentalre-qualification, using lightweight structures has adouble value. Using less material to resolve a spatialtask is per se an environmental improvement as lessembedded energy is spent for the realization of thebuilding. This is even truer if the employed materialsare renewable or recycled. In addition, we foundlightweight structures to be more suitable to welcominguntrained persons onto the building site andto benefit from their contribution. The single buildingcomponents can be lifted and manipulated directlyby a few persons without any difficult apparatus orcomplex machinery; in this way security problemsare also much easier to manage than on conventionalbuilding sites. Lightweight structures are also moreconditioned by physical laws than conventional buildings.At a first glance this may appear as a constraintor difficulty. Actually having some natural constrainshelps in a trial and error process with untrainedpersons because it makes decisions on configurationmore intuitive. The large use so-called “primitive”cultures make of lightweight structures supports thisnotion. The beautiful domes of branches and leavesbuilt by the Pygmies in equatorial Africa serve as anexample (de Foy, 1984).Partnership ApproachThe preceding chapters illustrate how successfulsolutions can be based on simple creative ideas. Atthe same time it is often underestimated that theseideas can only succeed if they interact directly withthe larger surrounding contexts. Technologicaltransfer from those contexts which have an easyaccess to knowledge, such as universities or large noprofitorganizations, towards a target group is onlyone, though fundamental, part of the framework.Of the same importance is the return of specificknowledge in regards to the local peculiarities whichhave an effect upon the environmental process. Thiscan concern economic or cultural issues, as well as,climatic or technical ones.These two aspects have often come together, severalauthors including Hamdi and Majale (2004), arefocusing on this type of partnership as workinginstrument for improving livelihood. They remarkthat although nowadays transformation processes canmake important use of modern information technologythe best way of knowledge transfer is the faceto face communication (Lloyd-Layne, 2003).A viable way for communication-based knowledgetransfer is the workshop-approach developed by theenvironmental design course of Roma University(Pollak, 2005). The basic idea of workshop is an opportunityfor all involved actors to experiment and learn.In former times this happened within the productiveprocess; objects or buildings were made, numerousindividuals gave their intellectual and/or physical contributionand humankind gained new experiences tobase knowledge upon for dealing with new challenges.Nowadays we have the possibility of up-scalingwhat once was a locally circumscribed experienceto a global level. It is not impossible to think abouta group of architecture students, being assisted byvolunteers in an African neighborhood, to create anoperational partnership with the local community.Physically doing things they have learned in theory isa very strong challenge for young students and a largenumber of them are willing to accept it. Their practicaltraining becomes the direct technological contactfor the local community.Good ideas can emerge from the local level as wellas from the academic level. In both cases we can besure that they are incomplete and hardly viable. Communicationand integration of aspects on local peculiaritieson one hand and technological knowledge onthe other can help to pass this obstacle. An example:Using a thin timber shell for a roof construction canhave high environmental and economical benefits ascompared to conventional frame construction. Onceit is verified that this design hypothesis is suitablefor the specific skills and resources available on site,how can the geometrical control be managed? Someaspects can be resolved by direct trial and error on sitebut most likely a model (perhaps a digital one) will beneeded to control all of the involved aspects duringtesting. Resolving together issues of usable space, solarorientation and aerodynamics requires rapid productionand evaluation of multiple design solutions beforedeciding on one of them for the best outcome. In-RefereedFull-Papers110 May 2006Beyond Conflict 111

RefereedFull-Papersvolving specific experts for that task in these settingswould require financial resources which are not justifiableor simply not available. Architecture studentsoften start dealing with modelling software beginningin their second year which means that their expertisecan be used easily. Often just by bringing a laptop tothe community meeting. This allows for narrowingthe choice of solutions and encouraging the participatorydesign process by offering a selection of solutionswhich is sufficiently narrow to be tested directly onsite. Previous experiences with this approach demonstratedhow a design solution can emerge from thecontinuous feedback between all involved actors.ConclusionAdjusting techniques in order to trigger diffusetechnological thinking can be achieved by beginningwith the design approach and incorporating localskilled participants. Using the building site as a placeof live-experimentation makes a predetermined ideaof final form as well as the theoretic training of involvedpersons superfluous. Both of these can be discoveredduring the building process and will emergethrough a continuous transfer of knowledge.The partnership approach allows us to reduce thebuilding process to an appropriate technologicallevel which is innovative enough to use all availableopportunities but still affordable for the specificcontext. Richard Stallman (2002), the inventor ofopen-source software, once said that knowledge willdevelop at its best and realize all its potentialities, ifit is considered a common good and everyone canfreely make use of it. Why shouldn’t this be true forarchitecture as well?Notes1definition of “shanty town” from Wikipedia, the freeencyclopedia; http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shanty_town (update Oct. 2005)2Millennium Development Goals, target 11.Referencesde Foy, G.P. (1984) Les Pygmees d’Afrique Centrale;Editions Parenthèses; Marseilles.Greef A. (2005) ‘It’s rubbish!’ A study of recycled materialsto use as interior partitioning in social housing;XXXIII IAHS World Congress on Housing; Pretoria.Hamdi N. (1995) Housing without houses: participation,flexibility, enablement. Intermediate TechnologyDevelopment Group: Bourton-on-Dunsmore.Hamdi N., Majale M. (2004) Partnerships in UrbanPlanning: A Guide for Municipalities;Intermediate Technology Development Group:Bourton-on-Dunsmore.Inter-American Development Bank (1998, September)Programa de Urbanizacao de Assentamentos Popularesdo Rio de Janeiro. Inter-American Development Bank:Washington, D.C.Lloyd-Laney M. (2003) Making knowledge networkswork for the poor – final report; Intermediate TechnologyDevelopment Group: Bourton-on-Dunsmore.Peeters N., Osman A. (2005) Generating an improvedquality of informal housing; XXXIII IAHS World Congresson Housing; Pretoria.Perlman J. (2005, October) The Advent of the Megacities;interview retrieved online athttp://www.megacitiesproject.org/interview.asapPollak S.; Poor materials, simple technologies, complexsolutions; XXXIII IAHS World Congress on Housing;Pretoria 2005Practical Action (2005, September) Frequently AskedQuestions. Retrieved online fromhttp://www.practicalaction.orgStallman, Richard M. (2002) Free Software, FreeSociety: Selected Essays of Richard M. Stallman. FreeSoftware Foundation, Cambridge: MA.United Nations (2003) UN-Habitat Global Report 2003.United Nations, Center for Human Settlements, Nairobi.Fitting the Newwith the Old:A prototype approachto contextual fitAbu-Obeid, Natheer (Jordan University ofScience and Technology, Irbid Jordan)IntroductionThere has been a growing public dissatisfaction withthe visual environment of the past few decades, whilehistorical predecessors are remembered and evokepositive feelings (Sanoff, 1991). Accordingly, manycountries began developing and applying new legislationthat required solid assessment of environmentalaesthetics. It is argued that this dissatisfaction is aresult of the lack of empirical studies that validateurban design controls (Stamps, 1995). Developingpublic policies for aesthetic controls requires communitysupport, involving people in shaping their visualenvironment (Sanoff, 1991). In this context, Stamps(1995) suggested “conducting scientific experiments onpublic preferences before the regulations are implemented”.Along this line, Stamps (2000) has conducteda considerable number of empirical studies and experimentsin an attempt to apply a logical solid theory ofenvironmental aesthetics, which is also proposed tomeasure the impact of aesthetics. Contextual fit, urbaninfill and relating a new building to an old context aredesign practices that are affected by public opinion.Within this context, the present study investigates anotherapproach to quantitatively evaluate architecturalcontextual fit from the public’s point of view.Prototype theoryCategorization and prototypicality studies haveprovided us with several theories and models,including quantitative ones, to explain ourunderstanding of the environment. Most theories ofcategorization are based on the idea that all instancesof a category share something in common and thatthis something, however defined, is necessary for aparticular instance to belong to a category (Kumatso,1992). According to Rosch and Mervis (1975),members of a category regarded as typical sharedmore features with other members of the categorythan non-typical members. In other words, examplesthat are consistent with the knowledge structureare judged as typical of knowledge structure. Thesetypical examples were termed by Rosch and Mervis(1975) and by Purcell (1984, 1986) as good examples.Prototype theory assumes that people establish a“virtual” member to represent the average memberof a certain category. Using random configurationsof dots, Posner and Keele (1968) found that thepatterns most distant from the prototype were mostdifficult to recognize. To account for these data, aprototype distance model was proposed by Posner(1969). Using geometric forms, which were systematicanalytic transformations of a prototype, Franks andBransford (1971) demonstrated that participantscould construct a prototype to represent the centraltendency of patterns. Recognition ratings werefound inversely related to an item’s transformationaldistance from the prototype, with the prototypereceiving the highest recognition rating. This studywas further developed by Abu-Obeid and Tassinasry(1993, 2000) using schematic architectural patterns;however, the psychological distances among thesepatterns were empirically determined according tothe model of Posner (1969). The findings of Abu-Obeid & Tassinary confirmed the findings of Franksand Bransford, and people’s recognition of novelarchitectural patterns was found to be an inversefunction of the transformational distances fromprototypical elevations.MethodStimulus material: contextual cues & design variablesVisual properties of buildings are to be addressedas the contextual variables in this study. Accordingto Habe (1989), more than 98% of design controlsare on visual properties of buildings. In a study byRefereedFull-Papers112 May 2006Beyond Conflict 113

RefereedFull-PapersGroat (1983), she specified space, massing and styleas aspects of design strategy, according to whicharchitects may fit the new to the old. In another study,Groat (1988) investigated the design attributes ofcontextual compatibility. She found that the façadecomponents had the strongest effect compatibilityjudgment. Bentley, et al., (1985) suggested severalcontextual cues, such as windows, doors andwall details, as reference variables for contextualfit. Stamps (1995) presented a method to validatecontextual urban design principles as a designcontrol. In his study, Stamps identified two referencedesign variables: scale and character, according towhich a new building could be matched with a groupof older ones. In another study on preferences forresidential facades, Stamps (1999) identified threefactors of architectural facades: surface complexity,silhouette complexity, and façade articulation.Generally speaking, most previous studies indicatethat judgments of buildings are related primarily tobuilding facades.The present study builds upon and is an extensionto the previously mentioned reference variables.Given the sheer number of possible combinations, itwould be complicated to systematically manipulatea large number of design elements in a single study.Consequently, this study used simple artificialarchitectural elevations that systematically varied byidentifying and manipulating three (3) contextualdesign variables: proportion, the number of massesand the form of windows. The created elevations werethe result of applying combined transformationalpossibilities to the three (3) design elements: 1 – thenumber of masses (2 possibilities), 2 – the proportionof masses (2 possibilities), and 3 – the form ofwindows (9 possibilities), which made a total set of36 alternative elevations (2x2x9). The elevations weredrawn with simple rendering.Experiment 1: stimuli scalingThe main objective of this experiment is to determinethe perceptual distances of dissimilarities amongall the stimuli, which were to be used in Experiment 2.ParticipantsTwelve (12) undergraduate university students (7males and 5 females) volunteered to participate. Theparticipants were neither architecture nor art majors.ProcedureParticipants, one at a time, were presented with thegroup of stimuli (total set of 36 patterns in). Theywere asked to rank the group of patterns in termsof similarity to a reference pattern, which was to bechosen from the total set and rotated for each trial bythe experimenter. A total rotation of (36) referencepatterns produced a matrix of ranks (36x36) for eachparticipant. To complete this matrix, each individualhad to participate in (36) trials.Analysis and ResultsThe resulting data of experiment 1, hereafter referredto as proximity data, were in the form of squareasymmetric matrices of dissimilarities between patternswithin each group. Each matrix represented theresponses of one participant. A multi-dimensionalscaling analysis was applied to the collected data inthe group of patterns to determine the relative perceptualdissimilarity distances among all the patternsin the group. The group was spatially conceptualizedas scattered along a visual space, which has a specificnumber of visual dimensions. Each pattern was representedby a projection on each visual dimension.The number of dimensions for the group was determinedaccording to the lowest badness-of-fit (or thebest model fit) criterion. Scree analyses were performedand showed that a space of four-dimensional solutionto best fit for the patterns, which was selected as a referencescale for the main experiment (Experiment 2).Determining the perceptual distances among all patternswould facilitate identifying the prototype of anygroup of elevations selected from the total set. It wouldalso facilitate determining the closeness of each elevationto the prototype. Calculating all possible distancesbetween all patterns for the total group (36 patterns)was performed using the Euclidean Distance Model.The final product of these calculations was a matrixcomprised of all possible Euclidean distances betweenall patterns, which resulted in (630) possible distances.Experiment 2:main experimentThe purpose of this experiment is to evaluate thehypothesis that people mentally represent a groupof architectural elevations that form a street facadein the form of a prototype, according to which theyjudge the fit of new patterns with the group.Research ParticipantsFifty six (56) undergraduate university students (30males and 26 females) participated in this experiment.None of the participants were students of architecturenor of art majors.Stimulus materialReference groups (architectural contexts): Three (3)groups (GA, GB & GC) of the previously createdarchitectural elevations were constructed as referencelearning stimuli (street façades). Each group wascomposed of five (5) different elevations to represent aselected portion of an assumed street façade, which inits turn represented an architectural context (Figure1). The reason for using (3) groups in the experimentinstead of using only one group is to study the effectof specific group compositions. A prototype patternwas determined to represent each of the (3) groups. Inmathematical terms, the prototype pattern was selectedas having the least accumulated perceptual distancesfrom the (5) elevations of its associated group. The perceptualdistances were calculated according to the Euclideandistance model. To find this prototype, the totalset of 36 patterns was subject to mathematical evaluation,through which the pattern having the least sumof the distances from the group (5) patterns was to bespecified as the group prototype. These distances werepreviously determined in experiment 1. The mathematicalcalculation of prototypes revealed the existence ofmultiple prototypes for each of the groups. To make thestudy less complex, only one of these prototypes was tobe selected for each group for further analysis. Participants’rank ordering judgments in this experimentwere used as basis for this selection (see: dependentmeasures & Table 2). The prototype that had the highestfrequency of being ranked as best fit was selected fromamong other multiple prototypes (Figure 2).Recognition group: A group of fifteen (15) patternswere selected by the experimenter as a recognition group,the patterns of which were to be rank ordered by eachparticipant according to their fit with each one of thereference groups (street facades). The recognition groupwas selected according to the criteria of diverse elevationcompositions and design features and diverse psychologicaldistances from reference groups’ prototypes.Independent variablesEach of the recognition patterns was assigned with amathematical value in relation to each reference group,which is its calculated perceptual distance from thegroup prototype (according to Euclidean distancemodel). This value was considered as the independentvariable in the coming analysis. When this valuegoes higher, this means less similarity between therecognition pattern and the prototype. By consideringthe three (3) reference groups, three (3) mathematicalvalues were then to be assigned for each recognitionpattern (Table 1).Dependent MeasuresThe (15) recognition patterns were to be rankordered in terms of fit with each of the (3) referencegroups. The study considered two approaches totreating the rank ordering data as a dependent measure.The first approach is by considering the overallaverage rank by all participants for each recognitionpattern. The second approach is based on the conceptthe primary target of each participant’s ranking isto select the pattern with the best fit (rank-1). Accordingly,percentages of the number of participantsassigning a rank-1 for each recognition pattern weretreated as dependent measures. This percentage wascalculated and treated as a dependent score. The higherthe average of ranks is the lower fit with the referencegroup; while the higher the percentage of rank-1 isthe higher fit with the reference group. This would bereflected in the sign of “B” in the regression models. Byconsidering the (3) reference groups, each recognitionpattern should have six (6) dependent values (3 bestrank percentages and three rank averages) (Table 2).RefereedFull-Papers114 May 2006Beyond Conflict 115

RefereedFull-PapersPr: Perceptual DistancesRecognition Stimulifrom PrototypeGroup A Group B Group CS1 0.14 2.57 0.80S2 0 .02 2.69 0.92S4 0.28 2.99 1.22S6* 0 .00 2.77 0.94S12 0 .07 2.78 1.01S19 1.02 1.69 0.08S21 1.02 1.69 0.08S22 1.23 1.48 0.29S25 2.61 0.10 1.67S27** 2.71 0.00 1.77S30 *** 0.94 1.77 0.00S31 1.27 1.44 0.33S34 2.53 0.18 1.59S35 2.63 0.08 1.69S36 2.55 0.16 1.61RefereedFull-PapersTable 1. Values of perceptual distances from prototypes and total frequencies for all recognition stimulion three reference groups.* prototype of group A ** prototype of group B*** prototype of group CFigure 1. The three reference groups of patterns which represent street facades (architectural contexts).Figure 2. The selected prototypes for the three reference groups (S6 is the prototype forGroup A, S27 is the prototype for Group 3, and S30 is the prototype for Group C).116 May 2006RecognitionStimuliPercentage of Frequency of Best Rank (1)for Each Recognition StimulusAverage of Participants’ Rank Ordering forEach Recognition StimulusGroup A Group B Group C Group A Group B Group CS1 19.6 1.8 1.8 3.75 9.98 9.68S2 12.5 1.8 1.8 4.71 12.13 9.80S4 23.2 1.8 5.4 3.61 12.00 8.79S6* 30.4 0 3.6 3.52 11.93 9.27S12 3.6 7.1 1.8 9.13 7.84 9.20S19 1.8 0 12.5 10.09 6.95 5.25S21 0 0 5.4 10.07 7.91 5.50S22 0 0 10.7 9.43 7.88 4.45S25 1.8 33.9 0 12.23 2.57 9.30S27** 1.8 44.6 1.8 12.64 2.59 9.54S30*** 3.6 0 33.9 6.88 11.45 4.20S31 1.8 0 21.4 6.41 10.71 4.54S34 0 0 0 8.46 5.98 9.98S35 0 5.4 0 9.66 4.96 9.80S36 0 5.4 0 9.50 5.21 10.66Table 2. Frequencies & percentages of frequencies for rank one (best contextual fit) rates for each recognition stimuli.Beyond Conflict 117

RefereedFull-PapersProcedureThe experiment was conducted in the same settingof experiment 1. Participants, one at a time, werepresented with only one reference group of stimuli (5patterns), which were assumed to represent a portionof a street façade and were to be used as a referencegroup in a recognition task. With each of the (3)reference groups, the participant was simultaneouslypresented with a series of (15) recognition patternsthat were to be rank ordered in terms of best fit withthe presented reference group. The subject was askedto assume that the presented groups of patterns weregoing to be rank ordered in terms of its contextual fitwith the presented street facade, where rank (1) in theevaluation scale represented the best contextual fitin the reference group, and rank (15) represented thelowest contextual fit in the reference group. The rankordering task was performed by each participant foreach of the (3) reference groups. This means a fortyfive (15x3) ranking judgments by each participant. Theorder of presenting the (15) recognition patterns witheach reference group was randomized among the participants.The order of presenting the reference groupsto the participants was rotated among the participants.Analysis and ResultsSimple linear regression analyses were applied toboth the ranks averages and the percentages of frequencyof best rank (rank-1) as related to perceptualRegression Models According to Dependent Measures Included in Each Model (averagesof scores and best fit scores) & for all Reference GroupsGroup A Group B Group CModel 1 Model 2 Model 1 Model 2 Model 1 Model 2R 0.748 0.674 0.855 0.525 0.877 0.729R 2 0.559 0.454 0.732 0.276 0.769 0.531Adjusted R 2 0.525 0.412 0.711 0.220 0.752 0.495Model Sig. 0.001* 0.006* 0.0001* 0.044* 0.0001* 0.002*B ** 2.116 –6.254 2.495 –6.275 3.243 –10.778Table 3. Regression analysis on averages of ranks and percentages of frequency best rank (rank-1) for the three reference groups.distances from prototypes on each of the (3) referencegroups (GA, GB & GC). Results are listed in (Table 3).• * significant (p

RefereedFull-PapersGroat, L. (1983). Measuring the fit of new to old. Architecture,November, 58–61.Groat, L. (1988). Contextual compatibility in architecture:An issue of personal tastes? In J. Nasar (Ed.),Environmental Aesthetics: Theory, Research and Application.New York: Cambridge University Press.Habe, R. (1989). Public design control in AmericanCommunities. Town Planning Review, 60 (2), 195–215.Komatsu, L. K. (1992). Recent views of conceptualstructure. Psychological Bulletin, 112 (3), 500–526.Posner, M. I. (1969). Abstraction and the process ofrecognition. In G. Bower, and J. Spence, (Eds.),The psychology of learning and motivation (Vol. 3)New York: Academic press.Posner, M. I., and Keele, S. W. (1968). On the genesisof abstract ideas. Journal of Experimental Psychology,77, 353–363.Purcell, A. T. (1984). Multivariate models and theattributes of the experience of the built environment.Environment and Planning B, 11, 173–192.Purcell, A. T. (1986). Environmental perception andaffect: A schema discrepancy model. Environment andBehavior, 18, 3–30.Rosch, E. and Mervis, C. (1975). Family resemblance:Studies in the internal structure of categories.Cognitive Psychology, 7, 573–605.Sanoff, H. (1991). Visual Research Methods in Design.New York: Van Nostrand ReinholdStamps, A. E. (1995). Dolan, Daubert & contextualurban design principles. In J. Nasar, P. Grannis & K.Hanyu (Eds.), EDRA 26: Proceedings of the Twenty-Sixth Annual Conference of Environmental DesignResearch Association. Boston.Stamps, A. E. (1999). Physical determinants ofpreferences for residential facades. Environment andBehavior, 31 (6), 723–751.Stamps, A. E. (2000). Psychology and the Aesthetics ofthe Built Environment. Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic.Thematic Abstracts120 May 2006

ThematicAbstractsActive LivingActive LivingEnvironments that Enable andEncourage Physical Activity:U.S. Walking and EuropeanBicycling DesignsOrganizer: Lusk, Anne (Harvard School of PublicHealth, MA) [Symposium]Though a growing body of research shows a linkbetween the built environment and physical activity(Transportation Research Board, 2005), measuresto characterize the built environment have beenmostly gross qualities such as neighborhood density,sidewalks, and parks for walking or roads and leisurebasedrecreation paths for bicycling. The aesthetic,subtle, and small-scale qualities of the pathways onthe propensity to walk have not been identified ormeasured. Also not identified or measured are bicyclefacilities for the young or less skilled bicyclists thatlead to destinations, as commonly found in Europe.These bicycle facilities are not in the design guidelinesor the built environment in the United States (Pucherand Dijkstra, 2003, Staats – Voohrees TransportationCenter, 2002).This session will reveal current findings fromresearch conducted by four individuals/teams. ReidEwing (National Center for Smart Growth, Universityof Maryland, MD) and his team have developedoperational definitions (imageability, visual enclosure,human scale, transparency, and complexity) andmeasurement protocols for subtler urban designqualities believed to be related to walkability.Methods included: 1) recruiting an expert panel; 2)shooting video clips of streetscapes; 3) rating urbandesign qualities of streetscapes by the expert panel; 4)measuring physical features of streetscapes from thevideo clips; 5) testing inter-rater reliability of physicalmeasurements and urban design quality ratings; 6)statistically analyzing relationships between physicalfeatures and urban design quality ratings, 8)selection of qualities for operationalization, and9) development of operational definitions andmeasurement protocols for urban design qualitiesbased on statistical relationships. Lawrence Frank(University of British Columbia, BC) and RobinMoore (North Carolina State University, NC)posited the research question: What is the impact ofaesthetics qualities of pathways on the propensityto walk/bike; what are these qualities and how canthey be measured? Disparities between perceptionof urban form versus objective measures mayexplain how walk distance and time vary basedon the level of interest or detail along the pathwaylength. They address how these variables can beisolated, controlled, and operationalized to beginto understand the impact of pathway aesthetics onpathway use. Petra Staats (Rochester, NY) suggeststhat wide-spread implementation of bicycle facilitiesin the U.S. continues to be difficult partially due tothe increasingly complex design issues of roadways,and lack of consideration of different target groups.In Europe, bicycle safety concerns and problemsseem more systematically approached and solutionsare identified based upon places and target groups.A significant difference to current practice in theU.S. is that in Europe children are often the primarytarget group of bicycle planning efforts. Anne Lusk(Harvard School of Public Health, MA) suggeststhat the bicycle facilities in the U.S. are for the roadbicyclistswith some provisions for leisure-basedrecreation path users, negating the needs of the lessskilled, individuals without leisure time, and theyoung. To begin identifying acceptance of additionaldesigns, twenty slides of bicycle environmentsin Europe, Canada, and China were shown topurposively sampled populations.Keywords: Aesthetics, health, pathways, urbandesign, active livingMeasuring Environmental Perceptionsfor Active Living ResearchOrganizer: Day, Kristen(University of California Irvine)Presenters: Nasar, Jack (Ohio State University);Day, Kristen (University of California Irvine)[Symposium]The decision to be physically active may dependon the perceived, as well as the objective qualitiesof the surrounding physical environment. In 2007,Active Living Research (a national program of theRobert Wood Johnson Foundation) will issue a call forproposals that includes a focus on assessing perceptionsof environments that might relate to people’sdesire to be active in outdoor environments. Thissession provides a comprehensive introduction to themeasurement of environmental perceptions, focusingon active living research. The session will review “bestpractices” in measuring environmental perceptions,and will discuss strategies for analysis of perceivedand objective environmental features.Keywords: Active Living, environmental perceptionMeasuring Urban DesignQualities Related to WalkabilityEwing, Reid (National Center for Smart Growth,University of Maryland, MD) [Paper]In active living research, measures used to characterizethe built environment have been mostly grossqualities such as neighborhood density and park access.This project has developed operational definitions andmeasurement protocols for subtler urban design qualitiesbelieved to be related to walkability. Methods included:1) recruiting an expert panel; 2) shooting videoclips of streetscapes; 3) rating urban design qualitiesof streetscapes by the expert panel; 4) measuringphysical features of streetscapes from the video clips;5) testing inter-rater reliability of physical measurementsand urban design quality ratings; 6) statisticallyanalyzing relationships between physical features andurban design quality ratings, 8) selection of qualitiesfor operationalization, and 9) development of operationaldefinitions and measurement protocols forurban design qualities based on statistical relationships.Operational definitions and measurement protocolswere developed for five of nine urban design qualities:imageability, visual enclosure, human scale, transparency,and complexity. A field survey instrument hasbeen developed, tested in the field, and further refined.Keywords: active living, walkability, urban designNew Audit Tools for MeasuringBuilt Environments for ActiveLiving ResearchOrganizers: Day, Kristen(University of California, Irvine)Presenters: Day, Kristen (University of California,Irvine); Clifton, Kelly J. (University of Maryland);Hoehner, Christy (Saint Louis University, SaintLouis, MO) [Symposium]Research on active living often employs systematic,field observations of built environment features thatmay be linked to physical activity. This session willintroduce three new audit tools that are designed tomeasure built environment features for active livingresearch. Presenters will discuss how to use these toolsfor data collection and analysis, and will discuss thepros and cons of each tool.Keywords: Active Living, Data Collection MethodsThematicAbstractsActive Living122 May 2006Beyond Conflict 123

Pathway Aesthetics: Respondingto the empirical challenge forphysical activity researchPicture Preference Survey:Responses to European CycleTracksStandards for AccommodatingBicycles: A European PerspectiveThematicAbstractsActive LivingFrank, Lawrence (University of British Columbia,BC) and Moore, Robin (North Carolina StateUniversity, NC) [Paper]The research response to the sedentary lifestyle crisishas been rapid and voluminous. The majority of theliterature has been generated by studies within the researchtraditions of public health and exercise sciencewith little attention to attributes of the small-scalesettings of physical activity – particularly walking/bicycling pathways. As a result, some studies seem toprove the obvious, i.e., if sidewalks are provided, morepeople will walk. A more challenging and relevantresearch question posited here is: What is the impactof aesthetics qualities of pathways on the propensity towalk/bike; what are these qualities and how can theybe measured? Inductively, we may understand that atree lined, curving street with flower bedecked frontyards spilling on to the sidewalk will attract moreactivity than a straight, tree-less street bordered byfaceless commercial buildings. Disparities betweenperception of urban form versus objective measuresmay explain how walk distance and time vary basedon the level of interest or detail along the pathwaylength. How can these variables be isolated, controlled,and operationalized to begin to understand theimpact of pathway aesthetics on pathway use? Onlythen can arguments be made for aesthetic dimensionsto be included in urban design policy and regulationsaimed at improving users’ walking/biking experiences.This contribution will briefly review the early conceptualthinking of urban design researchers such asKevin Lynch and Phillip Thiel, present day literature,and results of current research by presenters. The bulkof the sessions will be devoted to an open, facilitateddiscussion of how empirical research can proceed.Keywords: active living, pathway, aesthetics, usersLusk, Anne (Harvard School of Public Health, MA)[Paper]Four factors have limited the provision of environmentsthat enable and encourage physical activity inthe United States. First, with some exceptions, muchof the current research analyzes environments in theUnited States, a nation in which obesity rates are highand which has limited walking or bicycling designs(Pucher and Dijkstra, 2003, Staats – Voohrees TransportationCenter, 2002). Second, while research hasbeen conducted on walking, bicycling-in-the-road,or leisure-path environments, little research has beenconducted on environments that might serve newerusers such as in-line skaters and users of a Segway(one less car). Third, the national design guidelinesused to build facilities are often written by individualswho favor specific environments. Fourth, membersin organizations have lobbied effectively for walking,bicycling-in-the-road, or leisure-path environmentswith few champions for alternative environments.To begin identifying acceptance of additional designs,twenty slides of bicycle environments in Europe,Canada, and China were shown to a purposively sampledpopulation of the Association of Pedestrian andBicycle Professionals (APBP) members and 5 childrenand 6 seniors (African American, Hispanic, and white,primarily non-road bicyclists, and mixed gender andincome). The results will show the designs that werepreferred. The discussion following this symposiumwill center on how to introduce consideration of theseand other designs.Keywords: Active Living, Bicycle paths, leisure-pathenvironments, design preferenceStaats, Petra (Rochester, NY) [Paper]Given the opportunity, children will ride theirbicycles, or otherwise get around in ways that areadventurous, invigorating, and fun. However, trends intravel to school mirror overall reductions in children’sactivity. Whereas only one generation ago, 48 percentof students walked or biked to school (FederalHighway Administration, Transportation Characteristicsof School Children, Report No.4 NationwidePersonal Transportation Study, Washington, D.C. July1972.), today, less than 15 percent walk to or fromschool, and less than 1 percent bike (Bureau of TransportationStatistics, National Household Travel Survey,NHTS, January 2003). At the same time, childhoodobesity and physical inactivity have reached epidemiclevels. Although bicycle planning is receiving growingattention throughout North America, wide-spread implementationcontinues to be difficult partially due tothe increasingly complex design issues of our roadways,and lack of consideration of different target groups.This contribution will provide a brief comparisonof European and Northern American bicycle planningand design applications. What we find in Europeare a much wider spectrum of measures and facilitiesas well as more definitive guidance. Bicycle safetyconcerns and problems seem more systematicallyapproached and solutions are identified based uponplaces and target groups, to ensure greatest impact ofimplementations. A significant difference to currentpractice in the U.S. is in fact, that children are oftenthe primary target group of bicycle planning efforts inEuropean practice.Keywords: active living, urban design, bicycle pathsThematicAbstractsActive Living124 May 2006Beyond Conflict 125

Children & Youth EnvironmentsAdvances in Methods for ResearchingChildren’s EnvironmentsThe Conflicting Role of ‘Place’ inPlace-Based Youth ProgramsThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsAdolescents’ Consciousness ofEnvironments for Computer UsePak, Hee Jin (University of Ulsan, Korea), andYang, Sehwa (University of Ulsan, Korea) [Poster]In Korea, computer supply and internet users aregrowing faster than any other country. According toKorean National Statistics Office (KNSO), more than90% of Korean adolescents aged from 15 to 24 usecomputer and almost half of them spend more thanthree hours a day on the internet during vacation. Theplace where they use computer most is their own room,followed by a commercial place for using the computer.Research has also found that for the adolescent thehouse is not simply a physical environment, but ratherthe center of their personal lives where their personaland social developments were made. Therefore the environmentfor computer use among adolescents is veryimportant (Hong, 2001). However, most researchesrelated to computer use focused on the perspectivesof internet habits and marketing (Woo, 2000; Kim &Hong, 2000). Few research studies have been conductedempirically about the environment for computeruse. Rapid changes in Information Technology(IT) should have a strong influence on the housingenvironment, but the environment has not adaptedto these changes and is even behind. Poorly designedinterior environment for computer use may decreasethe user’s learning ability and deform physical posture.The purpose of this study was to reveal the currentenvironmental characteristics of the adolescents’private room related to computer use and their consciousnessof the environment. The basis of this studywas a questionnaire containing 40 questions. Thequestionnaires were provided to a stratified randomsampling of 230 college students in Ulsan. Among219 respondents, 50.7% were female and 49.3% weremale. In terms of the housing, more than half of thestudents were living in apartment and the size of theirhouses were between 82.5m 2 and 115.5m 2 . Seventyeightpercent of respondents had their own room,compared to thirty-nine percent who shared theirroom with another sibling. More than 90% of respondentsinstalled high speed internet facilities in theirhousing. They used internet between one and one anda half hour per day (36.1%) and less than one hour(25.1%). The characteristics of furniture for usingcomputer were as follows; (1) computers located onthe desk specially designed for computer use (67.4%),the desks were mostly made of wood without drawer.(2) Chairs when using computer were height adjustable(68.2%) and had armrests (65.7%). (3) Keyboardswere located lower than the monitor and printers wereusually set next to the monitor on the same desk. Themonitors were located at a right angle to the window.(4) Only 19.3% had table stands when using computer.In terms of consciousness of computer use andenvironment, participants reported they seldomrelocated the furniture, their computer, or peripheralsfor convenience. Respondents were satisfied with theirdesks’ height and leg room, and level of light. Theoverall satisfaction of their room (tested by using 5-point Likert scale) was found to be below average. Theresults of this study offers fundamental informationabout how to design a computer users’ private roomas well as suggesting further studies focused upon theenvironmental needs of computer-users.Keywords: adolescent, computer use, environmentalcondition and consciousnessOrganizers: Moore, Robin and Sudeshna,Chatterjee (North Carolina State University,Raleigh, NC) [Pre-Conference Intensive]• Place phenomenology: Using multiple mixedmethods to understand environmental child friendliness.Chatterjee, Sudeshna (North Carolina State University,Raleigh, NC)• Using GIS-coded behavior mapping to investigateoutdoor family spaces. Moore, Robin and Demir,Evrim• Using the Observer to analyze individual behavior.Cosco, Nilda (North Carolina State University,Raleigh, NC)• Using grounded theory and the qualitative analysissoftware AtlasTI to look at images created by youngpeople in participatory design/planning projects. Dennis,Sam (University of Wisconsin – Madison)• Using video to transcend social barriers. Pevec,Illène and Margolin, Myra (University of Colorado,Boulder, CO)• Research techniques related to questionnaires andmap tasks. Thompson, Catharine Ward (EdinburghCollege of Art, Edinburgh, Scotland)• Using GIS/GPS technology and other tools such aspedometers to understand children’s health geographies.Wridt, Pamela (University of Colorado, Boulder, CO)A forum for those conducting research in environmentsfor children, youth, and families to share anddiscuss research methods – especially applications ofnew research technologies.Keywords : Children, environment, quantitativeresearch, qualitative researchDennis, Jr., Samuel F. (University of Wisconsin– Madison, WI) [Paper]Place-based learning is receiving increasingattention beyond the core disciplines concernedwith childhood education, youth development,and environmental design. Journalists such asRichard Louv are bringing the work of RobinMoore, Louise Chawla and Roger Hart to a broaderaudience, emphasizing the need to protect youngpeople from what he has termed “nature-deficitdisorder.” While many place-based youth programsseek a more meaningful connection between youngpeople and the natural environment, in practicethis goal is elusive, in part, because of difficultiesconceptualizing the relationship, but also due tothe challenges of measuring progress towards thisgoal. This paper reports results from the first phaseof a qualitative study on the meaning of youthparticipation in place-based programs. In this phasewe collected data from adult coordinators of youthprograms, asking a variety of questions focused onthe role of place. Using a grounded theory approach,we explored the extent to which these programslinked youth outcomes to place-based programelements through an explicit or implicit theory ofchange. Some of the results reinforce the work onyouth participation first reported by Hart, and morerecently by Darcy Varney. Other results, however,point out conflicts between ‘place’ conceptualized asa context for living/learning and ‘place’ as object tobe shaped by young people as active agents of change.In many ways, this tension mirrors the debate insociology and geography about the role of structureand agency. For environmental designers concernedwith meaningful youth participation, this conflictchallenges us to think of place as never stable andplacemaking as never ending.Keywords: children/youth, place attachment/placemeaning, outdoor environments, participationThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironments126 May 2006Beyond Conflict 127

ThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsCultural Influences on YoungChildren’s Social and SpatialNegotiation StrategiesMajumdar Narayan, Debarati and Patet, Pradnya(Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ) [Poster]Environment-behavior research suggests that therelationship between experiences and the setting inwhich they occur is a transactional one (Altman andRogoff, 1987). Child development research echoesthis view and advocates that the reciprocal relationshipbetween the individual and the environment beconsidered in defining the process of development(Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Vygotsky, 1976). Physicalenvironments for young children, in particular, havebeen investigated both in children’s environmentresearch and early childhood education with differentemphases. However, both disciplines recognize thatphysical environments play a crucial role in providingopportunities for healthy development. One developmentaldomain that has been systematically neglectedin the study of physical environments is social development,more specifically, negotiation skills in youngchildren. Many environment-behavior scientists havefocused on cognitive and behavioral outcomes ofspace organization (Zimring & Barnes, 1987; Herrington& Studtmann, 1998). While early childhoodeducators have weaved social development extensivelyinto their research agenda (Corsaro, 2003; Kemple,2004), there are few studies that highlight the specificrelationship between the physical environment andyoung children’s negotiation skills.Our research investigates this relationship with anadditional spotlight on cultural factors that childrenbring to the spaces in which they interact. A previousstudy exploring opportunities provided by the physicalenvironment of a classroom for preschool children’snegotiation with their peers, suggested that conflictand negotiation increased in small spaces (Majumdar-Narayan, 2004 unpublished). Incidental findingsfrom this study and qualitative analyses of individualchildren indicated a need to investigate ‘culture’ as acontributing factor to children’s social and spatial negotiationstrategies in small spaces. For instance, in aterritorial dispute, Asian children retreated physicallyallowing the other child to occupy the entire territoryand re-entered with caution, while Caucasian childrenforcefully entered the dispute territory to re-negotiatethe boundaries. Instances such as these evokedpreliminary reflections about possible differences inlearned negotiation skills displayed by children withdiverse cultural backgrounds. Cross-cultural researchsupports this notion that differing cultural paradigmsdefine and understand negotiation differently. Thisresearch delves deeper into how culture influencespeer negotiation in small enclosed spaces. Naturalistic,non-participant observations will be conducted in apreschool setting that caters to children ages 3–5 withdiverse cultural backgrounds. Emergent qualitativethemes about children’s social and spatial negotiationstrategies will be presented to the children’s classroomteachers during an interview. Hypothesis about therelationship between culture, physical spaces and peernegotiation strategies will be developed based on thisconversation and tested through contrived spatial andsocial situations in the classroom. The study will bepresented in an interactive workshop format. Workshopparticipants will have the opportunity to discussand reflect on the cultural implications for youngchildren’s social and spatial negotiation strategies.Keywords: interdisciplinary, qualitative research,childcare centers, cultureDon’t Just Listen: Do Something!Reflections about moving fromresearch to action inaction-researchChawla, Louise (Kentucky State University,Frankfort, KY) [Paper]Ten years after reviving the Growing Up in Citiesproject of UNESCO and after its adoption in morethan 50 locations around the world, eight experiencedproject leaders shared their reflections about keyingredients of successful action-research to improveurban environments and municipal policies thataffect children and youth. Together, they draw uponexperience with a variety of initiatives in Argentina,Australia, Canada, England, India, South Africa,and the United States. This presentation summarizestheir conclusions regarding the most effectivestrategies for moving from research to action. Theirrecommendations focus on five aspects of planningfor action: building broad-based alliances of individualsand organizations committed to improvingurban conditions for children; integrating plans intoa city administration’s political priorities; budgetingfor outcomes; using the right tools to engage youngpeople; and communicating a project’s activities andoutcomes through a variety of media. The presentationoutlines specific recommendations under each ofthese themes, with illustrations of how some recommendationscan be implemented.Keywords: children/youth; childcare centers/playgrounds; urban neighborhood/community planning;outdoor environments, advocacyEnvironmental Behavior StudyAbout ‘Places’ Constructed bySchool Children Nearby TheirRoutes to/from School: A casestudy in small and depopulatedlocal townHayashida, Daisaku (Wakayama University,Japan), and Adachi, Kei (Wakayama University,Japan) [Poster]The routes to/from one’s schools are one of the mostfamiliar outside environments for school children. Inorder to keep children’s growth, safety, and well-being,quality of these environments, especially daily routesshould be improved. But, recently in Japan, patheticincidents, such as traffic accidents and crimes, whichinvolve children, are increasing. Now, it is urgentbusiness to improve the regional environment, andit is especially significant to investigate the children’sbehavior – their daily environmental relationshipwith the environment, and how places for childrenshould be. Clare Cooper Marcus and Carolyn Francis(1993) indicated seven design guidelines for urbanopen spaces. Yun Jundo and Min Byungho (2004) exploredchildren’s playgrounds, from the viewpoint ofchildren’s behavior – as environmental resources. But,children’s environmental behavior, especially theirplace–constructing nearby their routes to/from schoolremains far from clear.In this study, two elementary schools in Minabe,a small town located Wakayama prefecture, wereselected, and daily routes and places constructed byschool children were collected, and analyzed from theview point of environment-behavior studies. School’M’ is located in central area, but another school ‘I’is located in farming and mountain area. Aroundschool ‘M’, old main road passes, there are variousshops, community facilities, and higher grade schools.But, the area of school ‘I’ is divided into farming andmountain area by a national, heavy traffic road. Weconducted the questionnaire of seventy children’s environmentalbehavior in both schools. The contents ofquestionnaire were followings. A) location of children’shouse, B) route to/from the school, C) reasonof selecting the route, and D) favorite places nearbythe route. Furthermore, we gathered photographs offavorite places taken by the children, using disposablecameras. Through these investigations, the differencesof children’s daily routes between both schools wereclarified. There are many roads kept in good conditionsaround school ‘M’, so children could select one’sroute freely, and the general route map is complicated.But, around school ‘I’, there are few roads, whichgenerated naturally, so the general route map is quitesimple and has much relation with geographicalfeatures. And the reasons of selecting the route arealso different. There are many places for communicationswith friends and residents from school ‘M’.From school ‘I’, there are many places for contact withanimals, insects, and nature. And from both schools,especially from the higher glade, we could gather social-mindedphotographs. From the mentioned above,we concluded as followings. A) Nevertheless it hadbeen seemed that small and depopulated local townhas the disadvantage, place-constructing was variousThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironments128 May 2006Beyond Conflict 129

ThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsand active, especially places for contact with natureshould be dealt as a merit of local town. B) It is significantthat there are higher grade school students andadults around children’s daily routes, and this couldbe contribution to school children’s social growth.Keywords: schools, children/youth environment,school routes, place-construction, JapanGetting to Effective Action andAdvocacy for Environmentsfor ChildrenOrganizer: Chawla, Louise (Kentucky StateUniversity, Frankfort, KY)Additional Presenters: Cosco, Nilda (NorthCarolina State University, Raleigh, NC); Maxwell,Lorraine (Cornell University, Ithaca, NY); andMoore, Robin (North Carolina State University,Raleigh, NC) [Symposia]The environmental needs of children and youth aretypically presented to design and planning practitionersthrough two means: advocacy on young people’sbehalf by design researchers, or action-research thatengages young people themselves in evaluating theconditions of their lives and presenting results. Ineither case, the process often breaks down in a gapbetween presenting research about young people’senvironmental needs and getting action in response.In this symposium, four speakers suggest ways tobridge the gap between research and action in order toimprove environments for young children, school-agechildren, and young adolescents.Robin Moore documents rising rates of childhoodobesity at the same time as children’s free range ofmovement in their neighborhoods has narrowedand their time outdoors has declined. He notes that,parallel with these changes, researchers have identifiedthe types of community environments and playsettings that attract children to outdoor play and exploration.He discusses how this research base can bebetter translated and framed to help designers, planners,child advocates, and policy-makers interveneto reverse these trends toward children’s decliningfree use of the outdoors and declining health. Also onthe scale of communities and metropolitan regions,Louise Chawla presents the reflections of eight experiencedfacilitators of the Growing Up in Cities projectof UNESCO, in which they identify strategic ways tomove from research to action in action-research withyoung adolescents. In cities around the world, youngpeople express a desire to be able to move freely andsafely around their communities, to find places tomeet friends, interesting activities, and inviting greenspaces. The accessible communities which they seekwould promote physical activity, health, and socialnetworks, and therefore efforts to ensure that communityleaders, municipal officials and other decision-makersrespond to young people’s concerns andsuggestions is one component of efforts to improveyoung people’s social and physical health.Two presentations focus on the quality of earlychildhood environments. Lorraine Maxwell describeshow university-based cooperative extension programscan work with local and county governments to improveearly childhood settings in the home and otherlocations by providing materials for parent educationand early childhood caregivers’ training programs.Nilda Cosco introduces POEMS, a newly developedPreschool Outdoor Environment Scale. BecausePOEMS was created to reliably assess the quality ofpreschool play areas, it can be used to establish associationsbetween the quality of outdoor environmentsand young children’s physical activity. Therefore itcan be a tool to support evidence-based advocacy onyoung children’s behalf.Keywords: children/youth; health; childcarecenters/playgrounds; neighborhood/communityplanning; outdoor environmentsDay Care/PreschoolsConflict in Context: Episodesin indoor and outdoorenvironments of preschoolsDebarati Majumdar Narayan (Arizona State University,Arizona) [Poster]In the course of every human being’s life, socialinteractions sometimes give rise to situations of oppositionor disagreement with others. Such situationsof conflict occur as much in the everyday lives ofadults, as they do in the lives of young children. Inearly childhood, as social interactions increase andpeer relations are formed, conflicts frequently arise(Corsaro, 2003). Although these disputes are generallyaccepted as a natural occurrence during the process offriendship building, research suggests that children’sconflicts can have both positive and negative implicationsfor their development (Hartup & Laursen, 1993;Corsaro, 2003). On the one hand, constant disputesand oppositions can hinder children’s ability to formlong-lasting friendships; while on the other hand,conflict and conflict resolution can provide opportunitiesfor understanding of social rules, perspectivetaking and developing a child’s sense of individualityand self-worth.By its very nature, conflicts are a reflection of thecontext within which they occur. Preschools andchildcare centers provide the context for children’searliest and most significant social experiences withpeers and adults, outside their family environment. Inearly childhood, play facilitates the greatest opportunityfor social interactions and therefore conflictsituations (Piaget, 1962; Vygotsky, 1976). These socialinteractions are shaped by the context of the preschoolsetting, which includes the physical, social, culturaland political dimensions (Barker and Wright, 1954) ofboth the indoor and outdoor environments. Althoughsome of the literature emphasizes physical dimensionsof the setting to be important determinants ofchildren’s conflicts, most research has focused on thesocial structure of the setting as the key determinantfor the nature of children’s conflicts. Based on thepresumed social structure of a setting, assumptionshave then been made about the nature of conflictsthat might occur there (Hartup & Laursen, 1993).Specific physical dimensions of the setting have notbeen explored as determinants for the nature ofchildren’s conflicts. This paper explores the qualitativeand quantitative nature of children’s conflicts andits resolution in relation to the physical dimensionsof the conflict setting. It is an in-depth investigationof context specific conflict episodes occurring both inindoor and outdoor settings of preschools. Conflictepisodes are defined here as time-distributed socialoccurrences that include issues, instigation tactics, oppositionaltactics, resolution strategies and outcomes(Shantz, 1987). Naturalistic observations of preschoolchildren engaged in free-play indoors and outdoorswill provide the source of data for this study. Contentanalysis of conflict episodes and their relation to thesocio-physical environment in which they occurred,offers insight into the opportunities the two settingsprovide for conflict and conflict resolution.This interactive workshop aims at facilitating adeeper understanding of young children’s conflictepisodes and the role of the physical environment indetermining the nature of these conflicts. Implicationsfor designing children’s environments that supportsocial development will also be discussed.Keywords: children, childcare centers, indoor/outdoor, negotiation, case studyThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsDay Care &Preschools130 May 2006Beyond Conflict 131

ThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsDay Care &PreschoolsQualitative Improvement ofthe Childcare EnvironmentBased upon the Characteristicsof Environmental Settings asSelected by Staff CaregiversKenji, Otogao (Kogakuin University, Japan),Tetsuya, Akagi (Kogakuin University, Japan)[Poster]Japanese guidelines for childcare in day nurseryhave changed from staff-oriented childcare to carefocused upon the spontaneity of children. Not onlypast enhancement of physical environment, butalso enhancement of human environment, such ashumanity and specialized care staff are importantthemes in improving the childcare environment andin offering spontaneity-based care of children. However,often only the children are the focus of studies,and the human relation between the care staff and thechildren is rarely examined, especially in relation tothe childcare environment. Therefore, it is importantto examine how the care staff construct their relationswith the children while in the childcare setting, andto clarify transactions between human and physicalenvironment which result in the qualitative improvementof the childcare environment.The purpose of this study is to improve the childcareenvironment qualitatively based on the characteristicof environmental settings as identifiedfrom behavior analyses of care staffs and childrenwithin spontaneity-based care settings for children.Transactions between the care staff, the children andthe childcare environment were analyzed by usinga behavioral tracking method occurring every fiveminutes. This analysis was conducted on the carestaff and the children in two day nurseries of differingenvironmental scales.Results and Conclusions from thisinvestigation included:1) The importance of matching the environmentalsettings to the care purpose. In the place of the caringactivity, the attention of children might be turned tothe environmental elements that become noisy whenthe environmental elements are arranged. Therefore,it is important that the care staff set up appropriatelythe environmental elements which are suitable to theircaring purpose.2) Clear division of the play environment wasneeded at free-flow play time in the classroom. Thechildren’s range of the behaviors often cross eachother, and it is not easy for children to concentrateon playing when this occurs. Therefore, the care staffshould set up the environment corresponding to thekinds of various play with which the children will beinvolved, and clearly divide the play environments.3) Phased shift of the caring activity is important.A child’s concentration decreases when the caringactivity shifts drastically. Therefore, the care staffshould avoid drastic shifts between caring activities,and consider a more phased shift as not to disturbthe concentration of children. It is effective to take afamiliar activity for the children, such as the roll callor making a line in the middle area such as the corridorsor terraces, to shift gradually during the changebetween one caring activity and another.Keywords: care staff, children, childcare environment,environmental setting, spatial behaviorA Study on the Needs of SpaceDesign in Day Care for EarlyIntervention: Three case studiesof child development centers inKaohsiungTzeng, Szu-Yu (National Yunlin University ofScience & Technology) [Poster]In 1993’s Children Laws, developmental retardationis divided into five types: recognition, psychology,communication, social emotion and adaptation abilityof living. Researchers point out that it’s necessary tocombine special education and recovery together. Butin the majority of Day Care Centers for Early Intervention(mixed with the five types of developmentretardation) the environmental setting has not beendesigned to address the needs of developmental retardation.This research aims to analyze the behaviorand architectural needs of developmentally delayedchildren and teachers at three Day Care Centers forEarly Intervention.There are three main purposes in this study: 1) Tounderstand the characteristics of learning behaviorand the contents of Early Intervention of developmentretardation; 2) To investigate the problems of planningsituation and using behavior in the Day CareCenters for Early Intervention; and 3) To conclude theorientations and design principles for future designsof Day Care Centers for Early Intervention. Resultsfrom these case studies revealed common problemsamong the three centers: (1) conflict of spaces – thestatic activities space was mixed with dynamic activitiesspace at nursery room, sensation room and rehabilitationspace; (2) the equipment lacked considerationof the ergonomics scale appropriate for children;and (3) shortage of storage space for teaching utensilsand equipment.Keywords: early intervention, day care center, developmentretardation, children, learning behavior.Tools for Researching PreschoolEnvironments to Support ActiveLiving Policies for Young ChildrenCosco, Nilda (North Carolina State University,Raleigh, NC) [Paper]Despite assumptions about children’s natural driveto stay active, the health of even the youngest childrenis currently affected by sedentary lifestyles. Recentresearch with three to five year olds shows that boysmay spend up to 76% of their time and girls up to81% of their time in sedentary behaviors. This lackof physical activity, combined with poor nutrition, isa major reason why 30% of the two to five years oldsin the United States are overweight or at risk of beingoverweight. High quality, diverse outdoor environmentssupport children’s active play, but such environmentsare difficult to specify. The Preschool OutdoorEnvironment Measurement Scale – POEMS – wasdeveloped to serve as a tool for childcare teachersand administrators striving to create higher qualityenvironments; a reference for landscape architectsand designers; a source of guidance for policy initiativesin early childhood development; and a researchinstrument to study the implications of outdoorenvironmental quality for children’s development andlearning. POEMS is an attempt to reliably assess thequality of preschool play areas and support evidencebasedadvocacy as well as policy and environmentalchange.Keywords: children/youth; health; childcare centers/playgrounds; urban neighborhood/community planning;outdoor environments, advocacySchools & ClassroomsThe L-Shaped Classroom: A NewLearning EnvironmentSanoff, Henry (North Carolina State University)[Paper]This paper describes how the design of schoolenvironments can be influenced by research. Therehas been little analysis of how classroom shape mightinfluence learning or how classroom shape may beincorporated into the design of new school facilities.Building on the concepts related to the ‘fat L’ shapedclassroom, this design pattern will be examined as itrelates to a transactional worldview in an attempt todescribe the patterns, shapes, and flow of people, time,and space, which are not only inseparable, but are mutuallydefining elements (Altman & Rogoff, 1987). The‘L’ shaped classroom may be understood as a behaviorsetting (Barker, 1968, 1969; Wicker 1979) for, withinthe context of the school environment, it may be perceivedas an entity in and of itself. Unlike traditionalsquare or rectangular shaped classrooms, this configurationhas been designed to support multiple activitysettings and multiple intelligences (Gardner, 1983).ThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsSchools &Classrooms132 May 2006Beyond Conflict 133

ThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsSchools &ClassroomsThe L-shape originated from an understanding ofthe possible transactions that occur from the interactionsin the socio-physical environment and thesituated nature of learning. Because people learnin diverse ways, the classroom layout environmentshould be designed to promote the various ways inwhich people acquire knowledge. As described above,the layout of this classroom affords the opportunityto create settings for individual, one-to-one, smallgroup, and large group activities.This paper will: (1) examine the L-shaped classroomas a design pattern which supports a range ofactivity settings; (2) define activity settings; (3) describethe L-shape classroom as supporting flexible,integrated, and variable activity settings; (4) evaluateexamples of L-shape Classrooms in the United Statesand (5) examine how the L-shape might extendlearning activities throughout the school setting.To test the validity of L-shaped classrooms, ananalysis was conducted of 150 school floor plans todetermine typical categories of classroom design patterns(Sanoff, 2003). From this survey, six classroomtypes were identified, graphically portrayed, andtested in a variety of field applications that soughtteachers’ classroom preferences. The implementationof teacher preferences for L-shaped classrooms inthe design of several school buildings yielded severalinteresting findings. Through case examples it willbe demonstrated that in L-shape classrooms teachers’behavior will vary from traditional classrooms due tothe physical layout, which creates corner zones. Thesezones or activity settings promote places for projectbased learning to occur in the classroom so that studentswith varying educational skills and intelligencesmay work collaboratively sharing their understandingsas they solve problems (Lippman, 1997, Pea, 1993).Keywords: learning environments, classroom, schoolsOpinions and Strategies for Changein Brazilian Public SchoolyardsFedrizzi, Beatriz (Universidade Federal do RioGrande do Sul, Porto Alegre, Brazil), and Flach,Ivelise (Paisagismo & Ambiente S/C Ltda, PortoAlegre, Brazil) [Paper]Schoolyard design and potential use of schoolyards isparticularly important since children spend so much oftheir time either in the school or in the schoolyard. It isalso important to recognize that the schoolyard influencesthe school community even when the school children arenot using it. Views from the classrooms of the schoolyardor the pride of belonging to a school with a very beautifulschoolyard are examples of the continued influence of theschoolyard upon the community.This study focuses upon the community’s reactiontowards the schoolyards of Brazilian Public Schools inthe city of Porto Alegre. The main goal is to developprocedures which identify key ideas and issues thatcan be then used to change Brazilian schoolyards sothat the schoolyards adequately address the schoolcommunity’s needs and, especially, the children’sexpectations. It is essential to know if the communityis really interested in changing their school groundsand also the best way to do so. If changes are directedby the community and occur with their involvement,the community expresses more interest in the schoolyardand the chances of vandalism are diminished. Tenschoolyards were selected for this research. A case studywas conducted at each of the ten Brazilian schoolyardswithin the city of Porto Alegre. Interviews, in the formof an open-ended questionnaire, were conducted withparticipants from the school community. Results ofthese interviews revealed that the school communityheld many thematic ideas about the schoolyards.Results indicated that there is a big interest inchanging the schoolyards. Future strategies for creatingthese changes were suggested by members of the schoolcommunity. Interviews revealed that although thepupils needed to be taken care of, at the same time,they expressed a need to take care of the schoolyard.Principals and teachers reported a need for strategies toimprove the pupils’ lives. One suggested way of makinglife better was vegetation, incorporating a vegetablegarden into the schoolyard would reduce nutritionalproblems, as well as diminish the children’s aggressionand the arid feeling of the site. Even though nutritionis a very important issue, it is interesting that theschool community also mentions other demands inrelation to vegetation and the vegetable garden. Differenceswere found between small and large schoolyardsas well. Small schoolyards presented more pessimisticbehavior in regards to change and created more stressthrough running around. In opposition, large schoolyardsoffered more optimistic behavior concerningchanges and found the stress of running to be lessdisturbing. Overall the school community reported adesire for a higher quality of life, even in their schoolyards.Participants felt that the current state of schoolyardsin Porto Alegre reflected the poor conditions, notonly of school and community, but of the whole socialand educational system in Brazil.Keywords: children/youth, childcare centers/playgrounds, outdoor environments, landscape architecture,case studyPublic School Siting andDesign Implications in FultonCounty, GeorgiaTsepas, Joyce (Georgia Institute of Technology,Atlanta, GA) [Paper]Although state regulated guidelines in Georgiaemphasize the importance of public school siting,case studies of twelve Fulton County High Schoolsreveal that there is a separation between schools andthe communities they serve. “A Guide to School SiteSelection” created by the Georgia Department ofEducation (the primary source that School Boards usewhen determining the acceptability of future schoolsites) is an unproductive tool because of its generalityand its support of ad hoc school planning. In FultonCounty and in the Atlanta region, new schools arecommonly built along arterial and collector roads thatare not well connected to residential networks. Facilityrequirements such as parking and bus circulation takeprecedence over pedestrian accessibility, and entrywaysto schools have little or no relationship to thestreets and driveways that service them. To exacerbatethe dilemma of public school siting in the Atlantaregion, sites are selected by school boards based on thecheap cost of land, and independent of local planningobjectives. In response to an overall neglect ofneighborhood school planning in the United States,organizations such as the American ArchitecturalFoundation and the Congress for the New Urbanismhave set forth very specific smart growth principles,relating school siting and design to neighborhooddesign, health and safety. For instance, principle 16of the Charter for New Urbanism states, “Concentrationsof civic, institutional, and commercial activityshould be embedded in neighborhoods and districts,not isolated in remote, single-use complexes. Schoolsshould be sized and located to enable children to walkor bicycle to them.” In a diagrammatic analysis ofHigh Schools in Fulton County, the absence of suchsmart growth principles unveil the need to moveschool siting policy from what it is today to new directionsin Georgia and in the Atlanta region.Keywords: mobility, neighborhood planning,suburb, urban design, case studyResearch-based Design of FamilyScience Learning Settings in MuseumsMoore, Robin; Cosco, Nilda; and Demir, Evrim;(North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC);Borun, Minda, (Franklin Institute Science Museum,Philadelphia, PA) [Symposium]The potential of non-formal education settings suchas museums as learning settings has long been recognizedby the National Science Foundation (NSF). Evenso, little research literature exists linking attributes oflearning processes with defined physical settings andtheir features – especially settings serving familieswith young children. The results of two NSF-fundedThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsSchools &Classrooms134 May 2006Beyond Conflict 135

ThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsSchools &Classroomsresearch projects will be used as vehicles to discussevidence-based design pertaining to family sciencelearning settings. The two projects include: TheFamily Science Learning Research Project conductedin four museums in the Philadelphia area collectivelyknown as the Philadelphia/Camden Informal ScienceEducation Collaborative (PISEC); and My Placeby the Bay: Prepared Environments for Early ScienceLearning, conducted at the Bay Area DiscoveryMuseum (BADM) in Sausalito, California. Unlikein classroom settings where the learner is an individualstudent, the learner in museum indoor andoutdoor settings is generally a small group interactingwith three-dimensional artifacts, related graphic/photographic media, and environmental features(including topography and natural elements). Theindividual’s behavior is shaped by these settings andenhanced by input from other members of the visitinggroup – most commonly the family. Exhibits, settings,and social interactions together facilitate learningprocesses to create a culture of shared knowledge,values and experiences. This workshop discusses twosignificant findings: a) a model for exhibit developmentbased on seven characteristics of family-friendlyexhibits, which emerged from the PISEC study aimedat improving exhibits and programs that promotefamily science learning; and b) the results of theBADM study which employed quantitative behavioralobservation methods (behavioral scans, using TheObserver® codes and GIS-coded behavior mapping),qualitative methods (setting observations andtracking), and an on-line survey of museum members.Keywords: children, museum, quantitative research,learning, cognition, exhibit designShared Imaginations: Architectureand built environment educationfor young peopleOrganizers: Parnell, Rosie (University of Sheffield,UK) and Sanoff, Henry (North CarolinaState University)Additional Presenters: Rottle, Nancy D. (Departmentof Landscape Architecture/Department ofArchitecture, University of Washington), Mitchell,Mari (Department of Art History, Ithaca College,NY) and Striniste, Nancy (Founder of EarlySpace,Arlington, VA) [Symposium]Despite broad support for the UN convention on therights of the child globally, few opportunities are givento young people to make their views known about theplaces in which they work, rest and play. Education canpotentially play a vital role in supporting young peoplein this context, developing relevant skills, knowledgeand understanding, as well as confidence and self-esteem.Awareness of the built environment and architecturaldesign is relatively low in many countries, yet thissubject area presents an exciting opportunity for creativelearning. There is enormous potential to integratesuch learning into both formal and informal education.Active, hands-on, project-based approaches have beenproven to be highly motivating to participants and canengage different types of learners whose skills are oftenmarginalized by the mainstream curriculum.The environmental education movement in theUnited States began over 30 years ago, eventually becomingsubsumed in science education. Parallel to this,design education developed and eventually became partof the core curriculum in the United Kingdom. Morerecently, pockets of activity around the world suggestthat a trend supporting architecture and built environmenteducation might be emerging. Countries suchas Finland have included architecture (understood ina holistic sense) in their education policy, so that allyoung people will learn about their built environment.In the United Kingdom, a new charity has been formedfor Architecture and Built Environment Education. TheUnited Kingdom’s Schools for The Future Programmehas also sparked much debate about the potential toinvolve young people in the school design process andto use this involvement as a source of learning. Thevariety of interest and activity that is now apparent waswitnessed at a recent international seminar on architectureeducation for young people (Playce@2005), whichsaw representation from 14 countries with people keento share ideas and practice.This workshop presents an overview of currentrelevant activity and related policy to enable comparisonof approach and attitude in different countries.Participants are also invited to contribute furtherexamples. The historical context of current workswill also be explored, through a summary reviewwhich maps the development of environmental anddesign education in the United Kingdom and UnitedStates. A discussion and interactive session will follow,inviting participants to reflect on current activity inregards to this historical context.Specific examples of action research within childrenand youth environments will also be presented. Theseinclude results of a project which developed interactivearchitecture-focused resources with teachers, teachertraining activities, and participatory approaches toschool design as a tool for learning. Finally, interactiveactivities will permit attendees to explore key issues andquestions, such as managing expectations, ethics, crossdisciplinarylearning vs. subject specific learning, andthe meeting of architectural and educational cultures.Keywords: children and youth environments,design/architecture education, policy, schoolsUsing Environment-BehaviorResearch to Inform ParentEducation and Early ChildhoodCaregivers Training ProgramsMaxwell, Lorraine E. (Cornell University, Ithaca,NY)[Paper]Improving the lives of young children, infants toschool age, often means better educating those whocare for them – parents, teachers, and caregivers.Incorporating research into parent education andearly childhood caregivers training programs is notnew. Research in child development, adult development,and early childhood education forms thebasis for these programs. While this research base isimportant, research related to the role of the physicalenvironment in child development has often beenleft out. Cooperative Extension is a federal programwhose goal is to develop educational programs for thegeneral population based on research done at the university.These programs are taken directly to peoplein their own communities. Each state has at least onedesignated university that is a land-grant institution.The faculty at these universities work with local andcounty government to deliver research-based educationalprograms. This presentation describes howenvironment-behavior research in early childhoodsettings has been used to develop materials for parenteducation and early childhood caregivers trainingprograms. One way to advocate for young children isto help their caregivers, both in and out of the home,provide more appropriate environments for their cognitive,physical, and socio-emotional development.Keywords: children and youth environments,design/architecture education, policy, schoolsPublic Space/Urban Space & YouthHow Can We Make Mid-townUrban Areas More Supportive ofthe Needs of Young Children andTheir Caretakers?Rivlin, Leanne G.; Hart, Roger; Coons, Alena;Douglas, Jason; Fields, Desiree; Housley, Elizabeth;Izadpariah Jahromi, Aida; Nallari, Anupama;Skorupka, Agnieszka; Sosnowy, Collette (CityUniversity of New York Graduate Center)[Workshop/Working Group]This working group addresses ways for improvingexisting urban parks and public spaces that lack playareas for young children. Urban public spaces areoften domains of conflicting public-space interestsbetween different groups of people, which sometimeslead to conflict. As a research team interested in theThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsPublic Space/Urban Space &Youth136 May 2006Beyond Conflict 137

ThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsPublic Space/Urban Space &Youthways that midtown urban areas could attract youngchildren and their caretakers, we studied a midtownurban park in a business area of Manhattan; a parkthat lacks outdoor play facilities for children. We areinterested in discovering many ways that the parkcould attract young users and their caretakers. It canbe argued that by adding play elements for children,this park, and others in dense, business locations,would draw a broader range of users, increasing thepleasures and safety of these places. Midtown urbanparks with outdoor play facilities would accommodatetourists with children, children in local childcare centers, as well as others who live in the limitednearby housing. This working group begins with abrief description of the study aimed at encouragingthose attending to offer suggestions for expandingoutdoor play opportunities in dense, urban businessareas. Ideas that address the fun, safety and comfortof children and their caretakers are encouraged.This opportunity for a productive discussion amongpeople concerned with these issues can yield importantdirections for future work, including agendas forresearch and urban public space policies.Keywords: public safety and welfare, children/youth,design review, childcare centers/playgrounds,outdoor environmentsMiddle Childhood Outdoors: Howcan evidence be used to createeffective urban design policy?Moore, Robin (North Carolina State University,Raleigh, NC) [Paper]Less than two generations ago, many urban 8 to12 year olds had free-range territories that extendedfar from home, but dramatic changes in children’slifestyles have severely curtailed such free-rangingbehavior. T.V., the Internet, parental apprehension,traffic dangers, working mothers, and the commercializationof children’s play are key factors associatedwith children’s decreasing time outdoors. Thecurrent obesity crisis provides dramatic evidence ofthe negative health consequences of the “un-natural”sedentary lifestyles of contemporary, postindustrialchildhood. Beginning in the late 1960s, researchon children’s landscape use has gathered empiricalevidence to support a conceptual framework of significantenvironments, settings, and features to drivepolicy development. However, to a large extent thesefindings have not been applied. How can researchevidence be translated and framed to help designers,advocates, and policy-makers make forceful interventionsin the urban landscape to “pull” children backoutside and to help reverse the trend towards theirworsening physical (and possibly mental) health? Thispresentation suggests ways to make research morevisible and applied.Keywords: children and youth environments, outdoorenvironmentsTeens and Conflict in theUrban LandscapeOwens, Patsy Eubanks (University of California,Davis), Travlou, Penny (Edinburgh College ofArt, Scotland), Zirnhelt, Amber (University ofEdinburgh, Scotland), Chiu, Chi-Hsin (CityUniversity of New York), Wooley, Helen (Universityof Sheffield, England) [Workshop/Working Group]This Children and Youth Environments Networksponsored working group provides an opportunity forparticipants to discuss the issue of teen-related conflictsin urban settings. Several researchers are conductingstudies with teenagers that have uncovered areoccurring and underlying theme of conflict. Thisconflict occurs at many levels including conflict withother users, property owners and managers, policeand other teenagers. Previous research has touchedon some of the aspects of conflict as it relates to teenuse of public areas, but a thorough examination of thebreadth of this issue is needed. This working groupprovides a venue for discussing the current researchand identifying future research directions.Five research projects that highlight some ofthe conflict issues relating to teens and the urbanlandscape will be presented during the work group.Included in the discussion will be an examination ofteens liked and disliked places in Sacramento, Californiaby Owens, which offers insight into managementand design practices that limit teen use of urbanplaces and the impact of these controls have on theteenager’s sense of community. The second project,by Traylou, examines young skateboarders’ attemptto construct their own spaces within Edinburgh citycentre, and the city council’s efforts to convince localresidents to accept the construction of a skatepark inthe city. Thirdly, Zirnhelt’s research on young peopleand mountain biking in Edinburgh offers a casestudyof Corstorphine Hill. This case study includesrelease of policy recommendations for Edinburgh aswell as screening of a short documentary on mountainbiking in Edinburgh filmed and produced bylocal youth riders. Chiu’s presentation focuses on theimpact of defensive design and social control on skateboarders’activities in New York City. Various limitsskateboarders face in public space from a social anda design perspective are featured in this study. Lastly,Wooley discusses recent research of Pakistani teenagersregarding their use of Sheffield’s public spaces,particularly the teen-perceived barriers to the use ofpublic spaces and mechanisms, including managementpractices, for overcoming these barriers.This workshop provides an opportunity for participantsto discuss the findings of these studies aswell as their own research and findings. The focusof the discussion will be on identifying the variouspoints of conflict for youth in these urban environments,the causes for the conflict, and directions forfuture research aimed towards understanding andalleviating conflict. Topics that may be addressedin this workshop include: conflicts with other usersand their differing objectives for the use of a place;perceived misuse of places and intimidation by teens;fear of property destruction by owners, managers andofficials; social expectations for teen behavior; and territorialdisputes and friendship difficulties.Keywords: children/youth, urban setting, urbandesign, case studyYoung People’s Conflict,Contradiction and Comfort inPublic Space: an Action ResearchProject in New York CityFerguson, Sage (Cornell University, Ithaca, NY)[Poster]As community developers, landscape architects orplanners, we want to be able to develop a checklist, alist of tools and affordances that we know will workwell for a particular group. We know that on the locallevel designs will take on their own shape in order tobest work for a local group, but we want some direction,some way of knowing, that we are providinggood environments for the well-being of people. Whathappens when a favorite place provides qualities thatyoung people see as dangerous, safe, teenager friendlyand un-friendly? Growing Up in New York City(GUINYC), an action research project, provides multipleexamples of conflict, contradiction and comfortwithin the same space that young people seem to wantto both embrace and change. During the summer 2005,GUINYC engaged young people throughout New YorkCity as partners in urban evaluation and change. Over120 young people worked with community organizationsand Cornell researchers in six New York neighborhoodsto document and evaluate their area, identifypriorities for change, and work to make change happen.The project is part of the global “Growing Up in Cities”initiative of UNESCO. This presentation explores thecontradictions through which young people interactwith public spaces. As one of the researchers with theyoung people, I will report on the action research thatuncovers the contradictions in the young people’s identificationof safe, dangerous, friendly and un-friendlypublic spaces. Also, this presentation shares the youngpeople’s action plans, which seek to address their ownconflicts with their neighborhood environments. Finally,the presentation suggests design implications forcreating dynamic public spaces for young people.Keywords: participation, neighborhood/communityplanning, children/youth, action research,landscape architectureThematicAbstractsChildren & YouthEnvironmentsPublic Space/Urban Space &Youth138 May 2006Beyond Conflict 139

ThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsCities/Suburbia/ExurbiaCities & Small TownsCities/Suburbia/ExurbiaThe Architecture of theCity of ChallengeDülgeroglu-Yüksel, Yurdanur (Istanbul TechnicalUniversity, Turkey) [Poster]On one side the squatter houses, representing theundesirable, unplanned, chaotic, crowded, dirtyaspects of the city and on the other, elite residences,representing the desirable, the liveable, the planned,orderly, nice and serene aspects of the city. One is theordinary life, the other is a refined, sophisticated life.The good and the bad; the beautiful and the ugly. Theelite prestigious building materials used to glamourizethe beauty parlors, nice restaurants, cafes, vividshopping centers, playgrounds, car parks and terraceson one side; on the other are the crowded dirty streets,run-down houses in habited by those who wake upearly to start the engine of the city. These neighborhoodsare usually separated from each other in thecity landscape, but there are some very interestingareas where the two opposites meet each other as inRumelihisarüstü where University people and oldgecekondu dwellers combine; stinye where squattersmeet the gated communities; and Niantaı wherethe high income residents live together with “trash”mahalle “quarter” dwellers.These cases of togetherness of the oppositeshave strikingly increased recently and generated aconflicting image of the city. Is the city an integratedmix of the two types of residences? Or is this a trendstaring with the late 20th century and expanding tothe 21st? Should architects and planners support thistrend or reverse it? Or, should sociologists analyzethis phenomenon to see if it is an opportunity or arisk for becoming a sustainable city? Definitely, thereis a need for the team effort now more than everbefore in the contemporary city. What alternativeroutes does it offer for the city in the future? Whatare the roles of the architect, the social scientist andthe planner? Who serves as the decision-maker?Who is the client and is there citizen participation?Is such physical development to the detriment of thecity? Does it require “de-facto” planning approach?Experiencing the city is quite different now walkingthru such integrated edge neighborhoods, talkingto people, seeing different housing typologies, bothtypes occupying the same location, seeing thru thebeautiful view of the Bosphorus. Such an experienceis now the reality not a make-believe one. What is theimpact of these sub-cultural meanings in a complexsociety – how global or local is such an experience?Should the city be re-defined? Is this a pseudo-mixbut not a real integration? Just people living sideby side but living isolated lives each? Is this a gap?Or is it a step towards a social mix? What do theseconnections mean in the sense of a dynamic changeand sense of acculturation? Which group is affectedby the other? Both or none or one? Does sharinga location by different groups lead to a commonlyshared cultural setting? New city environments areachieved through the participation of those wholive within the urban cultural context. Architecturalcharacteristics of the city influence the continuityof its physical and social form as well as its integritystarting from the past and extending into the future.Keywords: Cities, Developing Countries, International,Squatter CommunitiesConflict between Growth &Quality of Urban Life: InitialFindings from an Ongoing Study inMetropolitan IstanbulBaran, Perver (North Carolina State University),Turkoglu, Handan D.; Bolen, Fulin; Gulersoy,Nuran Z. (Istanbul Technical University, Turkey)and Marans, Robert W. (University of Michigan)[Paper]Research from different disciplines has exploredthe crime-space relationship often with controversialresults. In the area of urban design, the most influentialempirical study that examined the crime-environmentconnection was conducted by Oscar Newman(Newman, 1972; Newman 1976). Newman elaboratedthe idea of defensible space and its most importantelements of territoriality and natural surveillance.Later, the concept of defensible space provided thetheoretical grounding for the development of CrimePrevention through Environmental Design (CPTED).Based on defensible space theory the surveillance of thespace onto which the building entrances open makesthe space safe. More recently, a considerable body ofresearch has examined the relationship between theoccurrence of criminal events and spatial configurationas measured by space syntax methodology (Hillier,1998; Shu, 1999). Contrary to the theory of defensiblespace, most of the space syntax research has shown thatcrime, in particular property crime, tend to cluster insegregated areas, particularly in those “unconstitutedenclosed clusters which Newman considered to be thekey to increase local surveillance and hence to excludecausal intrusion by non-residents” (Shu, 1999). Theseresearch findings also confirm Jacobs’ (1961) view thatthe circulation of people and appreciation of publicspaces are crucial elements to the urban vitality andthat natural surveillance is a good deterrent to criminalactivity. However, not all space syntax research hassupported these findings (Reis, Portella, Bennett, andLay, 2003). The controversial results point to the factthat the relationship between space and crime occurrenceis not a simple one.This paper reports an ongoing study that examinesthe relationship between spatial configuration as measuredby space syntax methodology and the actualcrime locations in town of Cary, NC. Data for thisresearch include crime event locations obtained fromtown police records, census data, street network data,and parcel based land use data obtained from the taxassessment database. In order to explore the persistencyof the relationship between spatial configurationand crime event locations, we analyzed 1994 and 2002data separately. We conducted separate configurationalanalysis for these two years and obtained spatialconfiguration parameters, which included globalintegration, local integration, and street connectivity.Second, we spatially locate the crime event locationsusing the geographic information systems (GIS)technology. Since Cary is a relatively “safe” place, weassumed that a single twelve-month period will notyield enough crime data for analysis. To overcomethis problem, for each time period, 1994 and 2002,we included a three-year crime data, 1993–1995 and2001–2003, respectively. Finally, we performed spatial/statistical analyses for the two time periods separatelyin order to understand the role of spatial configurationin crime event locations. This analysis points tochanges in space-crime relationships.Keywords: crime, urban, space syntax, geographicinformation systemsConflict and Continuity betweenthe ‘Old’ and ‘New’: Comparisonof Spatial Configuration of TwoCities in ChinaLong, Yixiang and Baran, Perver (North CarolinaState University) [Poster]As the capital cities of Hunan and Zhejiang provinces,Changsha and Hangzhou are well-known traditionalcities in China. Both cities have similar characteristicsin term of climate, population, size, naturalfeatures, and tourism attractions. Moreover, bothChangsha and Hangzhou have a long history, whichThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsCities/Suburbia/Exurbia140 May 2006Beyond Conflict 141

ThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsCities/Suburbia/Exurbiadates back to 1,027 B.C. and 221 B.C., respectively.However, the continuity in development of Changshawas drastically affected by the big fire, Wenxi, in 1938.This disaster destroyed almost 95 percent of buildingsin the city. The whole city underwent a large-scalereconstruction after World War II as a new city. As aresult, Changsha is characterized as an “old” city withinterrupted continuity, or simply a ‘new’ city. Thisstudy attempts to compare the spatial configuration ofthese two cities by utilizing the space syntax methodology,which is a syntactic and topological approachfor analyzing urban morphology and spatial configurationbased on the space syntax theory, developedby Hillier and his colleagues (Hillier & Hanson, 1987;Hillier, 1996). We have already developed the axialmaps for Changsha and Hangzhou. The analysiswill include comparison of syntactical propertiesincluding global integration, connectivity, and localintegration of the spatial configurations of thesecities. We will also compare the two configurations fortheir degree of intelligibility, defined as a relationshipbetween connectivity and global integration. Finally,we will analyze the location of ‘live’ center, centrality,within the overall spatial configuration for both cities(Hill, 1999). The initial analysis has indicated thatbeside the similarities between the spatial configurationsof these cities, there are also differences. Themost important difference is found in the degree ofintelligibility. As we expected, the intelligibility ofChangsha, the ‘new’ city, is noticeably lower than thatof Hangzhou, the ‘old’ city. Simply said, Hangzhouhas a spatial configuration that is easier to understandthan that of Changsha. Overall, this comparativeanalysis will point to those aspects of spatial configurationin Chinese cities that are changing as a result ofmassive urban reconstruction.Keywords: spatial configuration, space syntax,urban, ChinaDefining Space with the Invisible:Boundary-Making on SidewalksFernando, Nisha A. (University of Wisconsin –Milwaukee/ University of Wisconsin Stevens Point)[Paper]Among the plethora of urban spaces that existbetween buildings, sidewalks play a unique role. Theynot only move urban pedestrians from one space toanother but also act as open spaces from where theurban streetscapes are to be viewed and as breathingspaces immediate to the tightly knit urban fabric. Insome cultural contexts where urban life is often experiencedand celebrated in the outdoor public arena,urban commercial sidewalks also become the quintessentialcommunal spaces. Social, cultural, symbolicactivities occur simultaneously with commercialactivities; the latter feed and provide the backstage forthe former. There are no physical and tangible spatialcomponents to separate these different activities; thespatial choices and demarcations are understood collectivelyby the users. This tacit knowledge is in turnfed by the socio-cultural knowledge and practices ofthe society of a given cultural context. This researchstudy presents evidence of how spatial boundaries arecreated on urban commercial sidewalks in four differentcultural contexts. The study considers differentethnic enclaves in the same city as cultural entitiesof their own and based on this conceptual view, itdraws datasets from different cultures from Chinatown(New York), Little Italy (New York), Mid-townManhattan and Sri Lanka. The variations of sidewalkuses for commercial, social, cultural and symbolicpurposes are discussed and the ways in which invisiblespatial boundaries are created are analyzed. Thedata are compared to demonstrate similarities anddifferences across cultures in (a) how space is cognitivelybut not physically divided, (b) how thesespatial divisions follow tacit rule systems embeddedin a culture, and more importantly, (c) how the actof boundary-making on sidewalks expresses variousaspects of spatial negotiation, demarcates individualand group territoriality, and communicates socio-culturalidentity. The data will shed light on similaritiesacross cultures as well as on culture-specificity of theuses of sidewalks in urban commercial streets.Keywords: Urban sidewalks, culture, spatial boundariesThe Idea of ‘City’ –A Working DefinitionFisher, Matthew (Iowa State University) [Paper]Let’s begin with a hypothesis: the term “city” is nolonger a viable name in reference to the contemporaryurban environment. We need to define our terms.Traditional definitions of “city” include “an inhabitedplace of greater size, population, or importance than atown or a village; (Miriam – Webster Online Dictionary;center of population, commerce, and culture;a town of significant size and importance.” (AmericanHeritage Dictionary) The city is “a relatively large,dense, and permanent settlement of socially heterogeneousindividuals” according to Louis Wirth (1938),or “a point of maximum concentration for the powerand culture of a community,” in the words of LewisMumford (1938). In contrast to these familiar definitions,I offer an alternative approach that defines “city”as an idea most clearly articulated in an ancient figure:the Egyptian hieroglyph – “newt.” Following the workof Rykwert (1976), I use the concept of an “idea’ in aclassical sense, referring to both an ideal and a figure.Through hermeneutic interpretation, the archetypaldiagram/sign provides the primary terms for thisexperimental definition of the term ‘city’, articulatedas a spatial order, a dynamic order, and as social order.Interpreted as a spatial order, the city is defined interms of spatial discontinuity, enclosure, partition,center and boundary; as a dynamic order, it is definedin terms of circulation, crossing, and intersection offlows, delay, exchange, and storage. As a social order,the city is defined by the distinction of inside andoutside, interaction and social exchange, a sharedcenter, and a combination of meshwork and hierarchy.Defining ‘city’ in terms of the idea of the ancienthieroglyph offers us several tools for the analysis ofexisting urban settlements. Drawn from the ancientfigure, the idea of city can be described and mappedin terms of boundaries, flows, grain, and concentrationsconsidered relative to spatial, dynamic, andsocial interpretations. To demonstrate the efficacy ofthese mapping tools two urban settings, metropolitanDes Moines (approximately 500,000 population) and“Chicagoland” (approximately 9,000,000 population),are examined and analyzed as a test of the initialhypothesis. While the results will not be conclusivewith this limited testing, significant insights areuncovered in the analysis with regards to case studiesas well as the spatial, dynamic, and social order thatpermeates them. It will become evident in both cases,however, that the idea of ‘city’ no longer applies to thecurrent condition of these urban settings. Nonethelessthis analytical definition of city as a spatial, dynamicand social order offered in this interpretation of theancient hieroglyph offers us greater clarity about whathas changed, what has been lost and gained, and thechoices we are currently faced with in the contemporaryurban environment.Keywords: urbanism, urban development, mobility,theory, case studiesImage and Perception of Mexico CityOrtiz, Eva-Leticia (National University of Mexico)[Poster]City has been subject of analysis and reflection ofdiverse specialists from distant times, that have beengenerally centered in their materiality and its urbanreality (Milanesio, 2001), being little interested inthe analysis of its representation. This vision andhow people perceive the structure of the cities inwhich they lives and coexists daily, is the origin andreason for this work. The constructed, architectonicor urban environment can be considered as a communicationform. A non-verbal form facilitating orinhibiting diverse human activities, taking part andserving as a catalyst of behaviors. It is not very oftenrecognized that the space of the city offers origin andThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsCities/Suburbia/Exurbia142 May 2006Beyond Conflict 143

ThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsCities/Suburbia/Exurbiaconsequence to our behavior. The component cityand its manifold conforms the map of daily activitiesof those of us who inhabit it. To understand the cityand to read it in a clear and useful way is a citizenright and therefore an obligation of those who design,plan and operate the urban space. In this sense, thisstudy of the city appreciates the point of view of theuser, not of the specialist or creator, even thoughare users of the city as well. For that reason, in thisproject the concept of cognitive mapping is consideredfundamental and will allow us to know theother point of view and to approach to the collectiveimage/the public image of the city.To understand how the collective image/the publicimage of the city is created will allows us to be ableto help to decipher how this image is used and howit influences the daily life of city inhabitants. Understandingthe collective image allows us to begingenerating recommendations which reinforce pointsof interest in the city and to improve the image citysimultaneously, particularly through efficient cityuse by inhabitants. Within the city is where most ofthe population is concentrated. The city serves as aformidable, inexhaustible laboratory in which on adaily basis we can focus upon the diversity of urbansubjects. It is indeed the city which is the scene thatsupports the daily life of those who inhabited it. Thecity exerts a great influence, more often times quietthan not, upon the way we think, live and tolerateeach other. It is the urban setting which has the meansto potentially modify our systems of values, our styleand our quality of life. The perception of the city isnot always simple to understand; although the phenomenathat constitute it have been studied for a longtime by diverse disciplines aimed at explaining and tounderstanding the behavior of the individuals in thecity. Only in recent times have social sciences penetratedthis inhabitable space; almost exclusively in theterritory of design professionals, who still nowadaysfocus little on this investigation, particularly failingto acknowledge that one the weakest points in thefield has always been a lack of evaluation and feedbackregarding design, landscape design or urban design.Re-inhabiting Frogtown:migration, urban uses & formsBrand, Julie (University of Minnesota) {Poster]While discussions of place attachment have oftenassumed the importance of stability, there seems to begrowing interest in how migrant populations engagethe built environment at “multiple, interlocking scales”(Bender, 2001). The architecture that results fromtransnational migration has not been fully studied;some existing approaches are limited by inquiries restricteda limited range of scale while others are basedin static frames of reference. Approaches groundedin theories of the everyday (Kerr, Rendell & Pivaro,2001) have recognized the agency of inhabitants inthe creation of such spaces and focused on qualitativeaspects of near environments, but have often neglectedthe larger landscapes in which everyday environmentsare nested. Writings on specifically cultural impactson built form have, at one extreme, simply valorizedthe inhabitants of everyday environments (Millar,1999). At another extreme, such writing has remainedself-referential, dismissing the possibility that culturalidentities are mutually constituted (Blin, 1997). Thecomplex, dynamic phenomena surrounding migrationand resettlement (Abu-Lughod, 1992) – such as acculturation,and urban inhabitation – require nuancedapproaches and inquiry at a range of scales.This case study investigates the architectural artifactsof multiple scales of movement and inhabitationin Frogtown, a neighborhood with a high transnationalpopulation, in St. Paul, Minnesota. It describeda) migration of people and goods through Frogtown,b) alterations to and the re-inhabitation of the urbanenvironment, and c) ways by which existing structureswere spatially and materially hybridized to suitneeds distinct from those for which they were originallybuilt. The resulting maps and diagrams relatedhuman and material traffic in Frogtown to alterationsto urban and near environments that resulted in newspatial uses and unique, hybridized forms. Urban usesand forms were found to be distinct from existingmodels, such as the neighborhood unit concept ornew urbanism. Near environments evidenced alterationsthat reflected specific attitudes toward buildingintegrity and ownership, climate, topography, andsocial interaction. The re-inhabitation of Frogtownindicates that, even as migrant populations are constrainedby the environment, they exert their preferenceson it in ways that result in forms and patternsof use that belong neither entirely “here” nor entirely“there”. This process and its physical results meritfurther study if we are to more fully understand howattachments to place are formed.Keywords: Culture, urban (city), aesthetics/meaning/assessment, case studyInner Conflicts in Newcomersto New York City: A love-haterelationship?Imamichi, Tomoaki (City University of New York)[Poster]Twenty newcomers to New York City completeda survey questionnaire and an interview on theirexperiences in their new environment. Though on theaverage participants expressed a moderate satisfactionwith living in New York City, they did not seem to feelneutral about their experience. The item on the questionnaire“wanting to keep living in New York” had ahigh standard deviation, and none of the participantsrated the item “wanting to move from New York”neutrally, showing very polarizing responses on theseparticular items. In the interviews some participantshinted at a love-hate relationship as epitomized inthe quote: “Some things I love, some things I hate,”with numerous likes and dislikes, that average out toa neutral response on their overall satisfaction withNew York, a 4 on a 1 to 7 Likert-scale. Yet hidden underneathis an intense psychological dynamic in thenewcomers to New York City. Participants were oftencaught between conflicting valences, between twoor more alternatives that seemed equally attractiveor repulsive, or each alternative having both positiveand negative aspects. Newcomers also found themselvesin a role that was neither that of a tourist northat of a native, as newcomers are more familiar thanthe tourist, yet less familiar than the native, with thecurrent environment. On the one hand, like tourists,newcomers felt the need to explore the environment,on the other hand, like locals, newcomers needed tomake a living in the same environment, and foundthemselves being annoyed by tourists. While on theone hand participants were complaining about therudeness of New Yorkers, on the other hand participantsalso described themselves as being more aggressiveand less nice. Noteworthy were the contradictoryresponses given between and within participants.Successfully dealing with conflicting valences andcoming to terms with contradictions may be an indicatorof adjustment. Environmental transitions someof the participants underwent included international,urban-suburban, and from a private-car to a publictransitculture. The same participants mentioningnot missing owning a car were also mentioning thatthey were missing driving. While frequently thesubway was mentioned as a valuable resource, it wascomplained about often. Some of the transitions froma private-car to public-car culture were not merely achange of transportation mode, but a change in theenvironment that lacked ‘gigantic supermarkets andone-stop shops’ missed by some participants, which ischaracteristic of private-car cultures.Keywords: spatial behavior, spatial cognition, behaviorchange, culture, urbanStreets and Sidewalks: ContestedSpaces in a Philippine CityAkers, Mary Anne Alabanza (University ofGeorgia) and Akers, Timothy Alan(Kennesaw State University) [Paper]Global cities are not only focal points for theproduction of goods and services that feed the globaleconomy but are centers for an increasing informalsector (Sassen, 1991). In the Philippines, the informalsector consists of approximately 19 million Filipinos,ThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsCities/Suburbia/Exurbia144 May 2006Beyond Conflict 145

ThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsCities/Suburbia/Exurbiawhich is over 50% of the total employment population,and contributes about 44% to the country’sGross National Product (Asanza, 2003). Sidewalkvendors comprise a significant portion of the informaleconomy. They are visibly present in urban landscapesand are integral to making streets alive, active, andsuccessful. However, their presence breeds spatialconflict as they push pedestrians onto the streets andongoing traffic. Although pedestrian/vehicular accidentsare not prevalent in the Philippines, comparedto the United States, conflict still arises as pedestriansand vehicles “share” the street. Often times, thesecontested spaces emerge as neutral zones as privateand public spaces are juxtaposed and blend together(Danesh, 1999). The proposed paper will describespatial conflicts found in the streets of a fast growingupland city in the Philippines and will analyze the impactsof these conflicts on vendors’ businesses, healthconditions and well being, and overall street quality.Specifically, the paper will ask the question, “To whatextent does the degree of spatial conflict influencevendors’ work spaces and street environments?”The data for this paper was collected over 5 years:1999 Survey of socio-economic conditions of211 street vendors2003 Survey of health conditions of187 street vendors2004 Measurement of air quality conditionsand quality of vendor sitesTo operationalize the degree of spatial conflict, anindex of more than 33 streets was developed by usingvariables such as: square footage of vendors’ spaces,sidewalk width, pedestrian traffic during peak hours,vehicular counts during peak hours, building heightand land use (to measure density of activity), distanceto nearest public utility vehicle stop, and number of pedestriancrosswalks (above ground and on street). Thisstudy demonstrates that spatial conflict can have bothpositive and negative impacts on vendors, pedestrians,and drivers. It also explores the relationship betweenspatial conflict and overall street quality. The paperends with a section describing solutions to managingthis conflict and what city experts can do to proactivelyplan for rapid urban growth in the developing world.Keywords: Developing country, low-income users,city planning, economic developmentReferencesAsanza, Anna Lucila. Extension of Social Protection inthe Philippines. International Labour Organization,Manila. April 25, 2003. www.ilo.org/public/english/region/asro/manila/2003/mar/espp.htmDanesh, Abol Hassan. 1999. Corridor of Hope: AVisual View of Informal Economy. Lanham: UniversityPress of America, Inc.Sassen, Saskia. 1991. The Global City: New York,London, Tokyo. New Brunswick, N.J.: RutgersUniversity Press.Urban Sprawl & Car Discrimination:Elderly & Teenagers in ExurbiaDespres, Carole (Universite Laval, Quebec), Pinson,Daniel (Universite Paul Cézanne, Aix-en-Provence,France), Ramadier, T. (Universite Louis Pasteur,Strasbourg, France) [Paper]In the communities of Aix-en-Provence, Strasbourgor Quebec, the ideal of home is largely defined by thetriad house/garden/nature found at the outskirt ofthe city, with the automobile as the privileged modeof transportation. Originally associated with singlefamilyhouses and young nuclear families, this cardependantlifestyle leaves little autonomy for thosein society who do not have access to a personal car,namely teenagers and elderly. This communicationcompares and discusses the results of an internationalcomparative study between the universities Paul Cézanneand Louis Pasteur in France and the UniversityLaval in Canada, in an attempt to illustrate how thoseexurban residents excluded from auto-mobility livetheir relationship to the city, namely in term of accessto services, leisure and amenities.Keywords: urban sprawl, car mobility, teenagers,elderly, international comparative studiesSmall Towns &NeighborhoodsThe Dilemma of StorefrontChurches: Balancing Preservation,Economic Revitalization andEquitable DevelopmentKutty, Asha (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) {Paper]There are several projects in the US which narrate/preserve/commodify aspects of the past in order tohelp localities cope with challenges of the presentand future. These efforts offer a wide array, rangingfrom public art, to architectural preservation, to townplanning. While they have succeeded in a numberof ways, (such as giving voice to traditionally underrepresentedpasts, through the installation of publicart) they continue to fall short in certain domains.These shortcomings are particularly found in thearchitectural preservation and town planning projectsthat tend to commodify aspects of a locality’s past topromote economic development. While these projectshelp localities advance economically, they do so oftenat the cost of a locality’s authentic personality.This paper debates the pros and cons of theseexisting practices. It subsequently illustrates thisdebate using an ongoing conflict over the preservationof storefront churches in Sherman Park, a historical,fairly poor and largely African-American inner cityneighborhood in Milwaukee. The neighborhoodrecently won a Main Street grant from the NationalTrust for Historic Preservation, and is involved inrevitalizing its historical business district to promoteeconomic development. One of the strategies in itsrevitalization program is to renovate the severalrundown storefront churches that line its historicalbusiness district to shops and boutiques, through facaderefurbishment and other architectural preservationtechniques. The community development groupinvolved in the revitalization efforts, argue that thestorefront churches do not bring jobs to the neighborhood(which suffers from unemployment), and thatshops could provide service sector jobs. In addition,shops and boutiques would attract investment fromoutside the neighborhood and help it revive economically.However, the storefront churches offer a widearray of dimensions that are significant to the poorerAfrican-American community in the area. They aresignificant psychologically, historically, sociologically,ideologically and politically to this community. Thispaper addresses the conflicts between the strategies ofthe community development group to convert thesestorefront churches to shops and promote economicdevelopment, and the varied dimensions of supportthat these storefront churches offer to the poorer localAfrican-American community.An interdisciplinary conceptual framework designedfor this case study is based on place attachmenttheory (from environment psychology) and politicsof place theory (from social history and culturalgeography). Place attachment theory (Manzo, 2005;Altman & Low 1992) is applied to study the social useand affective relations that locals have towards thechurches. These relations are contextualized usingpolitics of place theory (Hayden, 1995; Harvey1996,2000; and Lefebvre, 1991). Domains such as the historicalemergence of the storefront churches, the sociopoliticaland economic ideologies involved in theirproduction and in the conflict over their preservationwere studied. This case study illustrates the dilemmasinvolved in balancing preservation, economic revitalizationand equitable development, and generatesideas regarding steps to take towards future practices.Keywords: Preservation; Neighborhood/community planning; Social issues/social justice (includingclass, race, sex, ethnicity, economic etc); Placeattachment/place memory; UrbanThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsSmall Towns &Neighborhoods146 May 2006Beyond Conflict 147

ThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsSmall Towns &NeighborhoodsFinding Middle Ground forDesign: North Philadelphia fromInside and OutHarrison, Sally and Milestone, Juris (TempleUniversity, PA) [Paper]Architecture education, especially as an undergraduatecourse of study, seeks to prepare students fora profession they hardly know and for citizenship in anew world. Toward this end, the design studio typicallyprovides a surrogate experience in addressing formal,spatial and human problems. But limited by time, bythe geographic space of the studio, and in some caseseven by design pedagogy itself, the design studentworks in an intellectual context that is artificiallyconstrained in order to meet the needs of professionalpreparation. The paper discusses a University-basedurban design project that was undertaken in an economicallyneglected post-industrial neighborhood ofNorth Philadelphia. Seeking to provide a context foron-going neighborhood planning and design, a wellestablishedarts organization in the neighborhood enlistedthe simultaneous assistance of two local universitieswhose work at different scales were meant to bemutually reinforcing. One university involved its graduateplanning studio and the other its undergraduatearchitecture “urban design” studio. The latter coursewas co-taught by two architecture faculty with the criticalparticipation of an anthropologist trained in urbanand visual anthropology. This paper addresses theproject from the perspective of the architecture studiothat focused on generating design proposals for revitalizationof three key blocks of a pedestrian shoppingstreet that forms the vital neighborhood center. Havingan anthropologist involved in this process breaks froma tradition within architecture of utilizing anthropologyfor its knowledge of traditional or non-westernbuilding and design. Here the anthropologist becamea coach in qualitative research methods that enhancedactivities like interviewing, observation, communityentry, and presenting ideas or proposals. Also, theanthropologist helped by offering critical perspectivesin studio, during crits, and on juries that challengedassumptions about, but also added depth to discussionsof culture, social structure, urban processes, andhistorical context. The paper examines a process inwhich design students were challenged to undertakeresearch-based design, exploring a middle ground thatincorporated the “inside-ness” of the human, culturalperspective and the “outside-ness” of the urbansystems perspective. As an initial basis for design, thestudio used both the traditional architectural methodsof formal research found in context mapping, visualinspection and case study. But these were significantlyaugmented, and in some cases transformed, by theperspectives and methodologies of anthropology andplanning. This work, generated further intra-communitydialogue on neighborhood development issues.It also challenged traditional studio teaching formatsand contents. In addition, students have experienced aplace from the inside out (as best they could), and haveunderstood the contributions of both associated andoften un-associated disciplines in forming the builtenvironment. A framework has emerged for:• Engaging in intercultural/interdisciplinarycommunication and critical exchange,• Defining what and for whom is a “useful”as a product, and• Reflecting upon, and either abandoning orcarrying through ideas generated as theoreticalproposals, or as social accidents or conflictsKeywords: Social Issues, Culture, Place attachment/place memory, Urban development, ParticipationFrom Conflict to Concord: FacadeColour and Aesthetics ResponseO’Connor, Zena (University of Sydney, Australia)[Paper]Environmental color contributes to a ‘sense of place’and the imageability’ or character of a particular region(Lenclos, 1982; Lynch, 1960; Porter, 1997). Façadecolor in particular is considered one of a number ofbuilding attributes that may contribute to aestheticresponse to the built environment (Nasar, 1994). It isunderstandable therefore that planning instrumentsfrequently include guidelines, references and directivesrelating specifically to façade color (Stamps, 2000). InSydney, as in other parts of the world, these planninginstruments often suggest that façade color should beharmonious or sympathetic in relation the surroundings.Not only are these terms vague and ambiguous(Stamps, 2000); but they can lead to controversy andconflict. However, few studies exist that focus onthe relationship between façade color and aestheticresponse, or the effect that façade color may have onjudgments about the congruity or size of a buildingrelative to its surroundings. This paper reports on astudy that investigated the façade color within the contextof Nasar’s (1994) probabilistic model of aestheticresponse as well as current planning instruments inSydney, Australia. The main research question focusedon the extent to which changes in façade color influencedoverall aesthetic response. Secondary researchquestions investigated whether changes in façade colorhad an impact on judgments of size and congruity;and, finally whether preference and individual differenceshad an impact on overall aesthetic response. Aquantitative approach was adopted and quasi-experimentalresearch design was used. Digital technologycombined with the Latin-square research design allowedfor four façade color treatments featured on fourbuildings to be evaluated in a randomized manner.A semantic differential rating scale was used as themeasurement instrument and the following constructswere included: aesthetic response comprised of anevaluation component, an arousal component and apotency component (Russell et al, 1981; Russell, 1988);congruity (Janssens, 2001; Wohlwill & Harris, 1980);size (Osgood et al, 1957) and preference (Nassauer,1993 Ou et al, 2004). A sample group of 288 participantstook part in the study and these comprised twomain groups: post-graduate part-time universitystudents and members of the general public. The fourfaçade color treatments used as independent variablewas used to identify and compare the variancebetween responses and façade color. The study foundthat aesthetic response to façade color may be lessnomothetic and more idiographic than existing planninginstruments seem to suggest. Judgments aboutthe congruity and size of a building also varied withchanges in façade color. The implications arising fromthis study suggest that planning guidelines regardingfaçade color may need to become less doctorial andmore democratic and consultative in approach; and anew approach to façade color evaluation is proposed.In addition, the study suggests that façade color maybe an effective tool for minimizing or maximizing thevisual impact of a building.Keywords: Aesthetic, urban design, design review, cityplanning, quantitative researchSegregation, Memories, and Senseof Place in a Small-town TheatreAllen, April (University of Georgia) [Paper]Memories of growing up in small-town Americavary by individual and by race. Interviews of African-Americanand Caucasian participants weretape-recorded by the researcher in other to discovermemories and feelings regarding a small-town theatreand the reflections of growing up in the segregatedsouth. During the days of segregation, African-Americans were restricted to the theatre balconyand had a separate entrance door and staircase upto the balcony. When the theatre opened, there wasa dedicated entrance for African-American patronswith a little booth inside, similar to a hatcheck stand.Entering on the west, alley side of the theatre, African-American patrons purchased their ticket and proceededupstairs. A sign stating “Colored Only” withan arrow directing African-Americans to the backstairwell still survives to this day. The entrance forAfrican-Americans was changed to the front entranceduring the later years of segregation where they wererouted down the hallway by the concession stand andup the back stairway. Not only did they have to sit inthe balcony, African-Americans were required to sitin the back of the balcony. The balcony was dividedinto two sections, a front and back section, with a lowpartition between the two sections. African-Americanssat in the far back section of the balcony. SeatsThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsSmall Towns &Neighborhoods148 May 2006Beyond Conflict 149

ThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsSmall Towns &Neighborhoodsin the back section of the balcony were wood frame,not upholstered, as they were downstairs. So sittingin a hard wooden seat in the very back of the balconywas a very different experience from sitting in anupholstered seat of your choosing. In interviews someAfrican-Americans expressed resentment about beingrelegated to the balcony while others just acceptedit as “the law of the land”. After integration manyAfrican-Americans continued to sit in the balconywhere they had sat for many years and felt at home.Some African-Americans expressed feeling ill at easesitting downstairs and felt as if the Caucasian patronsdid not welcome their company in these early days ofchange in the south. The theatre was found to representa sense of place to participants of the small-townin southwest Virginia, but this sense of place variedfor Caucasian participants that were free to sit wherethey chose in the theatre and African-Americans thatwere relegated to the back of the balcony on woodenseats during the era of segregation. Some individualswere resentful of this time in their history and otherswere accepting of segregation as “the law of the land”.Regardless of their experience the Caucasian andAfrican-American participants shared a fondness fortheir town and the theatre building that had stood onMain Street since 1911.Keywords: segregation, memories, sense of place,small-town, theater.Social Capital and Its Impact onNeighborhood Satisfaction andthe Desire to MoveMarans, Robert W. and Carter, George R.(University of Michigan) [Paper]In his seminal book Bowling Alone (2000), RobertPutnam contends that the U. S. has experienceda decline in social capital during the past severaldecades. Furthermore, he argues that this declinehas numerous consequences for our communitiesincluding a decline in neighborhood quality of life.Using data from a quality of life study involving morethan 4000 people in the metro Detroit area, thispaper examines indicators of social capital as theyrelate to two measures of neighborhood quality of life– neighborhood satisfaction and the desire to moveoutside the neighborhood. Indicators of social capitalconsidered are neighboring and community participationdealing with the neighborhood. Following abrief review of Putnam’s position on declining socialcapital and its consequences, the paper discusses thequality of life study and the types of data collected(Marans, 2005). In addition to tapping the thoughtsand behaviors of the respondents vis-à-vis a standardizedquestionnaire, objective information about theirneighborhoods was collected. The measurement ofenvironmental conditions for the sample has createdopportunities to explore objective-subjective linksand behavioral responses. The paper then presentsand statistically tests a hypothetical model showingrelationships between objective conditions, measuresof social capital, and the two measure of neighborhoodquality of life. The large size of the samplethrough the metro Detroit area enable us to test themodel for people living in the core city (Detroit), forpeople living in the older and newer suburbs, and forthose living in small towns with the metro area. Thepaper concludes with a discussion of the validity ofPutnam’s work and the potential value of the findingsfor neighborhood planers and designers.Keywords: neighborhood planning, satisfaction,mobility, quantitative researchReferencesPutnam, R.D. (2000) Bowling Alone: The Collapseand Revival of American Community. New York:Simon & Schuster.Marans, R. W. (2003) Understanding EnvironmentalQuality through Quality of Life Studies: The 2001DAS and Its Use of Subjective and Objective Indicators,Landscape and Urban Planning, 65(1) 73–83.Unraveling the apparentconflicts in revitalizing smallscaledowntown as the center ofretail and community lifeWilcox, Mary Kay (Iowa State University) [Paper]Older town centers were once the only place forthe most significant offices and the best retailing.Once thriving, many of these business districts weredevastated by post-World War II transportation andhome mortgage policies that encouraged flight to thesuburbs (Wolf). In traditional town centers, retail wasthe glue that connected a multitude of public places– government offices, parks, school, and libraries. Themixture of retail and community facilities created asetting for repetitive chance encounters with friendsand neighbors that built and strengthened communitybonds. The movement of retail away from MainStreet was in pursuit of retail efficiency – providingeasy access with parking lots located directly in frontof store entrances (Achimore, 1993). But retail developersknow that even though customers will always beinterested in convenience they also desire to interactin the ambience of a community setting. Developersnow consider whether their retail strip centers cansupport “community life” with public amenities in attractingcustomers (Achimore, 1993). It has also beenwidely acknowledged even by mall developers thatpeople are experiencing mall saturation and have becomebored with the inwardly focused, disconnectedand placeless shopping centers. As old malls age anddecline in market appeal, new forms are emergingthat appear to mimic many aspects of the abandonedtown center (Southworth, 2005). The opportunity forsmall downtowns to offer retail with a communityambience is complicated by their compact forms.Since most downtowns predate the popular use of theautomobile, the challenge is how to retrofit a compactdistrict with the needed parking and pedestrianfacilities without harming the downtown’s fabric andqualities. But can small towns support communitylife as they once did, and still provide adequate returnon investment? Some retail specialists will arguethat in today’s market, the possibility of satisfyingthe often conflicting needs and wants of retailers,shoppers, and community planners in the contextof revitalizing their town centers is in question. Thisauthor contends that the goals of retailers (concernedwith efficiency and access), and the goals of communityleaders (to ensure the pedestrian-scaled fabricthat supports community life) are not in conflict, butdependent upon each other for their mutual success.Shopping remains a major leisure activity forAmericans, second only to watching television (Goss,1993). Recognizing that shopping can be an importantstimulus to public life and creating the stage forcommunity, in turns supports retail has importantimplications for planning and urban design. With alack of mutual understanding among stakeholdersabout the interdependent ingredients in creating asuccessful downtown, many communities make uninformeddecisions about issues of parking, access andconvenience, streetscape design and safety, and thefactors that influence people to get out on the streetsparticipating in the public realm.This author is working with a stakeholder groupconcerned with the revitalization of Mount Pleasant,a town of 8,500 in southeast Iowa. As a county seat,Mount Pleasant’s retail streets frame a small publicsquare where the community holds many events.With Mount Pleasant as the laboratory, the goal ofthis analysis is to create a framework for approachingurban design decisions for downtown revitalizationbased on applied research that reflects anunderstanding of human behavior in attracting andretaining users. Urban design recommendations forMount Pleasant will be presented based on researchfrom the shopping center industry and successfultowns to include the roles of street trees, sustainedpedestrian activity, public facilities, wayfinding, visualaccess and parking structures, in increased retail salesincluding particular tools that have been successfullyused elsewhere such as traffic calming devices.Keywords: case study, landscape architecture, urbandevelopment, spatial behaviorThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsSmall Towns &Neighborhoods150 May 2006Beyond Conflict 151

ResourcesAchimore, A. (1993, August) “Putting the CommunityBack into Community Retail,” Urban Land.ConflictThematicAbstractsCities &Small TownsSmall Towns &NeighborhoodsSouthworth, M. (2005), “Reinventing Main Street:From Mall to Townscape Mall” Journal of UrbanDesign, 10 (2) 151–170Goss, J (1993) The ‘magic of the mall’: an analysis ofform, function, and meaning in the contemporaryretail built environment, Annals of the Association ofAmerican Geographers, 83, pp. 18–47Wolf, Kathleen (2004, January) “Nature in the RetailEnvironment: Comparing Consumer and BusinessResponse to Urban Forest Conditions,”Landscape Journal, 23Urban ConflictCurriculum of Place: NarrativeInquiry into the Network ofLearning in Atlanta’s WashingtonPark NeighborhoodNettles, Saundra R. Murray(Georgia Southern University) [Paper]Environmental conceptions of teaching andlearning emerged during the 1970’s in psychologyand other disciplines. In ecological psychology, forexample, Trickett and colleagues (Trickett, Kelly,& Todd, 1972; Trickett & Moos, 1973; Trickett &Todd, 1972) examined social contexts of schools,conceptualizing environments at multiple levels ofanalysis, including persons (teacher and student),locale (urban vs. rural), and school organization. Indevelopmental psychology, Bronfenbrenner (1979)identified links (called mesosystems) between andamong immediate contexts or Microsystems (such aspeers) of the developing person. Architect ChristopherAlexander and his colleagues introduced the term“network of learning” in A Pattern Language (1975),a lexicon that identified recurring environmentalproblems and their solutions. In the network, learningis decentralized. There are “workshops, teachersat home or walking through the city, professionalswilling to take the young on as helpers, older childrenwilling to teach younger children, museums, youthgroups traveling, scholarly seminars, industrialworkshops, old people, and so on. Conceive of allthese situations as forming the backbone of thelearning process (p. 102). ” In many ways, Alexander’svision for the network of learning reflects social andphysical contexts of education in African-Americancommunities before schools and neighborhoodswere integrated, when learning opportunities weredistributed across the continuum from informal toformal. This paper presents the results of a narrativeinquiry into the network of learning in Atlanta’sWashington Park during the mid-20th century.Washington Park, a black neighborhood developedfollowing World War I, was named in honor of BookerT. Washington, the great educator. Early in the 1920s,two enterprising black men built most of the housesin Washington Park. By the 1950’s, the neighborhoodhad dozens of spaces for learning. Among them wasthe “hut,” a small, one-room cinderblock buildingon the grounds of E.R. Carter Elementary School;Washington Park, the first recreational facility forAfrican Americans in Atlanta; West Hunter Branchlibrary, a few blocks from the park; churches; andthe business district, with a black-owned pharmacy,hospital, Paschal’s restaurant, and photographystudios. However, during the late 1960’s, the networkof learning in Washington Park was weakened bysocial forces, including crime, which kept learnersaway from the park and other places beyond thesecurity of home, and the intrusion of MARTA, thecity’s rapid transit system. The inquiry used publishedsources, including a published narrative written bythe librarian at the West Hunter Branch; documentsand publications from city archives; narrativesof Booker T. Washington and W.E.B. DuBois,professor at Atlanta University and contemporaryof Washington ; and personal recollections andthose of my family. I grew up in Washington Park,and the results of the inquiry are presented as anenvironmental memoir. This inquiry is concluded byoutlining a new conception of the network of learningthat addresses the design of learning environmentsto meet the intellectual and psychosocial needsof African-American and other children who facemultiple impediments to success in schools.Keywords: social issues, neighborhood/communityplanning, phenomenology, psychology, children/youthThematicAbstractsConflictUrban Conflict152 May 2006Beyond Conflict 153

ThematicAbstractsConflictUrban ConflictDiscordant Frames: TheCinematic (Re-) Presentation ofUrban ConflictLanghorst, Joern (University of Colorado at Denver)[Paper]Throughout history, conflict has been one of themainstays of conditions of urbanity. Urban spaceand its patterns of configurations and inhabitationhave developed as location of, framework for, catalystfor and response to conflicts. The underlying causesof urban conflict comprise social, economic, ethnic,ecological, spatial and political issues – often overlaidand compounding each other. Very early on, themedium of film engaged issues and conflicts intrinsicto the urban condition, employing a variety of ideological,political and social positions, as e.g. evident inDziga Vertov’s “Man with a Movie Camera” (1929) orFritz Lang’s “Metropolis” (1927), the film noirs of the1940es and 50es, or the apocalyptic visions of “Stalker”(Tarkovsky, 1979), “Blade Runner” (Scott, 1982), orthe disillusionment of “City of God” (Meirelles, 2002)If the spatial and cultural form of “city” is a result,however dynamic and ephemeral, of how the aforementionedconflicts and differentials play themselvesout spatially and socially, how they “take place”, thenfilm is uniquely suited to understand and analyzethese processes. Film as a medium is at least three-dimensional– it adds the dimension of time to the twodimensionalscreen, creating a more and more perfectillusion of a four-dimensional – real-space. Parts ofactual experience can be provided by film, such asmovement, activity, temporal and spatial change. Themedium can even create more than perfect illusions ofplace, it is able to go beyond and change the temporaland spatial context of reality, thus creating a “heightenedreality”. It’s “unique and specific possibilities canbe defined as dynamization of space and, accordingly,spatialization of time” (Panofsky, 1934:18), it is “freeof the limits of time and space” (Vertov, 1984:15–17).Cinematic place (and its constituting processes andconditions) can then be interpreted as subject, setting,character and symbol (Helphand 1985).The changein the ways urban conflicts and their “places” arerepresented in cinema is not only a portrait of theiractual qualities, properties and conditions, but alsoindicative of different perspectives, readings, attitudes,and interpretations, and hence can be analyzed tounderstand the relationship between society and theprocesses it employs to resolve conflicts and theirmanifestation in places. Analyzing a cross-section offilms engaging the topic of urban conflict, the paperinvestigates the manners in which urban conflicts andthe urban condition is represented and present insideand outside of the cinematic frame, and to what degreethe cinematic frame allows for a projection backonto the frames and conditions of the actual urbansituations and conflicts.Keywords: urban, theory/conceptualization, culture,globalization, aesthetics/meaning/Assessment, representationHate: A Time for GrowingConcerns. Emerging Issues forUrban Design in Places ThatPeople HateWinfield, Fernando and Cortés, Mara (Universityof Veracruz, Mexico) [Paper]A great number of texts and consistent research hasbeen focused on the study of the relationship of urbanforms and human behavior with regards to violence inneighborhoods and the city (Hall, 2002). The re-emergenceof hate issues which seemed to be thing of thepast are now posing new challenges for communitylife. The media, on one side, has helped to increase theawareness of citizens toward new socio-cultural relationshipsthat are taking place and shaping new waysof community life. On the other side, often subjectiveviews are fostered from the media to address genericurban problems from a particular point of referenceto specific communities or groups, thus generating apervasive effect on public awareness and a biased effecton the responses neighborhoods. Unfortunately this resultsin citizens failing to develop any critical thinkingtowards each other. Not only throughout history butalso recently, places and people that people hate havebecome indicators of growing concern within our cities(Winfield, 2001). In its most subjective understanding,hate has been associated with, for example, new comerswho in the past and sadly in the present, are envisagedas a treat (Duby, 1995). Why cities are claimed asscenarios for hate? Why people hate certain places andneighborhoods? How hate is being perceived within acity and referred to places and/or neighborhoods? Howhate can be identified as an informing issue for publicaction? What responses and contributions from thepoint of view of urban design should be addressed tothis emerging social issue? This research paper intendsto suggest several strategies to answer these questions.Keywords: hate, places, neighborhoods, responses,urban designReferencesDuby, Georges (1995): Año 1000, año 2000. La Huellade Nuestros Miedos. Santiago de Chile: Andrés Bello.Hall, Peter (2002): “The City of the PermanentUnderclass” in Cities of Tomorrow. Oxford: BlackwellPublishing. 428–468.Winfield, Fernando (2001): “Violencia y EspacioPúblico” in Esencia y Espacio. No. 12. Mexico: EscuelaSuperior de Ingeniería y Arquitectura, Instituto PolitécnicoNacional (IPN). 19–23. 61550Ruins, Misunderstandings andRage: Representations of UrbanConflict on FilmNevárez, Julia (Kean University, NJ) [Paper]Urban conflict has been documented in films asrepresentations that within a specific optic and pointof view, allow us to glance into the complexities thatplague our societies. The purpose of this symposiumis to discuss the representations of urban conflict inselected films, to show from different perspectives,the kinds of conflict that are either staged on the cityor address urban issues. It has been argued elsewhere,that in a society where screens have a ubiquitous presence,viewers are not only such, but also consumersand voters. The impact of screens on everyday life,from that perspective, is one with the potential tomold, affect and impact views. It is the purpose of thispresentation to dissect and problematize the mannerin which social and physical problems are representedin films as an extension of urban conflicts. Differenturban conflicts have shaped urban and social landscapes;those have been documented in films that seekto portray the complexity of the forces that by war,epidemics and racial tensions produced landscapesof despair. The films to be content analyzed are:“Crash,” “Welcome to Sarajevo,” and “28 days later.”The analysis of the narratives of conflict presented inthe chosen films help: 1) identify the kinds of conflictsrepresented in the previously mentioned films, 2)analyze the representation of cities in the films, and 3)elaborate and extend the analysis to discuss contemporarysocial, spatial and cultural dynamics.Keywords: content analysis, qualitative research,urban sociology, visual representationsConflict ResolutionBeyond Conflict: Landscape Architectureand the Denied Landscapeof the Palestinian NakbahEgoz, Shelley (Lincoln University, Canterbury, NewZealand) [Paper]Landscape and identity are inherent componentsof culture, one informing the other. Landscapearchitects have a vital responsibility in the inflectingof landscape for cultural purposes, and critics andhistorians of landscape architecture have the taskof articulating the significance of these contributions.There is no denying the role that landscapeThematicAbstractsConflictConflictResolution154 May 2006Beyond Conflict 155

ThematicAbstractsConflictConflictResolutionarchitecture has played in the building of Zionistpre-statehood and the State of Israel since 1948 bothin a physical and ideological sense of nationhoodbuilding, and it has been documented by Enis (1993,1994), Helphand (1998, 2002) and Alon-Mozes andAmir (2002, 2004). However, what is denied is anentire layer of the cultural landscape that has beenrepressed in Israeli public consciousness, within thedesign of landscapes, and in the historiography ofIsraeli landscape architecture. This fundamental tierin the landscape of Israel is the landscape that wasleft behind when of Palestinians fled their villages inthe course of Israel’s War of Independence in 1948.This landscape is evidenced by the presence of ruinsand rubble of a destroyed landscape amidst a countrythat was constructing a new homeland. The denialincluded the unacknowledged appropriation of anindigenous landscape vocabulary by Israeli landscapearchitects. That is not surprising considering thesuccess of Zionist ideology in constructing a psyche ofa nation and its continuing denial of the Palestinian1948 Nakbah (catastrophe).After the 1967 war that resulted in territorial occupationthe question of the Palestinian refugees gainedinternational awareness.Scholars such as Edward Said (1992 and 1995)helped voice the plight of the Palestinian people inacademic circles. Views amongst Israeli and Palestinianhistorians and Middle-East analysts about whobears the responsibility for the displaced people arediverse. Some have argued that the 1948 uprootingof about 750,000 Palestinians was driven by a cynicaland strategic planned political agenda of “ethniccleansing” assisted by several massacres (Masalha,1992; Pappe 2002a and b). Others view it as a coincidentalhuman tragedy, and that a displacement ofpeople is a “normal” corollary of war (Harkabi, 1973;Peleg 1985). All, nevertheless, agree that the consequentPalestinian refugee problem that in the past 57years has grown to a population of 5 million, most ofthem residing in Gaza, the West Bank and Lebanon, isat the heart of the on-going conflict.The official claim of Zionism reflected in themainstream perception in Israel, has always been thatthe residents of these villages abandoned their homeswhen called upon by their leaders to evacuate theirvillages temporarily to facilitate fighting, in a beliefthat the Arab armies would win the war. Hence thatview had constituted the Israeli conviction that the responsibilityfor these refugees lies on the neighboringArab states. No acknowledgement or accountabilityfor the pain and loss inflicted on another people inthe wake of the Zionist revolution is admitted, reinforcinga culture of denial. Further explanations forthis denial rest in tensions over land tenure and aninnate, or what was, as some would argue, artificiallyconstructed as “the demographic threat” (Bronstein,2005; Golan-Agnon 2005b), a fear of Jewish annihilationin an Arab dominated region. “Nationalidentity…would lose much of its ferocious enchantmentwithout the mystique of a particular landscapetradition: its topography mapped, elaborated, andenriched as a home” (Schama, 1995:15). The local Palestinianlandscape was recruited for nation building,becoming the iconic ‘biblical’ landscape depicted onstamps, post-cards and calendars. Indigenous architectureand landscape elements such as arched stonehouses, terraced housing, agricultural terraces, vernacularMediterranean type Bustan gardens and olivegroves are part of the repertoire of the contemporarylandscape architecture design vocabulary (Aronson,1991 and 1998; Raz and Flanz 2000; Helphand 2002;Omer 2005). These are euphemistically referred to as“traditional”, “ancient “ or “Biblical” whether consciouslyor unconsciously contributing to the Zionistideological myth of a land without people for a peoplewithout a land. This was part of an effort to createhomeland by constructing a strong link between themodern Jewish immigrants and their biblical rootsthrough landscape (Alon –Mozes, 2004) and theHebrew-izing of Palestinian place names (Benvenisti,2000). A significant scholarly body of literature aboutthe Nakbah, by Palestinian and some revisionistIsraeli scholars known as the “New Historians” (mostnotable are Benny Morris, Avi Shlaim, and IlanPappe) has emerged in the last decade and a half; thisincludes archival evidence of the destruction andmassacres that took place in 1948 (Morris, 2004), a recordingof the “forgotten” landscape (Khalidi, 1992a)and a documentation of the re-mapping, and placenaming of “a buried landscape” (Benvinisti, 2000).Slyomovics has looked into memory and architecturein the Palestinian context (1993, 1998).While some Zionist and non-Zionist Israeli leftwingpolitical groups at the margins of the Israelisociety have since the early days of statehood soughtjustice advocating for the acknowledgement ofthe Palestinian catastrophe, in the past few yearsthe recognition has become somewhat wider, andseveral political groups and artists (Shelach, 2001)have begun to acknowledge the loss in an attempt toresolve conflict. The forgotten landscape is now surfacinginto Israeli consciousness through groups suchas F.A.S.T, the Foundation for Achieving SeamlessTerritory whose mission is “to expose global abusesof ideological planning” (Shoshan, 2005) and Nakbain Hebrew also known as Zochrot (‘remembering,’ inits feminine form) who organize tours to pre-1948Palestinian sites and post signs depicting the originalnames (Croitoru, 2004; Bornstein 2005). The underlyingmotivation of these Israeli bodies’ “Nakbahconsciousness activity” is a realization that the firststep towards conflict resolution and reconciliationnecessitates acknowledgment.This presentation will address the gap of the deniedlandscape of the Palestinian Nakbah by describingthe way designers have ignored it. It will present thecase studies of the villages of Ein-Houd and Lifta anddiscuss the opportunities for Israeli design to contributeto go beyond conflict and reconcile throughlandscapes of reclamation and commemoration.Keywords: landscape meaning, social justice,place memoryDealing with Conflict and a Wayto Solve It: The UN Local UrbanObservatories in Veracruz, MexicoRodríguez, Beatriz (Universidad Veracruzana,Mexico) [Paper]With the goal: “Better information for better cities”,the Unite Nation’s Global Urban Observatory (GUO)addresses the urgent need to improve the world-widebase of urban knowledge by helping governments,local authorities and organizations of the civil societydevelop and apply policy-oriented urban indicators,statistics and other urban information. TheGUO was established by UN-HABITAT in responseto a decision of the United Nations Commission onHuman Settlements, which called for a mechanism tomonitor global progress in implementing the HabitatAgenda and to monitor and evaluate global urbanconditions and trends. The GUO works closely withBest Practices and Local Leadership Program (BLP),which was established to make use of information andnetworking in support of the Habitat Agenda Implementation.Both programs operate under the MonitoringSystems Branch, which has the overall mandateto monitor progress on the Habitat Agenda and theMillennium Development Goals.In response to this Mexico has developed several responsesincluding the National Local Urban ObservatoriesNetwork LUO (OUL for its Spanish name: Nacionalde Observatorios Urbanos Locales); SEDESOL (Secretaríade Desarrollo Social); Federal Social DevelopmentSecretariat, and the Urban Development and TerritoryRegulation Sub secretary has identified a goal to buildthe National Local Urban Observatories Networks inMexico. This project is part of an agreement between theSEDESOL and UN-HABITAT, through the PNUD (UNDevelopment Program) known as: “Preparatory Assistancefor organizing the Habitat Development Agency tosolve urban poverty in Mexico” (November 11, 2003).We propose the development of urban observatoryto assist in this process. Urban observatories select,recollect, manage and apply statistics and indicatorsto measure and follow up on the urban conditions incities, and act as a participant in the decision makingprocess, helping governments, local authorities andcivil society groups to develop and apply policies orientedand guided by those urban indicators, statisticsand other urban information. There are numerousState Program in Veracruz – 4 Urban Observatoriesin different cities: Córdoba, Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz-Boca del Río and Orizaba. The state governor, theUniversidad Veracruzana signed an Agreement withThematicAbstractsConflictConflictResolution156 May 2006Beyond Conflict 157

ThematicAbstractsConflictConflictResolutionUnited Nations, particularly with the UN Habitatrepresentatives, to start the LUO (OUL).The main objectives of these urban observatories are:A) to identify the conditions, trends and proprietaryissues, through research and Consultive processes inwith local authorities and organizations of the civilsociety (industrial, social and academic);B) to cooperate with other LUO (OUL)already established;C) to create an electronic or physical mean orinformation to keep the social groups informed of theactivities developed; andD) to have meetings to make comparative analysisof indicators and to present the better practices forbetter cities.This collaborative effort aims to incorporate theHabitat Development Agencies that have been alreadypromoted and created by the Habitat Program in thestate of Veracruz and fulfill their objectives, functionsand activities as Local Urban Observatories. TheHabitat Development Agencies are the local organismresponsible for the urban planning process. Each hasto work closely with a university; in this case academicsof the Universidad Veracruzana, in coordinationwith other organizations of the civil society, bothpublic and private. Through working together withthe Habitat Development Agencies, we expect theLocal Urban Observatories to create strong ties andconnections which will effect the process of creatingurban policies in the city.Keywords: urban development; sustainability; participation;developing country; neighborhood/communityplanning; city planning; interdisciplinary;case study; action researchDesigns for Peace: Student Interpretationsof Interior Environmentsthat Promote World PeaceBeacham, Cindy (West Virginia University, WV)[Paper]We face challenges in today’s world that were unthinkableseveral decades ago. The hopes for peacefulcoexistence felt at the end of the cold war, and again atthe collapse of the Berlin wall have all but vanished inlight of the global terrorism over the past 10 years. Researchhas been conducted for decades that marginallyconnect the idea and behaviors of peaceful existencewith the built environment, but little has been done todirectly connect design with the promotion of globalpeace. Wangari Muta Maathai was awarded the NobelPeace prize in 2004 for her work in sustainable environmentsfocused on peace. Her work provides a tangibleexample for us to follow in pursuing the connection betweenpeace and our decisions and actions as designers.Designers have a particularly powerful opportunity toaffect the promotion of peace through the environmentsthey create. This presentation will show researchbaseddesign projects created by interior design studentsthat address the creation and promotion of peacethrough interior design. This final semester capstoneproject encompasses research, design, and presentation.The premise of the projects shown in this presentationis, “to design an interior space that promotes globalpeace”. Students identify their own client and the spacethey will design, but must provide research justificationfor their choices and decisions. Other requirements forthe project include:A) the space must be primarily commercial but havea small residential component;B) the space must be no smaller than 5000 squarefeet, but no larger than 10,000 square feet;C) the location and exterior character must beaddressed and explained as part of the context of theinterior; andD) the designs must use sustainable materials andpractices to the fullest extent possibleProducts required for this project include: clientidentification/description; bubble diagrams andadjacency matrices; conceptual sketches; massingmodels; presentation boards; renderings; constructiondocuments; specifications; budget calculations;and a project journal describing the process, researchbasis for design decisions, methods of addressing sustainability;and how the design furthers global peace.Students in the participating program are requiredto study abroad for a semester during their third year.Their experiences were often counter to the “safety” oftheir home, and increased their awareness of culturaland global conflict in a very personal way. Promotingpeace can be an elusive concept that we often leave tothe governmental officials and “experts” we believe aremore capable of solving the problem than ourselves.This project provided students with an opportunityto explore and embrace their power as professionaldesigners and to understand the level of influence theycould have in this critically important process.Keywords: Interior design, healing environments,public safety, environmental psychology, sustainabilityEDRA’s Impact: A Working GroupOrganizers: Schermer, Brian (University of Wisconsin– Milwaukee); Diaz-Moore, Keith (WashingtonState University); McCoy, Janetta (WashingtonState University); and Nevarez; Julia (Kean University)[Workshop/Working Group]The goals of this working group are to: (1) gauge theEDRA’s success in influencing among the academy,professional communities, and among client organizationsand their institutions; (2) identify opportunitiesfor EDRA to enhance its influence in these areas;and (3) to consider strategies whereby the membershipcan use its creativity and energy to furtherEDRA’s stated mission of using research to create environmentsthat are responsive to human needs. Theorganizers will report on survey results and interviewswith both EDRA members and non-members, andinvite audience participation to comment and offersuggestions. The results will prove useful in shapingEDRA Board policy in the coming years.A Practical Theory-based Approachto Action Research in GenerationalPoverty Survivor CommunitiesThering, Susan(University of Wisconsin – Madison) [Paper]Using a practical theory-based approach to developing,documenting, and evaluating action researchthis paper describes initiatives in communities livingwith repercussions of events beyond their capacityto address. This paper reflects upon a body of literaturefrom the field of education theory to describe acommon “survivor communities” dynamic that transcendsthese communities, and describes the potentialof community-based action research to overcome thisdynamic. The paper illustrates the usefulness of thisapproach by presenting findings from random samplesurvey data collected before and after a recent actionresearch initiative. This case study focuses on responsesto questions about the “possible benefits” of aBrownfield redevelopment project. Interpreted withinthis heuristic, these findings suggest survivor communitiesmay be defined by their capacity to imagine abetter future. It also suggests this capacity may be enhancedby community engagement in action researchinitiatives that have a visible impact on salient communityissues. And more importantly, it suggests that thiscapacity is measurable through relatively simple questionsabout aspirations. The simplicity of this approachmakes it practical for written or verbal administration,with individuals, small groups, random samples, andpanel studies. Thus these findings offer action researchprofessionals a common quantifiable construct thatwill allow them to document community need, evaluateresults, and generate support for action researchinitiatives with relatively simple research methods.Keywords: Action research; Survivor Communities;Emancipatory Learning; QuantitativeEvaluation MethodsThematicAbstractsConflictConflictResolution158 May 2006Beyond Conflict 159

ThematicAbstractsConflictDisasterDisasterCitizen Participation in the Faceof Conflict: Community voiceson the rebuilding and planningof neighborhoods in the wake ofHurricanes Katrina and RitaOrganizers/Presenters: Vick, John; Perkins, Douglas;Christens, Brian; Nelson, Michael; Conway,Patricia; and Speer, Paul (Department of Humanand Organizational Development, Peabody College,Vanderbilt University, TN) [Symposium]A major theme of disaster and forced displacementand resettlement research is reconstitution of community,which can be defined both physically andsocially. Survivors are displaced from their neighborhoodsand community ties and social networks areoften strained or broken. Their place attachments andidentities are disrupted, causing both emotional andmaterial loss. Conflict within the community oftenensues. We will report on qualitative interviews ofevacuees of hurricanes Katrina & Rita, which causedthe largest displacement of whole communities inU.S. history, and key informants among the prior andemergent community leaders from the representedareas evacuated. We examine what factors determinethe form, duration, and success of communityrebuilding (both socially and physically) followingdisasters and other forced relocations. In terms ofphysically-defined community, the voices of longtermresidents of diverse and unique neighborhoodsare essential to the reconstruction of their neighborhoodsto preserve the character and community thatform such an integral part of their identity. We willreport on what neighborhood elements citizens wantpreserved, what they want changed, and who they feelshould have control over the rebuilding process. Interms of socially-defined community, we examineloss of community, social disconnect, and neighborhoodidentity in the wake of disaster. Most of thesocial research on disasters in the U.S. has focused onshort-term and potential long-term, stress-relatedindividual psychological impacts or regional andnational economic impacts, but few have examinedthe impact of displacement and resettlement on thecommunity per se, which is critical to individuals’and families’ ability to cope and adjust and to theirdecision to return and rebuild. Based largely on theexisting international research, communities are oftensurprisingly adaptive and resilient – new leadershipstructures emerge, new organizations form to meetnew challenges, relationships with external agents(government, relief and other nonprofit organizations)develop and evolve. What predicts and explains thedifferent individual and community-level responses?And how long will it take the community to rebuildnot only the housing, but also its social fabric andformal and informal support networks?Keywords: Participation, Ecological Issues,Neighborhood/Community Planning, PlaceAttachment/Place Memory, Preservation/RestorationDevastated Landscapes:EDRA PerceptionsOrganizer: Gumpert, Gary (Urban CommunicationFoundation, NY) Presenters: Gary Gumpert(Urban Communication Foundation, NY); Drucker,Susan (Hofstra University); Sorensen, Lena (NewYork University); Sanford, Jon (Atlanta VA MedicalCenter, GA);Seidel, Andrew (Texas A&M University)and Mazumdar, Sanjoy (University of California,Irvine) [Symposium]There are those moments of utter devastation thatdemands world attention and assistance. The pastfew months have included at least three such circumstances.From the Tsunami to Hurricane Katrinato the earthquake in Kashmir, the responses werefairly predictable – food, medicine, and shelter andthe world responded. When communities are wipedout, when homes are destroyed, when infrastructureis gone, what are the priorities of reconstruction?What can those in the field of environment behaviorcontribute to understanding the loss, planning forreconstruction and forecasting future needs? Thisworkshop will explore these issues from across thespectrum of interests and expertise found at EDRA.Keywords: ecological issues (disaster), preservation/restoration, public safety and welfare, place attachmentand memory, communicationEcological Restoration after Wildfire:Healing Community SpiritRyan, Robert L. and Hamin, Elisabeth (Universityof Massachusetts, Amherst) [Paper]Natural disasters, such as wildfires, have significantand often tragic impacts on human settlements. Thequestion of how to address post-fire mitigation canalso be just as controversial and traumatic for a communityaffected by a wildfire. However, sometimesthe very act of restoring fire devastated forests canprovide healing for a community. The goal of thisUSDA Forest Service funded study was to understandstakeholders’ perceptions of forest restoration afterwildfire. The study looked at the Cerro Grande Fire inLos Alamos, New Mexico, the largest in the state’s historywhich burned over 47,000 acres and destroyed 231structures. The wildfire was especially bitter for localresidents since it began as a prescribed fire set by theNational Park Service at Bandelier National Monumentthat escaped containment and caused the wholesaleevacuation of the entire community of 11,000people and threatened the nearby national nuclearlab. One unique aspect of the post-fire rehabilitationin Los Alamos was a grass-roots organization thatmobilized local residents and school children to plantthousands of acres of trees and other vegetation on theburned areas surrounding the community. In order tounderstand the impact of forest rehabilitation on thecommunity, the study involved structured interviewswith 15 key leaders from local government, environmentalgroups, business and Native American pueblos,as well as two focus groups with local residents andvolunteers. Participants were asked their perceptionsof re-vegetation treatments on the nearby forest, aswell as attitudes about the role of the Forest Service inthe post-fire rehabilitation. One important finding ofthis study is that the volunteer tree-planting effortsboth aided the forest as well as helped the communityheal from the trauma of the fire. Local residents wereeager to participate actively in restoring the nearbyforest, which was a very beloved natural backdropfor the community. The fire also created an opportunityto build networks for collaboration, both withresidents and with other agencies. The study pointsto the important role of government agencies, such asthe Forest Service, in facilitating or assisting in thesegrass-roots volunteer efforts.Keywords: ecological issues (disasters); ecosystemmanagement; outdoor environments; qualitativeresearch; landscape aesthetics/meaningReconstruction after the 2004Tsunami: Ecological and CulturalConsiderations from Case StudiesChang, Hye-jung; Hargrove, Ryan; Long, Yi-xiang(North Carolina State University) [Paper]Design professionals have not often been consultedregarding devastation and rebuilding followingnatural disasters. Most solutions and techniques ofnatural disaster-related recovery emphasize infrastructureengineering and food provision. Whilerecovery efforts and basic survival demand that fooddelivery and movement be facilitated in such areas,issues designers concern themselves with are seldomconsidered. Designers’ focus is on the integrationof ecological and cultural concerns in planning fordisaster recovery. Indeed, after events such as theSoutheast Asian tsunami of 2004, societies must startover with few material objects, but with an extensivecultural consciousness. This paper addresses the rolethat designers can play in such a situation. Suggestionsare made for how designers along with otherprofessionals can facilitate a series of best practicesThematicAbstractsConflictDisaster160 May 2006Beyond Conflict 161

ThematicAbstractsConflictDisasterin disaster recovery. Overviews of large scale disastersfrom three countries are used to illustrate howcultural and ecological considerations are the twoelements most needed in disaster planning, bothpre- and post-event. Suggestions are made regardinghow these elements may be best incorporated intofuture ecologically-based recovery efforts. Evaluationof design precedents used to renovate the natural andbuilt environment presents a positive and necessaryframework for recovery.Keywords: natural disaster, cultural, ecological,case study, Korea, China, flood, hurricane, tsunami,reconstructionTerrorism, Natural Disastersand Conflicts Over Space: HowCan EDRA Attendees Contributeto Understanding TheseContemporary Threats?Organizers: Rivlin, Leanne; Chapin, David andSteinmayer, Karen (City University of New York)[Workshop/Working Group]The world has been suffering from threats topeaceful existence for a very long time but the past fewyears have presented a string of catastrophes that requireattention. After presenting a very brief overviewof issues, the attendees will focus on a few examples inneed of work by our fields. We will make efforts to addressa research and action agenda appropriate for environmentalprofessionals dealing with these concerns.We will review relevant existing theory and research inorder to clarify the components of the problems thatcould benefit from our discussion. Our goal would bethe preparation of a work agenda in which attendeescould participate to offer directions for change. Asexamples, two major areas loom forward for consideration,(1) the continuing, multiple conflicts in theMiddle East, and (2) the so-called “natural disasters”in the gulf areas of the United States. Different intheir origins, cultural meanings, personal impactsand outcomes, the issues of stress, personal space,territoriality, place identity and place attachment arecommon to many of the places involved. This sessionmay add other issues to this list and suggest directionsfor future steps by our members.Keywords: stress, place attachment/place memory,health/ healing environments, culture,temporary settlementTerritory in Temporary Shelters:Media-Documented Space ClaimingFollowing Hurricane KatrinaWallack, Catherine and Webb, Jennifer (Universityof Arkansas) [Poster]Territories include objects, places and larger regions(Altman & Chemer, 1980) that individuals andgroups identify as being owned or controlled. Peoplemark territories as a way of communicating to othersthat the space is ‘owned’ (Altman, 1975). The recentHurricane Katrina disaster allows human-environmentbehaviors and, in particular, territorialitythrough space making and space claiming, to beexamined in new contexts. The role of privacy andterritory/personal space mechanisms are significantwhen individuals, families, and entire communitiesare uprooted and forced into shelters and temporaryhousing. These provisional accommodations do notfulfill privacy requirements, particularly by Americanstandards. Territory serves two primary roles; thefirst is that of personal identity and the second is theregulation of social processes such as mediating interactionbetween individuals and groups (Edney, 19076).Territories regulate social behaviors and reduceconfusion. People have a better understanding of whatmay or may not be appropriate in a particular setting.Additionally, environments limit particular behaviorsin the space can be carried out. Territories that areclearly defined can reduce aggression by reducingintrusions through commonly recognized boundaries.Importantly, territories are an expression of hierarchyand status. Territories can contain necessary resourcesfor survival, can have an ideal location, and is often areflection of investment on the part of the owner. Inthe context of temporary shelters, hierarchical andstatus attributes associated with territories have beenremoved and the displaced persons must reestablishthese attributes in a new and inadequate setting.Photographic images, news reports, and narrativeaccounts will be used as the foundation for this presentation.Images of the Astrodome in Houston andthe Superdome in New Orleans, For example, suggesta predetermined plan for the arrangement of cots andother sleeping surface. This arrangement preventedinitial space claiming other than the temporarymarking of public space with possessions. In this situation,the rarity of possessions available for claimingand the value of those possessions underline the tensionand conflict reported in these settings. Psychologicalsecurity and adaptation is constructed fromthe personalization of territories (Lang, 1987). An additionalstressor is the heterogeneity of the population.Although many of the residents came from the samegeographical location, age, cultural, and communityaffiliations created a highly diverse population anddiverse needs. The density and diversity combinedwith the activity range (mourning, resting, childcare,etc.) further compounds the conflict.Keywords: stress, privacy, crowding/density, ecologicalissues, temporary settlementTo Build or Burn: Conflicts ofDevelopment and WildfireBrzuszek, Robert; Walker, Jason; and Schauwecker,Tim (Mississippi State) [Paper]The wildland-urban interface is defined as an areawhere various structures, most notably private homes,and other human developments meet or are intermingledwith forest and other vegetative fuel types(in terms of wildfires). The heightened risk of wildfireis a growing concern regarding development in ruralareas. This paper explores the challenges of the wildland-urbaninterface and identifies opportunities/constraints for the design professions in the design,planning, and management of development. Thissession will be organized to present the context of firehistory; a case study of a fire-damaged community;and current state and local policies, codes, and ordinancesregarding building in fire-prone regions.Fire history precedes human history, but the humaninfluence on fire’s history is significant. Human’suse of fire played an integral role in broadening fireadaptedecosystems. With this propensity to burn, afire regime that met our ancestor’s needs was established.The fire-prone landscape that we see today canbe attributed to our removal of anthropogenic fireand the subsequent change in the fire regime.The 1991 East Bay Hills Fire in the Oakland-Berkeley area of California captured the attention ofa national audience, partially due to the sheer magnitudeand tremendous damage to the community. Thisevent also created a much broader national concernfor wildfire in the urban interface, and became apivotal example that led to the heightened federal andstate efforts that we see today. Post-analysis of the fireconcluded that design/management decisions couldhave significantly reduced loss.Over the past decade, a prolific increase in thenumber of ordinances in cities, subdivisions, andcounties concerning wildland-urban interface developmenthave occurred. These ordinances directly impactall development, including the scope of work forarchitects and landscape architects. Each communityhas differences in codes and regulations according tofire hazard severity, but zoning laws apply to variousaspects of land use. States with local zoning andsubdivision regulations regarding wildland-urbanplanning include Florida, Montana, Washington,Utah, Arizona, New Mexico and Idaho. In certaincommunities, development plans for subdivisions areregulated, subject to review, and given approval by thelocal fire departments.Developing in the wildland-urban interface mustaddress a broad range of factors that extend beyonda single discipline’s expertise. Therefore, in order tosuccessfully integrate development into wildlandurbaninterface areas, a multi-disciplinary approachis essential. The design professions routinely collaboratewith one another, however, the issues posedThematicAbstractsConflictDisaster162 May 2006Beyond Conflict 163

ThematicAbstractsConflictMemorialsby the wildland-urban interface requires the designprofessions to broaden their collaborations to include:ecologists, biologists, federal agencies, state and localgovernments, foresters, fire departments, insurancecompanies, developers, stakeholders, and the public.Wildland-urban interface development posessignificant challenges. The design professions cancontribute in the building of these areas to ensure thehealth, safety, welfare, and sustainability of the landand its inhabitants. Whether it is developing alternativestrategies for areas of high risk at a regional scaleor designing defensible space at the site scale, we mustrecognize and address the challenges presented.Keywords: Disasters, wildfires, sustainabilityMemorialsManifesting Conflict –Memorials, Counter-Memorialsand Public SpaceLanghorst, Joern (University of Colorado at Denver)[Paper]Creating places of commemoration is intrinsicallylinked to human existence. Recently, issues of memory,commemoration and co modification have taken ona considerable presence in the public, triggered by thediscussions around the memorial at Ground Zero, theFlight 93 Memorial competition, the process aroundthe design of the Oklahoma City bombing memorial,the almost 20-year long process surrounding theMemorial for the Murdered Jews in Europe in Berlin.Investigating these and a number of other memorials,this paper will explore questions concerning thedesign, creation and reception of memorials in theircultural, social, artistic and spatial context. The memorialsinvestigated engage the phenomena and ideaof ‘conflict’ in two ways: they memorialize a traumaticevent that is the direct results of a conflict and in theprocess of their conceptualization have to engage andnegotiate conflicting interpretations and readings ofthat event. The built, permanent memorial, employingconventional strategies of commemoration literallyand spatially inscribes a particular interpretation intothe (mostly) public space it occupies – with a high degreeof permanence and immutability. This positionsconventional memorials distinctively at odds with theinherent changeability of individual and collectivememory, affected by an array of states and stimuli,such as the stages of grief and changes in culturaland political context. The interpretations of conflictmanifested in such permanent memorials are mostlyrepresentative of positions of power during theirinception – and allow analyzing both the originatingconflict and the discourse on acceptable readings ofthat underlying conflict at later points in time.James Young’s assertion that contemporary (Holocaust)memorials “aim not to console but to provoke,not to remain fixed but to change, not to be everlastingbut to disappear, not to be ignored by passers-by butto demand interaction, not to remain pristine but toinvite their own violation and not to accept graciouslythe burden of memory but to drop it at the subject’sfeet” (Huyssen 1994) opens the possibility to understandcommemoration as a continuous process. Theemerging idea of a counter-memorial allows engagingthe process and space of commemoration as a locationof ongoing conflicts. In that sense and ideal memorialwould provide a location and forum to enter a discourse,a process that would engage and activate publicspace in meaningful ways. Conflicts surroundingissues of finding an appropriate spatial and aestheticexpression, the ‘ownership’ of trauma and grief, the comodification of memory, the conflict between “the sacredand the profane”, between commemoration and‘useful’ public space, between spontaneity, power andplanning are intrinsic to the examples analyzed andresolved in different ways which suggest different waysto reflect the ephemeral conditions of site and memorywhile maintaining its importance in public space.Keywords: aesthetics/meaning, culture, social issues,urban, theory/conceptualizationTerrorizing Commemoration:Design without Guilt at theWorld Trade Center MemorialWatkins, Nicholas (University of Illinois at Urbana– Champaign) [Paper]Will the World Trade Center Memorial’s designfavor an account of 9/11 independent of the need tomourn the event? This question will be explored byexamining competing narratives of guilt and sacrificevying for expression in the Memorial’s design. Theory(derived from hermeneutics, object relations theory,and place attachment theory) hypothesizing the psychologybehind commemorative environments willbe applied. In the process, the design of the Memorialwill be examined and evaluated as a medium formourning. Because mourning involves changes inour selves, the dynamic between memory and identityis the focus of this literature review on the Memorial.When we remember, we determine our andothers’ identities as subjects and objects: I, me, andyou. When we commemorate, we “remember together”in the presence of others within a shared identityexpressed as “we.” Common symbols allow individualsto consolidate private memories of a key eventwith their community’s identity and history. To do so,common symbols have physical presence as commonobjects. Common objects can transcend individualperceptions by allowing community members totouch and see as facts in the world shared, recognizedmeanings. Common objects communicate morals andsacred ideals with words, statuary, landmarks, and architecture.In turn, common objects mediate a public,democratic process during which individuals debateinterpretations of an event. Maintenance of commonobjects requires repeated ritual. Consequently, the“living” remembers and imagines the history of theircommunity’s identity by constructing and revisingnarratives and traditions in accordance with contemporaryevents. As common objects, memorialsreflect sentiments specific to a society’s commemorativepractices. Ideally, memorials communicate thebenefits of worthwhile sacrifices. They represent theexchange of a burden wherein the living recognizesthe losses of individuals who successfully gave towardthe common good. Therefore, losses are not in vain.9/11 challenges individuals to find a reason forlosses in terms of socially acceptable sacrifices. Openacknowledgement of loss and guilt motivates exchangesnecessary for sacrifice to take its course.Losses caused by terror create anxiety and guilt accompaniedby mourning. If we balance both positiveand negative emotions by confronting our relationshipwith a loss, then we can master a loss. However, ifwe deny a loss, we avoid anxiety, mourning, responsibility,and guilt. For communities, avoidance andshame result in memorials whose designs supportnarratives hiding shame and questions of sacrifice.Such memorials enforce socially sanctioned narrativesat the expense of an emerging consensus. Inturn, these memorials reflect a false recognition andcontinuity between the living and the losses commemorated.Also, they deflect a responsibility tomourn by reinforcing shared identities of victimhoodencouraging blame and revenge. Far from catalyzingmourning, these memorials isolate private memoriesof the event from public expression. Denial of guiltreflects a society’s ability to mourn using memorialdesigns responsive or unresponsive to a tragedy. Indeed,avoidance of guilt terrorizes commemoration asmuch as terrorism does.Keywords: Terrorism, 9/11, memorials,World Trade CenterThematicAbstractsConflictMemorials164 May 2006Beyond Conflict 165

ThematicAbstractsConflictHomelessness &the BuiltEnvironmentHomelessness & theBuilt EnvironmentHomeless Interactions with theBuilt Environment: A SpatialPattern Language ofAbandoned HousingKaplan, Abram (Denison University, OH) [Paper]One of the agonizing conflicts of our modern socialfabric is the disjunction between people with regularshelter and those without. The homeless, while oftencharacterized as a uniform population, encompass aspectrum of living conditions and challenges in therealm of health, finances, social expectations, behavioralpatterns, and material necessities. Thanks tothe on-going process of enumerating the homeless inNewark, Ohio, we have begun to understand betterthe structural and spatial factors which inform thebehaviors and decisions of this population. This studyexpands on the basic annual counts with the help oftwo particular tools: Christopher Alexander’s “patternlanguage” and the analytical power of geographicinformation systems (GIS). Newark is a largely bluecollarcity in central Ohio, with a population of justunder 50,000, occupying about 20 square miles. Thecombined population of unsheltered and shelteredhomeless, along with marginally-housed individuals,numbers in the range of 1,000–2,000 people, varyingwidely by season. De-industrialization, depopulationof the urban core, and reduction of resources availableto low-income individuals has impacted Newark powerfully.More particularly, with the construction of abypass highway, starting in the mid-1960s, parts of thecity were bifurcated, and residential areas have beenblighted by the transportation corridor. This exacerbatedthe homeless situation in the community, and asignificant number of residents have required temporaryshelter of one sort or another in the aftermath ofthese infrastructural changes. The pattern languageperspective offers a unique lens onto the modes ofpeople‘s interaction with their built environment. Inparticular, Alexander has identified numerous waysin which indigenous design models more closely onsustainable modes of existence than does the expertimposedarchitectural form. We were intrigued toobserve that Newark homeless people seem to havetheir own pattern language relating to the desirabilityof abandoned buildings, and have taken on the currentresearch project to develop a more formalized schemafor understanding this phenomenon. For example,houses with little foliage – and thus greater observabilityfrom the street – are far less often inhabitedthan those which are more hidden. Buildings withbrand new plywood on windows and doors are muchless likely to be occupied for temporary shelter thanare those with weathered sheathing. Numerous themesalong these lines have emerged in our observations of,and conversations with, the homeless people of thiscommunity. By using the analytical capabilities of GIS,we will be able to derive a spatial language of these patterns,and demonstrate the adaptive qualities of homelessbehavior and movement around this urban area.We anticipate that this will evolve into a useful tool forhousing advocates and city officials seeking to providebetter services for the homeless and to result in morethoughtful allocation of resources to fit the preferencesand needs of the people who require such assistance.Keywords: spatial behavior, homeless, urbandesign, pattern language, GIS (GeographicInformation Systems)Urban Design Project forthe Lafayette Neighborhood,Nashville, TN: Addressing theissues of homelessnessOrganizer: Gaston, Gary(Nashville Civic Design Center, TN)Presenters: Gaston, Gary (Nashville Civic DesignCenter, TN); Davis, T.K. (Nashville Civic DesignCenter, TN); Vick, John (Vanderbilt University);Christens, Brian (Vanderbilt University, TN); Morgan,Randy (Metropolitan Nashville-Davidson CityPlanning Department, TN); and Hayes, Robert(Auburn University, AL) [Symposium]This design project was completed at the request ofthe metropolitan housing agency in Nashville, TN.The Lafayette neighborhood, a triangular area immediatelysouth of downtown (bounded by railroadtracks and major roads) recently received a CommunityDevelopment Block Grant for physical improvements.Although the area has few permanent residents,it is the site for several agencies that work as the majorhubs of service provision for the homeless residentsof the city. The urban design interests of these serviceproviders, the interests of the homeless residentsthemselves, and the interests of the business ownersin the neighborhood were expected to widely diverge.Three meetings were held; one with each of thesegroups. Even within the groups, there was a diversityof opinion on issues of design in the neighborhood.The fourth meeting brought these groups face to faceto discuss urban design plans for the neighborhood.This design project was shaped through the discussionthat took place. The project functions as an exampleof the role of conflict in design and research.Keywords: urban development, social issues/ socialjustice, crime/fear of crime, participation, case studyCrime & the BuiltEnvironmentConflict between Space andCrime: Exploring the relationshipbetween spatial configurationand crime locationBaran, Perver (North Carolina State University),Smith, William R. (North Carolina State University),and Toker, Umut (California PolytechnicState University SLO) [Paper]Research from different disciplines has exploredthe crime-space relationship often with controversialresults. In the area of urban design, the most influentialempirical study that examined the crime-environmentconnection was conducted by Oscar Newman(Newman, 1972; Newman 1976). Newman elaboratedthe idea of defensible space and its most important elementsof territoriality and natural surveillance. Later,the concept of defensible space provided the theoreticalgrounding for the development of Crime Preventionthrough Environmental Design (CPTED). Based ondefensible space theory the surveillance of the spaceonto which the building entrances open makes thespace safe. More recently, a considerable body ofresearch has examined the relationship between theoccurrence of criminal events and spatial configurationas measured by space syntax methodology (Hillier,1998; Shu, 1999). Contrary to the theory of defensiblespace, most of the space syntax research has shownthat crime, in particular property crime, tend to clusterin segregated areas, particularly in those “unconstitutedenclosed clusters which Newman considered tobe the key to increase local surveillance and hence toexclude causal intrusion by non-residents” (Shu, 1999).These research findings also confirm Jacobs’ (1961)view that the circulation of people and appreciationof public spaces are crucial elements to the urbanvitality and that natural surveillance is a good deter-ThematicAbstractsConflictCrime &the BuiltEnvironment166 May 2006Beyond Conflict 167

ThematicAbstractsConflictCrime &the BuiltEnvironmentrent to criminal activity. However, not all space syntaxresearch has supported these findings (Reis, Portella,Bennett, and Lay, 2003). The controversial results pointto the fact that the relationship between space andcrime occurrence is not a simple one. This paper reportsan ongoing study that examines the relationshipbetween spatial configuration as measured by spacesyntax methodology and the actual crime locations intown of Cary, NC. Data for this research include crimeevent locations obtained from town police records,census data, street network data, and parcel based landuse data obtained from the tax assessment database. Inorder to explore the persistency of the relationship betweenspatial configuration and crime event locations,we will analyze 1994 and 2002 data separately. We havealready conducted separate configurational analysisfor these two years and have obtained spatial configurationparameters, which include global integration,local integration, and street connectivity. Second, wewill spatially locate the crime event locations usingthe geographic information systems (GIS) technology.Since Cary is a relatively “safe” place, we assume thata single twelve-month period will not yield enoughcrime data for analysis. To overcome this problem,for each time period, 1994 and 2002, we will includea three-year crime data, 1993–1995 and 2001–2003,respectively. Finally, we will perform spatial/statisticalanalyses for the two time periods separately in order tounderstand the role of spatial configuration in crimeevent locations. This analysis will also point to changesin space-crime relationships.Keywords: crime, urban, space syntax, GIS (geographicinformation systems)Exploring the Fear or AttractiveFeatures in a ParkSaka, Iori and Hanyu, Kazunori (Nihon University,Japan) [Poster]Parks have many functions such as refreshing mindand body, providing recreational facilities and spacesfor children to play. A park can be thought of as aplace of rest, but there are often problems in parks.People often feel fear in park settings because crime inparks has become both more felonious and diversifiedin recent years in Japan. Thus, there is high fearthat one could be a victim of crime in a park. Thisresearch identifies spatial features in a park useful incrime prevention. Park users identified places wherethey felt that they may encounter crime. Research hasreported that there are spatial features which can beconnected with fear of crime. However, these featuresmay conflict with park functionality. For example, toomuch vegetation worsens the prospect of crime. At thesame time, large amounts of vegetation are valuablefor people who live in a city. Therefore investigatingparks from both of the crime prevention side andfunctional side is necessary. This study revealed attractivefeatures and features that promote fear, anddifferences or commonalities between them. Wefocused on inhabitants of a housing development inthe city suburbs. We asked participants to plot pointsthat generate fear or attraction and to describe reasonswhy they made their selection. Furthermore, we askedthem about their frequency of visiting selected places.Results revealed differences and common pointsbetween features which promote fear and attractivefeatures. The results suggest possibilities for parkdesign which are attractive while also enhancing theircrime prevention potential.Keywords: park, landscape architecture, crime/fearof crime, public safety, neighborhood planningRemaking Minnie Street: TheImpacts of Urban Revitalizationon Pedestrian and Crime SafetyPowe, Mike and Day, Kristen (University of California,Irvine, CA) [Paper]For years, Minnie Street was known as one of themost dangerous neighborhoods in the City of SantaAna, California. In the local imagination, MinnieStreet conjured associations with gangs and drugs,and residents reported that gunshots were a commonsound after dark. Buildings on the street showeddecades of neglect and disrepair. Minnie Street wasalso a dangerous place for children, with few secureplaces to play and many unsafe traffic conditions.Beginning in 1998, the City of Santa Ana undertook amulti-million dollar renovation of Minnie Street, extensivelyrenovating apartment interiors, exteriors andcourtyards as well as making major improvements tothe street itself. Today, a prominent sign displayingthe neighborhood’s new name, Cornerstone Village,greets those entering Minnie Street. Traffic, now oneway,meanders down the street, between widened sidewalks,and diagonal on-street parking. This study examineswhether the renovation of Minnie Street wasassociated with improved perceptions of pedestriansafety and safety from crime as well as improvementsin actual safety. The research involves several formsof data collection. In-person surveys with MinnieStreet residents were conducted by promoters beforerevitalization in 2000 (n = 163) and Santa Ana Collegestudents after in 2005 (n = 121). Residents were questionedabout their perceptions of pedestrian safety aswell as perceptions of safety from crime with focuson the safety of children. They were also questionedabout their perceptions of the street and their housing.Observations of pedestrian and vehicular traffic wereconducted on four occasions before and four occasionsafter revitalization, matched for time and day ofthe week. Traffic speeds were collected with a radargun, and traffic counts were conducted. Pedestrianbehavior was observed over fifteen-minute periods onfour occasions before and after the renovation. Finally,with the help of the Santa Ana Police Department,crime data was gathered for the Minnie Street projectarea and for the city. Findings show an increase inperceived safety of pedestrians and children associatedwith renovation, but survey results demonstrateless positive change in perceptions of safety fromcrime as residents feel they are as safe or less safe (particularlywith regard to gang activity). Findings alsodemonstrate that residents feel more pride in theirneighborhood and have more positive perceptionsof the neighborhood and their dwellings. Researcherobservations revealed decreases in vehicular speedsand traffic volume as well as fewer pedestrians inareas near the buildings after renovation. Crime datashows a reduction in actual crime (particularly violentcrime) associated with revitalization, but these resultsare somewhat inconclusive. While the revitalizationof Minnie Street was associated with improved livingconditions and increased neighborhood safety, theresults with regard to fear of crime and actual crimeare less positive. This paper will discuss the implicationsof the Minnie Street revitalization as a model forfuture revitalization efforts.Keywords: urban revitalization, crime/fear of crime,low income, public safety, neighborhood planningRoundtable on Crime and the BuiltEnvironment: EnvironmentalCriminology: Network InceptionOrganizers/Presenters: Hecht, Peter (Temple University,PA); Nasar, Jack (Ohio State University);and Wener, Richard (Polytechnic University of NewYork) [Workshop/Working Group]Beyond existing approaches to crime and designthere is a need to examine illicit and inappropriatebehavior from a systemic point of view. This approachwill look at ways and means combining environmental,organizational, and community research intoa comprehensive view of behavior, licit and illicit assituated in a place, time, and social structure. Similarto a time-space analysis of pedestrian behavior, suchan approach takes behavior along a continuumwithout any necessary breaks between that whichis defined as licit and that which is identified ascriminal. Through this set of lens researchers can beset free to examine the physical setting as an elementin defining as well as supporting/inhibiting types ofbehavior. This is a take-off from the work of Goffman(1971, 1974) as well as that of Taylor (1989, 1996). Thepurpose of the working group is generative. The sessionwill provide a setting in which to explore themeslinked to environmental incivilities, temporal andstructural facets of behavior that may be related tocrime, vandalism, pranks, letting steam off, etc. IssuesThematicAbstractsConflictCrime &the BuiltEnvironment168 May 2006Beyond Conflict 169

ThematicAbstractsConflictCrime &the BuiltEnvironmentof situation awareness, varying vulnerability, tipping,along with more recognized topics in the area arewelcome and embraced within this session. Our intentis to generate enough heat and interest to identify initiativesand topics for the network to coalesce around.All fields and perspectives are invited to participate inwhat should be an invigorating discussion. The organizerswill very briefly present individual perspectivesfrom their own work and research as a way of bootstrappingthe session.Keywords: crime/fear of crime, public safety, neighborhoodplanningSpatial Configuration and ActualCrime Locations in a UniversityCampus SettingLong, Yixiang and Baran, Perver (North CarolinaState University) [Paper]Crime has long been thought to be intimately associatedwith the physical environment in which it occurs.Based on this premise, a body of research in this areahas focused on exploring the relationship betweenphysical environment and unsafe perception or fearof crime in urban environments (Wilson & Kelling,1982; Lewis & Salem 1985; Taylor & Hale, 1986; Taylor,1987; Perkins et al. 1992). Most of these studies haveexplored the association between physical incivilities,poor lighting, and overgrown vegetation and fear ofcrime. Another body of research has focused on exploringthe relationship between physical environmentand actual crime location (Beavon, Brantingham andBrantingham, 1994; Loukoaitou-Sideris, 1999). Thesestudies have pointed to the importance of territoriality,accessibility, and physical incivilities in occurrence ofcrime. More recently, a considerable body of researchhas examined the relationship between the occurrenceof criminal events and spatial configuration asmeasured by space syntax methodology (Hillier, 1998;Shu, 1999, Hillier, 2005). Research in this area hasshown that crime tend to cluster in segregated areas.However not all space syntax research has supportedthese findings (Reis, Portella, Bennett, and Lay, 2003).The controversial results point to the fact that therelationship between space and crime occurrence is anot a simple one. In addition, so far, most of the spacesyntax research has focused on residential neighborhoods,housing estates, and communities. This paperwill report an ongoing study that explores the relationshipbetween spatial configuration and the locationof outdoor crime events in a campus environment,North Carolina State University campus. In additionto spatial configuration as measured by space syntaxmethodology, the study examines few additionalenvironmental characteristics, such as lighting andvegetation, which have shown to play role in actualcrime location. Data for this research –crime eventlocations, spatial configuration parameters, trees, andlights – have been integrated in a geographic informationsystem (GIS) database, which allows for variousstatistical and spatial analyses. The initial findingssuggest that crime events tend to cluster in integratedareas of the campus.Keywords: Crime, campus, space syntax, GIS (geographicinformation system)Spatial Layout and Vulnerabilityof Burglary and Car Crime: Casestudies from UK and TaiwanShu, Chih-Feng (Tunghai University, Tawain)[Paper]Crime prevention has become one of the main issuesin city management and development in the pastfew years. Western countries have tried to amend theirpolitical strategies to focus on up-lifting economicgrowth and cutting down the unemployment rate.They have also tried to increase and to strengthenfunctions of patrol and detecting equipments (such asCCTV), and have also toughened up laws in the hopeof easing or even cutting crime down significantly.The fundamental ideology of "territoriality and defensiblespace" proposed by Oscar Newman has beenadopted by the British Home Office in order to establishthe "Secured by Design" scheme for local plannersand architects' references without clear evidence forits effectiveness. The controversial findings of myPh.D. research on space and crime in Britain seem tosuggest that the efficiency of Newman's theory couldbe over-estimated and should be treated with caution(Shu 2000). This new research project is an extensionof my PhD research and studies two cities in Taiwan.It focuses on the correlations between crime rates ofburglary (or car crime) and the spatial characteristicsof the environmental situations of these crimes. Fordetailed analysis of the spatial configuration, the"space syntax" method has been deployed. Moreover,social factors are controlled and multivariate analysisis used in order to clarify space and crime issues. TheUK studies will be compared to the case studies inTaiwan. The contribution of this research will not beconfined to Taiwan but will be applicable in othercontexts as well.Keywords: crime, crime prevention, urban design,space syntaxThe Role of Space Syntax inExplaining the GeographicalPatterns of Crime in ResidentialNeighborhoodsNubani, Linda (American University in Dubai,UAE) and Wineman, Jean (University of Michigan)[Paper]Criminologists, planners, and architects are still unableto predict criminals’ preferences for committingan offense in one location over another. Criminologistsassociate crime with sociodemographic factorssuch as income, racial composition, youth concentrationand level of education. Architects and plannerson the other hand, relate crime to environmentaldesign factors such as lighting, target hardening, ororientation of entrances, just to name a few. Recently,some work using space syntax has demonstratedstatistical relationships between properties of spatiallayouts and the occurrence of certain types of crimes.Space syntax consists of theories and methodologiesused to examine the relationships between spaceand its social use. This research applies space syntaxtechniques to examine the geographical patterns offour types of offense behavior: breaking and entering,larceny, vehicle theft and robbery. Crime data, at anaddress level with the exact date and time, is based ona 12-month period for the city of Ypsilanti, Michigan(USA). After mapping crime locations using GIS (geographicinformation system) and assigning sociodemographicvariables to block groups in Ypsilanti, anaxial map was prepared using Spatialist, a programdeveloped by Peponis and Wineman. The axial mapcomprised of 547 straight, long lines of sights thathave been drawn manually to cover all the spaces inYpsilanti. The Spatialist automatically assigns eachline with values of connectivity and integration. Anegative binomial distribution was used to examinerelationships between spatial and sociodemographicmeasures and four types of crimes in thirty blockgroups in Ypsilanti. The research demonstrated thattwo space syntax measures, local integration and connectivity,were highly associated with different crimetypes through interactions with levels of home ownership.Other factors such as median income, youthconcentration, density, racial composition and globalintegration did not feature in the predictive model.Results of the study suggest that space syntax can be avaluable tool in explaining the geographical distributionof crime in residential neighborhoods.Keywords: crime, crime prevention, urban design,space syntaxThematicAbstractsConflictCrime &the BuiltEnvironment170 May 2006Beyond Conflict 171

ThematicAbstractsCulture &EnvironmentCulture & EnvironmentBetween Veils and Revelations:The Interior Life of (Women in)the Modern Middle EastEl Kharbawy, A. Sameh (University of North Carolinaat Greensboro) [Paper]Since September 11, 2001 the question of Islamhas been thrust into world consciousness withamazing insistence. Media propaganda and officialdiscourse in the U.S. have convinced far too manythat large swaths of the Muslim world are occupiedby underdeveloped, incompetent, and doomedpeoples whose cultures and civilizations are deeplyopposed to the modern world and to ‘our’ values:namely democracy, freedom and human rights.Added to this is the appallingly abstract propositionthat a “clash of civilizations” is inevitable. Arabsand Muslims around the world are also reassessingtheir culture and religious practices; rituals thatwere previously followed blindly are now beingquestioned and understood for their spiritualsignificance and purpose. This paper consists of twocomplementary and loosely related parts. The firstsection, which I will entitle “Islam and Modernity”,consists of a few observations and a hypothesis aboutthe interrelation between modernity and Islam. Thishypothesis will serve as a theoretical frameworkfor the second part which tells the story of a smallcommunity of Muslim women in Matariyah, alower-middle class neighborhood in the Easternpart of Cairo, Egypt, and their means of creatingmodern homes and workplaces while challengingthe paternal traditions of local culture. My primaryobjective is to draw from the Matariyah experiencelessons for understanding the relationship between(Western) modernity and a rapidly developingMiddle East, and for sustaining human creativity inthe context of the design and development processes.A secondary objective is to draw scholarly andprofessional attention to the complex (yet habituallyabstracted and simplified) human reality of womenin Egypt, and their contributions to a moremodern Middle East.Keywords: theory/criticism, design, culture,cultural politics, modernityConflict and the Shaping of theNational Museum of the AmericanIndian (NMAI)Organizer: Paxson, Lynn (Iowa State University,Ames) Presenters: Paxson, Lynn (Iowa StateUniversity, Ames), Juhasz, Joseph (University ofColorado, Boulder). Discussants: Martinez, RubénO. (University of Texas, San Antonio) [Symposium]On September 21, 2004 after more than a decadeof planning, preparation and design, marked alongthe way with a number of very public conflicts, theSmithsonian NMAI (National Museum of theAmerican Indian) opened its doors. While theopening was perhaps not as marked by conflict as itmight have been – it did generate a certain amountof controversy, some of which is ongoing. The storyof the events and process(s) that led to this point areinteresting and instructive. There was controversyabout changing the location of the collection,about transferring the ownership and control, andcontroversy over the design and designers of themuseum. Although there was some controversyover the building design itself, there has been greatercontroversy over the content of the museum – thedisplays, the choice of objects and the interpretationprovided. Design professionals and environmentalsocial scientists understand the human modifiedenvironment as a material production of cultures.As a result, we also support the idea of spaces ascommunicative. The contextually defined relationsbetween objects, places, and people communicatethe values, decisions, and choices made throughout abroadly defined process of placemaking. Places havemeanings, they tell stories. The new SmithsonianNational Museum of the American Indian locatedon the Mall in Washington D.C. sought to be anexample of creating a very different and uniquesense or spirit of place (or recreating an older orformer sense of place) in this heavily colonizedand transformed place. Sensitivity is required toproduce successful designs for native communitiesthat meet the challenge of interpreting and reflectingappropriate cultural qualities and values of placeinto these new architectural expressions. The NMAIproject has been approached holistically consideringcarefully the issues of the site through to the objectsin the exhibits. The intent was to make a place, thatalthough part of the Mall and meeting all the Mallrestrictions/guidelines, was recognizably a differentkind of place, a different set of experiences from themoment you stepped onto the grounds – to makea native place. Lynn Paxson and Joe Juhasz willdiscuss the controversy over the interpretation andpresentation in the recently opened SmithsonianNMAI. These controversies swirl around thedifferences in worldviews (epistemologies) betweenNative Americans or First Peoples and Mainstreamor Non-Indigenous people as well as around thediversity among American Indians or First Nationsgroups. They reflect traditions, cultures and identitiesthat are always evolving, that refuse to be frozen inan anthropological past, and that have maintainedtheir identities, colonized peoples who may struggleto control assimilation and acculturation in anincreasingly globalized world. These controversiesraise at some level the question of who will tell the‘stories’ in this museum as well as whose ‘stories’will be told. The two presenters will take ratherdifferent positions on these controversial issuesand aspects allowing the ‘conflict’ of their dialogueto help illustrate the value of ‘conflict’ in revealingdiverse interpretations. Ruben Martinez will actas a discussant reflecting on their dialogue to poseevocative issues and provide additional points ofdiscussion. The session will examine the powerrelationships inherent in choosing narratives andmethods of interpretation. Who gets to decidewhose story is told? Can the narrating of stories benegotiated by multiple factions and if so, how? Whatmethods have been used to express multiple storiesin a single space and which of these have been mostsuccessful? This symposium will examine, these andother questions, and encourage audience participationand discussion in looking for understanding.Keywords: art, urban design/scale, architecture,landscape architecture, case study, qualitative,culture, communicationDesign, Meanings and Symbolismof the American MosqueAmor, Cherif (Texas Tech University) [Paper]While it is very well documented that Islam wasin practice in the United States before the Americancivil war (Kahera, 1999), there is a substantiallack of studies pertaining to American Muslimphysical environments, specifically the mosqueenvironment from an environmental behavioralperspective. Several reasons justify this lack. First,the mosque is a recent architectural artifact withinthe American urban fabric. Art historians believethat the establishment of the first mosque in Americawas in 1926 in Highland Park (a city within theboundaries of Detroit) where the first Ford MotorCo. plant was located. The second reason behindthis lack is that early Muslim immigrants, unlikerecent immigrants, perceived America as a transitoryeconomic station in their lives. This transient attitudeyielded a passive lifestyle that limited Muslimsarchitectural contribution to the host culture. Thethird reason is that art historians prefer to studytraditional models in the Muslim world that virtuallyproduced an abundant body of literature regardingthe architecture of the mosque in the Muslim world.Likewise, the fourth reason revolves around the factthat the majority of mosques (55%) were existingThematicAbstractsCulture &Environment172 May 2006Beyond Conflict 173

ThematicAbstractsCulture &Environmentstructures (Council of American-Islamic Relations,2001) that architecturally and aesthetically did notconstitute an attraction for the art, architecture,and design communities. The scarce literature thatstarted to emerge decades after the 1963 ratificationof the immigration laws revolved around the art andarchitectural contexts (built environment) whilethe behavioral studies remained almost negligible.Kahera, 2002; Petruciolli and Pirani, 2002; Steeleand Serageldin, 1996; Frishman and Khan, 1994;and Prochazka, 1986; have addressed profusely theart and architectural contexts of the mosque whilethe behavioral and semantic contexts remainedunexplored. Therefore the purpose of this researchis: (a) to identify the environmental and behavioralinfluences that have shaped the American mosque(b) to identify the meanings associated with theresulting spatial composition as pertaining to thesocial, psychological, and cultural contexts, and (c) toidentify the spatial consequences of adaptation tothe host environment. Because of the heterogeneityof the American mosque, thirteen mosques werepurposefully selected from three states – Michigan,Illinois and Texas – that included existing and custombuilt structures, early and recent structures, sizes, andlocations. Two data collection techniques were used:1) open-ended interviews, and 2) physical surveysthat holistically provided cross data validity checks(Patton, 1990). During the open-ended interviewsessions, whereby an interview guide was used,thirteen community leaders, imams, or membersof the boards of trustees were interviewed in themosque in spaces of their choice. Data were analyzedusing open coding (Strauss and Corbin, 1990). Dataanalysis, specifically the process of categorizingphenomena, whereby taxonomy was used, resulted inseveral themes: a) importance of the socio-culturaland psychological dimensions, b) semiotic intricacies,c) symbolism of the built environment, and d)synchronism and diachronism of the mosque. Thesethemes were allowed to emerge and took the centralstage of the present exploration. Other findingswill be discussed with the conference attendees forfeedback and generation of further variables.Keywords: design, meanings and symbolismDialogue Through Art: A Forumfor Bridging East-WestCultural DividesEl Kharbawy, A. Sameh (University of North Carolinaat Greensboro) [Poster]In March 2006, the city of Greensboro, NorthCarolina will host “Dialogue through Art” (DTA), anannual cross-cultural and cross-disciplinary East-West dialogue involving scholars, students and artistsfrom the U.S., Europe and the Middle East. DTA’spilot project will bring together seven young scholarsand artists (two design/art students from the Universityof North Carolina, Greensboro, a cultural scholarand an artist from Egypt, a designer from Lebanon,a Turkish scholar of cultural studies, and an Emiratistudent of Islamic architecture) for two weeks. Duringtheir stay in Greensboro, participants will freely,candidly and responsibly talk about their culturesand societies, current events and past histories, andtranslate the emerging “dialogue” in works of art anddesign. Working with UNESCO’s “Dialogue amongCivilizations” (2001) which, in less than four years,has placed the issues of diversity, pluralism, toleranceand dialogue at the forefront of cultural and educationalpolicy debates, the just launched “Allianceof Civilizations” initiative, as well as the EuropeanUnion’s East-West Partnership Program, DTA aims tofoster integrated combinations of research and artisticactivities involving artists from diverse cultures andbackgrounds; it jump-starts a culture committedto international and collaborative work and adds toit the significant intellectual and cultural richnessthat flows from new contacts, cross-cultural experiencesand the opening up of new areas of artistic andscholarly inquiry. In addition to scheduled conferencepresentations (in Egypt, France, Lebanon and the U.S.in 2005/6) the Dialogue will have broader culturaland political resonances, and will produce educationalmaterials in various forms, including exhibitsof art-work, published papers, conference presentations,white papers, video and web-based electronicdocumentations. The proposed presentation at EDRAwill be the first of a series of presentations intended toreport and disseminate this experience, share its resultsand capitalize on the lessons learned to continueto build (at the grassroots level) new forms of East-West partnership.Keywords: theory/criticism, art, design, social issues,cultural politics, modernityExploring the Characteristicsand the Function of CollegeStudents’ “Third Place”Iijima, Shun and Hanyu, Kazunori (Nihon University,Japan) [Poster]Individuals experience various environments intheir daily life and each individual has favorite placesthat they visit frequently, where they feel comfortableand relaxed. Ray Oldenburg, an American sociologist,called those places “the third place”, the placethat is not his/her home or office, but has specialmeanings for him/her. Oldenburg proposed that thethird place in a city enhances fascination and attractionof the city. Having the third place make citydweller refreshed and restored. Hayashida et al: (2003)asked workers in Tokyo to list places where they feltcomfortable. The research revealed workers in Tokyooften noticed restaurant, café and bookstore as theirthird places. However, there are few studies focusingthe third place itself. In this research we explored thephysical and psychological characteristics and thefunction of college students’ third place. We asked collegestudents to record origins, destination, and modesof all trips in one weekday and one weekend. We alsoasked about their third places, for example, distancefrom home/college, frequency of visiting, reason tovisit, and so on. Results revealed the characteristicsand the function of college students’ third place.Keywords: the third place, place attachment, urbanFrogtown: The impact of culturalformation on built formBrand, Julie (University of Minnesota) [Paper]Cross-cultural design has been problematized bycosmetic approaches, wherein superficial emblems orsymbols of the target culture have been identified, decontextualized,and inserted into an otherwise culturallynon-sensitive architecture. Symptomatic of thisproblem is the tendency for such designs to emphasizesurfaces, decorations, and other physically shallow,visually salient features, while spatial forms and usesremain unaffected, or are only incidentally affected,by the culturally specific program. There is a needfor cross cultural designs informed by investigationsof culturally specific patterns of spatial inhabitation.Mapping studies were performed in the Frogtownneighborhood, an area of St. Paul, Minnesota with ahigh proportion of trans-national residents. The findingsof these studies were used to develop the designof a renovation to an existing Salvation Army centerin Frogtown. Maps and diagrams were created fromsite investigations to describe a) migration of peopleand goods through Frogtown; b) alterations to andre-inhabitation of the urban environment, and c) waysby which existing structures have been spatially andmaterially hybridized to suit needs distinct from thosefor which they were originally built. The maps showedrelationships between human and material traffic inFrogtown and alterations to urban and near environmentsthat resulted in new spatial uses and unique, hybridizedforms. Residents acted on their environmentsin ways that reflected specific, distinct attitudes towardbuilding integrity and ownership, climate, topography,and social interaction. Based on the findings of themapping exercises, design strategies were developed tosystematically describe how the built environment hadbeen altered to support culturally specific patterns ofspatial inhabitation. These strategies guided the designof the renovation to the existing structure.Keywords: Culture, urban/city, aesthetics/meaning, architectureThematicAbstractsCulture &Environment174 May 2006Beyond Conflict 175

ThematicAbstractsCulture &EnvironmentThe Labyrinth as EnvironmentalSpace for Healing,Resolution & RenewalOrganizer/Presenter: Marquart, Katja V. (Universityof Wisconsin – Stevens Point) [Pre-ConferenceIntensive]Labyrinths are redefining the notion of “findingcommon ground” amidst the turmoil of conflict.These environmental walking paths are emergingthroughout the world as temporary and permanentlyinstalled spaces where individuals and communitiescan negotiate mental and emotional pathstowards healing, resolution, and renewal, as theyphysically experience walking the labyrinth pattern.This simultaneous journey of body, mind andsoul facilitated through labyrinths provides a uniquespatial experience that is being used across the worldto foster peace. Labyrinths are emerging in conjunctionwith efforts to build community and overcomesocial, racial and ethnic barriers. As part of this effort,numerous labyrinths have been installed permanentlyin public gardens, city parks, schools and universitiesaround the globe. A labyrinth path may be walkedfor contemplation, relaxation, healing and enhancedself-awareness. These paths are ancient tools that havebeen used globally as universal symbols for pilgrimageand enlightenment. The exact origin of the labyrinthis unknown. The oldest documented labyrinthdesign is attributed to the early Greeks. This was lateradopted by the Romans, encouraging its widespreaduse throughout the western world. Labyrinths havealso been found outside of Western civilization in thecultures of China, India, the Middle East, Egypt, Peruand Native North America. Within the past few decadeslabyrinths have slowly re-emerged as contemporarytools for wellness, healing, problem solving andcommunity peace efforts. In South Africa, labyrinthshave been used extensively to negotiate race relationsand encourage peace following the end of Apartheid.These efforts have resulted in numerous permanentlabyrinth installations throughout the region. Anothercontemporary labyrinth design has recently been installedin a public park located in St. Paul, Minnesota,joining the communities of St. Paul and Nagasaki,Japan as a way to facilitate cultural exchange. One ofthe best ways to understand how labyrinths facilitatea mind, body and soul connection, is to experience alabyrinth walk. These experiences will vary dependingupon what type of labyrinth is being walked, thesurrounding environment in which the labyrinth ispresented, and how much information is provided aspart of the experience. This session explores how labyrinthshave been used throughout history in buildings,outdoor spaces, and as metaphor in cultural folklore.It includes an exploration of how the labyrinth is usedas a contemporary tool for healing and resolution,including examinations of case studies in South Africaand St. Paul, Minnesota, where peace efforts betweencommunities and ethnic groups have resulted inpermanent public labyrinths installations within thelandscape. Participants will have an opportunity towalk and experience two different labyrinth patterns,and a discussion of these experiences and insightsfrom participants will follow. The intensive will concludewith an examination of how patterns and spaces,such as the labyrinth, may be used to promote healing,resolution and renewal within communities.Keywords: Health/Healing Environments, SocialIssues/Social Justice, Neighborhood/CommunityPlanning, Interdisciplinary, ParticipationLadadika: Place ConstructingCulture/Culture Constructing PlaceLafazani, Christiana (Virginia CommonwealthUniversity) [Poster]During the past few decades, through a great deal ofconflict between the government and private owners,Greece has been making an effort to preserve its morerecent history by restoring and revitalizing urbanareas that were significant to the country’s economicand cultural development. Ladadika is a revitalizedneighborhood located in Thessaloniki, Greece. Thecity of Thessaloniki, with a history of over 2300 years,forms the second largest city in Greece followingAthens. The city also is considered one of the most significantports of the Aegean Sea, serving the NorthernGreek area as well as the Balkans. During the end ofthe 19th century and beginning of the 20th followingthe city’s influences and characteristics of the Hellenistic,Roman, Byzantine and Ottoman past Thessalonikibecame a prevalent governing, financial, export,mercantile and diplomatic center in the Balkans. Itwas just at that time that the city was connected withthe rest of Europe, the Balkans and Constantinople bythe railroad system and its port facilities were updated.During the 20th century Thessaloniki grew fast andwidely spread to the outside of the old Walled city.It extended outside the old historical city boundariesand transformed into a large European city. Anumber of structures in the city have been preservedto represent the various influences and eras. Duringthe last few decades there has been an effort to restoreand maintain some of the buildings that were erectedin the city during the end of the 1800s and beginningof the 1900s and revitalize certain areas. One of thoseareas is called the “Ladadika”. This area is located inthe city center of Thessaloniki and was originally builtaround 1880. The area is close to the sea port and wasbuild as a wholesale market for goods such as olive oil,sugar, flour, salt etc. Its name comes from the word“Ladi” which means olive oil in Greek. Architecturallythe buildings of the area do not follow one particularrhythm; rather they are a combination of a numberof styles and influences. This center was developed inthis location due to its proximity to the port and therailroad station. It was used up until the early 1980s asa wholesale market of local as well as imported goods.The area was then abandoned and left to deteriorate.During the last fifteen years, through the collaborationof the city and the owners of the structures, lifehas been brought back to the area by renovating thespaces and giving them new uses such as restaurants,bars and other gathering spaces. This paper will focuson the overlay of the historical design characteristicsof the area and the intersection of all cultures thatpassed through. A large collection of photographs ofthe old and new “Ladadika” area will be includedin the presentation.Keywords: culture, urban development,preservation/restoration, historic survey, neighborhood/community planning.The Modes of Expression of“Koreanity” in Modern InteriorArchitecture and DesignKim, Kooksun (Kimpo College, Kyungki-Do, Korea);Lee, Yeunsook; Lee, Soojin; and Kim, Kyuri(Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea) [Poster]From the beginning of the new millennium, one ofthe most frequently discussed topics has been 'culture'.Issues based on culture have been important amongvarious fields of science. Numerous studies regardingcultural identity have emerged in accordance withhighly developed information technology. Globalizationand multi-culturism have also shed light on theimportance of cultural identity. Along with such a bigtrend, there have been efforts to maintain culturaltraditions so that the present can learn from the pastand the future can be prepared. In order to find orestablish cultural identity, designers have made effortsin their practice to objectify and criticize cultural traditions.Understanding possible modes of expressionfor cultural identity in this context, Koreanity, canbe seen as a basis to promote accomplishments andto develop such methods. The purpose of this studyis to investigate modes of expression for Koreanity ininterior design cases which were introduced in majordomestic periodical publications since 1995. Wesearched for keywords – tradition, Koreanity, Korean,and Korean style from the titles and the contentsof articles and then choose relevant design cases.Content analysis method was used for this study.Forty-three cases were analyzed by 4 conceptualframework of expression a mode of indicative imitation,a mode of partial acceptance, a mode of partialtransformation and a mode of conceptual reception.First, indicative imitation mode means the way ofpursuing the original traditional interior architecture,in its whole shape or parts and elements. Second,ThematicAbstractsCulture &Environment176 May 2006Beyond Conflict 177

ThematicAbstractsCulture &Environmentpartial acceptance mode means partial adaptation oftraditional elements. Third, partial transformationmode is the way of reinterpretation of Korean styleby simplifying and transforming traditional interiorarchitectural parts or elements. Fourth, conceptualreception mode is renewing the principle of Koreanityby contemporary vision of interpretation. As a result,in 47% of total cases, the partial transformation modewas applied, 16% of total was found in the indicativeimitation mode, 7% of total corresponds to the partialacceptance mode. The conceptual reception methodwas used in 30% of the total cases. The total of thepartial transformation mode and the conceptualreception mode reached at 77%. These results indicatesthat Korean designers tend to have more activeattitude in expressing Koreanity with interpretationof traditional concept in a contemporary way, ratherthan simple introduction and imitation of traditionalobjects. Design examples will be presented accordingto these four expressional methods.Keywords: Korean style, tradition,expressional methodsThe Public Library Evolves: ResolvingConflict through DesignWilson, JoAnn (Texas Tech University) [Poster]This paper takes note of a conflict of major consequencethat has been simmering ever since theimpact of the paperless revolution on libraries firstbegan to be both dreaded and heralded in the 1970s.Much paper, ink, and electricity has been consumedin the debate about the future of the library in theinformation age, and it is well documented. Extensivebibliographies trace the evolution of the discussionand the many issues involved. So pervasive are theimplications of it on the way we find, collect, organize,disseminate, and access information that mostparticipants in the discussion feel helpless to doanything but wait to see what evolves. Meanwhile,however, a growing number of central municipalpublic libraries have sought to defend their mandatefrom the perceived threat of obsolescence posed bythe virtual library by erecting bold, new, landmarkedifices of concrete, steel, and glass, as if by proclaimingtheir physicality and solidity in space, theycould ensure their permanence in the hearts andminds of the public. Monumental in scope and design,these buildings are nevertheless high-tech tabernaclesof cyberspace inside, offering connection to vastdatabases of information, accessible at the touch of abutton and with the aid of a librarian well schooled inWeb navigation. No longer just warehouses for stacksand stacks of books – in fact, books occupy less of thelibraries’ space than before – the new libraries seek anaccommodation between the old, tactile world of thebook and the new, virtual world of electrons and gigabytes.Poised on the edge of change, they are rootedfirmly in a tradition of paper and ink but equipped tomove forward with the speed of light. Whether thisstrategy will save the public library from physicalextinction or bury it under the weight of all that architecture,only time will tell. For now, a detailed lookat the new Seattle Public Library in photographs andthe words of the city’s architecture critics and otherplayers presents an illustrative case of the audacioususe of design to resolve a major social, technological,and political conflict and preserve a centuries-oldinstitution.Keywords: library design, symbolism, contextualism,institutional design, monumental architectureRecovering Virginia’s African-American LandscapeKaten, Brian (Virginia Institute of Technology)[Poster]The Virginia landscape is for many a familiarplace rich in historical associations, a place carefullypresented and marketed by the Virginia Tourism Corporationand local and regional visitor’s bureaus andhistorical societies (Virginia Civil War Trails, 1997).The Virginia they champion is revealed through selectedsets of iconic sites and “landmarks” often associatedwith events and citizens central to the history ofthe Commonwealth. The Commonwealth’s Colonialplantations, Tidewater towns, Civil War and RevolutionaryWar battlefields, along with the ShenandoahValley and the Blue Ridge Parkway, have long servedas places that define the experience of Virginia formany visitors and residents alike. More recently, however,an expanded experience of the Commonwealthand the landscape history of its people has begun toemerge through efforts to celebrate the musical heritageof the Blue Ridge region (Fussell, 2003) and theheritage and culture of the state’s African-Americanpopulation (Virginia Tourism Corporation, 2001;Loth, 1995; Howard, 2002). The richer fabric of theCommonwealth revealed by this more inclusive setof sites has emerged at a time when ways of understanding,perceiving and engaging the landscape havealso been questioned and expanded (Dripps, 2005)(Corner, 1999) Building on earlier scholarship thatdocumented the importance of social gatherings inthe Virginia landscape (Isaac, 1982; Jackson, 1997)and recent scholarship on “ground,” “site” and place(Burns and Kahn, 2005), this paper presents on-goingresearch focused on documenting and understandingan important but unrecognized set of twentiethcentury vernacular Virginia landscapes: African-American community gathering places including theeducational and social landscapes of “colored” fairsand the entertainment and recreational landscapesof African-American parks, beaches, amusementparks, and black baseball. Each of these physical andsocial landscapes evolved into places of communitypride, social intercourse, ritual, and entertainment ina period of conflict, separation and exclusion. Theirrecovery constitutes an expanded “ground” of theVirginia landscape. A nuanced ground of the kindsuggested by Robin Dripps where “single, uncomplicatedmeanings are rare” where “relationships…aremultiple, shifting, and inclusive” and where “thevarious patterns of physical, intellectual, poetic,and political structure” are evident. (Dripps, 2005).Long associated with segregation and the conflictedhistory of race, many of these places have vanishedfrom the Virginia Landscape. And while they mayappear to be lost sites, they are not lost ground. Theylive in the memories and everyday life of communitiesthroughout the state. Drawing on a variety ofdocumentary evidence including, private journalsand photograph collections, African-Americanperiod newspapers and oral histories, this research isrevealing an important, invisible layer of the Virginialandscape. It offers a deeper understanding of theimportance of both the everyday landscape and theregionally distinct aspects of “place” that enrich theCommonwealth – understandings that can informcontemporary design and add important resourcesand opportunities to the state’s tourism industry.Keywords: place attachment/place memory, culture,tourism, African-American landscapes, historicsurvey/archival researchReichstag, Germany & PershingPoint, Atlanta: Cases in Preservationand Cultural BaggageTsepas, Sharon (Georgia Institute of Technology)[Paper]In 1998, the Berlin Wall was torn down and politicalseparation ended between East and West Germany. Inthe 1960’s, racial desegregation occurred in Atlanta,officially ending racial separation between Whitesand African-Americans. In 1993, a long debate overpreservation of the Reichstag building in Berlin endedwhen the decision to resurrect it as the New GermanParliament was made. In 1985, a debate over whetherto save the buildings of historic Pershing Point inAtlanta ended when the decision to demolish themwas made. The debate was the same: should buildingsbe preserved regardless of cultural baggage? In bothcases, the buildings transcended the original architecturalartifact and became memorabilia of the peopleand events that were happening around them. At theReichstag, the decision to save the building related toboth. The restoration both contributes to the architecturalheritage of the city as well as providing a symbolicrepresentation of the emergence of a unified state.At Pershing Point, the decision to demolish the buildingswas symbolic of the quest for a new state, but notThematicAbstractsCulture &Environment178 May 2006Beyond Conflict 179

ThematicAbstractsCulture &Environmentnecessarily a unified one. The struggle with race continuesto divide Atlanta, both politically and physicallyeven today. The difference between the Reichstag andPershing Point examples may very well lie in Christo’sexhibit. This “cleansing” of the Reichstag throughsilver wraps did not happen overnight like a signatureon a building permit. It was a thirty year endeavor that,when orchestrated, provided a backdrop for reflectionand perspective that provided a vision for the future.In many ways, Atlanta is still waiting for this.The Role of Law in PreservingVisual Privacy in TraditionalIslamic Cities and ContemporaryNorth American CitiesIslam, Mohammed (North Carolina State University)[Poster]This paper suggests a similarity in one particularaspect of traditional Islamic cities and contemporaryNorth American cities. The aspect concerns conflictsbetween people of different cultural backgroundsliving in the same city. Conflict may result from differentissues. However, this paper concentrates onlyon conflicts related to visual privacy within urbanareas. Privacy becomes an important aspect whenpeople live in close proximity. The Qur’an teachesthe importance and virtues of privacy and the rightto it. Qur’an is the main source of Islamic law. Lawhas played a major role in preserving privacy in thetraditional Islamic cities like Fez, Morocco. Citizens ofcontemporary North American cities consider privacyas one of their fundamental rights. This paper arguesthat law can also play a major role in preserving privacyin the context of contemporary cities.The geographical influence area of the religionof Islam grew tremendously after the death of theProphet Muhammad (632A.D). The region grew froma tiny city called Medinah (a small town located inpresent day Saudi Arabia) and reached Asia within aperiod of only a few years. During this period of rapidgrowth, the city dwellers for the first time came in contactwith people of different cultural backgrounds. Thenew situation resulted in urban disputes in traditionalIslamic cities. For example, opening a new window wasalways a source of conflict among neighbors. The juristsconsidered each case according to its idiosyncrasy.For North American cities, the flow is opposite. Here,the geographical area is not physically extending butimmigrants are joining in and giving rise to the samesituation as in Islamic cities years before. ContemporaryNorth American cities have a population ofdifferent cultural backgrounds coming from variedgeographical area (for example, among the populationof the New York city, 44.7% are white, 26.6% are African-American,9.8% are Asian and 4.9% are of twoor more races according the Census of 2000). Urbanconflicts involving privacy among city inhabitants arebound to happen, even if it is not occurring now. Citypeople live in close proximity. Proximity stimulatesconflict related to privacy between neighbors even ifthey are from the same cultural background. Therefore,it is very easy to imagine contested situations amongneighbors who have different views, needs and valuesfor privacy but living in the same American urban area.This paper observes ‘conflict’ as a positive phenomenon,when it leads to a better solution for the future.According to the Oxford dictionary the word,‘conflict’ has its root in the Latin word of conflictus,meaning a ‘contest’. Contest is a positive event,because it provides us with a winner. A winner canbe a person, object or an idea/solution. However, tosolve a contested situation, a structure of guidelinesis needed or law to follow. Law is important in thissituation. It has played a major role in solving urbandisputes at traditional Islamic cities and in a way, hasshaped the urban areas. For example, even the heightof the window of traditional Islamic cities derivedfrom the concept of privacy. The height of the windowwas made in such a way so that a passerby will not beable to look inside the house. This paper will brieflydiscuss the source of Islamic law, the process of judgmentand will present actual cases related to urbandisputes among neighbors living in Fez, Moroccoto understand the role of law in shaping traditionalIslamic cites. These cases reflect law’s influence atthe micro level, however the paper argues that if wecompile all the micro-level influences of law thenwe can acknowledge law’s significant role in shapingthe entire urban area. The professionals involved inshaping the contemporary city must acknowledge thisissue of contested situations and law’s role to ensureharmonious growth of urban areas, particularly whendesigning the public domain. Contemporary professionalscan learn from the processes and methodsused to solve urban disputes at Fez, Morocco duringthe period of 9th to 15th centuries. This paper doesnot claim that the same method and law used in Fezcan be applied in contemporary situations. But ithopes that the process of solving disputes in Fez willshed light on the current contested situation of contemporaryurban areas.Keywords: privacy, urban, architecture, historicsurvey, Islamic architectureThe Temporal Reconciling ofSub-Cultural Groups in LeisureEnvironments: The Case of AbdounCircle in Amman-JordanBustami, Leila Hamdi (University of Science andTechnology, Jordan) [Paper]This transactionally oriented study investigatesthe environmental phenomenon of the elite AbdounCircle in Amman-Jordan and tries to understand whythe commercial business-like district that looks ordinaryin daytime turns into a unique leisure environmentat night in summertime and during the weekends.Guided by the steps suggested by Carol Wernerand her colleagues (2002), the study seeks to explorethe mutual definition and the changing interrelationshipsamong the physical environment of the place andthe activities of its customers. Original data have beencollected through observing, taking photographs, surveying,listening to others’ opinions, and investigatingrelated issues. That data have been organized aroundthe theme of late modernity in Amman, and analyzedin conjunction with the ideas of newness, emotion,and meaning. Measuring the intensity of the embodimentof those ideas is done through using a scale forrating and scoring relevant collective impressions ofboth the setting and its activities at two points of time(morning and night). The results of the study explainthe interconnections among and between aspects, andin the same time point out to the reconciling impact ofthe setting’s social geometry on its sub-cultural groupcustomers in making them feel privileged and equal.The contribution of this study lies in its intention topredict, control, and communicate (Habermas, 1971)in a developing country like Jordan where behavioralstudies are scarce and needed.Keywords: behavior change, meaning, emotion,culture, social issuesThematicAbstractsCulture &Environment180 May 2006Beyond Conflict 181

ThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &TechnologyDigital Environments & TechnologyActual Conditions and Directions ofUser-Interface Services of DigitallyConverged Home Appliances for theUpcoming Ubiquitous EnvironmentLee, Soojin; Lee, Yeunsook; Lee, Jungmi; Jung, Eunjoo;and Kwon, HyunJoo (Yonsei University, Seoul,Korea) [Poster]It is predicted that the greatest change in the 21st centuryarises from the rapidly transforming digital environment.The convergence of computer and telecommunicationtechnologies is now encroaching into thesocial realm. Actually, technology has already begun toproduce homes equipped with digitally converged appliances,which are able to be controlled from the outsideof home, now the home can be used like a personalcomputer. These technologically advanced machinesare the next generation of appliances appliances convergedwith computers and a home networking systemwhich connects DVD players, digital video equipment,refrigerators, computer, communication equipment,etc to each other and to the internet. Our daily liveswill be substantially influenced by these internet-savvyinformational appliances, especially in the ubiquitousenvironment. They will function as a bridge to connectevery service including home management, entertainment,education and office-work support together.However, these appliances currently don t providedpracticality in the sense that they can t typically keepup with the speed of technological development.Actual conditions of the digitally converged functionand consumer requirements need to be determinedin order to properly prepare for upcoming futureenvironments. The purposes of this study are as follows:First, this study examines the actual conditions ofdigitally converged functions through the average userates. Secondly, this study analyzes consumer needsin order to present suggested directions of improvementregarding user interface services and digitallyconverged home appliances. A specially developed programfor this study was employed to operate the survey.A web questionnaire survey was conducted among thevisitors of an exhibition held in Nov–Dec 2004. Participantswere asked to complete this computerized surveyby clicking on their appropriate answers on a web-pagestyle questionnaires using a mouse. Only the data withmore than 80% response rate to each questionnairewere used resulting in the digitally converged functionsof refrigerator, washing machine, and TV beingexamined. SPSS PC window version 11.0 was employedfor statistical analysis. The usability of washing machines simple functions was indicated most important(46.1%). The average usability rate of the functionsof TV was 24.5%, and in the case of refrigerator withvarious functions, 10.5%. The reasons of low usabilityof the refrigerator s functions were that many participantsreported these features to be either useless(57%) or complicated (19%). The findings showedthat a variety of digital functions in the market madeusers confused, and they seemed to find many of themdifficult to use. Therefore the digital functions shouldbe more user-friendly in order to bring the effectiveubiquitous home environment closer to our lives.Keywords: Digital convergence, home appliances,ubiquitous environmentAnalysis of Home NetworkServices and EnvironmentalContexts in a Digital HomeExhibition in KoreaLee, Soyoung; Lee, Yeunsook; Lee, Jungmi; andKim, Misun (Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea)[Poster]New technology, ubiquitous technology is expectedto change the way of living enormously through notonly behavior but the physical environment setting aswell. Technology development and its application haveaccelerated changes in our living environments already.Especially in Korea, housing development firmsare experimenting with new technology in large apartmentcomplexes. In order to ensure new technologywill meet needs of people and their ways of living, it isnecessary to examine the behavioral, cultural, and environmentalcontext where this technology is applied.The purpose of this study was to examine home networkservices and environmental context in housingand understand how the intended characteristics ofhome network service met the needs of residents andhow compatible these features are with the existingphysical environment components. Four living modelsbuilt by apartment development firms which participatedin the digital home exhibition were analyzed.Home network systems were classified into entertainment,database service, home information service,automation service, security service and healthcare service.Each system was examined according to location,installation methods, and type of service offered. Basedon the investigation, 27 life scenarios were developed.All four home network services featured in the exhibitionhad common features. Security systems control themain entrance for each house unit. In the living room,WebPad was designed to control the indoor environmentclimate and control the entire technological system.In the kitchens and dining rooms, digital screen andcontrol system were installed in the refrigerator whichrelayed the condition of the inside of the refrigerator. Allnetwork systems featured were built-in as a fixed unit onthe wall or integrated into home appliances.The Complexity of Conflict: Whysome interactive games seemso dangerousWilson, Johnny L. (Executive Vice-President forContent and Community, Manifesto Games) [Paper]With a Ph.D. in Old Testament Studies, grantedfrom a conservative School of Theology, it is nowonder that I travel about in circles where peopleare less than patient with symbolic structures ofthe popular culture. Some feel that fiction is inappropriate.They ask why one would want to read the“brain candy” of what never happened, failing to realizehow the cliché – “Some stories are true that neverhappened.” – explains how readers of fiction practicea pattern-recognition with characters and situations.Many a modern reader has learned about the latestmilitary equipment and intelligence techniques byreading the novels of Dale Brown, Tom Clancy andStephen Coonts. Certainly, many of us learned thehorrors of the Soviet police state from Solzhenitzyn’slife-like novels and some of us learned to admire thegreat General Kutuzov from Tolstoy’s War and Peace.I suggest to you that the individual who disdains thereading of fiction, even “brain candy,” on the basis of afaux-sophistication or spiritual arrogance actually suffersfrom a deficit in pattern-recognition. The famousStrother Martin line from Cool Hand Luke about a“failure to communicate” is rather accurate. When I interactwith those who consider themselves too spiritualto experience fiction – whether in comics, novels, television,or film, I recognize their own fear concerningthe historicity of the Bible. If they lose the historicityand discover that the scriptural text approaches a truthvia symbolism, the reliability of the entire Bible fallslike an old building imploded in demolition. Rollo May(1991:24) spoke of this mindset in The Cry for Myth:Even people of high intelligence speak of ‘onlya myth” as a deprecatory phrase; …This useof the word “only” as a deprecation of mythbegan with the Christian Fathers in the thirdcentury A.D. as their way of fighting againstthe common people’s faith in Greek andRoman myths. The Fathers argued that onlythe Christian was true and the Greek andRoman stories were “only” myths. 1In the same way, there are many people within mysphere of social interaction who observe my interest ingames (role-playing games, board games, war games,and PC games) and write off my efforts in that behalfas “only a game.” Such observers miss something vitalThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technology182 May 2006Beyond Conflict 183

ThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technologyabout games. Games are opportunities to experiencesituations that could be dangerous or expensive in actuallife. Game play (among other entertainment activities),as Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi (1990:59) observed,“…is typically described as involving a sense of control– or more precisely, as lacking the sense of worry aboutlosing control that is typical in many situations ofnormal life.” 2 He went on to suggest that said descriptionswould be more accurate if they spoke of the possibilityof control rather than the actuality (Csikszentmihalyi,1990:60). He concludes that people don’t reallywant to actually be in control. They want to exercisecontrol outside the safety net of protective routines andinfluence a doubtful outcome in order to assure themselvesthat they can control a given situation (Csikszentmihalyi,1990:61). This would be true whether one wasbuilding a fantasy baseball team, fighting World WarII anew, building a city from scratch, or investing in atricky environment. It isn’t the assurance that we willwin that counts, it is the possibility that counts. Somewherein our own unique approach to problems whereothers have failed, we might succeed. And, whether wesucceed or fail, we learn something.Games offer interesting choices where the consequencesare limited to the game world. As such, theyprovide a fecund laboratory for experimentation, aswell as an entertaining playground for escaping one’sreal-world limitations. In the game experience, wesimulate (in a symbolic transaction) the kinds ofchoices we might have to make in normal life. Indeed,there may be a considerable amount of personalitybuilding and maturation taking place in these symbolicchoices, as in real-life choices.People attain worth and dignity by the multitudeof decisions they make from day by day.These decisions require courage. This is whyPaul Tillich speaks of courage as ontological– it is essential to our being (May 1975:14).Most recently, at the 2006 Game Developers Conference,Noah Falstein suggested that “Fun is about practicingor learning new survival skills in a safe setting.”His thesis is that fun derives from practicing primitivesurvival skills in a modern guise. Since we think ofprimitive skills as being tied to hunting and gathering,he suggested a game analog where shooters and evengames with weapons in general are analogous to thehunting instinct; collecting power-ups and resourceswould be part of the gathering aspect; and participatingin multiplayer online experiences or artificial life experienceslike The Sims would fill the social, tribal needs.What was interesting to me, however, was thelack of conflict and the preparation for conflict asspecific survival skills. Perhaps, the act of conflict ingames was assumed. As in life, game conflict can beterritorial (manipulating the environment and itsresources for the maximum benefit for one’s self orgroup – could also be called “economic”), physical(moving beyond territory to physical competition andits ultimate corollary, violence), and/or psychological(manipulating self and others to the advantage ofone’s self or one’s faction). As drama requires charactersin conflict, so does successful game play.Falstein observed three overlapping categoriesof survival skills: Physical, Social and Mental. ThePhysical category would emphasize activity, exploration,gathering and tool use. A portion of the physicalmay well be physical or military conflict. The Socialcategory would focus on gossip, storytelling, flirting,and social identity. The Mental category uses patternmatching, problem-solving and language. As aresult, Falstein concludes that games really do teach“survival skills” within the rubric of play. The goals, ofcourse, are solved as players make a series of “meaningfulchoices.” After demonstrating several structuresof games, past and future, Falstein noted thatthese choices have to be ‘perceived’ as meaningful,not necessarily ‘actually’ be meaningful. After all, aswe observed earlier, the joy is taking in-game riskswithout experience out-of-game risks.One danger of merely observing this approach atface value is that designers may become so enamoredwith the survival skills approach that they may focustoo much on “education” and not enough on “entertainment.”When this happens, we have often seenthe game choices strangled by an outside agenda. Thisactually works counter to the purpose of using a gamedesign to socialize or educate. For example, flightsimulation-style trainers that do not allow crashes areof limited appeal as games, but in some circumstancesare discouraged as a result of the end goal of thesponsoring institution. Yet, virtual pilots learn a lotmore when the risk is there (gamewise), but not therein terms of actual life. Naturally, driving games havesomething of the same phenomenon.The following illustrate some of these points frommy own gaming experiences:a) Investment Literacy and Overconfidence –Millionaire and Tycoonb) Political Savvy – Power Politics, Making Historyand On the Campaign Trailc) Military Strategy – Battlefront, Korsun Pocket andthe Concept of Brittlenessd) Management – CyberJudas, Stronghold andunnamed Space Station gamee) Driving and Flying – Grand Prix Legends andJane’s Flight Simsf) Sports Management – Baseball Tycoon 2006 andFantasy Hockeyg) Medicine – Life and Death IIKeywords: Digital Environments, games/game play,survival skillsReferencesMay, Rollo (1991) The Cry for Myth.New York: W. W. NortonCsikszentmihalyi, Mihaly (1990) Flow: The Psychologyof Optimal Experience. New York: Harper & RowMay, Rollo (1975) The Courage to Create.New York: W. W. NortonCreating Digital Worlds: Gamingand Massively MultiplayerEnvironments and CommunitiesOrganizer: Greenberg, Andrew(Holistic Design Inc.) [Symposium]The explosion of on-line communities and gameworldshas mushroomed faster than research cankeep up, with more than 300 million active on-lineusers. The larger on-line games have more than fivemillion participants, and many on-line communitieshave millions of active users. This session focuses oncreating successful digital environments, as well as theconflicts unique to computer games and electronicentertainment. One of the most foremost researcherson serious games and games for health, Ian Bogostof Georgia Institute of Technology is both a gamedesigner and leading researcher on computer games.His recent book Unit Operations: An approach to videogame criticism serves as the premier edition on thisnew literary-technical theory. Johnny Wilson of ManifestoGames is the author of the most comprehensivehistory of computer games as well as the former editorialdirector of “Computer Gaming World.” Wilsonhas served as the leading figure in computer gamecriticism for over two decades. Andrew Greenberg,vice-president of Holistic Design, Inc. has designedseveral very successful computer games, as well aswriting on electronic entertainment for the MatthewBender series of legal text books. Greenberg, a recentnominee to the Academy of Adventure Gaming Artsand Design Hall of Fame, is best known for his workin creating fictional worlds. Join these three gamingindustry leaders for their exciting presentationsfocused upon resolving conflicts unique to computergames, internet gaming communities, and otherforms of electronic entertainment.Keywords: Communication, conflict, culture,technology/computer applicationsEnvisioning Intelligent BuiltEnvironmentsTaylor, Patricia (Independent Scholar) and Mc-Grath, Robert (University of Illinois at Urbana– Champaign) [Paper]Intelligent built environments offer new opportunitiesto augment daily life – at home, at work and atplay. In laboratories across the world, researchers aredesigning and building prototypes for a wide range ofThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technology184 May 2006Beyond Conflict 185

ThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technologyintelligent or “smart” rooms and buildings. This papersurveys some of the qualities envisioned for intelligentor smart built environments and provides examples.First, we look at the scale of such environments, andprovide some examples. Intelligent environments rangein scale from a table top, to a single room (e.g., collegedormitory room, media room) to entire buildings,neighborhoods, and potentially, cities. Second, we lookat the modes in which environments may be intelligent.An intelligent environment may be passive, waiting forits user(s) to request something of it, or it may be active,at the most basic level, carrying out programmed instructions,and more powerfully, trying to anticipate itsuser’s needs. Third, we examine some of the proposedfunctions of these intelligent environments. Suchfunctions range from producing preferred lighting,heating, and communication settings, monitoring thehealth of and assisting in daily living activities for theelderly, ordering supplies for the environment (officesupplies, groceries), even sensing emotions of peoplewithin its bounds in order to try to figure out what it(the computer system) should do. Fourth, we discussa number of key design and social issues that need tobe addressed to make these envisioned environmentsintentionally intelligent, rather than accidentally smart.Keywords: technology/computer applications,housing/residential, theory/ conceptualizationPlugged-In and Tuned-Out: DigitalTechnology and Public SpacePalmer, Joni (University of Colorado at Boulder)[Paper]This paper presents preliminary research froma set of case studies, conducted in Boulder, CO, ofdigital technology and public space. I began thinkingabout this unique condition of the 21 st century whenI arrived on the University of Colorado at Bouldercampus this fall and noticed how students wereconstantly “plugged-into” their ipods, cell phones,and/or wireless technology. I started looking aroundand found that the same thing was happening onthe pedestrian mall and in the open space/hikingareas in Boulder. My primary interest, however, ison the college campus. The questions this researchpursues: 1) how is landscape perception different inour connected/digital age, 2) how have/are digitaltechnologies changing our experience and use of thelandscape/public space? 3) How might we addressthese issues in the classroom and studio, and inpractice? This paper responds to the conference themis a somewhat, though important, tangential manner,as this condition of being “plugged-in” does have thepotential to incite conflict and confusion? This paperwill address how we, as designers and planners, mightaddress such potential conflicts.Keywords: digital environments, college campuses,digital technology, landscape perception, public space,Technological Innovations:Conflicts in Social and BuiltEnvironmentsOrganizers: Oliver, Carol and Larson, Heather(City University of New York) Presenters: Oliver,Carol (Graduate Center – CUNY, NY); Larson,Heather (Graduate Center – CUNY, NY);Lippman, Peter (Associate AIA , City College –CUNY, NY); Taylor, Patricia (Independent Scholar,IL); McGrath, Robert (NCSA, University of Illinoisat Urbana – Champaign, IL); Donovan, Gregory(Graduate Center – CUNY, NY); Antonitas, LyaMainé (Hunter College – CUNY, NY); Ouye, Joe(Research for Design and New Ways of WorkingNetwork, CA); Case, Duncan (University of Nebraska– Lincoln, NE); Pedersen, Kari (Universityof Nebraska – Lincoln, NE); Toothaker, Chris(University of Nebraska – Lincoln, NE); Goldsberry,Matt (University of Nebraska – Lincoln, NE); Boe,Ryan (University of Nebraska – Lincoln, NE); Haq,Saif (Texas Tech University, TX); and Pramanik,Adetania (Texas Tech University, TX) [Pre-ConferenceIntensive]The presenters in this half-day intensive will explore(1) various emerging technologies, (2) their use by differentpopulations, and (3) conflicts that arise. A rangeof innovative technologies will be described includingsmart buildings (homes, libraries, resource centers,performance spaces, and memorial museums), portableworkstations, handheld devices, virtual environmentapparatuses, and an assortment of Web and wirelessinfrastructures. Smart buildings benefit people’severyday lives by integrating computer systems intothe physical structure and using emerging ubiquitousand pervasive technologies so that for many functions,the computer can “disappear” into the background. Avariety of proposed “smart homes” and related researchon what consumers believe the ideal smart home willbe examined. A number of key design and social issuesneed to be addressed to make homes intentionallyintelligent, rather than accidentally smart, as smarthome technology emerges from the laboratory into theconsumer market. The next presentation moves fromtechnological conflicts in the built environment to newchallenges emerging from the virtual environment.Specifically, a simulated hospital was constructed tostudy wayfinding in the virtual environment. The researchersreplicated a wayfinding experiment that wasconducted in a real hospital to capture the elements ofvirtual environments, to refine the apparatuses, andto understand the effects of these limitations on thevalidity and reliability of the wayfinding study. Eventhough virtual simulations, smart devices, and Internettechnologies are gradually improving, it is importantthat we understand the negative and positive impactson different people (students, office workers, andpoliticians). Next, the negative impact of the Interneton some students living in developing countries willalso be a topic of discussion. This study presents therelationship between consumers’ Internet habits andInternet addiction in Peruvian university students. Theremaining presenters will describe the importance ofpeople exerting control over technology and modifyingit for their own purposes. Most corporate officeworkers today no longer work “at their workstationin the office.” Instead, they have taken their wirelesslaptops to work at home or at Starbucks, despite managementpolicies and desires. The results are conflictsabout work styles, management styles, resources, andwork places, not to mention lost productivity, miscommunication,and millions of dollars of expensive, underutilizedreal estate. This presentation describes thegap between the new ways people are actually workingto corporate assumptions, identifies the reasons forthis gap, and offers some possible solutions for closingit, with examples from IBM, Sun Micro, Cisco andother companies. The next panelist will discuss howpolitical actors, specifically those involved in the 2005mayoral elections in New York City, use their websitesto foster political participation and discourse. Lastly,learning environment research will demonstrate howboth socio-cyber and socio-physical learning environmentscan be designed to encourage participation.These activity settings must be integrated, flexible,and provide a variety of areas to support learning andknowing. Following the presentations on people’s useof Internet technologies, emerging smart technologies,and innovative virtual environment apparatuses, theaudience will be invited to participate in stimulatingdiscussions concerning the social and design implicationssurrounding technology.Keywords: technology, design review, housing, socialissues, workplace.Theatre of Embedded IntelligenceBeorkrem, Christopher and Sauda, Eric (Universityof North Carolina – Charlotte) [Paper]The Theatre of Embedded Intelligence is a jointresearch effort between the Digital Design Center atthe College of Architecture at UNC Charlotte andthe Children’s Theatre of Charlotte. Working directlywith Alan Poindexter, Art Director of the Children’sTheatre we have been investigating and designing possibilitiesfor creating a computer generated/controlledsetting for a full production performance.Much of the research in computer visualization anduser interfaces has focused on the use of computers inexpanded settings and the extension of the user interface.This initial research project begins the investiga-ThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technology186 May 2006Beyond Conflict 187

ThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technologytion of possible computer interfaces for incorporationinto live performances. We have identified somefeasible alternatives using motion & gesture capture aswell as real-time audio and video compositing, in additionto finding methods for giving the actor specificcontrol over computer controlled devices, makingthe computer a physical actor on stage. We have beencreating prototypes of interactive computer environmentsduring the semester as tests. By pulling from avariety of resources the new combinations of digitaltools sometimes create intriguing environments bothon stage, within the audience, and throughout thelobby and theatre building.Two issues have become central to our investigations;the first is to find methods, which engage thecomputer in a way that is methodologically distinctfrom traditional staging techniques. Rather thanseeming to be controlled by the action, we are seekingways that the stage itself is clearly part of the action.Secondly, we are working to find how this capabilityis important to the meaning of the play. One tentativeexample is the use of a computer-controlled set as apart of the staging of The Tempest, where Prospero isre-envisioned as a game designer.Through consultation with the production companywe are working to have a method in place for fall2007 production of “Go, Dog, Go” a children’s story.We have been looking at work by the Wooster Group,Troika Dance, Active Space, Miralab and Messa diVoce, but also the work of more design based firms andartists, like Asymptote, and Diller, Scofidio & Renfro.In finding a director and set of actors from theChildren’s Theatre, who are open to exploring andrethinking themselves we have found an ill-definedand compelling partnership. This project makes aunique mix of digital, architectural and stage basedtechnologies and ideas, which are brought togetherto create a spatially compelling and entertainingscenario for all in involved.The Use of Virtual Environment asa Tool for Wayfinding Researchin Architecture: Comparison ofVirtual and Real EnvironmentsPramanik, Adetania and Haq, Saif (Texas TechUniversity) [Poster]Virtual Environment (VE) technology has beenspotted in several different areas such as in the military,the aircraft related industry, and the entertainmentindustry. The frequent usage of this technologynowadays is derived on its trait that allows humansto actively interact with the environment and carryout such behavior as driving, running, walking, firingguns, opening doors, reading signs and so on. VEtechnology permits individuals to have a more directinteraction with an environment. This is vastly differentfrom simply viewing a walkthrough animation,where the movement through the environmentis predetermined by an operator or designer. Havingqualities of user defined movement; VE can also be aprospective tool in the area of environmental behaviorresearch (de Kort, Ijsselsteijn, Kooijman, and Schuurmans2003). It offers experimental research conditionsthat are easy to define, control, and duplicate– factors that would be difficult to create in the realenvironment. It needs to be noted, however, that withall the possibility that VE has to offer, the currenttechnological limitations still creates experiences thatare not exactly the same as that in the real environment.Wayfinding research has postulated that thebuilt environment plays a significant role in the wayfindingprocess. Unfortunately, there has been a lackof conformity regarding which environmental elementsare important in the process. One reason couldbe the problem of measuring environmental variablesobjectively. This is where VE promises to be effective.VE technology has the potential to create wayfindingresearch conditions similar to in real environmentsbut also allows the researcher to limit extraneousvariables. However, since the use of VE, particularlyin this area, is relatively new, its ability as a researchtool needs to be evaluated. That is the purpose of theexperiment reported in this study. This study analyzedthe applicability of a VE as tool to replicate a realenvironment in which a wayfinding experiment wasdone. The VE model was a representation of corridorslocated on the second floor of a real hospital used ina previous Haq’s experiment (2001; Haq & Zimring,2003). Thirty-two subjects carried out the sameexperimental tasks in the VE as the experiment in thereal environment. The success of this study was anticipatedby extent to which Haq’s experiment couldbe replicated in the VE. This was measured by the percentageof subjects who were successful in completingthe experiment, the similarities found in the numbercorridors used for exploratory search in Haq’s studyand in VE, and the similarities found in the subjects’success in finding destinations. This exploratory studyfound that there were general similarities between thewayfinding experiments conducted in VE and realenvironment. The differences found between bothenvironments were explained by the technologicallimitations and the presence of extraneous variablesin the real environment setting.Keywords: technology/computer applications, wayfinding,experiment, architectureReferencesde Kort, Y. A. W., Ijsselsteijn, W. A., Kooijman, J., &Schuurmans, Y. (2003). Virtual laboratories: Comparabilityof real and virtual environments for environmentalpsychology. Presence, 12(4), 360–373.Haq, S. (2001). Complex Architectural settings: An investigationof spatial and cognitive variables throughwayfinding behavior. Unpublished PhD Dissertation,Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta.Haq, S., & Zimring, C. (2003). Just down the road apiece: the development of topological knowledge ofbuilding layouts. Environment and Behavior, 35(1),132–160.Web-Based Surveys as an EffectiveTool for Community Participationin Urban Design – A Universityand Community Outreach Projectfor Redding, CAdel Rio, Vicente and Levi, Daniel (California PolytechnicState University – San Luis Obispo) [Poster]There is no doubt that one of the most effectivepedagogies is “learn by doing”, particularly whendealing with design education. Cal Poly San LuisObispo subscribes to this pedagogy, which the Cityand Regional Planning Department applies at boththe undergraduate and graduate levels. This encouragesus to perform community outreach functions,which is an important social role of higher education.The department has been an active player in the developmentof California’s communities by respondingto planning and design needs from counties, cities,and private institutions. In the winter of 2005, thegraduate Project Planning Lab responded to a requestfrom the proprietors and architects of a 27-acre siteon the Sacramento riverfront in Redding, CA. Closeto the downtown and mostly vacant, the area had anincredible potential for development and to anchora major revitalization process that would encompassnot only the surroundings but the downtownitself. The largest constraint was a long-term politicaldispute among stakeholders: the city, a powerful localfoundation, and the proprietors. The Cal Poly ProjectPlanning team created the neutral ground needed tomake the process move ahead. After the traditionalphase of data collection and inventory, the class conducteda field survey using the Internet that exploredrespondents’ perceptions, attitudes, and expectationsabout the site. The web-based survey examined therespondents´ attitudes about the city and project area,what they thought the new design should entail, andtheir visual preferences among several design alternatives.The local newspaper supported the project bypromoting the survey. They published a class articleon waterfront revitalization and on the importance ofthe site, and where readers were asked to participateThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technology188 May 2006Beyond Conflict 189

ThematicAbstractsDigitalEnvironments &Technologyin the design process by responding to the web-basedsurvey. The survey was available for 10 days and receivedover 850 responses, plus several letters, emails,and phone calls. This high rate of response demonstratedthe community’s interest in the future of thearea, and provided us with a rich amount of informationfor the programming and design phases. Thislead to a final design concept that was responsive tothe community’s expectations and satisfied the desiresof the proprietors. Newspaper coverage announcingthe results of the survey, and later the final designitself, preceded the class´ presentation of the project tothe community in a public session. The communityresponded positively to the proposal and approved itwithout restrictions. The local media supported theproject in subsequent articles, often by noting theinappropriateness of the existing city specific plan.The process prompted the city council to appoint acommunity advisory committee to study the proposal,promote meetings with all stakeholders, and developrecommendations. The support showed by thecommunity, local government, and the proprietorsdemonstrate that the class was successful with theirdesign proposal. This success would have been impossiblewithout using the web-survey as a fundamentaltool for incorporating public opinion into the designprogramming process.Keywords: learn-by-doing, community outreach,waterfront revitalization, web-survey, perceptionsEnvironment-Behavior Education & ResearchEmerging Opportunities forEnvironment & Behavior Expertise– Addressing Student ConcernsOrganizer: Rowley-Balas, Susan (Université deMontréal, Canada) Presenters: Rowley-Balas,Susan (Université de Montréal, Canada); Barnes,Janice (Perkins+Will, Midwest Region); and McCoy,Janetta (Interdisciplinary Design Institute, WashingtonState University, Spokane) [Symposium]EDRA members recognize the important role thatstudents play in the future of the organization. Thisis a forum for students to receive support in theirendeavors, voice their concerns and ask questions. AllEDRA members and non-members, including facultyand practitioners, are invited to assist with this forum.An overview of future issues in higher education,employment opportunities, as well as the role ofEDRA in responding to these issues will be discussed.Emerging opportunities for Environment & Behaviorexpertise will be presented along with a review ofthe necessary skill sets required to seize these opportunities.Examples of these skills in action will bepresented to give a sense of the practical applicationof this knowledge. This topic will appeal to thoseinterested in practice as well as to faculty seeking across-disciplinary perspective. Issues in higher educationto be discussed will include: funding; gettingstarted; finding focus; time management; life beyondthe “room writing a thesis”; and job-hunting for anacademic position or for work in practice. Finally,the role of EDRA and the vital role that students playin the organization will be discussed. The future ofEDRA and the vision of the organization as seen bystudent members will be examined.Presentations in this symposium include:1. Environmental Design Research – Naming theFuture. Rowley-Balas, Susan (EDRA Student Representative,Université de Montréal, Faculty of EnvironmentalDesign)2. Emerging Opportunities in eb/ob Expertise – APractice-based Approach. Barnes, Janice (Perkins+Will,Chicago)3. Opportunities in Academia McCoy, Janetta (InterdisciplinaryDesign Institute, Washington StateUniversity, Spokane)Meet the EditorsOrganizer: Bechtel, Bob (University of Arizona/Environment and Behavior); Gifford, Robert (Journalof Environmental Psychology); Seidel, Andy(Journal of Architecture & Planning Research); andHecht, Peter (Design Research News) [Symposium]Join EDRA members who serve as editors of numerousjournals for a presentation regarding publishingresearch and design work related to environment-behaviorstudies and research-informed design.Editors will provide an overview of numerous journalsas well as advice to those interested in publishingtheir research work.ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &Research190 May 2006Beyond Conflict 191

ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchStudiosStudiosA Conflict in MeaningWitt, Tom (Arizona State University) [Paper]Design ends with a plan (Rittel 1970), which, ifimplemented, results in a product without unforeseenside effects – a tangible, useful artifact capableof fostering intangible experiences and services. Asuccessful product addresses the needs of all thosewho are affected through out the entire life cycle ofthe product: users, designers, and service providers(Morelli 2002). As the range of products expand frommere physical artifacts to such ethereal matters aslifestyle, status, systems, services, and experiences,the more difficult it becomes to identify the end-userand the needs that ought to have been addressedin the design process. “Ultimately, design is aboutvalues. Designer values, user values, societal valuesand so on (Giard 2000).” It is the consensus of societythat ascribes the cultural meaning, significance andvalue upon a product, and not the designer, client ormanufacturer. Should the designer’s role be that of adirector, or a facilitator in addressing the connection?“In addition to the classical tenants of structure, function,and aesthetics, a more socially responsible designmust acknowledge and engage the complex relationshipsbetween individuals, society and their artifacts.…The challenge lies not in dictating meaning butperhaps in developing an object’s capacity for meaning(Tharp 1999).” The relevance and benefits of varioussocial science approaches to research in design inorder to address more effectively the users’ needs, andhence increase the likelihood of product success, hasbecome the focus of much discussion in recent years.For example, ethnographic research, observation insitu of potential end-users, is a technique being recognizedand advanced by some designers in researchfirms, corporations, consultancies, and academia.The intent here is to explore the relationship betweenthe design process and design research and the socialand cultural context for which a designed artifact isintended. Further, to see if a successful product createsits own social circle and cultural adoption, or if the societyand culture acts as a rigid dictating force. In thispaper I with a look at the design process in the light ofa wicked problem environment – problems that cannotbe defined without simultaneously solving them(Rittel and Webber 1969). Then, I proceed to a reviewof research methods intended to identify end-userneeds and aspirations relative to the artifact producedby the plan. Finally, I conclude with an examinationof cultural meaning of artifacts as a product of design,whether meaning is directed by designers or dictatedby society and culture and whether research supportsor inhibits the success of the artifact in the marketplace. Metaphorically, what variable is the chicken andwhat variable is the egg, and which comes first.Keywords: aesthetics, meaning, communication,culture, qualitative researchDesign-Studio Classroom Environments:Design & SatisfactionObeidat, Asem (Texas Tech University) and Amor,Cherif (Texas Tech University) [Paper]Students and instructors suffer from classroom interiorenvironments such as inadequate lighting, noise,glare, poor air quality, inappropriate temperature, uncomfortableseats and inflexible seating arrangement(Rydeen, 2003). Nonetheless, research findings suggestthat a high quality interior design improves not onlythe function of a learning environment but alsothe confidence of its users involved in the teaching/learning process (Webber, Marini, & Abraham, 2000).Interior design teaching/learning activities, whichmay include lecturing, demonstrating, and practicing,require a specific setting that should be designed tofacilitate such activities. This study finds impetusin the lack of research data relative to the design ofthe design-studio classroom, most crucial space ininterior design and architectural education. Thepurpose of the study is to examine the design-studioclassroom environment and to determine, by theperception of its users, to which level this specificenvironment assures users’ needs and objectives. Todo so, this study addresses the following questions: 1)How important is to have designated design-studioworkstations in interior design programs in theUnited States? 2) What are the factors, both positiveand negative, and characteristics of the design-studioclassroom environments that are most important forteaching/learning process of interior design in theUnited States? And 3) How do interior design educatorsuse the design-studio classroom environment intheir teaching procedures?A survey was developed and distributed online toa purposive sample of interior design educators. Thesurvey instrument included 13 questions designed toaddress the three main research questions. Two of thesurvey questions provided background informationabout the participants, while the rest of the questionsaddressed their perceptions regarding studioclassroom environments. The survey was sent to the500 interior design educators who are members of theIDEC. The study was conducted as an online questionnaireemailed to all (IDEC) members via theire-mail addresses listed in the IDEC website, accordingto IDEC list of 2000. There were 85 participants whodidn’t participate in the survey because of undeliveredmessages. Only 94 out of 415 of the participantsresponded, 86 of who answered all questions. Theresponses of the remaining eight members were notconsidered because they missed some of the criticalquestions. Survey questions were developed carefullyto address the main questions of the study (see fullpaper). Summary: The results of this analysis supportthe stability of earlier findings that the physicalenvironment has a direct impact on the satisfactionof the space users. The findings suggest that lighting,noise, glare, air quality, temperature, seats comfortand possibilities of arrangement are all essentialenvironmental features in the achievement of anappropriate pedagogic environment. Likewise, it wasfound that designated workstations are important partof the teaching/learning process of interior design. Inaddition, findings of the study suggest that designatedworkstations should be provided for all students inall levels; such workstations were believed to be supportiveof teaching/learning interior design. Likewise,it emerges from this study that lighting is the mostimportant feature. It may be true that because theprocess of learning interior design dealing with lines,shapes, and colors, require proper lighting is required.Goals in the Design Studio: TheEssential Motive to LearnPowers, Matt (Florida A&M University) [Paper]In the design studio, students learn to designthrough the experience of completing design projects.Design projects vary in length, complexity, abstraction,requirements, and subject matter. The studioprofessor typically uses the student’s overall performanceon a design project to assess student learningand achievement. These assessments consistentlyreveal that student learning and achievement rangesfrom high to low. Even though professors expectstudent achievement to range from high to low, manyprofessors find it difficult to explain what causesthe difference between those that learned much andthose that learned little. Attempts to explain learningand achievement are usually limited to observationaldescriptions of a student’s motivation, dedication,intelligence, and other such factors. While broadlyinformative, these types of descriptions encourage thestudent and professor to briefly reflect upon a possiblereason for the behavior and then move on; theyare too vague to allow for meaningful interventions.These descriptions beg the question, “How can weexplain the differences in achievement and learningbetween students in landscape architecture designstudios? During the last 30 years, numerous empiricalstudies focusing on the psychological processesunderlying student learning and performance haveled to a growing interest in the concept of self-regulatedlearning (SRL) (Schunk and Zimmerman, 1994).These studies provide evidence suggesting that greater,more sophisticated SRL leads to more meaningfullearning and achievement (Zimmerman, 1989). WhileThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchStudios192 May 2006Beyond Conflict 193

ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchStudiosconceptualizations of SRL vary, most researchersagree that SRL involves learners: a) having a purposeor goal, b) employing goal-directed actions, c) monitoringtheir own behaviors, and d) adjusting theirlearning to ensure success (Schunk, 1996). Goals arethe foundation of self-regulation in that we attemptto regulate our actions, thoughts, and behaviors toachieve some desired outcome. Goals provide thestandards or reference criteria against which progressis monitored and abilities are judged (Barone,Maddux, and Snyder, 1997). This paper uses data fromthe author’s post graduate research to demonstratethe influence of self-regulated learning and goal useon student achievement in order to develop strategiesfor enhancing learning processes in design studio settings.Data, in the form of interviews with landscapearchitecture design students, as well as early resultsfrom applying research findings in design studio settingssupport the claim that achievement and learningis strongly dependant upon student goal-use as afunction of self-regulation. Those attending will haveaccess to a framework that they can use to foster goaluse and student self-regulation in their own studios.Keywords: landscape architecture, pedagogy, cognition,qualitative methods, academicReferencesBarone, D. J., Maddux, E. & Snyder, C.R. (1997). SocialCognitive Psychology: History and Current Domains.N.Y.: Plenum.Schunk, D. H. (1996). Self-evaluation and self-regulatedlearning. ERIC DOC ED403233, U.S. Indiana.Schunk, D. H. & Zimmerman, B. J. (1994). Self-Regulationof Learning and Performance: Issues and EducationalApplications. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Publishers: Hillsdale, New Jersey.Zimmerman, B. 1989. A Social Cognitive View of SelfregulatedAcademic Learning. Journal of EducationalPsychology 81: 329–339.Intuitive and Sensate Designers ina Collaborative StudioSherrod, Alice; Wilson, JoAnn; White, John; andAmor, Cherif (Texas Tech University) [Paper]In a collaborative studio containing students fromarchitecture, interior design, and landscape architecture,the Myers-Briggs Type Inventory (MBTI)was administered on the first day of class. The MBTI,based on the work of Swiss psychiatrist Carl Jung, isa personality inventory that measures the cognitivecharacteristics that produce ‘personality.’ Individualswho take the MBTI receive a four-letter designationthat describes their personality in terms of preferencesfor one of each of four paired opposites: Extraversion(E) – Introversion (I); Intuition (N) – Sensation (S);Thinking (T) – Feeling (F); and Judging (J) – Perception(P). For example, an INTJ prefers using his/herIntroversion, Intuition, Thinking, and Judging functionsover their opposites. Teams for Project One werecreated to contain a balanced mix of members highin either Intuition or Sensation, since individualswith these two preferences show the most clear-cutdifferences in their psychological behavior. Followingare brief summaries, adapted from Durling (1996)and Lawrence (1993), of the characteristics possessedby those who prefer either Intuition or Sensation.Intuition-Sensation deals with how a person handlesinformation. Intuitives are concerned with possibilities,ideas, and the future. Sensates are concerned withfacts, reality, and information received through theirsenses right now. Project Two teams were self-selectedby students and resulted in three teams that wereheavily weighted toward Intuition and one team thatwas heavily weighted toward Sensation. This createdan opportunity to test whether or not a graphic analysisof their design solutions would reveal perceivabledifferences that could be attributed to their psychologicaldifferences. Both types were seen as creative;the issue of interest was in how and in what form theircreativity was manifested visually. Intuitive designerswere seen as possessing a revolutionary attitude witha divergent process, and a preference for producingnew product(s) and solutions that transform. SensateDesigners were seen as possessing an evolutionaryattitude with a convergent process and a preference forproducing improved product(s) with solutions thatmaintain. These psychological characteristics werethen translated into visual or graphic characteristicsas follows: The Intuitive Designer was expected tohave design solutions that were angular and asymmetricallybalanced, with unconventional building formsand strongly geometric site plans. Sensate designerswere expected to have design solutions that werecurvilinear and centrally or radially organized, withconventional building forms and organic site plans.At the conclusion of Project Two, site plans of the fouraffected teams were analyzed for their graphic characteristics.Preliminary conclusions are that the designsolutions in this limited study did show the expectedstyle characteristics for both Intuitive and Sensatetypes. Further study is needed in order to validatethese results.Keywords: Cognitive, design review, academic,architecture, interior design, landscape architecture,case study, theoryCurriculumA Beginning Curriculum forEnvironmental Design StudentsKlein, Melanie and Lewis, Katrina (Kansas StateUniversity) [Paper]The disciplines of architecture, interior architectureand landscape architecture share underlying concepts,vocabularies, processes, and values. Therefore, there isno need for disciplinary boundaries in studio projectsfor beginning design students. Projects crossing theboundaries between interior and exterior can sharefundamental design concerns such as spatial definition,order, and articulation that are essential to adesign student’s first year curriculum. This paper examinesthe studio shared by beginning environmentaldesign students during their first year at Kansas StateUniversity’s College of Architecture, Planning andDesign. This studio sequence is founded on Bauhauspedagogy, with emphasis on ordering and creation ofspatial volumes. This paper tests the studio’s contemporaryrelevance, by reviewing the eight exercisesthrough the ‘lens’ of Inside Outside: Between Architectureand Landscape (1999) by Anita Berrizbeitiaand Linda Pollack. The results illustrate the first yearstudio’s exercises can engage students in linking interiorand exterior spaces. Though the studio’s primaryreadings are from Architecture: Form, Space andOrder by Francis Ching, first published in 1979, is stillapplicable. The authors establish the exercises’ validityby expressing connections to the published work ofInside Outside, 1999.Keywords: inside outside, Bauhaus, pedagogy, beginningdesign studentsGauging the TransdisciplinaryQualities and Outcomes ofDoctoral Training Programs: AnInternational ComparisonMitrany, Michal (Technion – Israel Institute ofTechnology, Israel) [Paper]The need for cross-disciplinary collaboration inscientific and community problem-solving arenashas been emphasized increasingly in recent years(Thompson-Klein 1996). Researchers and practitionersin the fields of urban planning and environmentaldesign, among others, long have understoodthat complex problems such as community violence,dysfunctional design, transit-related injuries, sustainabledevelopment, brownfields redevelopmentand urban change are unlikely to be resolved in theabsence of efforts to integrate knowledge drawnfrom several different disciplines (Roland et al.2002; Scriven 2003; Stokols et al. 2003b; Schon 1987;Watson 2003). Furthermore, the need for interdisciplinarytraining in the planning and design professionThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchCirriculum194 May 2006Beyond Conflict 195

ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchCirriculumhas been emphasized by scholars in these fields forsome time now and numerous attempts have beenmade to improve the educational process of plannersso that it explicitly incorporates an interdisciplinaryperspective (Bradbeer 1999). A key assumption underlyingthese attempts is that cross-disciplinary researchand training provide a stronger basis for achievingscientific and societal advances than unidisciplinaryprograms. Measuring the essential attributes, let alonethe tangible outcomes, of a Tran disciplinary trainingprogram is a complicated issue (Stubblefield et al.1994). Too little is known about ways to quantify thequalities and outcomes of such programs. Field et al.(1994) note the lack of concise assessment criteria tailoredto interdisciplinary studies, although there is noshortage of theoretical and practical material on evaluatingother types of higher education. Assessment oftransdisciplinary projects by traditional means andstructures falls short in several respects (Nash et al.,2003). Russell (2000) points out that research acrossdisciplines rarely satisfies the criteria and standardsof each of the disciplines involved. Moreover, transdisciplinaryresearch generally creates its own criteriaand standards, because of its unique emergent qualities(Thompson-Klein 1996). These qualities are notexplicitly taken into account by current assessmentstrategies. Researchers trying to assess the quality oftransdisciplinary research face this challenge, andcurrently there is no one agreed upon set of measuresthat has been used to gauge the transdisciplinaryqualities of training programs and research products.As a result, it is difficult to compare different transdisciplinaryprograms and research projects, let aloneevaluate their relative quality.It is necessary to develop reproducible and reliablecriteria for identifying the distinctive qualities ofcross-disciplinary research and training programs,especially in the field of urban and regional planning.The current study provides an exploratory firststep toward that goal. A composite scale designedto measure the transdisciplinary qualities of doctoraldissertations as an important product of one’sintellectual development and graduate training wasconstructed and administered in the present study(see Mitrany & Stokols 2005 for a description of thecomposite scale). Two sets of theses were rated acrossmultiple dimensions of transdisciplinary integrationand scope. One set included dissertations completedover a 25-year period by Ph.D. candidates withinthe Planning, Policy and Design Department in theUniversity of California, Irvine. The other set includedtheses completed since 1990 in the Urban andRegional Planning Program in the Technion, IsraelInstitute of Technology. The paper will present theinternational comparison of the results of the two setsof ratings and examine their implications for the futureof transdisciplinary training in the fields of urbanplanning and environmental design.Keywords: transdisciplinary research and training,planning education, international comparisonMoral Design: Reframing theArgument for Design ResearchNasar, Jack (The Ohio State University) [Paper]Designers see the world in a fundamentally differentway from researchers. Conflicts arise becauseeach group has difficulty understanding the worldviewof the other. Conceptual metaphors frame onedomain of experience in terms of another. Each grouphas a different conceptual metaphor underlying itsworldview; and this leads each one to view its ideas assimple common sense. As in politics, the reasoning isultimately based on models of the family. Drawing onthe work of Lakoff (2002), this paper discusses somekey metaphors in our language. Then it explains thetwo family-based models: Strict father and nurturingparent. The strict father model is “a traditional nuclearfamily, with the father having responsibility for supportingand protecting the family as well as the authorityto set overall family policy . . . Children mustrespect and obey their parents (Lakoff, pp 65–66).This model implies something about the right kind ofdesigner. The nurturing parent model is one which focuseson “being cared for and cared about…Childrenbecome responsible, self-disciplined, and self-reliantthrough being cared for and respected…Open, twoway,mutually respectful communication is crucial…Children need to learn empathy for others, cooperation,and the maintenance of social ties” (pp. 109–110).While the systems differ, both assume that the systemwill reproduced in the child. This points to the linkbetween the moral analysis and analysis of the worldviewsof designers and researchers. In each worldviewparticipants in the building process are a family, thedesigner or design researcher is a parent, and thebuilding occupants and users are the children. Thepaper describes some different kinds of designers andresearchers within each world view. It describes reasonsfor choosing the research-based worldview anddiscusses ways to reframe public discourse in favorof the research-based approach to design. The paperconcludes with a discussion of ways of reframing thepublic discourse to favor research based design.Keywords: theory/conceptualization, behaviorchange, attitudesReferencesLakoff, G. (2002). Moral Politics: How Liberals andConservatives Think. Chicago: University of Chicago.Lakoff, G. (2004) Don’t Think of an Elephant: KnowYour Values and Frame the Debate. Chelsea GreenPublishing Company.The Place of Environment &Behavior Studies in the Realm ofthe Architectural CurriculumPopov, Lubomir (Bowling Green University, OH)[Paper]Although long established, Environment & BehaviorStudies still resides at the periphery of architecturalinterests and curricula. Only a small portion of theaccredited architectural programs offer courses onarchitecture and human behavior, facilities programming,and post-occupancy evaluation, and rarelymore than one of these. While the architectural curriculumincorporates a number of courses that dealwith the structural and formal aspects of the designobject, the functional aspect is typically underratedand underrepresented. Modernist architects proclaimloudly that “form follows function,” but neither theynor their heirs have developed a battery of coursesregarding the functional aspect. The goal of this paperis to present arguments in favor of incorporatingEnvironment & Behavior Studies in the architecturalcurriculum. To achieve this purpose, the author startswith the classical model of architecture as a tripartitephenomenon, which is viewed in terms of structure,form, and function. This vantage point serves as astepping stone for conceptualizing the problem aswell as an illustration of the timeless concern withfunction. To justify the need for more extensiveinstruction about functional issues, the author usesone of the models of architecture as artifact. Theartifact approach allows us to treat the architecturalobject as spatial-material morphology that functionsin social environment. The spatial morphologyand the social environment constitute one whole,an entity, a system. This holistic vision allows formore productive conceptualization of the impact ofthe social functional environment on architecturalmorphology. Such a point of view also implies thatthe analysis of the social functional environmentis a prerequisite for understanding the interactionbetween the architectural object and the social reality,as well as the ensuing relationships. These environmentand behavior relationships constitute the basisfor developing a form that actually does follow function.In the design process, the social relationshipsof the architectural object are translated into designrequirements and guidelines. From such a perspective,Environment & Behavior Studies can be seen as thevehicle for bringing information and understandingabout the specifics of the social milieu of the architecturalobject, as well as the social implications of thedesign decisions. This conceptual platform constitutesthe foundations of a framework that integrates thesocial/functional, formal, and structural issues. Theframework allows clarifying the nature, function, andplacement of Environment & Behavior Studies inthe realm of the architectural curriculum. Designersneed corresponding courses and training just likeThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchCirriculum196 May 2006Beyond Conflict 197

ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchCirriculumthey study structures and design discourse. Thesepositions will guide architectural educators in thedevelopment of design curriculum with clear visionregarding the inclusion of courses about the socialaspects of architecture, including academic instructionabout programming, building evaluation, anddesign patterns. The present argument goes beyondthe recommendation for developing new courses anddirects toward infusing the design studio with socialknowledge and reasoning. The studio is envisagedas the integrative arena where aspect knowledge isutilized in the process of design decision making.Keywords: Curriculum development, architecturaleducation, facilities programming,post-occupancy evaluationTowards a ‘New’ Light: Examiningthe Role of Lighting Software inDesign EducationSarawgi, Tina (The University of North Carolina atGreensboro) [Paper]Due to their dynamic and interactive interface,computers are suitable for iterative exploratory designprocess enabling the study of light in relation to otherelements of design. With the maturing of algorithms,lighting simulation software tools today are easyto-use,reasonably accurate, and are fast gainingacceptance amongst design professionals (Reinhart& Fitz, 2004). Unfortunately, the use of computerapplications is largely relegated to producing alluringimagery by ‘painting’ light intuitively or randomly inmost interior design and architecture schools. Thus,the results demonstrate very little environmentalunderstanding of the building, lack scientific basis,and are not accurate enough to base design decisionson. A due consideration to lighting in an environmentwith the help of computer simulation tools couldlead to energy-efficient buildings, hence mitigatingthe ensuing environmental impacts. Most architectsbelieve that the role of university education regardingbuilding performance simulation tools is important,although their current level of emphasis is insufficientin design education (Mahdavi, Feurer, Redlein,& Suter, 2003). As interior designers or architectsare usually the pivot of the design team, bringing inand directing the consultants, they need to have theexpertise to co-ordinate the decisions that occur inthe design process of energy-efficient environments(Wilde, Voorden, Brouwer, Augenbroe, & Kaan, 2001).Thus, there clearly is a need to determine the reasonsfor exiguous use of currently available lighting simulationtools, and spread more awareness regarding theircapabilities in the academics. The project discussedin this paper addresses this in two ways. First, anonline survey is conducted to determine the impact ofcomputers in teaching and learning lighting design ininterior design and architecture schools, and identifydesign educators’ lighting education needs. Second,suitable learning strategies in the form of coursemodules are proposed that demonstrate the applicationof fundamental concepts and technical detailsof lighting to a design project, without being tied tospecific application programs. The course moduleswill be made electronically available as an interactive,self-paced discovery environment in which studentscan verify concepts and learn procedures to producephoto-metrically accurate lighting simulation toguide their design decisions. The survey results willbe shared during the conference presentation. A draftof the online course modules will be presented to theconference audience to receive critique and feedbackthat could help refine the modules. The specific aimof this project is to emphasize the use of computertechnology for environmental design investigationand visualization, as distinct from the more conventionalcomputer graphics-based ‘image making’,within the design curricula. The project responds tothe perceived instructional need to include lightingsimulation in a design curriculum for improved visualquality, energy efficiency, and thermal comfort. Thehigh interest shown by undergraduate students inthe use of digital media, and the growing demand fordigital media proficiency in the workplace make thisproject very timely.Keywords: lighting, computers, interior design,architecture, curriculumUniversityEnvironmentsImproving Students’ Attitudes byAltering the (Physical) ClassroomSchatz, Sae and Bowers, Clint (University of CentralFlorida) [Paper]The purpose of this classroom-building redesignproject was to improve undergraduate students’ attitudestoward a certain academic program. Thisprogram – only a handful of years old – is in theprocess of developing a strong curriculum, but, aswith many new academic projects, there have beensome conflicts. The students reacted to the program’sdifficulties with growing resentment, eventuallydeveloping a culture-wide attitude problem. Beforethe intervention, students often complained that theacademic program did not adequately prepare them,that the administration did not consider their opinionsduring decision-making, and that they were notgiven proper respect. There was also a lack of “community”within the program. To help mitigate theseperceptions, we designed a dramatic environmentaltreatment, including a bold color scheme, murals, andinspirational quotations. We also created numerous“learning posters,” that were both attractive andeducational, and we reorganized the layout of facultyoffices to create a more logical workflow. Finally, weestablished two new spaces for student collaboration.The entire design was created and implementedduring a three-month period, over summer 2005, andthe total budget was $5,000. Success was evaluated byusing a pre-test/post-test quasi-experimental design.Participants in each condition were asked to completethe Classroom Environment Scale (Johnson, Johnson,Kranch, & Zimmerman, 1999), a validated 40-questionsurvey that measures attitudes and perceptionsabout the social climate of an academic program.Twenty, out of the 40 CES items, showed significantimprovement in the post-test condition. Whilecreating the design, we considered the research onplace preference, Attribution Theory, and semiotics.Researchers believe that place preference is partiallydetermined by the environment’s coherence (a sensethat objects in the place go together), legibility (thesense that individuals feel safe exploring the place),complexity (the variety within a place, which piquesviewers’ interest) and mystery (the sense that the placehas more to offer) (see De Young, 1999). AttributionTheory helps explain how people make attributionswithout sufficient information needed to makeevidence-based judgments; it explains how peoplemake causal explanations (see Weiner, 1986). Finally,semiotics is the study of signs and symbols, broadlydefined. Strothotte and Strothotte’s (1997) work onsemiotics helps clarify the notion of explicit and implicitcommunication/inferences from visual symbols.Using these techniques, we were able to successfullymanage a complex, sensitive problem – quickly andrelatively inexpensively.Keywords: attitude change, academic (university),interior design, quasi-experiment, design projectThe Conflicts in the Design ofan Agricultural Campus in aCapital CityÖzdemir, Aydýn (Ankara University, Turkey){Paper]This study discusses the challenges of the design ofan agricultural faculty campus in a capital city. Thereis a conflict btween the historical background and theexpectations and current functions of this campus.There is a basic historical discussion on whethercity andagriculture should be separated. Landscapearchitecture students were challenged to improvethe design of this site. Students conducted interviewswith the users of the North Campus site in Faculty ofAgriculture. During the studio course, the conversationsbetween the students and the faculty were recordedand then evaluated to discuss the conflicts thatThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchUniversityEnvironments198 May 2006Beyond Conflict 199

ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchUniverrsityEnvironmentsstudents face during the design process. In the earlystages of the course, students were asked to developa design theme based on the results of the questionnairesthat they administered. Three groups of users(students, faculty and employees) were asked the samequestions in an effort to define the design problemsrelated to this site. The primary issue in collaborationof a fresh design scheme is to learn the necessities ofthe actual users. However, the location of the campusin the city and the term “agriculture” often result inopposing design themes: village vs. urban, I vs. we,closed to public vs. completely open. This study is anattempt to show the results of these design proposalsincluding the steps followed during the processesof planning and design. Students’ comments andconcepts are the primary data for this study. Asthe result of the content analysis and evaluation ofdesign projects, the conflicts that emerge based onthe revitalization of the campus site are discussed. Itis assumed that not only did the conflicts shape thedesign, but also on the other hand, that design formedthe conflicts.Keywords: Campus planning, rural verses urban,design studio cirriculumDesigning Campus Landscapes thatReduce Health Disparities: A StudyComparing Student BicyclingCulture and Campus Bike-AbilityPowers, Matt (Florida A&M University) [Poster]In the design studio, students learn to designthrough the experience of completing design projects.Design projects vary in length, complexity, abstraction,requirements, and subject matter. The studioprofessor typically uses the student’s overall performanceon a design project to assess student learningand achievement. These assessments consistentlyreveal that student learning and achievement rangesfrom high to low. Even though professors expectstudent achievement to range from high to low, manyprofessors find it difficult to explain what causesthe difference between those that learned much andthose that learned little. Attempts to explain learningand achievement are usually limited to observationaldescriptions of a student’s motivation, dedication,intelligence, and other such factors. While broadlyinformative, these types of descriptions encourage thestudent and professor to briefly reflect upon a possiblereason for the behavior and then move on; theyare too vague to allow for meaningful interventions.These descriptions beg the question, “How can weexplain the differences in achievement and learningbetween students in landscape architecture designstudios? During the last 30 years, numerous empiricalstudies focusing on the psychological processesunderlying student learning and performance haveled to a growing interest in the concept of self-regulatedlearning (SRL) (Schunk and Zimmerman, 1994).These studies provide evidence suggesting that greater,more sophisticated SRL leads to more meaningfullearning and achievement (Zimmerman, 1989). Whileconceptualizations of SRL vary, most researchersagree that SRL involves learners: a) having a purposeor goal, b) employing goal-directed actions, c) monitoringtheir own behaviors, and d) adjusting theirlearning to ensure success (Schunk, 1996). Goals arethe foundation of self-regulation in that we attemptto regulate our actions, thoughts, and behaviors toachieve some desired outcome. Goals provide thestandards or reference criteria against which progressis monitored and abilities are judged (Barone,Maddux, and Snyder, 1997). This paper uses data fromthe author’s post graduate research to demonstratethe influence of self-regulated learning and goal useon student achievement in order to develop strategiesfor enhancing learning processes in design studio settings.Data, in the form of interviews with landscapearchitecture design students, as well as early resultsfrom applying research findings in design studio settingssupport the claim that achievement and learningis strongly dependant upon student goal-use as afunction of self-regulation. Those attending will haveaccess to a framework that they can use to foster goaluse and student self-regulation in their own studios.Keywords: landscape architecture, pedagogy, cognition,qualitative methods, academicReferencesBarone, D. J., Maddux, E. & Snyder, C.R. (1997).Social Cognitive Psychology: History and CurrentDomains. N.Y.: Plenum.Schunk, D. H. (1996). Self-evaluation and self-regulatedlearning. ERIC DOC ED403233, U.S. Indiana.Schunk, D. H. & Zimmerman, B. J. (1994). Self-Regulationof Learning and Performance: Issues and EducationalApplications. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,Publishers: Hillsdale, New Jersey.Zimmerman, B. 1989. A Social Cognitive View of SelfregulatedAcademic Learning.” Journal of EducationalPsychology 81: 329–339.Patterns of Pedestrian Flows andStatic Occupancy of the Diag ofUniversity of Michigan, City ofAnn Arbor, Examined by SpaceSyntax AnalysisChiang, Chien-Chi (University of Michigan) [Poster]Space syntax analysis has been developed to examinethe relationship between the patterns of space usein public spaces and the morphological propertiesof urban grids in which these spaces are embeddedin the last two decades. The growth of City of AnnArbor has accompanied with the establishment andexpansion of University of Michigan (UM) since 19thcentury. Due to allocating UM central campus in theproximity of the geographical center of City of AnnArbor, this growth has followed the trend of strongdowntown centrality. The Diag of UM is the centersquare of UM central campus. This advantage ofmorphological properties well embedded in the urbangrid and campus layout has resulted that the Diag hasthe potential to be an important public square whichincorporates both campus and urban uses. The levelof pedestrian flows, features of isovists and isovistfields, and provision of sitting areas have been suggestedto influence the level of static occupancy. Inthis study, space syntax analysis is utilized to examinethe effects of these spatial properties on the patternof static occupancy (i.e., sitting or standing) in theDiag. The measures of axial line analysis (e.g., connectivity,global integration, and local integration) areestimated by Axman program for evaluating the levelof natural movement. The measures of isovist analysis(e.g. decentralized integration, neighborhood size, andclustering coefficients) are estimated by Depth mapprogram for evaluating visibility properties. Due to thefine scale of analysis, axial line analysis was based onthe footpath system in the Diag and its surroundingarea, and flowerbeds, planting, and formal seats wereidentified as the barriers of people s movement. InDepth map analysis, the buildings and high walls wereidentified as visual barriers. The snapshot technique,observation, and informal interview are used to understandthe distribution and level of pedestrian flows andstatic activities. Finally, the investigation of spatial usewas used to examine the accountability of morphologicalfeatures and of landscape design (e.g., footpath design,and the location of flowerbeds and benches). Differentpatterns of space use between campus users andvisitors on weekend and weekdays are also analyzedto examine the space function of the Diag. The resultsand conclusions of this study are (1) that multiplicityof visual connections to the neighboring environmentsand some level of privacy, facing the pedestrian flow,and provision of sitting areas are the primary factors toinfluence static occupancy; (2) landscape design (thelayout of flowerbeds, planting, street furniture) shouldconsider its barrier effects on natural movement; (3)the northwest corner of the Diag can serve as a publicsquare of City of Ann Arbor to increase the interactionbetween visitors and campus users, and the identityof college town. This preliminary study demonstratesthat space syntax can be a useful tool for exploringspace use and space function on a local scale. However,observation method is required to examine the accountabilityof the effects of morphological features onspace use and space function.Keywords: movement, spatial behavior, academic(schools, universities), space syntax,landscape architectureThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchUniversityEnvironments200 May 2006Beyond Conflict 201

ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchUniverrsityEnvironmentsPost-occupancy Evaluation of ColorChoices and the Favored ColorImage of University ClassroomsHong, Chunki; Yoon, Aram; and Ha, Mikyoung(Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea) [Poster]Due to improvement in the quality of life levels,quality requirements for space are becoming moredemanding. Brought up under these circumstances,students are also demanding more of their classroomspaces, but their high expectations are unlikely to besatisfied in the relatively backward buildings of universitiestoday. The color schemes of today s classrooms arevery coarse, typically expressed in a very un-thoughtfulmanner. This research provides information on colorschemes in classrooms for educational environments,through evaluating interior color environments ofuniversity classrooms. The satisfaction of color environmentshows that students are much more in favor ofcolor schemes used in reformed classrooms than used inprevious classrooms. When evaluating the environmentbased on color combination of interior components,two or more colors in a classroom led to different degreesof color satisfaction of not only the specific component,but also of the whole color environment and otherinterior components. Therefore, the floor color may differentiatethe satisfaction degree of the whole color environment,and also the satisfaction degree of the othercolors of objects which take up a fairly large space, suchas the ceiling, walls and the desk. In other words, a colorin a space may not be judged within its own limitations,but also should be recognized with other surroundingcolors, since it will be evaluated in such a combination.The comments made on the spatial atmosphere in thepresent classroom shows that evaluations of atmospherein the classrooms are generally positive. Connectingthis atmosphere with the color schemes of interiorcomponents in classrooms, we now understand thatcolor scheme of the floor is a key factor in evaluatingthe interior image of the classroom. Moreover, when achange is made in the color scheme of the space, it maybe regarded as just another factor in interior space, notillustrative of the color satisfaction of the whole space.Therefore, upon planning color schemes, considerationsof developing an adequate atmosphere of the classroomsshould be considered. The results of this research showthat the color environment reformation of the classroomshas obtained highly positive effects, and that it isnecessary to reform color environments in existing universityclassrooms. Through this POE research, changesin satisfaction levels and problems in regards to colorenvironments of the classrooms were easily understood,and results earned through continuous research couldbe reflected in classroom reformation works.Keywords: Color, university, classroom, indoorenvironment, POEStrategies for Sustainable CampusDesign and PlanningOrganizer: Barnes, Richard (Randolph-MaconWoman’s College, VA) Presenters: Barnes, Rick(Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, VA); Bain,Brodie (Mithun Architects, WA); Edelstein, Michael(Ramapo College, NJ); Janda, Katie (Oberlin College,OH); Rottle, Nancy (University of Washington,WA); and Warren, Karin (Randolph-Macon Woman’sCollege, VA) [Pre-Conference Intensive]In recent years the movement toward more environmentallysustainable design and facilities managementon college campuses has gained considerable momentum.Many colleges and universities are lookingfor ways to decrease energy consumption and resourceuse and promote a more environmentally responsiblecampus culture. Because of their scale and mission,educational institutions can be good models for developmentof environmentally sustainable communities.Objectives: This half-day intensive will provide aforum for exchange of information and strategies onpromoting sustainable design and planning at educationalinstitutions. It is a continuation and expansion ofworkshops at recent EDRA conferences on sustainablecampus design and planning. The intended audienceis faculty, facilities managers, and designers involved inthe design and planning of educational institutions.Description of planned activities: In the first half ofthe intensive, presenters will briefly describe sustainabilityinitiatives at their institutions. Presentations include(a) description of green building technologies atOberlin College, (b) a case study of involving studentsin the LEED certification process for a sports andactivity center, (c) methods of promoting undergraduates’involvement with sustainability through journalsand design projects. (d) comparison of environmentallearning center campuses, focusing on sustainablesites, buildings and operations, (e) strategies forbroadening sustainability throughout the college (f)a case study of a campus-community sustainabilitypartnership for composting and biodiesel production,and (g) inclusion of sustainability in the campusplanning process. Presentations will focus on thesuccesses and challenges that the cases illustrate andwill attempt to draw lessons for other institutions.The second half of the intensive will be devoted toa facilitated discussion and sharing of strategies forpromoting sustainable campuses. Attendees will beencouraged to describe activities and projects in theirown institutions and organizations, and to share toolsand techniques that have been successful in promotingmore environmentally sustainable communities.Keywords: sustainability; teaching; academic(schools, universities); architecture; city planningResearch MethodsData Gathering by Environment-Behavior Professionals: A workinggroup to explore innovativetechniques & instrumentsOrganizers: Augustin, Sally (PlaceCoach, Los Angeles,CA) and McCoy, Janetta (Washington StateUniversity) [Workshop/Working Group]Architectural programmers, academic researchers,designers, and others who need to know more abouthow humans interact with their physical environmentsgather information using various tools. Newinformation gathering techniques and instrumentsare continually being created and existing ones areregularly revamped in useful ways. The purpose ofthis session is to involve all interested parties – practitionersin the field, researchers, teachers of environment-behaviorcourses, students, etc. – in a discussionof the best new data collection tools available to gaugehuman responses to particular environments. In thisunstructured session, individuals will be invited toshare new techniques and instruments that they havefound useful for learning about human/environmentinteractions. These might range from new observationprotocols to a set of insightful survey questions to virtualreality simulations to Internet based focus groups.The techniques and instruments discussed will bedetermined by the tools that attendees choose to share.Keywords: research methodologyValue through Conflict: BringingResearch into Objective AnalysisOrganizer: Keable, Ellen (Jacobs Advance PlanningGroup, Buffalo, NY) Presenters: Keable, Ellen(Jacobs Advance Planning Group, Buffalo, NY);Putterman, Joel (Jacobs Advance Planning Group,Atlanta, GA); Rader, Jeff (Jacobs Advance PlanningGroup, Atlanta, GA); Ninassi, Carlo, (JacobsAdvance Planning Group, Arlington, VA); andScarbrough, Tim (Jacobs Advance Planning Group,Atlanta, GA) [Symposium]Conflict often generates the need for objectiveanalysis, forming opportunities for design research.Our practice is shaped by conflicts between businessstrategies and facilities plans, between communityneeds and infrastructure, and between stakeholders.We, here at Jacobs Advance Planning Group, delivervalue to our clients by defining these problems beforesolutions, with research at scales from furniture tocommunity planning. This workshop will show threecase studies in which research helped to define andaddress conflict, bringing objectivity and rigor toThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchResearchMethods202 May 2006Beyond Conflict 203

ThematicAbstractsEnvironment-BehaviorEducation &ResearchResearchMethodspre-design and planning processes. This symposiumfocuses upon environment-behavior research applicationsand the influence of this research upon designand the built environment in three arenas:a) global office space standards (see Keable abstractin the workplace section);b) transportation planning (see Putterman andRader abstract in the urban planning section); andc) real estate portfolios and facility management decision-making(see Ninassi abstract in the programmingand post-occupancy evaluation section)Keywords: Professional practice; research application,workplace/office; transportation; urban development;GIS analysisWhat are the Boundaries ofArchitecture?Dülgeroglu-Yüksel, Yurdanur, (Istanbul TechnicalUniversity, Turkey) [Poster]New and creative ways of seeing andconceptualizing the environment and designingaccordingly is possible through participation,discussion and integration. This presentationinquires into the knowledge span and boundariesof the field of Architecture in the last almost halfcentury. This is important in order to define theroles of the disciplines in the society and in thescientific research. The boundaries will be pickedup by the overlaps of architecture with sociology,with psychology, with ecology, with science, withanthropology, with geometry, with management?How has it changed within the last 45 years? Whatcan be expected in the future? What is and whatshould be the methodology in architectural research?Especially when it typically borrows from the socialsciences, through observation and participation;from hard sciences through falsification,phenomenology, verification, etc. To which isarchitecture closer now as a field – a social science ora hard science? How has the research topics changed,epistemologically and ontologically?I hypothesize the following change in topics:a) Move from post-occupancy evaluations to actionresearch (not “after” but “before”)b) Move from more exploratory into moreexploratory.(issues have changed character)c) Moving from more the case study into more theory(from more pragmatic into more grand theory)d) Move from more certain into more uncertain(with the changes in even the hard sciences)e) Move from more consistent into inconsistent(as the nature of human beings suggests)f) Move from more mundane topics into morecontrasting issues ( the extreme opposites forthe reason of creating tension and challenge)g) Move from mono-disciplinary intomulti-disciplinary (multiple problemsrequiring multiple solutions)h) Move from more quantitative into morequalitative (quality problem has superscededthe countable ones)i) Move from more local into more global(EU has urged the research on social housing totake place jointly by many countries in Europe,Germany, France, Spain, etc.)j) Move from more experimental into moreexperiential (as real life requires)k) Move from behavioral maps into computersimulateddocumentation (with advances beingmade in computer technology)All of the changes mentioned above, have to berelated to the changing role of architects in thesociety, moving from the customer and user intodecision-maker. In the complexity of the 21stcentury, livable alternative built environments canbe generated only if and when architects adopt anintegrated approach, because architects are challengedby pollution, increased population, crowding, andtraffic in the contemporary city. The know-how onthe other hand, is both their tools and their enemies.The reconciliation is in deeper understanding of thecapacities of the field. They are not alone but theyare to be connected constantly and continuously tothe other specialists in their search for resolutionsto physical design problems, whose nature has gonebeyond the architecture.Environmental GerontologyAlmost Home: ExploringCulture Change in Long-termCare FacilitiesOrganizer: Chapin, Meldrena(University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee)[Pre-Conference Intensive]Nursing homes all over the country are castingoff their institutional nature and working towardscreating home. This emerging change is due to anew phase of cultural, organizational, and physicalevolution in long-term care, the Culture ChangeMovement. Spear-headed by the Pioneer Network,the Culture Change Movement recognizes the needto create a place where elders can live comfortablyand receive needed care, rather than simply creatinga building where medical services are provided. Culturechange within long-term care is the process oftransforming a facility from operating in an institutionalmedical model manner to operating undera holistic philosophy in a resident-centered caremanner focused upon fulfilling individual resident’sneeds, wants, and wishes. The goal of this transformationis to create a setting where elders can live totheir fullest, enjoying multiple social, psychological,and spiritual aspects of life and meaningful connectionswith others while receiving needed care.Join us for an intensive focused on culture changein long-term care. Presentations include an overviewof culture change, processes used to create culturechange, and the connection between placemakingand long-term care facility transformation. Theafternoon will include two presentations – The Roleof Placemaking in Long-term Care Culture Change byMeldrena Chapin of the University of Wisconsin– Milwaukee) and Environment, Action Research, andCulture Change by Lyn Geboy of Kahler Slater Architects,Inc. of Milwaukee WI. The afternoon concludeswith a viewing of Almost Home the PBS documentaryfocusing on culture change at St. John’s on the Lake along-term care facility in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. LisaD. Gildehaus co-producer of Almost Home and NancyTischer, Staff Development Director at St. John’s onthe Lake will present their perspectives on culturechange, St. John’s approach to transformation and themaking of this premier documentary.Almost Home is a stunningly intimate featurelengthdocumentary following the stories of residents,families and workers in a Midwestern nursing homepursuing culture change. The film illustrates noonly their struggle with the personal challenges ofaging but also the challenges that come with transformingtheir century-old hospital-like institutioninto a true home. Almost Home is a co-productionof 371 Productions and Wisconsin Public Television,produced in association with ITVS, with fundingprovided by the Helen Bader Foundation; The Jacoband Valeria Langeloth Foundation; The RetirementResearch Foundation; the Corporation for PublicBroadcasting; The Faye McBeath Foundation; andsupport from University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee’sPeck School of the Arts and Center on Age and Community.EDRA is pleased to have Almost Home, andits supporters as a partner in sponsoring this half-daypre-conference intensive.American Institute of Architect’sDesign for Aging Review:Overviews and TrendsOrganizer: Rhode, Jane (JSR Associates, EllicottCity, MD) [Symposium]Through its biennial juried design competition,Design for Aging Review, the American Institute ofArchitects provides a vehicle that both highlights thebest architecture for the aging and provides a vehicleThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontology204 May 2006Beyond Conflict 205

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyto broadly share the emerging trends within thisfocused design area. The competition is collaborativewith the American Association of Homes and Servicesfor the Aging and the jury consists of both architectsand care providers. It is an established criterion forthe competition that the environments representthat collaboration and that the care provider takes anactive role in the design process. This presentationhighlights the 8 th cycle of the Design for Aging Review,completed in the fall of 2005. As such it is indicativeof emerging trends within the design and careprovision professions, demonstrative of a changingmarket and demographic for these environments anda pretense that foreshadows trends which may becomebroadly accepted in the future. In addition, the jurymember presenters will discuss both the good andnot-so-good elements of the submittals that continueto appear or that are innovative and refreshing in theirappearance. The six Award of Merit winners withinthe 8 th cycle will be discussed in depth, sharing withthe audience the reasons for their selection and elevationto award. Innovation in design, care provisionapproach and financing are all a part of this tour ofthe best architecture and environments for the agingin the United States, conducted by the individualswho judged them to be so.Keywords: design for aging, post-occupancy evaluation,research-informed designAssistive Technology for Seniors:Comparing Online and ClassroomTeaching FormatsCalkins, Margaret(I.D.E.A.S., Kirtland, OH) [Paper]This project developed a course on hearingimpairments and assistive technologies to mitigatehearing problems, given in both an online andclassroom format. Pre and post-tests and were usedto assess both knowledge about assistive technologiesand degree of difficulty hearing problems causedseniors in everyday situations. Seniors (n=146) from3 states were recruited to take either the onlinecourse or the classroom course. Two sets of analyseswere performed to assess the effectiveness of thecourse. First, cross tabs and paired t-tests were usedto identify whether or not participants experiencedfewer hearing problems and/or made use of coursecontent after completing the course. Before thecourse 94 participants (70%) were classified ashaving significant hearing problems and after thecourse only 57 participants (54%) were classifiedas having significant hearing problems (p< 0.004).Participants with significant hearing problemsreported fewer difficulties after having taken thecourse. Results also suggest the course was mosteffective at encouraging the purchase or use of ALdevices, helping participants to hear better overall,and helping to make some form of improvement inparticipants’ lives. Second, a paired t-test was usedto determine if there was any improvement in testscores before and after the course was taken. Thisanalysis also included the use of Tukey’s HSD todetermine if differences existed between the on-lineand classroom courses. Participants averaged 2.34more correct answers on the post test than the pretest(p

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologythe nation, particularly those in the Northeastand Midwest, are struggling to regain their onceprosperous urban vitality. Their urban landscape hassuffered decades of neglect as housing, commerce,and industry have fled to the suburbs. In recent years,as the benefits of the concepts of “Smart Growth”,“Sustainability”, and even “New Urbanism” havebegun to be recognized, the underutilized, abandonedformer industrial sites in urban cores are seen asfertile grounds for redevelopment. Often these sitesare waterfront locations due to the ease of maritimedelivery of raw materials and/or shipment of finishedgoods in their former industrial life. There are manypotential catalysts for such Brownfield reclamations:multiuse residential and commercial developmentslead the list. However, an unlikely new developmenttype is beginning to emerge: the Continuing CareRetirement Community (CCRC).This proposedsession would provide an insight to two case studiesof Brownfield Urban Waterfront Redevelopment,initiated by the potential demand for a CCRC. Thistale of two cities is of Norfolk, Virginia, and Oshkosh,Wisconsin. In Norfolk, Virginia, a local entrepreneur,Neil Volder, recognized that the City was losing theaging “pillars of the community” to other retirementcommunities in the surrounding Hampton Roadsarea. The City shared this concern and suggestedthe potential redevelopment of “Atlantic City”, thelast remaining waterfront site in Norfolk, and theonly remaining large parcel in the entire City onwhich to build. But it was literally acres of abandonedwarehouses and dilapidated piers and wharfs. Neilrealized the intrinsic value of the site, formed a notfor-profitsponsor of the proposed CCRC, convincedthe City to “participate” through infrastructureimprovements, and helped the City create a site-widemaster plan through a ULI charette. The first of manyprojects to come was the CCRC, Harbor’s Edge, a150-unit, 16-story project which sold out in recordtime, proving the viability of the City’s and Neil’sconvictions. Glen Tipton, FAIA, Senior Vice Presidentwith CSD Architects, of Baltimore and Dallas, thearchitects who designed Harbor’s Edge, will presentthis remarkable story. Glen will also be joined inthis presentation by Gerald Weisman, AIA, Directorof Architecture for the University of Wisconsin, intelling the following story of the “Living, Learning,Serving” Community proposal for another waterfrontBrownfield site in Oshkosh, Wisconsin.Keywords: design for aging, brownfieldreclamation, sustainabilityEncouraging Physical Activityamong Retirement CommunityResidents – the Role of CampusCommitment, Programming,Staffing, Promotion andCommunity TypeHarris-Kojetin, Lauren (Institute for Future ofAging Services, Washington, D.C.); Joseph, Anjali(Georgia Institute of Technology); Zimring, Craig(Georgia Institute of Technology) and Kiefer, Kristen(The National Council on the Aging, Washington,D.C.) [Paper]Despite the well-established benefits of physicalactivity for older adults, Americans ages 75 andabove are among the most sedentary. A growingliterature suggests that the physical environment isan important contributor to physical activity by olderpeople. However, we are unaware of any studies thathave assessed the role of organizational and socialsupport for physical activity (e.g., managementcommitment, channels to promote physical activity,staffing) within retirement communities andtheir relationship with resident physical activitylevels. Continuing care retirement communities(CCRCs), with a median resident age of 84, seemideal settings for creating physical-activity promotingenvironments. Some, 660,000 Americans live inretirement communities and this number is likelyto rapidly expand as the Baby Boom generation ages(AAHSA, 2005). This paper examines the relationshipbetween social factors and organizational factorssuch as types of programs available, resident supportfor physical activity, staffing and managementcommitment and participation in physical activityamong residents in CCRCs. A social ecological modelwas used to study the relationships between socialand organizational characteristics of retirementcommunities and resident physical activity behavior.The goals of this inquiry were to:1. Examine levels of physical activity among residentsliving in three different settings (independentliving or “IL,” assisted living or “AL,” andnursing care or “NC”);2. Understand the extent of organizational programsand policies as well as resident support in placein CCRCs and other senior housing providers toencourage physical activity among older adults; and,3. Identify how these organizational and socialfactors may be related to levels of physical activity participationamong older adults in these communities.Electronic and mail surveys were sent to a systematicrandom sample of 800 non-profit CCRCs and housingproviders who are American Association of Homesand Services for the Aging (AAHSA) members. Theoverall response rate was 52%. Findings suggest thatproviding the latest, best quality physical activityprogramming opportunities can positively affect independentliving residents’ physical activity levels, whileassisted living and nursing care residents’ physicalactivity levels may depend more on management beingcommitted to creating a social environment supportiveof encouraging physical activity for these residents.Keywords: physical activity, older adults, continuingcare retirement communities, health promotion, organizationalresources, social environmentEnvironment, Action Research &Culture ChangeGeboy, Lyn (Kahler Slater, Milwaukee, WI) [Paper]Although the variety of culture change approachesin long-term care is diverse (i.e. Eden Alternative, thePioneer movement, regenerative care, person-centeredcare), the role of the physical setting as a change resourcehas been generally overlooked. In this presentation,the author describes some of the findings of a 2 1⁄2year action research (applied research/mixed methods)project which began as a modest architectural renovationproject and ultimately emerged as a full-fledgedorganizational transformation to a new model ofperson-centered care. The project was theoreticallyframed by Weisman’s (2001) systemic Model of Place,which conceptualizes place as the product of threecomponents – people, program and the physical setting– and Lawton & Nahemow’s (1973) competencepressmodel of person-environment interaction andfit, which is contextualized within the contemporaryrealm of long-term care by Kitwood’s (1997) sociopsychologicaltheory of personhood in dementia andperson-centered care. While the project as a whole involvedthe development and implementation of changeactivities in all three place components of people,program and the physical setting, particular emphasisin this presentation will be given to describing ascheme for implementing change in the physical setting.Research findings provide support for the author’ssystemic claim that culture change must incorporatethe physical environment if it is to be truly achieved.Keywords: culture change, adult day care,action researchExploration of Older People’sImmediate Environments andTheir Well-BeingRodiek, Susan (Texas A&M University) {Paper}Recent research demonstrates a strong link betweenthe qualities of neighborhood environments and thehealth of older adults. The studies presented here examinenearby environments at the neighborhood andthe facility levels of scale, and explore health-relatedissues such as physical activity and social interaction.In these studies and in the literature, what types ofsupportive policies and interventions appear to havethe greatest impact, and what outcomes are associatedwith greater overall improvements in well-being?Questions as well as answers may point the way tofurther research on this important topic.ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontology208 May 2006Beyond Conflict 209

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyGrowing Older in Suburbs:Territorial Mobility Strategiesacross Three Age GroupsLord, Sebastien (Universite Laval, Quebec) [Paper]Elderly suburbanites want to age in their house andneighborhood, despite an eventually problematic cardependency. Rather than moving a more appropriatesetting (adapted living or urban districts), they adaptto their residential situation as limitation problemsoccur. Maintaining one’s daily territorial mobility isa major stake for a positive residential experience, inparticular for those elders limited in their autonomy.This paper compares the territorial mobility andassociated meanings of suburbanites aged between55 and 82 years (n=102) in the Quebec metropolitanarea (in Canada). Data collected from 3 differentaged groups (55–64, 65–74 and over 75 years)through in-depth interviews in 1999 are compared.This analysis constitutes a first step toward alongitudinal study on the evolution of the tiesbetween residential and territorial daily mobility inan aging process. By mixing quantitative, qualitativeand spatial analyses, the transformation of territorialpractices and experiences of home are explored.Results indicate that factors contributing to elderlydesire to age at home go beyond the emotionalrelationship to their house and neighborhood. Bygradually adapting their physical environmentand lifestyles, as well as their mobility habits andhome representations, older suburbanites make theimplicit choice of staying in suburbs, without trulyentering a decision-making process. Individualneeds, environmental context, stage life cycle andmobility habits result differentiated adaptationstrategies. Available resources (financial, socialand societal) along with the dominant ideology ofsuburban home justify residential aspirations foraging in place and make them possible to sustain.When adaptation is not possible, a relocalization,desired or not, then becomes inevitable.Keywords: mobility, aging in place, suburbs, adaptationstrategy, meanings of home, meanings of mobilityInclusive Design – Layering Influenceswith Senior Citizens for aMore Democratic Creative ProcessBergeron, Gabriel (Boston Architectural Center/Miller Boehm Architects, Boston, MA) [Poster]The interests of the individual frequently collidewith public concern. This is especially clear in designfields – where individual creations are usually facedwith public scrutiny. The community review process isa poignant example of how individual desires and communitydesires can push against each other with variedresults. The focus of this study is the development ofnew methods for layering together individual and communityinterests. It is, in essence, a push towards a moredemocratic design process. When we approach design,we are faced with decisions regarding what elementswill inspire and guide the project. A major push of thisstudy was to let this inspiration come from the inhabitants.They became included in every phase of the designprocess in a raw manner – not just providing choicesbetween products, but engaging in the development ofcreative ideas about what the building could become.The framework for this study was a community designwith an aging population in Westford, Massachusetts.Eight inclusive design seminars were held with 25–30Westford seniors to develop schematic ideas for a newSenior Community Center. Each seminar built uponthe previous one and ranged in scope from highlystructured individual activities to open ended groupdiscussions. Along the way, many discoveries cameto light regarding the concerns of older adults, localidentity, political process, and the nature of design services.Participants were initially consulted to determinepotential activities for the new center. The resultinginformation became the basis for an accumulationof community developed design decisions including:senior concerns, site design, site and building relationships,historical considerations, design concepts, designreviews, building form, material decisions, interiorthemes, and budget issues. Remarkably, participants becameincreasingly cooperative as the process progressed.One major factor in the development of a commonvision was the clear indication that people’s ideas werebeing heard and used in the developing design work. Asparticipants saw their own ideas included they becamemore and more sympathetic and supportive of the ideasof their fellow participants. The process developed inthis exploration builds up design decisions, layer bylayer, to include the voices of local inhabitants that willbe affected by the project. The inclusiveness of thismethod brings layers of information together in a cycleof feedback, so that when we arrive at a solid result, it isnearly overflowing with a richness of influence.Keywords: aesthetics/meaning/assessment,elderly/gerontology, place attachment/place memory,communication/culture, participationInternational Innovations inEnvironments for the AgingOrganizer: Green, Mitch (Hillier Worldwide Architecture,NY) [Symposium]Too often designers of environments for the aging arefocused on practices that have long been “acceptable”within their own communities or, at least, within theirown countries. This focus often extends to compliancewith governmental regulations as a guide for thosedesigns. As designers of environments for the aging, wedo ourselves a disservice if we do not study and understandthe innovations of other countries and the impactthe resulting built environment has on care provision.There are lessons to be learned and to be taken backto our studios that can enhance the environments weare all currently addressing there. These lessons canadvance our understanding of the inevitable collaborationbetween the environment and the care provision.In doing so, they will ultimately enhance the lives ofresidents and the quality of workplace for staff. Approachesto acuity levels, to the desire of regulators andcare givers that the elderly remain in their own homesurroundings and to the increase in dementia in theelderly population all point to interesting contrastsas well as areas of common ground that, once studied,shed new light on both our social consideration of theelderly and our social responsibility for their needs.Having visited and studied several environmentsfor the aging in Sweden, Norway, Japan, China andAustralia, the presenters will provide basic backgroundknowledge of the national care provision systems inplace in each country and compare their differenceswith those within the United States. Additionally, theinteraction between environment and care provisionwill be discussed within the context of individual nationalitiesand their existing and emerging societies andsocial responsibilities, both perceived and mandated.The presenters all have extensive practical experiencewithin the United States architecture for the elderlydesign community as well as experience internationallyon a smaller scale. Mr. Green has spent several years asboth an owner’s representative and a design providerin Japan and the Asian rim. The panel will also presenttheir work on post-occupancy evaluations that wererecently conducted on several Scandinavian elderlyfacilities as well as individual homes in Scandinaviathat had been modified in order that the residents couldeasily function through age-related disabilities.Keywords: Design for Aging, international approaches,post-occupancy evaluationNeighborhood Environmentsand Older People’s Health andOutdoor ActivitySugiyama, Takemi and Thompson, CatharineWard (OPENspace Research Centre, EdinburghCollege of Art/Heriot-Watt University) {Paper}Recent studies have demonstrated a link betweenthe quality of neighborhood environments and olderpeople’s health. However, research so far is not conclusiveas to mechanisms through which neighborhoodenvironments affect health in late life. It can behypothesized that good quality neighborhood environmentsfacilitate outdoor activity such as walking, whichin turn is conducive to better health. This presentationwill report the results of empirical investigation thattested these hypotheses. The quality of neighborhoodThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontology210 May 2006Beyond Conflict 211

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyenvironments was operationalized as a degree to whichthe environment supports outdoor activity. An instrumentto measure the “supportiveness of neighborhoodenvironments” (SNE) was devised based on the conceptof personal projects analysis developed by Little (1983).Regression analysis found that SNE was associated withparticipants’ time spent outdoors, which was a significantpredictor of their health status (measured as thenumber of unhealthy days in the last 30 days). However,analysis also suggested that a direct association existedbetween SNE and health. The presentation will discusspotential reasons for this direct association. The study ispart of an on-going, multidisciplinary research projectcalled I’DGO (Inclusive Design for Getting Outdoors).Keywords: neighborhood, older people, health, outdooractivity, walkingOlder People’s Immediate Environmentsand Their Well-BeingOrganizer: Thompson, Catharine Ward and Sugiyama,Takemi (Edinburgh College of Art/Heriot-Watt University)Discussant: Rodiek, Susan (Center for Health Systems& Design, Texas A&M University)Presenters: Joseph, Anjali (College of Architecture,Georgia Institute of Technology); Sixsmith, Andrew(Department of Primary Care, University of Liverpool);Sugiyama, Takemi (OPENspace ResearchCentre, Edinburgh College of Art/Heriot-WattUniversity); and Thompson, Catharine Ward(OPENspace Research Centre, Edinburgh College ofArt/Heriot-Watt University) [Symposium]This symposium presents recent research on the roleof “immediate environments” (neighborhood, spacearound the home and within care facilities) in olderpeople’s well-being. Such environments are an importantelement for older people’s daily lives becausethey provide people with nearby opportunities to beactive, relax or meet with other people. Given thedeclining functional capabilities of many older people,identifying salient aspects of immediate environmentsthat have a bearing on their activity, experienceand independence is an important research task. Theaims of the symposium are to share findings andinsights from some of the latest research on enhancingolder people’s well-being through policies and designrelevant to immediate environments, and to identifyfuture research directions emerging from currentstudies. Presentations in this symposium will addressa range of issues involving different types of immediateenvironments and various outcome measures(walking, independence, health). The symposiumincludes the following three presentations. Josephwill present a study on environmental factors thatpromote walking for older people living in retirementcommunities. This study found that outdoor walkingpaths that are accessible, have more destinations andhave more types of views along them are used moreoften for recreational walking. Sixsmith will discussthe larger issue of “ageing in place” that involves notonly the physical and social aspects of immediateenvironments but also the quality of care and support.Although current policies emphasize the benefits ofthis idea in promoting well-being in late life, the presenterwill point out several potential problems thatundermine the person’s ability to live independently.Sugiyama and Ward Thompson will report a studythat examined the association between the quality ofneighborhood environments and older people’s health.Their study indicated that participation in outdooractivity accounted for this association, but it also suggesteda direct link between neighborhood environmentsand health.Keywords: elderly/gerontology, active living, neighborhood,health, accessibilityPost-occupancy Evaluations – EvidenceBased Design for the AgingOrganizer: Anderzohn. Jeffery (InVision Architecture)[Symposium]The American Institute of Architects, through itsDesign for Aging Knowledge Community has undertakenan aggressive and ground-breaking initiativethat is aimed at collecting, organizing and distributingevidence based design for environments for the aging.This initiative will culminate in the 2006 publication,by John Wiley & Sons, of a book that assembles thesepost-occupancy evaluations in one single location thatis readily available. It is anticipated that this initiativewill continue as an ongoing program of both AIA andthe Design for Aging Knowledge Community. Thispresentation by the three authors and editors of thepublication will discuss the protocol established forthe evaluations, explore the themes that have emergedfrom the investigative evaluations and share the “lessonslearned” that have evolved from the evaluations.Conducted over a period of approximately a year, thepost-occupancy evaluations have been conducted byvolunteer teams of designers and care providers andoffer unique perspectives of the designs that have beenjuried and selected for publication within the Designfor Aging Review. These environments have beenchosen as the “best of the best” by a jury of both careproviders and architects, but without site visits andonly based on data and images provided to the DFARcompetition. This initiative answers the question,“does the design really work?” Real-world experiencesfor evaluation sites will be shared, including staffand resident interviews. Discussion of the importantelements of the design that enhanced the residents’lives and those that were detrimental will shed lighton the direction and trends within the design andcare provision professions. In addition, attendees willgain knowledge of the POE protocol utilized for thepurposes of conducting their own. With an increasein the number of POE’s conducted by the profession,the evidence based knowledge for this important areaof design will increase, ultimately resulting in a wideacceptance of design principles that work and thatcontribute to resident quality of life.Keywords: Design for Aging, post-occupancy design,elderly/ gerontologyThe Theory and Reality of “Ageingin Place” PoliciesSixsmith, Andrew (Department of Primary Care,University of Liverpool) [Paper]With improved living conditions, hygiene and healthcare, more and more people across European Unionare living into very old age (EC, 2003) such that presentand future populations will live a great deal longer thanany previous generation. This increase brings withit dilemmas in health and social care for our ageingpopulation in terms of extending healthy ageing andproviding very old people with a good quality of life andopportunities for enjoying a sense of well-being (Tinkeret al, 2001). In this respect, the notion of ‘ageing in place’has become an important issue in redefining health andsocial care policy for older people in recent years, withsome proponents suggesting that ‘staying put’ at homefundamentally and positively contributes to an increasein well-being, independence, social participation andhealthy ageing amongst older people (AARP, 2000;Mynatt et al, 2004; Perez et al, 2001). While policiesthat emphasize “ageing in place” may bring benefitsto the older person, there can also be a significant‘down-side’ on an everyday level (Sixsmith et al, 2005).Home in old age can be a place of intense emotionalexperiences, frustrations and negative experiences, suchas loneliness. There may also be significant deficienciesin the informal support, physical environment of thehome and neighbourhood and social network, whichundermine the person’s ability to live independently.Moreover, the health and social care provided maybe insufficient or inappropriate to supporting theneeds of the person. In these kinds of situations, theperson may experience long-term malaise and stressand/or traumatic breakdown of their ability to remainindependent. At a service level, the emphasis on ageingin place may marginalize residential and nursing homecare, leading to a second-rate service and reducedoptions for clients. The key message here is that policyand practice cannot assume that simply by supportingthe basic needs of a person at home will inevitably leadto improved well-being.ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontology212 May 2006Beyond Conflict 213

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyDementia/DementiaSpecialCare UnitsWhere People Walk:Environmental FactorsAssociated with Choice ofWalking Paths by Older AdultsJoseph, Anjali (College of Architecture, Georgia Instituteof Technology) [Paper]Growing evidence from many different fields suggeststhat the physical environment plays a significantrole in shaping physical activity behaviour ofolder adults. However, few studies have looked at therelationship between building and site level factorsand active living among older adults. The purpose ofthis study was to identify environmental characteristicsof walking paths in continuing care retirementcommunities that may be associated with whereolder residents choose to walk for recreation or toget to a destination. Case studies were conductedat three continuing care retirement communitycampuses. Methods used included path assessment,resident questionnaires and morphological analysisof building and site plans. Results from the studyindicate that outdoor paths are preferred over indoorpaths for recreation. For recreational walking, highuse paths tend to be longer, more accessible from allother paths in the community, have more destinationsalong them and more types of views can be seenfrom them. For getting to destinations, indoor pathsare used more often than outdoor paths. Paths thatare used often for getting to destinations tend to havemore amenities and destinations along them. Further,the presence of specific destinations such as activityrelated areas along paths was associated with theirbeing high use paths.Keywords: Older adults, physical activity, retirementcommunities, path designDementia/DementiaSpecial Care UnitsCreating a Homelike Environmentfor Group Living amongDementia Individuals Based onEnvironment-Behavior StudiesMasako, Koyama (Kogakuin University, Japan);Tetsuya, Akagi (Kogakuin University, Japan)and Kei, Adachi (Wakayama University, Japan)[Poster]Recently, the importance of homelike environmentshas emerged as a major priority for those elders withdementia living in group settings such as nursinghomes. It is thought that living environments withhomelike environments offers persons with dementiabeneficial effects such as peaceful of the mind, security,and plays a large role in the improvement ofquality of life. However, the kinds of environmentalfactors which concretely create homelike environmentsare not clearly evident in the literature on livingenvironments of persons with dementia.The purpose of this study is to clarify theenvironmental factors which create homelikeenvironments for persons with dementia living ingroup settings based on an environment-behaviorstudy. Homelike can have various meanings. Withinthis study homelike environments were defined as thefollowing: a) more similar in atmosphere to the homein which persons with dementia had lived previouslyand/or b) the continuance of life in residentialenvironment is kept within a friendly environment forpersons with dementia. The surveyed nursing homehas seven group care units. In this study, one unit ofmore severe dementia and three units of more mildor moderate dementia were surveyed. The thirteenresident persons with dementia were surveyed (sixpersons with mild or moderate dementia and sevenpersons with severe dementia). In this nursing home,the transactions between behaviors of persons withdementia and the living environments were analyzedby behavioral mapping method and by interviewingcare staffs.This study revealed the following:1) Enhancing positive behaviorsThe more Alzheimer’s disease becomes serious, themore passive behaviors increase. However, in thecase of playing her or his roles with suitable supportsin the unit, positive behaviors tend to increase. It is,therefore, important to hasten positive behaviors byproviding individual programs, which help residentsto play the role in the unit.2) Activation of verbal communicationThe more Alzheimer’s disease becomes serious, themore verbal communications decrease. Therefore,while the staffs positively engage residents, it is importantto familiarize residents with the intimate groupin order to promote verbal communication.3) Identical common spaceIn many cases, artifacts in the common space aredecorated by staff members. As residents often showtheir interests in familiar artifacts, it is important toprovide common spaces with the both personal andcommunal items for familiarity.4) Practical use of corridorsThe active residents often utilize corridor for the variouspurposes: for a break, having private time, exercise,and so on. Therefore, corridor is one of the importantcomponents for creating homelike environment.Keywords: dementia, homelike, group living,nursing home, spatial behaviorDesign Directions of NursingHome for the Dementia from theStaff s Point of ViewOh, Chanohk (Inje University, Korea), and Pak,Hee Jin (University of Ulsan, Korea) [Poster]As the elderly population increases, the number ofthe people with dementia is also increasing. Until now,most of the elderly Koreans with dementia have beencared for by their children in their own homes. Dueto the social changes such as women’s roles and youngpeople’s consciousness toward the elderly, they are nolonger expected to be for cared by them. As a result,the demands for nursing home for the dementia arerapidly increasing. However, there are not enoughnursing homes in Korea, and most previous researcrelated to nursing homes for those with dementiawere carried out with a focus on architecturalplanning of nursing homes: space organization, thetype and number of rooms, the location and size ofrequired rooms in nursing home. Few research effortswere performed focusing on the living behaviors indementia residents and there is very little research ingeneral regarding users’ needs. This study examinesthe needs of staff working in nursing homes andsuggests design guidelines for Korean nursing homes.The subjects were 15 nurses and 18 caregivers whoworking in a nursing home for the dementia in Busan.The average age of the nurses was 32.1 years and thosereceiving care were 50.6 years. Staff members hadworked in this nursing home for approximately 3.5years. Data was collected through a self-administeredquestionnaire. The questionnaire consisted oftwo parts: part one - items asking the degree ofimportance of each of 24 design elements of nursinghome for the dementia, and part two - questionsabout user needs in regards to facility size, the numberof persons per room, and interior atmosphere. Thedegree of importance of each was asked using 5-pointLikert scale. The findings were as follows: first, themost important design characteristic of the nursinghome for those with dementia as identified by the staffwas being a 'healing' environment. 'Function' and'maintenance' were also mentioned as very importantcharacteristics. Secondly, the staff also pointed outthat 'the relation between individual room andnursing station', namely, short distance between them,and 'enough wandering space' had to be considered.Also, ‘comfort and intimate atmosphere’, ‘fresh airand sunlight’ were also pointed as important elementsin nursing home design for the dementia.Keywords: nursing home, dementia, user needsThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyDementia/DementiaSpecialCare Units214 May 2006Beyond Conflict 215

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyDementia/DementiaSpecialCare UnitsThe Effectiveness of SecretoryImmunoglobulin A as an Evaluateindicator of EnvironmentalStress for Elderly with DementiaKodama, Masahisa (Waseda University, Japan),Sugiyama, Tadasu (Dosisha University, Japan), Kodama,Keiko (Japan College of Social Work, Japan)[Poster]The present study was planed to investigate theeffectiveness of employing s-IgA as a stress indicatorfor the elderly with dementia. Usually, stress responseswere measured by questionnaires on the subjectiveaspects, and psycho-physiological methods as theobjective phenomena. The techniques using verbalreply, such as questionnaires and interview, were notadequate to measure stress based upon verbal abilities.Also the psycho/physiological measures are undesirablebecause attached electrodes and wires make themstressful state as the invasive stressors. In this study,therefore, secretor immunoglobulin A, biochemicalindicator was employed as noninvasive procedure.Saliva of elderly with dementia living in the grouphome setting was accumulated twice for abstractingsecretor immunoglobulin A. The first accumulationwas done within one month after their transfer intothe group home. The second collection was performedfive months later to measure the degree of reducingtheir stress responses of daily life. Each saliva collectionwas done for three days continuously. Duringthose five months, the physical setting of the grouphome was changed from standard layout into a newstyle which allowed transferred dementia elderly (whowere chosen as experimental subjects) to adapt easily.Another group of dementia elders were used as a controlgroup, their group home remained in the standardsetting. The elderly lived in the two group homes forsix months to test the effects of spontaneous adaptation.The new design layout was developed in accordancewith consultation by the dwelling elderly andthe care workers themselves. Other indicators (a checklist of daily behavior of elderly residents, questionnairesof stress responses of care workers, and a checklist of care workers emotional states) were recorded bycare workers during the study. The abstracted secretorimmunoglobulin A of experimental subjects wascompared with those of control groups. Observed behavioraldata such as total hours of using living room,conversation increasing significantly and number ofhours staying in individual rooms decreased. Careworkers were impressed that many elderly becamemore active and socialized in the new setting. s-IgAconcentration and secretion rates seemed to reflectthese changes in the elderly residents. Findings suggesteffectiveness of s-IgA as an indicator on stressresponses of elderly with dementia. New layouts alsoseem effective in helping dementia elders remainsteady, active, social, and adaptive. But there are noassurances if these effects are solely due to the newphysical setting itself. These elders vividly participatedin actions to change their environmental setting.Many care workers were surprised their strong willand abilities. Such activities may enhance others andcould potentially serve as motivation for daily living.Keywords: Stress, elderly, action research, healingenvironment, interior designEnvironmental Assessment ofDementia Care Units for OlderAdults: Added benefits of usingthe Professional EnvironmentalAssessment Protocol (PEAP) inaddition to the TherapeuticEnvironmental Screening Survey(TESS-2+)Milke, Doris (The CAPITAL CARE Group, Alberta,CA); Jurczak, Susan (Dalhousie University,Nova Scotia, CA) and Gibson, Maggie (St. Joseph’sHealth Care London, Ontario, CA) [Poster]With the rapid growth since the 1980s of dementiacare units within the long-term care sector (Sloane &Mathew, 1991), there has been increased interest bothin defining the dimensions that appear to benefit olderpersons with dementia (Lawton, Weisman, Sloane, &Calkins, 1997) and in evaluating these environments.Two measures have been used most frequently toassess dementia care environments. The first is theTherapeutic Environment Screening Survey (TESS-2+), and the updated version, the TESS for NursingHomes (TESS-NH). This measure is primarilydescriptive, but discrete, indicating the number ofdesired elements that make up a therapeutic environmentfor people with dementia. The higher the score(out of 100) the more desired elements are present. Atrained research assistant can complete the measure.The second, the Professional Environmental AssessmentProtocol (PEAP), is to be completed by a designprofessional. The PEAP is scored out 45, with higherscores indicating that the therapeutic goals are bettermet. It was originally developed to validate the TESS-2+. However, because the PEAP is global in nature,only portions of the TESS-2+ could be compared withit during validation studies. Thus, each instrumentprovides unique information. The authors suggestedthat the PEAP could be used in conjunction with theTESS-2+ or TESS-NH and possibly as a stand-aloneinstrument (Lawton, Weisman, Sloane, Norris-Baker,Calkins, & Zimmerman, 2000). The TESS-2+ was adoptedas an assessment tool in 1996 by The CAPITALCARE Group, to assess dementia care units across11 sites and help the units set environmental goals.Recently, in an applied study, the organization determinedwhat added benefits would accrue by using thePEAP. When a veterans’ priority-access-facility wasreplaced, both the PEAP and the TESS-2+ were usedto describe the differences between the original 1966facility, representing an obsolete design, and the 2005state-of-the-art design. To help decrease the subjectivity,inherent in the measures, two persons, both designprofessionals, completed each measure simultaneouslybut independently. Consensus on the ratingswas subsequently reached through item-by-item discussion,and a single rating was determined. Overallresults were substantially different for the two scales.The TESS-2+ resulted in an average score of 67.5 %,while a score of only 44 % was obtained on the PEAP.Since the TESS-2+ provides a description of the unit,e.g., number of common areas, etc., and the PEAPprovides an indication of how well these featuresworked together to provide a therapeutic environment,there is merit in using both scales, unless one scalebetter answers the questions of the researchers or thehealthcare decision maker. The Capital Care Groupplans to repeat the TESS-2+ and the PEAP in the newfacility before it makes any decision about routinelyusing both measures for its ongoing assessments.Environmental evaluation tools and methodologiesare the subject of an ongoing collaboration under theauspices of the veterans care applied research networkin Canada (www.vet-link.ca). The network is currentlyexamining the state of practice for POE in thefacility-based continuing care sector.Keywords: design for aging, case study; post-occupancyevaluation, healthcare, elderly/gerontologyAn Experiment on theEnvironmental Factorsof Identification for theDisorientation of DementedElders in the Special Care UnitHwang, Yao-Rong (National Yunlin University ofScience and Technology, Taiwan) [Paper]Alzheimer s disease and related disorders aresome of the most common and debilitating chronicillnesses to affect older persons (Roughan, 1993).Disorientation is one of the major symptoms ofmoderate dementia (Teresi et al, 1997). The majorityof the population of demented elders was found tohave difficulty in identifying their personal room; somany signs such as drawings, decorations, numbersand color were installed to assist these elders. Theconcept of simplifying the corridor with no junctionor turns is suggested in the planning of special careunits (Lin et al, 1984). Nevertheless, only some ofcaregivers thought partial signs being useful, infact most of the caregivers agreed that the effect ofenvironmental factors for identification requireddemonstration (Hwang, 1998). This experimentexplores the disorientation of demented eldersThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyDementia/DementiaSpecialCare Units216 May 2006Beyond Conflict 217

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyDementia/DementiaSpecialCare Unitsin a special care unit in Taiwan and finds thatenvironmental factors related to identification wereused to improve the living status of demented eldersand reduce the burden of caregiver, as well. Therewere 9 demented elders with moderate severityand their caregivers from three special care unitsparticipating in this experiment. The survey of dailyactivity proceeded for two months on a twice weeklyschedule and non-daily activity survey bimonthly. Aqualitative description was used to record the resultsof survey in regards to watching residents move fromthe dinning room or from the public activity spacethrough corridor to the entrance of a bedroom or tothe entrance of multi-bedroom to their personal bed.The assessment of environmental factors affectingidentification was made through the interview ofdemented elders made by caregivers. Ages of thedemented elders ranged from 68 to 93 with a meanage of 84.8, and 66.6% were women. Diagnosis ofdisease indicated that 66.2% of patients were ill withAlzheimer s disease and 33.8& were suffering fromvascular dementia. The results showed that there wereabout one third participants routinely getting lostand failing to find their bedrooms among the ninedemented elder participants. The nursing station,emergency exit, sofa, shoes, red ball, end of corridor,photo, picture, door and elevator served as effectiveenvironmental factors assisting demented eldersin finding their bedroom and bed. The location ofnursing station, the shape of the emergency exit, thedoor and elevator, and the number of sofas has beena major issue for environmental design. Althoughthe above environmental factors and arrangementshave been recognized as effective for designingfor aging, several participants still suffered fromdisorientation and failed to improve on identificationof their bedroom. It cannot be proved that anyenvironmental factor would be effective for everydemented patient because of the complexity of theirpsychiatric symptom. Long distances were seen asincreasing the level of complication in finding one sroom, and demented elders were easily confused inlong hallways.Keywords: experiment, cognition, wayfinding, designfor aging, qualitative researchSafer and More LegibleEnvironment for Persons withDementia Based on ExperimentalResearch of Their Visual SearchAkagi, Tetsuya (Kogakuin University, Japan); Kei,Adachi (Wakayama University, Japan) and Kunio,Funahashi (Osaka University, Japan) [Poster]Various causes could account for wandering ofpersons with dementia. With regard to the physicalaspects of living environment, wandering is attributedto disorientation due to disabilities regardingspatial orientation. Continuous walking or wanderingbehavior seems to be a kind of wayfinding, meaninga state of psychological confusion in an unstable situationcoupled with looking for clues leading to theirdestinations. This walking is regarded as dangerousbecause of possible falls, accidents, etc. It is, therefore,useful to clarify the environment-behavior transactionsused in wayfinding processes in order for us toknow which conditions are significant in improvingthe environment by making it both safer and morelegible, which in turn could be effective in decreasingwandering. Safety and legibility are issues that mutuallyrelate in the living environment for persons withdementia. Legibility decreases uneasiness and theconfusion of persons with dementia and leads to theprevention of wandering, which also supports moreindependent activities. The possible dangers suchas falls and accidents, however, may increase whenthe vulnerable persons with dementia become moreinvolved in independent activities. Therefore, safetyand legibility in the living environment are importantissues that should be examined together.The purpose of this experimental study is to improveenvironment for persons with dementia in saferand more legible manners. This study is based on thecharacteristics of visual search process by analyzingtheir eye fixation behaviors. The experiment wasconducted by four persons (a subject, a director, anassistant, a recorder). The movements of the subject’sright eye were recorded in videotape at the rate ofthirty frames per second through a NAC EYE-MARKrecorder of eye reflection camera method, while theirwalking for wayfinding in experimental settings.Results and conclusions from this experiment included:1) Enhancing visual information of lower placesVisual search for dementia elders tends to be biasedtowards lower places as easily seen through their loweredgaze. Therefore, it is important to provide visualinformation not only in the middle but also in thelower places along the wall. The lower visual informationserves as supplementary clues in the case ofmissing visual information in the middle of the wall.Enhancing visual information in lower places is a keyfor supporting demented elders.2) Validity of continuous visual informationThe range of visual search for demented elders islimited and narrow. Therefore, it is important to providenot single clues but continuously plural clues.3) Clear exhibit of visual informationWhen there is no visual information used as a clearclue, visual search is quite difficult. Therefore, theclear visual information needs to differentiate otherinformation in environment by the color contrast, theform, the material texture, etc.4) Providing essential visual information from anearly stage of walkingThey may fail to find the essential visual informationby seeing unnecessary visual noises. Therefore, itis important to provide the essential visual informationin relatively early stage of walking.Keywords: dementia, visual search, wayfinding, spatialorientation, living environmentThree Approaches, One Goal:Advancing Therapeutic GardenDesign for Those with DementiaOrganizers: Diaz Moore, Keith (Washington StateUniversity) and Marcus, Clare Cooper (Universityof California, Berkeley) [Workshop/Working Group]One of three areas of focus during last year’s Environment-GerontologyNetwork half day intensive wastherapeutic landscapes. Interest in this area has grownsubstantially over the past decade as researchers such asCooper Marcus, Ulrich, Zeisel and others have raisedour awareness of the therapeutic benefit of naturebasedenvironments, particularly for those experiencingdementia. Dementia is a cognitively-taxing syndrome,making everyday life increasingly difficult fornot only the afflicted but also for their care providers.Increasing evidence suggests the importance of outdoorenvironments in the therapeutic milieux for peoplewith dementia, particularly those in institutional settings.This workshop presents three inquires that areaiming to help us better understand and better designtherapeutic landscapes for people with dementia. Overthe past couple of years, Clare Cooper Marcus (Universityof California – Berkeley, CA) has begun to developa “Therapeutic Garden Audit for Alzheimer’s Facilities”.This was piloted at the recent Acer Symposium inPortland, OR. Marcus presentation will focus on theintentions and development of this audit. Garuth Chalfont(University of Sheffield, Sheffield, UK) will present“Edge space and nature: Towards a therapeutic architecturefor dementia care environments,” which criticallyexplores an ecological approach to evidence-baseddesign utilized in the actual creation of dementia gardens.Keith Diaz Moore (Washington State University,WA) will present preliminary outcomes from a study,done in conjunction with the Acer Institute, aimed atdeveloping a library of exemplary therapeutic gardendesigns for people with dementia of the Alzheimer’stype. This library has been developed through the useof an email-based Delphi process involving an expertpanel identified through a snowball, reputation sample.It is the hope of all three projects to aid in the developmentof improved standards of practice in this area,so as to enhance the quality of life for this population.Susan Rodiek (Texas A7M, TX) will serve as the discussant,but significant opportunity will be providedfor audience discussion. Participants should emergewith an enhanced understanding of the relationshipbetween landscape design and the therapeutic milieufor people with dementia as well as an awareness of differentapproaches being employed to enhance the stateof the art in this growing field.Keywords: design for aging, therapeutic gardens,landscape architecture, healing environmentsThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyDementia/DementiaSpecialCare Units218 May 2006Beyond Conflict 219

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyLong-TermCareLong-term CareAutonomy and Competence-Press:Perspectives of Residents inAssisted LivingDe Medeiros, Kate (University of Maryland), andRubinstein, Robert L. (University of Maryland)[Paper]This paper explores autonomy and genderedaffiliations with the environment in assisted livingin the context of the press-competence model ofgerontological environmental studies. It is basedon the idea that while men tend to live shorter livesthan women, they are often cared for by wives anddaughters at home during the terminal period. Incontrast, women live longer, may have chronic diseaseand will often end their lives adapting to assistedliving (AL). AL loosely describes a residential facilitythat provides assistance with personal and medicalservices to residents who are still able to live on theirown (CMS, 2004; Hawes et al., 2003; Wright, 2004;Zimmerman et al., 2003.) It is the fastest growing typeof senior housing, with projected annual growth ratesof approximately 20% in the upcoming years (Carder& Hernandez, 2004; Golant, 1999; Hawes et al., 2003;Wright, 2004). Around 80% of AL residents arewomen; their average age is 85 years and more than50% experience some form of cognitive impairment(Wright, 2004). “Resident autonomy” is a major tenetin AL promotional literature. Most scholarly workfocuses on autonomy as defined and described byAL staff and resident family members rather thanfrom the resident’s perspective. In addition, fewconsider the gendered nature of AL and how notionsof autonomy within a care environment may differfor men and women. Complementing the question ofautonomy in AL is the question of how AL residentssee themselves in the “press-competence” model. Thepress-competence model describes the relationshipbetween environmental demands (i.e., press) and aperson’s ability to adapt (e.g., competence), whereunequal levels of either press or competence canlead to maladaptive behavior (Lawton, 1982; Lawton& Nahemow, 1973). A sense of “autonomy” wouldlikely occur within the equilibrium of press andcompetence. Building on previous work on AL,autonomy and competence-press, the current paperexplores autonomy and competence-press fromthe perspective of residents living in an AL facilityin a Maryland suburb. The paper explores theenvironmental adaptation sequence that womenexperience in assisted living.Keywords: autonomy, assisted living, press-competence,gender, elderlyDoes Location of the Day RoomMake Difference in Daily Lives ofthe Adult Care Home Residents?Kepez, Orcun (North Carolina State University)[Poster]Assisted living facilities, which aim to provide homelikeenvironments for the elderly, were often criticizedfor their institution-like restrictions in care programs(Schwarz & Brent, 2001). The quality of careand home-likeness of the environment are expectedto increase as the scale of the building decreases toresidential settings (Kane, 1995). Yet, the designs ofthese home-like residential settings are arbitrary andbased on normative assumptions. This study will investigatethe presence of differences in the daily use ofenvironment by the residents of non-institutionalizedadult care homes. Two care homes with similar planconfigurations but different dayroom locations wereselected as cases. Each building has the same linearblock shape which reflects the double loaded corridorplan solution. In both cases kitchen and dining roomis situated in the middle of the plan. In one case, thelocation of the day room is in the middle of the planopposite of the kitchen and dining. However in theother case the day room is located at the end of thecorridor. Each building has exits to outdoors fromsame spaces and each case is situated in a similarneighborhood that provides similar outside stimulifor the residents. During the study there were 3 and 6residents in two houses. Two sites are observed for a3 weekdays and 2 day in the weekend. Caregivers areasked to fill in a survey to provide information abouteach resident. 3 residents with same physical competencefrom each house are selected for tracking. Afterthe completion of the observations these residentsare interviewed about their daily experience in andaround the house. From objective observations andtracking, it is found that adult care home with shortwalking distance between dayroom and dining roomhas more active residents than the other home wherethe dayroom has longer walking distances. Shorterwalking distances between common spaces providechance for residents to be more involved with mealpreparation, coming early to kitchen and interact withthe caregiver and the residents. Short walking distancesbetween common spaces, which also have outdoorexits, also make easier for the residents to be activearound the house. In one case where all commonspaces are in the middle, dining area is used to accessthe backyard. There is more outdoor activity observedat the case with shorter walking distances. During theinterviews residents from the home which has a directrelation between common spaces reported moreactivities than the residents of the other case. Theactive involvement with the environment providesmore chance for social interaction and environmentalsatisfaction. This small study is conducted as a pilotfor another study, yet it demonstrates the significanceof spatial layout in terms of providing differences indaily lives of the elderly. Kane, R.A. (1995) Expandingthe Home Care Concept: Blurring Distinctions amongHome Care, Institutional Care, and other Long-termCare Services. The Milbank Quarterly, Vol.73, No. 2,Blackwell Publishers: Oxford, UK. Schwarz, B.; Brent,R. (2001) The Architectural Metamorphosis of Long-Term Care Settings. Journal of Architectural PlanningResearch, 18:3, pp: 225–269, Locke Science PublishingCompany, Inc. Chicago, IL, USA.Effect of Nursing HomeEnvironment on Quality of LifeDegenholtz, Howard B (University of Pittsburgh,PA) [Paper]Nursing homes provide both clinical care andhousing for 1.6 million elderly in the US. The goalof this research is to identify features in the physicalenvironment that are associated with quality of life.We used a newly developed instrument for measuringresident self-report quality of life. This instrumentcaptures a broad range of psycho-social aspects ofwell-being, for example: privacy, autonomy, spirituality,meaningful activities. In addition, we collecteddetailed data on the physical environments for 1,988residents in 40 facilities in 5 states. This study usesa previously developed typology of room, unit andfacilities, to examine the effects of privacy, functionenhancing features, and life enriching features onresident quality of life. Specifically, we used clusteranalysis to identify 4 types of resident room and bathenvironments and 4 types of unit/facility environments.The different types differ in terms of the availabilityof various sets of features making it possible toexamine the effect of a group of potentially beneficialfeatures on resident outcomes. This approach takesinto account the fact that many features are oftenimplemented as ‘packages’, making it difficult to useconventional statistics to identify the impact of asingle feature. We find that residents in environmentswith beneficial features tend to have better outcomes.However, many residents who could benefit from lifeenriching or function-enhancing features do not haveaccess to those types of environments.Keywords: elderly/gerontology academic interdisciplinaryquantitative researchThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyLong-TermCare220 May 2006Beyond Conflict 221

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyLong-TermCareExamining life-cycle costs ofdifferent bedroom configurationsin nursing homesCalkins, Margaret (I.D.E.A.S., Kirtland, OH) [Paper]It is clear that private bedrooms cost more for initialconstruction costs than either privacy-enhanced(L-shaped or toe-to-toe) or traditional (side-by-side)shared bedrooms. It is also fairly evident that theprivacy afforded by a private bedroom is generallypreferred by residents and family members, and may beassociated with high quality of life indicators. Yet thereis little evidence exploring other factors that may affectlife-cycle costs of these different room configurations.This project used literature analysis, focus-group meetingswith facility staff and residents, and a constructioncost analysis of over 200 bedroom configurations toexplore the impact of a broad array of variables. Fourclasses of variables were explored: Physical Features(construction costs, housekeeping costs, energy costs,etc.); Operational Issues (transfer costs, census, staffturnover rates, time spent managing roommate conflict,etc.); Psychosocial Issues (resident, family and staff satisfaction,call bell usage, quality of communication, etc.)and Clinical Outcomes (quality of sleep, falls, nosocomialinfection rates, medication error rates, etc.). Therewas very little empirical data in the literature specificallyrelated to nursing homes, although many features wereidentified as being of importance. The well-researchedtopics related to cross-infection rates and resident/family satisfaction. Focus group meetings identified additionalissues, such as the need to relocate up to 3 or 4residents in order to separate two incompatible residents,which substantially increases the amount of staff timerequired, or increased maintenance and housekeepingcosts associated with shared rooms, possible becauseresidents take less “ownership” and therefore take lesscare of these room than individuals in private rooms.Analysis of the construction costs indicate only modestcost differences between traditional shared and privacyenhancedshared bedrooms, with more substantial costdifferential between the two shared options and privaterooms, due primarily to bathroom costs. This pilotstudy will lay the foundation for larger, experimentalstudy to explore these issues in greater detail.Keywords: design for aging, architecture,privacy, constructionImproving Wayfinding Informationfor Nursing Home ResidentsConnell, Bettye Rose; Schuchard, Ronald; andGriffiths, Patricia (Rehab R&D, VA Medical Center,Atlanta, GA) [Paper]Wayfinding problems (e.g., inability to find orrecognize a destination), even in familiar settings, arewell-known among older individuals with dementia.However, older individuals without dementia also experiencewayfinding problems, especially in large, complex,and/or unfamiliar settings. Wayfinding difficultieshave been associated with health-related outcomes (e.g.,restraint use, falls, incontinence), as well as frustrationand embarrassment. In addition to facility design andenvironmental conditions, directional and destinationinformation impact wayfinding. Three aspects of wayfindinginformation are pertinent: (1) the content thatis conveyed, (2) the legibility of the information, and(3) the likelihood it will be seen. Design-for-dementiabest practices advocate for directional and destinationinformation content that is meaningful to individualswith dementia (e.g., literal images, familiar language),attracts attention to decision points and commonlyused destinations by making them visually distinctive(e.g., adding distinctive sign or decoration, paintingdoor a different color), and provides individuals withfrequent, multiple cues (e.g., words and pictures). Importantly,when wayfinding information is presentedthis way, it also works for those without dementia. Additionally,there are research-based guidelines on thegraphic presentation of information to help to ensureit is legible to older adults with age-related and diseasebasedvision changes. However, little attention has beengiven to the third consideration – the placement ofwayfinding information so as to ensure that it is likelyto be seen by older adults who may not routinely lookas high as code-compliant signage is placed. Using wirelesseye-tracker technology, we investigated (1) wherecognitively intact and impaired nursing home residentslook for wayfinding information, and (2) comparedwayfinding performance (i.e., time to complete task,number of errors, hesitations, and redirects) underexisting and “best practice” signage (i.e., easy-to-see,simple and literal content, placed where most likelyto be seen) conditions. Subjects infrequently (< 13%locations viewed) looked at locations with existing(code-compliant) signage. Cognitively intact andimpaired walkers most frequently looked at the wallsbelow the height of the handrail and at the floor (54%& 55% of locations viewed). Cognitively intact andimpaired wheelchair users most frequently looked atthe walls immediately above the handrail and down thehallway (51% & 64% of locations viewed). Wayfindingperformance improved significantly with “best practice”signage placed near the floor and immediately abovehandrails, in comparison to performance with existing,code-compliant signage. Task time averaged morethan twice as long for subjects who encountered morethan the average number of visual distractions. Signsperpendicular to the route of travel were looked at twiceas often as those parallel to the route of travel. Thesefindings suggest that wayfinding performance can beimproved in cognitively intact and impaired older individualswhen directional and destination informationis easy-to-see, easy-to-understand, and placed whereit is most likely to be seen. Distractions interfere withperformance and may pose safety problems.Keywords: elderly, wayfindingPreference of the Elderly in ArchitectureDesign of Long-term CareFacilities – An Example from TaipeiWang, Chia-Hui (Hwa-Hsia Institute of Technology,Taipei, Taiwan) and Kuo, Nai-Wen (TaipeiMedical University, Taiwan) [Paper]Developed countries, such as Taiwan, Japan and theU.S., have experienced tremendous growth of theirelderly populations. According to statistics from theUnited Nations, one out of every ten persons is now 60years or above; by 2050, one out of five will be 60 yearsor older; and by 2150, one out of three persons will be60 years or older (United Nations/ Division for SocialPolicy and Development, 2003). This continued populationshift has created a need for the design of quality,home-like long-term care facilities. The initial portionof this study explored long-term care facilities design,with respect to physical and psychological perspectives,to improve architecture design of long-term carefacilities. Following extended literature analysis, theresearchers listed all possible design innovations relatedto long-term care facilities, according to residents’physical and psychological demands systematically.These results were the base of the questionnaire contentfor interviewing preference of the elderly in architecturedesign of long-term care facilities. The secondportion of this study analyzed transitions in long-termcare concepts through literature review and in-depthinterview. The researchers interviewed 5 long-termcare providers and 3 nursing home administrators toclarify the evolution of long-term care concepts. Theresearchers also examined architecture design zeitgeistsand their impact on improving long-term carefacility design through literature review. The third andfinal portion of this study surveyed preference of theelderly in architecture design of long-term care facilitiesthrough a questionnaire survey. The researchersinterviewed 102 elderly people who live in a retirementapartment in suburban area of the Taipei City.1. Results showed the first 5 priorities in architecturedesigns that the elderly people preferred were:(1) Creating a continuous walking trackfor wanderers;(2) Providing adequate lighting;(3) Abiding by universal design concepts;(4) Creating the feeling of home;(5) Acoustic treatment of interior design.2. There are three major zeitgeists may improve longtermcare facility design.(1) First of all, the design of modern long-termcare facilities should always consider human needs inaddition to medical functions. Accordingly, modernlong-term care facilities should gradually replaceThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyLong-TermCare222 May 2006Beyond Conflict 223

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyLong-TermCaretraditionally sterile hospital-like settings with warmer,more home-like settings.(2) Secondly, the design of contemporary longtermcare facility should be flexible enough to allowmultiple configurations for different stages of careaccording to residents’ health requirements. Thus, theinstitution-based elderly care can be gradually de-institutionalizedunder the concept of aging-in-place.(3) Finally, the design of long-term care organizationsshould be rehabilitation oriented versus oftraditional custody oriented arrangements. Hence theconstruction of living clusters is favored over traditionalhospital-like wards in care facility design.Keywords: long-term care facility design, healthcarearchitecture, aging-in-place, de-institutionalization,in-depth interviewA Study on the Clarifying EnvironmentalProblems of the NursingHomes for the Elderly – Using ProfessionalEnvironmental AssessmentProtocol Japanese VersionKodama, Keiko (Japan College of Social Work);Kageyama, Yuko (Japan College of Social Work);Aoki, Takao (Japan College of Social Work); Koga,Takaaki (Tokyo University, Japan) and Kojima,Takaya (Building Research Institute, Tsukuba, Japan)[Poster]In Japan, more than 90% of the elderly living ininstitutions suffers from dementia, and it is urgentlyneed that the existing institutions are modified to fitthe lives of those elderly. “The Institutional EnvironmentImprovement Program for the Elderly withDementia” has been developed based on several yearsof basic research and applied to many institutions allover Japan. The six steps on the institutional environmentimprovement program are composed ofconcrete methods and various types of tools. PEAPJapanese version is an important method througheach step. Like the original version, PEAP Japaneseversion is composed of 8 dimensions. This programaims not only to change physical environment, butalso lead to change the awareness toward environmentand care of the care staffs and finally aims to changethe life of the elderly with dementia. The step 2 is thekey components to share and clarify the environmentalproblems of the institution. In step2, captionanalysis is used to identify environmental problems.About 150 participants from six nursing homes tookpictures of the places where they think good or bad,and wrote down brief caption on the picture. Staffs,residents, family members, volunteers and researchersare included. About 650 caption cards were got.Almost of the caption cards were places which participantsthink badly. The places which participantspointed out mostly were 1) corridor, 2) private rooms,3) dining rooms, 4) public bath rooms. According tothe PEAP dimensions, the caption cards were categorizedinto 1) regulation and quality of stimulation, 2)continuity of the self, 3) maximize safety and security,4) support functional abilities, 5) support awarenessand orientation. There were not many caption cardson the dimension of provision of privacy and opportunityfor personal control. The reason is that targetnursing homes are conventional types of institutionswhich are composed 2–4 beds rooms. These resultsgive us useful information to develop the new tools tosupport environment improvement by care staffs.Keywords: elderly, design for aging, interior design,action researchWhat Features Make DesirableCommon Spaces at Elder Facilities?Kanki, Yumi (Hyogo Assistive Technology Researchand Design Institute, Japan) [Paper]Due to the rapid increase of the elderly, manynursing homes have been constructed in recent decadesin Japan. In 2002 regulations for nursing homeswere changed and newly built homes are required toprovide private rooms for residents. The regulationsalso require homes to be divided into units consistingof about 10 rooms and a common space in order tocreate a home-like atmosphere. Private rooms protectresidents’ privacy, but at the same time, they invitethe risk of isolation. Therefore, common spaces playan important role in attracting residents to interactwith others. What features make desirable commonspaces? This study looks at an assisted living that isthe first case to have private rooms and units in Japan.To analyze the residents’ space-use and behavior, thebehavior tracking survey and the interview werecarried out there. Each unit had a dining kitchenarea, and residents spent more time there than otherspaces in common spaces. Meals were cooked at themain kitchen and delivered to dining kitchen areasin units. Many residents, especially women, engagedin cooking rice, making miso soup, arranging foodson dishes, washing the dishes, and clearing the tablesbefore and after eating. While engaged, they enjoyedchatting. So providing a kitchen that residents canuse brings their active involvement. Except beforeand after mealtime, residents tended to spend timeat a ‘Koagari’ space, a tatami room where the floorlevel was raised. They spent time chatting withother residents and staff members, smoking, foldinglaundry, and being idle there. The size of Koagarispaces affected postures residents took. At biggerKoagari spaces, residents tended to lie down or sit on atatami floor. On the other hand, at smaller ones, theytended to squat on them. Residents spent more timeat Koagari spaces from which they could view thewhole unit, especially the dining kitchen area, than setback ones. There are some built-in wooden benches inthe corridor. As with the Koagari spaces, if residentscould feel the atmosphere and know what were goingon from benches, they preferred to stay there. Toconclude, residents wanted to know what was goingon and looked for involvement that they could engagein, so they preferred to stay spaces where they couldfeel the atmosphere of the whole unit.Keywords: Spatial behavior, elderly/gerontology, designfor aging, architecture, post-occupancy evaluationThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalGerontologyLong-TermCare224 May 2006Beyond Conflict 225

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyEnvironmental PsychologyConflicts in EnvironmentalPsychologyOrganizer: Imamichi, Tomoaki (City University ofNew York) [Workshop/Working Group]Inspired by this conference’s theme “BeyondConflict,” the aim of this intensive is to discuss someof the issues or conflicts facing people in the field ofenvironmental psychology, such as where and howto position and define oneself within academia, theprofessional world and society at large. Some ofthe challenges and opportunities may be becauseenvironmental psychology has multiple roots, anddraws from and works with multiple disciplines.There seem to be different interpretations of whatenvironmental psychology is or should be withregards to theme, epistemology/methodology,or ideology. (Some of the different types ofenvironmental psychologists could be classifiedas: psychologists dissatisfied with mainstreampsychology that tends to neglect context, particularlythe physical context, therefore focusing on thephysical context; psychologists dissatisfied withtheir physical environments being shaped by ‘userunfriendly’modern architecture, trying to makethe physical environment more user-friendly; andthe so-called ‘green psychologists’, feeling the needto address environmental problems by encouragingpro-environmental attitudes and behaviors. There arealso people in environmental psychology who wouldnot necessarily identify themselves as psychologists,as there are environmental psychologists disguised indifferent departments and programs.) Participantsare welcome to bring up issues and share theirknowledge on the challenges and opportunities in thefield of environmental psychology.Keywords: environmental psychology, professionalpractice, academic, social issues, theoryDesign for Gathering: The Valueof Familiar StrangersWaxman, Lisa (Florida State University) [Poster]They are the part of our daily experience; the familiarman in line at the coffee shop, the same cycliston her way to work, or the man selling flowers on thecorner. They are the familiar strangers who work theirway into our lives. Their presence is comforting and wemay miss them during an occasional absence. Milgram(1977) pointed out the special relationship neighborsmay feel for familiar strangers. He found that neighborsassisting familiar strangers in need did so becausethey felt a special responsibility to them. Milgramsaid, “The familiar stranger status is not the absenceof a relationship, but a spoken form of a relationship,that has properties and consequences of its own” (p.53). Several authors suggest that casual encounterswith familiar strangers may contribute to social capital.Putnam (2000) defined the concept of social capital as“the connections among individuals – social networksand the norms of reciprocity and trustworthiness thatarise from them” (p. 19). In Bowling Alone, whichaddressed the collapse and revival of American community,Putnam discussed the increasing disconnectfrom family, friends, neighbors, and social structure.Other scholars and social commentators have beenconcerned that there is a decreasing ability of people toconnect with their communities and the people wholive among them (Fleming and Von Tscharner, 1987;Lippard, 1997; Putnam, 2000; Stumpf, 1998). These authorspoint to the need for community gathering placesthat allow, not only for social interaction, but also forthe bond that takes place when people are simply inthe company of other members of the community.This study utilized mixed design research to explorethe physical and architectural characteristics thatencourage gathering behavior in selected coffee shops.The study was primarily qualitative in nature and utilizedthe techniques of visual documentation, observation,and behavioral mapping, interview, and survey.Coffee shops were observed for a total of 75 hoursto better understand how the spaces were utilized.Eighteen interviews were conducted to gather informationon the meaning the coffee shows held for patrons.In addition, surveys were distributed to 94 patrons toassess their preferences regarding various design attributesin the coffee shops. A number of key findingsemerged, including design attributes that encouragegathering. This presentation will center on the seatingpreferences of individuals and groups. Data revealedthat 38% of coffee shop patrons sat alone. Results indicateda strong preference for seats that were consideredsheltered, those with an architectural feature on at leastone side. It was noted that 75% of patrons sitting alonechose sheltered seats. The features that created shelterincluded walls, windows, level changes, serving areas,and counters. Interviews indicated these seats provideda perceived protection from others as well as a vantagepoint for observation. Seating preferences for groupsdiffered in that larger tables were preferred, with lessemphasis on vantage points for observation. Interviewsalso revealed that patrons stressed the value of seeingthe same people everyday, even if no verbal interactionoccurred. These findings provide guidelines fordesigning spaces that provide opportunities for casualinteraction with friends as well as familiar strangers.Keywords: place attachment, spatial behavior,neighborhood, interior design, qualitative researchThe Holographic Paradigm: TheStammer and the Interstice in theAbeyance of the Crystalline Imagein Godardian Film GrammarGuneratne, Sanjeeva Ravin (University of Wisconsin– Milwaukee) [Paper]Ever since the European Renaissance and the rise ofpositivism and scientific methodology during the Enlightenment,humanity’s goal has been the attainmentto an objective view of the world in which we live.From Cartesian logic, and the postulations of Newtonianphysics that codified it, emerged a worldviewthat privileged the human being over all other lifeforms, an existential posture that, during the era ofPost-Newtonian Quantum Physics, became anathemato philosophers, notably the postmodernists. The artists,however, occupying the interstitial no-man’s landbetween positivistic science’s hard-core factualityand the elusive meta-logic of mysticism (and releasedfrom their bondage to realism through the interventionof the photographic lens), could give full reign totheir intuitions, indulge in the fanciful and becomethe harbingers of a worldview that uncannily presagedthe formulations of Quantum Physics. This triggeredoff a chain of events in the world of graphic arts thatultimately resulted in the deconstruction of the artist’ssubject on canvas. From Impressionism throughCubism to Abstract Expressionism, and to its finalapotheosis in the monochromatic paintings of Rothko,non-representation held sway and completed therout of realism in the sphere of the graphic arts. Thefact that these momentous events were paralleled inthe other arts (for example the deconstruction of thechromatic scale in music by Schoenberg, Berg, Bartokand others and the rupture of the box plan in architecturaldesign by modern masters such as Wright andMies) was indicative of a zeitgeist that was leading upto a climactic paradigm shift that was finally concretizedthrough the upending of Newtonian physics byHeisenberg through his Uncertainty Theorem. Thehomocentric universe of the Enlightenment withits mind-based logic had disintegrated and in itsstead, gaped the yawning chasm of uncertainty thatdenied us center stage and prevented humanity fromdichotomizing reality into a subjective and objectivedomain – at least at the level of the subatomic world.The tropes used by film auteur Jean-Luc Goddard inhis filmic oeuvre have a similar impact on the viewer.This paper, through an analysis of Goddard’s NumeroDeux and JLG, attempts to demonstrate the mannerin which his film grammar resorts to Derridan erasurein order to deconstruct the thinking subject andunify him/her within the totality of the film image.Keywords: Film, aesthetics, meaning, deconstruction,conceptualization, poststructuralismThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychology226 May 2006Beyond Conflict 227

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyCognitionRethinking EnvironmentalPsychology from aPragmatist PerspectiveOrganizer: Heft, Harry (Denison University, OH)[Symposium]The American pragmatist philosopher John Deweyonce characterized the approach to perceiving andknowing that continues to dominate psychologicaltheory as “a spectator theory.” He called it thatbecause the perceiver is portrayed as a detachedobserver of the environment, a passive onlookerin the manner of someone gazing at a picture.From this perspective, the affective dimension ofexperience is, at most, a consequence of perception,an adjunct to the process of knowing. This viewcharacterizes much of the extant environmentalaesthetics research literature.In contrast, Dewey took the animacy of all livingthings as his starting point and accordingly consideredperceiving to be a dynamic, self-directed processwhereby individuals’ actions are guided by relational,environmental properties that are themselvesdisclosed through action. Affective experienceconcurrently arises in the course of perceiving anddirects action and selection of further relationalstructure. In other words, knowing and feeling are notseparate faculties, but are intertwined agencies.The pragmatist perspective offers us a fresh vantagepoint from which to consider environmental aestheticsand the place of feelings in environmental experience.This presentation will explore a pragmatist-inspiredclaim that feelings guide actions that reveal relationalstructure, and in doing so disclose possibilities fordiscovery about the environment and the self.Keywords: environmental psychology, academic,social issues, theoryCognitionAnalysis of User’s Visual PerceptionRegarding on the UnifiedPlate Size of Sign System in PublicBuildings: The case of directionalsignage in a general hospitalPaik, Jinkyung and Park, Heykyung (Inje University,Korea) [Poster]As the number of large public buildings increases,sign systems that provide necessary information, indicatespace position, and confirm space direction insideof the building are becoming more important. Generalhospitals require the most sings as well as the mostvaried, and especially need sign systems that are botheffective and also create a comfortable atmosphere.In this study, orientation and directional signsystems in the general hospital sign systems wereanalyzed in terms of visual communication designfocusing on the information transmission.The majority of existing design-related studies regardingvisual factors of signs were mainly focused onliterature surveys and analysis, as well as current situationand overall sign system questionnaires. However,I tried to suggest an objective study based on the user’scognition on the typographic design factors of signsystem that can be utilized as reference materials forthe future sign system design.Questions for this perceptual effect experimentwere selected based on the situation analysis results of10 general hospitals with more than 500 beds withinthe metropolitan area. The experiment was conductedregarding the unified plate size of the directional signin attracting attention.Three different directional signs, representingstraight, left and right, were made. Two types of signsample groups with different sizes but identical contentwere made. (Group 2 – three samples have differentsizes depending on the amount of information.)After taking photographs of the actual hospitalenvironment suitable for the three types of directionalsigns, directional sign images of group 1 and2 were synthesized to three different types of photographs.Sign unification, clearness and intelligibility(depending on the sign plate unification on the signsamples of group 1 and 2) was determine by showingpictures of the two groups to the subjects. Also, the effectof plate size unification on the overall sign designand functionality was investigated.Results indicated that a certain degree of unificationexists in both groups, and significant differences betweenplate sizes is not shown. Meanwhile, regardingon the sign clearness, the results indicate identicalsign plates help people find the signs more easily. Also,60.5% of subjects said that unifying the sign platesize is more effective in terms of design aspect. Theseresults are generally in agreement with Passini’s theoryof unifying the size and color of the sign plate for thesign comprehension; however, our results showing thatdifferent plate sizes do not affect the comprehension ofsign information does not agree with his theory.Keywords: cognition, spatial cognition, hospitals,graphic design, experimentA Case Study of Coex Mall forEffective Spatial CognitionPark, Heykyung (Inje University, Korea) [Poster]These days, many large city downtown public spaces,such as subway stations or shopping malls, tendto change into mega-scaled and multi-functionalcomplex spaces. As this occurs, their environmentalaffordability, especially in terms of wayfinding issues,seems to become more important. People use a mentalmap of a place to orient themselves and plan theirtrips. Providing information through the buildingdesign itself helps to create an accurate mental mapand thus is an important aspect of universal design.Previous researchers suggested design principles like,Creating place identity at each location, differentfrom all others, Making landmarks to inform wherenavigators are, or Subdividing the space into regionswith a distinct set of visual attributes. Coex Mallis a symbolic underground space in Seoul s center– newly developed, very crowded and especiallyloved by the young. The mall grew into a massiveunderground space with a complicated floor planduring a renovation for the ASEM conference in2000. The mall sits in the middle of an undergroundpassage connected to one convention hall, two hotels,an intercity airport, department store, subway stationand other retail and working facilities. Plans called forit to be divided into eight small regional areas, eachhaving a specific theme and corresponding interiortreatments. The areas are: Mountaintop, Forest, Lake,River, Waterfall, Valley, Tropics, and Sea.The purpose of this study is to suggest specificdesign guidelines on major interior elements thatcan produce place-identity-enhancing wayfindingaffordability. This research consists of threesections. The first defines the main design principlesenhancing wayfinding affordability and the criteriaof interior treatments for creating place identity byliterature analysis. In section two, the Coex Mallcase studies were done via field inspections andphotography. In section three, 40 subjects conducteda wayfinding experiment, visiting and observingfour different places inside the mall. Followingthat, subjects answered a brief questionnaire andconducted a sketch map test.1. From the field inspection, the Tropics and Seaareas are the most memorable because of theirstrong pattern and color.2. From the image map test, many subjects failed toconceptualize the space as a whole, requiredfor easy wayfinding.A. 26.75% of the subjects could not draw asketch map at all.B. 26.75% of the subjects sketch maps appearedincorrect or were not recognizable.C. 23.5% of subject’s sketch map appearedpartly incorrect.D. 23.5% of subject could complete their image map.Keywords: Wayfinding, Spatial Cognition, SketchMap, Place Identity, SeoulThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyCognition228 May 2006Beyond Conflict 229

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyCognitionFrom Barrier to Threshold:Bridging Contested SpacesCallender, Jassen (Mississippi State University)[Paper]There are four basic concepts that are useful forany description of inhabitation: surface, space,barrier and threshold. The most problematic andparadoxical of these is “threshold.” Thresholdsare perpetual separations between us and ourenvironment; they act simultaneously to define, locateand differentiate. This last function is critical. Whilecommon sense suggests that a threshold is somethinglike “an absence within a barrier,” not every openingis a threshold. Ideas of change, transition anddifference are important. A piece of stone or woodor molded aluminum set in a floor or on the groundis powerless to affect us without difference. Theexperience of “change/transition/difference” is anecessary and, I will argue, sufficient condition ofthresholds. A revised definition emerges: a thresholdis simultaneously a perceived barrier (physical ornot) between areas of difference and potential access(realizable or not) across that divide. The final entryin the American Heritage Dictionary, althoughpsychological in nature, has material import: “theintensity below which a mental or physical stimuluscannot be perceived and can produce no response.”This can be read as a question of material range. Howare thresholds materially different from other spaces?Is there a minimum material existence necessaryfor the perception of a threshold? Likewise, is therea maximum material limit at which a space is nolonger perceived as a threshold but instead blossomsinto a space in its own right? If we attempt to avoidthese questions by limiting our discussion to physicaldescription, we invite another difficult question:are the surfaces that form the space of a thresholdpart of the threshold, its surrounding barrier or itssurrounding spaces? If we defer that question toindividual differences by arguing that a threshold is aconstruction of perception – from some perspectivesit is inviting, from others it is impassable – we haveto accept that the creation of threshold experienceslies outside our control. This debate remains at thelevel of theoretical rumination until we connect itto issues of community. Communities are volumesof privacy woven with desires for connectedness.Can we, as designers and planners, create passagesbetween contested communities, between placeswhere perceived differences (racial/ethnic, socioeconomic,religious, etc) form barriers as real as walls?I will pursue this question through an analysis of theChurch of the Holy Sepulchre, a seminal religioussite in Jerusalem. How does its design connect it to itssurroundings while maintaining its cultural/religiousdistinctiveness? What are its failings? This analysiswill filter the church’s design through a diverse rangeof thinkers, from the pre-Socratics Heraclitus andParmenides, through Foucault’s studies of power,Gloria Anzaldua’s essays on Chicana identity andgender issues, Gaston Bachelard’s Poetics of Spaceand Annie Dillard’s Pilgrim at Tinker Creek. Thoughoften overlooked, the importance of understandingthe design of thresholds cannot be overstated:Thresholds are the frames through which we perceivedifference and understand.Keywords: personal space/territoriality, culture, architecture,phenomenology, theory/conceptualizationPhysical Features ofEnvironments that Provide Bias inCognitive MapsMatsushima, Natsuki and Hanyu, Kazunori (NihonUniversity, Japan) [Poster]One of the prominent research findings of GeographicProfiling is “circle hypothesis,” proposed byCanter and Larkin (1993). Many researchers havechallenged the validity of the hypothesis and mostempirical findings have confirmed it. For example,Matsushima & Hanyu (2005) analyzed Japanese serialarson data and revealed supportive results: most of offenders’homes are located within the circle. However,it is also shown that the locations of most offenders’residences differ from the center of the circles, whichis also presumed by the hypothesis.One reason for the latter finding may be bias inpeople’s cognitive maps. The cognitive map is asubjective map composed in one’s mind, and no onehas the same mental map as anyone else (Nakamura,2004). Cognitive mapping is greatly influenced byvarious environmental factors, such places importantin one’s daily life (e.g. school, office, shop, friend’shome, and bus stop) and topography (e.g. arterialroad, bridge, river, mountain, and sea). For instance,we have places that we frequently use in our daily lives,so we are familiar with them, whereas we also haveplace that we rarely visit. Thus, people do not haveinformation evenly in all directions from their residences,so it is may cause the bias in the direction thatcriminals move and visit. Therefore, clarifying theenvironmental factors that provide bias in cognitivemaps makes it possible to reduce and limit the rangeof police investigation.In this study, we examined environmental factorsthat promote or interfere with cognitive mapping foruniversity students. The present study consistedof two parts:1) We examined relationships between the spreadof the cognitive map and physical environments. Weasked participants to draw maps around their residences.By plotting the cognitive maps on the correspondingcartographic maps, differences between themwere measured. Then we picked environmental factorsthat might provide large differences between a cognitivemap and the corresponding cartographical map.2) We explored the process of the cognitive mappingin new environments. We asked college freshmen whowere just admitted to a university to draw the maparound their university campus by hand. After half ayear, we asked them to draw the map again and analyzedthe change in the content of the drawn map.Keywords: cognitive mapping, spatial cognition,spatial behaviorEnvironmental ZoologyAdvancing Animal Welfare withCreative Zoo DesignOrganizer: Maple, Terry L. (Center for Conservationand Behavior, Georgia Institute of Technology)[Symposium]Robert Sommer’s work ignited a zoo revolution.This symposium examines the fallout from thesechanges, including architecture and design elements,as well as scientific work conducted at Zoo Atlanta.Keywords: Zoology, psychology, ecosystemsmanagementPlaces of Animal and HumanConfinementSommer, Robert (University of California, Irvine)Places of animal and human confinement havenumerous similarities and a unique connection toenvironment-behavior research. This presentationoffers three propositions: (1) Environment-behaviorresearch with humans began in and around psychiatrichospitals. (2) The theoretical basis for early environment-behaviorresearch in psychiatric hospitalscame from zoo studies. (3) Of all the settings in whichenvironment-behavior research has been applied, thegreatest impact and success have been in zoo design.Each of these propositions will be explored througha comparison between mental hospital deinstitutionalizationand current demands for zoo abolition. As aresolution to these conflicts, a tripartite agenda for amodern zoo is suggested: political and social action tosave habitat, environment-behavior research studiesof proper conditions of confinement for animal healthand welfare, and visitor research aimed at improvingthe educational missions of zoos.ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyZoology230 May 2006Beyond Conflict 231

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyMovement &WayfindingZoo Design, Redesign, andReconstructionOrganizer: Maple, Terry L. (Center for Conservationand Behavior, Georgia Institute of Technology)[Symposium]How animals behave in their environment revealsa great deal about designing for humans as well. Thedesign of animal habitats that allow for human interactionhas changed dramatically and constantly facesnew challenges, not least of which involves rebuildingthem after disasters. This seminar focuses on bothanimal behavior and designing for them.Keywords: zoology, psychology, ecosystemsmanagementMovement & WayfindingInterior Treatments in Subway Stationsof Seoul for Easy WayfindingPark, Heykyung (Inje University, Korea) [Poster]In large cities, mass transportation has becomemore commonly used and a more important part ofdaily urban lives. Public spaces like subway stationsand their subsidiary extensions need to be effectivelyconstructed in terms of wayfinding because theirunderground locations generate different wayfindingproblems than open air spaces and similar features.Though wayfinding is very complicated issue, theprevious researches (e.g. Weisman, G. D.) indicatethat physical interior treatments can be used as visualcues, especially following a continuously marked trail,and piloting between landmarks (Allen, Gary L.) canbe good wayfinding means for those places. Architectsand designers face more challenges in combiningvisual guidance with creating place identity in theirdesigns. The purpose of this study is to draw updesign guidelines for better wayfinding environmentsby investigating and analyzing the interior treatmentsused as visual cues for place identity in the subwaystations of Seoul, which needs to be identified byusers. The research consists with two major sections:theoretical and case studies.In the first section, the main design principlesenhancing wayfinding affordability and the criteriafor the survey of interior treatments were definedand then the list and the nature of the major physicalinterior elements were drawn based on them. At thesecond stage, case studies were carried out in eachof 12 transaction subway stations located on theNo. 2 and No. 4 lines in Seoul and on wayfindingdesign aids such as landmarks, graphics (ascontinuous trails), colors and patterns, lighting byfield investigation and photo-recording method, andtypologically analyzed. The names of 12 transactionstations are Seoul Nat’l Univ. of Education, Sadang,Hapjeong, Jamsil, Daerim, Dong-daemun Stadium,Dong-daemun, Chongshin Univ., Samgakji,Chungmuro, Seoul Station and Ichon.The main results are as follows:1. Based on the literature analysis, the specific designguidelines for place identity could be focused on thecategories like landmarks, color codes, floor patternsand wall decorations.2. Each subway station show its own placeidentity to a certain level for wayfinding via interiortreatments like landmarks, marked trails, change ofcolors, patterns, graphics, ceiling treatments, andfurniture arrangements.3. Symbolic colors for each subway lines (e. g. greenfor Line 2, light blue for Line 4) were positively appliedas a super graphic or floor and wall patterns. Brightcolored tiles (white or ivory) were mostly used in thecases of Seoul, along with some pattern work.Those results can be used as design guidelines forthe places that need high wayfinding affordability.Keywords: wayfinding, subway station, interiortreatment, place identity, SeoulMovement through Public Places:Patterns and Conflicting TheoriesOrganizer: Bitgood, Stephen and Dukes, Stephanie(Jacksonville State University, AL), and Benne,Marcie (Oregon Museum of Science and Industry)[Symposium]An examination of pedestrian movement throughthe built environment reveals consistent patterns thathave important implications for designers of thesespaces (e.g. Bitgood & Dukes, in press; Bitgood, 2002;Underhill, 1999; Whyte, 1988). Natural movementpatterns and designer goals may conflict in many cases.For example, some museum exhibitions are designedfor entering on the left, while visitors tend to enter onthe right. Other patterns that conflict with designergoals include jay walking, cutting across grass insteadof using sidewalks and walking around barren plazasinstead of walking through them. Theories to explainthese patterns exist, but we continue to struggle withaccurate predictions before an environment is built.The first presentation of this symposium identifiesand describes commonly observed patterns ofmovement in public settings (museums, shoppingmalls, city plazas, hotels, etc.) These patterns includemoving toward landmark objects or other people,walking on the right side of a pathway, right-turningat choice points, exit gradient/inertia, and one-sidedexhibit viewing in museums. The influence of wayfindingsignage fails to explain many of these movementpatterns. The second presentation (M. Benne)reviews key concepts related to pedestrian movementand discusses the pros and cons of trying to use eachconcept to help predict human movement. Theseconcepts include orienting strategies, traversability,self-organizing principles, schema, economizing,environmental preferences, probability and normativebehavior. Attendees will share their perspectiveson the interplay and relative weight of these concepts,particularly with respect to different environments.The third presentation (S. Dukes) will report somerecent data collected in shopping malls, a big boxretail store, and a university campus. This involvespedestrian movement choices at three intersectionswith a left-hand entrance door and a right-hand exitdoor at a big box retail store. Walking and drivingdata are presented from a university campus in whichdriving from class to class has become problematic asthe enrollment has increased over the years. The presenterwill suggest a conceptual framework to guidechanges in walking and driving behavior. Attendeeswill discuss the relationship between theory, prediction,design process, and observed behavior. Whatare the strengths and weaknesses in our theories, ourability to understand the complexity and uniquenessof each situation, and our design processes? Have wegained understanding and improved design?Keywords: pedestrian movement, design of publicspaces, literature reviewThe Science of Signage– How Empirical Research CanContribute to User-CenteredDesignBüchner, Simon and Hölscher, Christoph (UniversityFreiburg, Germany) [Paper]Successful “Wayfinding Design” involves architecturaland graphics design aspects as well as knowledgeabout the cognitive processes of the user (Arthurand Passini, 2002). This paper shows how cognitivepsychologists and graphic designers cooperated in devisinga user-centered signage system for an existingcomplex multilevel university building in Freiburg,Germany. The project was structured in three stages:(1) Analysis of the setting. Usability challengesof the building were identified using two methods:formal analysis of the environment and an empiricalstudy of the users’ wayfinding behavior. Formalanalysis included the structural analysis of thebuilding and review of the existing guidance system.In the empirical study, 32 participants performedseveral wayfinding tasks. Half of the participants werefamiliar with the building while the other half hadnever visited the building before. The results revealedThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyMovement &Wayfinding232 May 2006Beyond Conflict 233

ThematicAbstractsEnvironmentalPsychologyMovement &Wayfindingthat inexperienced users indeed had severe troublenavigating through the building due to its complexityand deficits in the sparsely distributed signage.(2) Development of the signage system. Requirementsfor successful wayfinding were developed basedon the former analysis. Following Arthur and Passini(2002), it focused on the users’ decision making aswell as the acquisition of a spatial representation ofthe setting. Drafts of the signage system developed bythe graphic designers were refined according to thepreviously stated requirements.(3) Evaluation. The same wayfinding experimentas in the analysis stage was carried out but this timeafter the installation of a full-size prototype of thenew signage system. Another 20 volunteers whowere not familiar with the building participated.The comparison of the results of experiment 1 and2 showed substantial improvements in wayfindingbehavior in various aspects. However, a qualitativeanalysis of the users’ behavior revealed minor deficitsin the signage system. After having eliminated thesedeficits, another four participants performed thewayfinding tasks. The results showed that the revisionof prototype was effective.Overall, the results demonstrate how thecollaboration of cognitive psychologists and designpractitioners can improve the quality of a designproduct. They show that the scientifically guideddevelopment of a guidance system can enhance theuser’s experience of an environment.Keywords: cognition, spatial behavior, indoorspaces, wayfinding, design studiesWayfinding and Egress Issues:Conflicts and Concords betweenResearchers and DesignersOrganizers: Saif Haq, (Texas Tech University) andTorgrude, Sue (Boelter Design Group, WI). Boelter,Stephen (Boelter Design Group, WI), Pauls, Jake(Jake Pauls Consulting Services in Building Use andSafety, MD), Jerry Weisman (University of Wisconsin– Milwaukee) [Symposium]In matters of wayfinding and egress, researchersanalyze orientation abilities, navigation strategies,route choice preferences, wayfinding schemes, behaviouralattitudes, cognitive inclinations, etc. of thevisitors, and physical variables of the environments,including signage. In their effort to be precise, theyfocus individually on a limited number of specificvariables. On the other hand, building designers aresimultaneously concerned with many issues and oftenrely on heuristic learning. In their scheme of thinking,wayfinding and egress are important concerns butperhaps not the major ones.In this situation, how can research results bemade more relevant and appropriate? What level ofspecificity is useful for architects? Do conflicts arisebetween research and design; and if so, how are theyresolved? The EDRAMOVE session will focus on suchquestions. It will be in the format of a panel discussionwhere wayfinding researchers, wayfinding consultantsand architects will participate. Following five-minutepresentations by each panelist on the conflicts andconcords between researchers and designers regardingwayfinding and egress issues, the audience will beinvited to participate in a discussion with the panelists.The moderator will introduce the session issuesand summarize the discussion including outcomesand recommendations.Health EnvironmentsAdvances in Acute HealthcareDesign ResearchOrganizers: Chaudhury, Habib (Simon FrasierUniversity, Vancouver, BC) and Mahmood, Atiya(Oregon State University, OR) [Symposium]The design of the physical environment is increasinglyrecognized as an important aid in the healingprocess and care of people in healthcare settings.Demographic changes (e.g., the aging baby boomgeneration, increasing life expectancy and chronicdiseases) could result in a 46 percent increase in acutecare bed demand by 2027. These days, healthcare designersare designing inpatient care units much morelike critical care units. Nursing stations are being designedto allow for closer proximity of nurses amongthemselves and to the patients. Built-in flexibilityin design is becoming more crucial, mainly becausetechnology is quickly obsolete and patient populationsare constantly changing. Hospital designers will faceincreased expectations in terms of providing care environmentsthat are responsive to, among other issues,reduced hospital-acquired infections, therapeutichealing environment for patients, accommodatingfamily members, reducing medical errors, etc. Severalstudies have documented the relationship betweenenvironmental design of acute care settings with careefficiency, improved quality in care practices, andpatient healing and safety. Two key organizations thathave the expressed mission of supporting healthcaredesign research, dissemination and policy change arethe Coalition for Healthcare Environments Research(CHER) and the Center for Health Design.This symposium will present findings from recentresearch funded by these two organizations linkingphysical environment and quality of care outcomes.There are four presentations in this forum. Shepleyand Harris will introduce CHER and present findingsfrom their recent study that focused on the impact ofsingle-room neonatal intensive care on users’ healthand satisfaction. Battisto’s presentation will be basedon her study of clinical laboratories and evidencebaseddesign. Chaudhury and Mahmood will presentfrom an ongoing study of effect of environmentaldesign on medical/nursing errors in hospitals. Finally,Zimring and Joseph will present key findings fromtheir extensive review of the literature on healthcaredesign and from the Pebble Projects, an initiative byThe Center for Health toward developing evidencebaseddesign guidelines.Keywords: health/healing environments, healthcareCoalition for Health EnvironmentsResearch and a RecentStudy: The Impact of Single-roomNeonatal Intensive Care on Users’Health and SatisfactionShepley, Mardelle (Center for Health System &Design, Texas A&M University) and Harris, DebraD. (Department of Interior Design, University ofFlorida) [Paper]This presentation will describe the history and researchactivities of the Coalition for Health EnvironmentsResearch (CHER). The mission of CHER is “topromote, fund and disseminate research into humane,effective and efficient environments through multidisciplinarycollaboration.” Recent projects fundedby CHER include The Rate and Nature of Change inHospital Laboratories, Color in Healthcare Environments,The Use of Single-Patient Rooms versusMultiple-Occupancy Room, Limiting the Spread ofInfection in the Healthcare Environment, and TheRole of Humidity in Long-term Care Environments.The most recent project is The Impact of Single-roomNeonatal Intensive Care on Users’ Health and Satis-ThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironments234 May 2006Beyond Conflict 235

ThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironmentsfaction . This study included data from 11 hospitalsand used multiple methodologies: behavior mapping,family and staff questionnaires, analysis of outcome,and cost data and plan analysis. The results and conclusionsof this research will be presented.Keywords: health/healing environments, healthcareA Decade of Patient and FamilyCentered Care in ICU Design:A Survey of the BestPractice ExamplesRashid, Mahbub (University of Kansas) [Paper]Intensive care unit (ICU) is synonymous with thecritical care unit (CCU). It is a location in the hospitalwhere critical care (i.e., the care for patients withacute, life-threatening illness or injury) is provided.ICUs include the medical intensive care unit (MICU),the surgical intensive care unit (SICU), the pediatricintensive care unit (PICU), the neonatal intensive careunit (NICU), the neuro intensive care unit (Neuro-ICU), coronary care unit (CCU) and the burn unit.Patient care in ICUs is provided by multidisciplinaryteams of physicians, nurses, respiratory care technicians,pharmacists and other allied health professionalswho use highly sophisticated equipment andthe services of expert support personnel.The importance of ICUs in today’s healthcare deliverysystem is enormous. Nearly 80% of all Americanswill experience a critical illness or injury, eitheras the patient, family member or friend of a patient.Though ICU patients occupy only 10% of inpatientbeds, they account for nearly 30% of acute carehospital costs (CritCare Med 1994; Halpern, Bettes, &Greenstein, 1994). According to a 1984 report of theOffice of Technology Assessment, 80% of hospitalsin the United States had ICUs and >20% of hospitalbudgets were expended on the care of intensive carepatients (Berenson, 1984). With more aging U.S.population and more critical illnesses, the demandfor critical care services is rising each year. At thesame time, significant changes are occurring in ICUcare services. Hospital administrators are continuallyseeking new methods to provide better care totheir ICU patients. In addition to making necessarychanges to medical informatics and technology,they are also adopting the principles and guidelinesfor family centered care and working constantly tointegrate families into the culture and routine of ICUsto ensure the best possible outcomes and experiencesof patients and their families. As a result, patient andfamilies viewpoints have become integral to ICUDesign. The purpose of this survey is to understandhow patients and their families have been integratedwith the physical design of the ICUs in the last decade.It includes thirty (30) ICUs that were recognized asthe best practices of patient and family centered careby the Society of Critical Care Medicine (SCCM), theleading multidisciplinary membership organizationof critical care practitioners. The survey focuses onvarious ICU design considerations related to:• Improving the multi disciplinary interactionsoften needed for most critical care patients;• Reducing the physical labor of ICU staff, so thatthey can be more effective in patient care;• Efficient and effective record keeping withoutcompromising patient privacy;• Reducing infection control and improvingcompliance with regulations to ensurepatient safety;• Reducing costly patient transfer, which is also aprimary source for avoidable medical errors andstaff injury;• Providing better accommodation for medicalequipment and life support systems in the unitand in patient rooms;• Improving staff communication with patientsand their families;• Improving comfort of patients and their families;• Improving overall flexibility in the face ofcontinuous change in medical practice.This survey of a decade of developments in ICUdesign is important for it may help us understand thetrends in ICU design. It may also provide benchmarksto evaluate current as well as future best practiceexamples. Additionally, it may provide a solid foundationfor evidence-based ICU design to minimize unexpectedproblems and to take maximum advantageof design opportunities to improve patient care. Thesurvey, however, does not look at the design processesof the best practice ICUs, which most often involve anintense collaboration among researchers, clinicians,and designers. It also does not verify independently ifthe ICU design trends observed in the study were ableto improve patient care. This is important becauseSCCM generally selects the best practice ICUs basedon the self reported data and assessment providedby the participating hospitals themselves. Finally,this survey does not study the validity of differentmethods and metrics for evaluating ICU patient andstaff outcomes used by the participating hospitals.Any future survey of the best practice examples shouldthen select its case studies based on a set uniform assessmentand evaluation metrics.Keywords: intensive care unit (ICU), critical careunit (CCU), family centered care, evidence-baseddesign hospitals; healthcare facilities, case study;literature surveyReferencesBerenson RA (1984) Intensive care units (ICU’s):Clinical outcome, costs, and decision-making (healthtechnology case study). Office of Technology Assessment,U.S. Congress, OTA-HCS-28, Washington, DC:U.S. Government Printing Office.Halpern NA, Bettes L, and Greenstein R (1994)Federal and nationwide intensive care units andhealthcare costs: 1986–1992. Critical Care Medicine22:2001–2007Society of Critical Care Medicine (1994) Joint PositionStatement: Essential provisions for critical carein health system reform. Critical Care Medicine 22:2017–2019Design Research in Practice:Evolution and Findings of anEvidence-Based Design ResearchProjectGeboy, Lyn; Keller, Amy Beth; and Schnuck, Kathy(Kahler Slater Architects, Milwaukee, WI) [Paper]This report presents the findings of an environmentaldesign research project conducted by a multidisciplinaryarchitectural firm for a Midwesternhealthcare client (tertiary hospital with 440 beds).The initial purpose of the project was to make anevidence-based design (Hamilton 2004) recommendationfor flooring in the hospital’s nursing unit corridors.After recognizing the role of of flooring materialas a potentially significant component in a sound environment,the project rapidly broadened to encompassthe issue of sound/noise in a hospital setting. Thegoal of this broader project was to develop an systemic,evidence-based design strategy for sound control intendedto facilitate a healthy sound environment in allnewly designed in-patient care units. The project hadtwo objectives: (1) to assess the sound environmentin one unit of the hospital (in terms of types of soundsources, and dB levels), and (2) to identify which oftwo flooring materials (vinyl or carpet) presented abetter performance profile in terms of three criteria:potential to contribute to an overall program of soundcontrol, ease of maintenance, and infection control.Findings of the multi-method, descriptive studyrevealed a wide range (103 different types) of soundsources present in the unit, with a total of 7142 soundincidents recorded over a 20-hour period. Humanbehavior and interactions were the most frequenttypes of sounds observed on the unit, followed bysounds emitting from fixed features in the environment(i.e., elevators), sounds from non-fixed featuresin the environment (i.e., rolling carts, chairs, movablepatient equipment), and sounds from semi-fixed featuresin the environment (i.e., telephones, televisions).Results of field measurements of sound taken frominside three patient rooms (87,683 data units recordedover a period of approximately 49 hours) indicatedThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironments236 May 2006Beyond Conflict 237

ThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironmentsthe mean sound level of the unit exceeded the EPArecommended day maximum by 2% and the WHOrecommended level for continuous sound by 31%.The mean maximum (peak) sound level of the unit(73 dB) exceeded the EPA recommended maximum of45 dB by 62%, and the WHO recommended nighttimepeak maximum of 40 dB by 83%. However,the mean sound range (42 to 73 dB) of the unit wasconsistent (even marginally lower) than the typicalrange reported by noise level studies as noted byUlrich and Zimring (2004) (typical range: 45 dB to 68dB, with peaks exceeding 85 dB to 90 dB). These findingsprovided the basis for recommendations in tworealms: architectural/ environmental features, andhuman behavior and interactions. Fixed, semi-fixed,and non-fixed feature-design responses incorporatedarchitectural, material, and technological ideasintended to minimize/buffer the transfer of noise andminimize noise production. As human behavior andinteractions constituted the greatest categorical sourceof sound on the unit, recommendations for this realmcentered on development and implementation of asystematic culture change program aimed at raisingsound/noise awareness and establishing a healthysound environment.Keywords: health/healing environments, sound,professional practice, research in practice, evidencebaseddesignDeveloping the Evidence Base forHealthcare DesignZimring, Craig (College of Architecture, GeorgiaInstitute of Technology) and Joseph, Anjali (TheCenter for Health Design) [Paper]Over the next decade, a large number of U.S.hospitals will be built and older ones replaced andrenovated. Approximately $20 billion per year will bespent on hospital construction by 2010. This once-ina-lifetimeconstruction program provides an opportunityto rethink hospital design, and especially toconsider how improved hospital design can influencethe quality of care provided. A recent study conductedby researchers at Texas A&M University and GeorgiaTech and published by The Center for Health Design,identified more than 600 articles, most published inpeer-reviewed scientific journals, linking the physicalenvironment with patient and staff outcomes in hospitals.Clearly, the evidence base exists. A new generationof healthcare designers and providers are workingto harness this evidence to inform the design of newor replacement healthcare projects. The Pebble Project,an initiative by The Center for Health Design, bringstogether these innovative healthcare organizationsinvolved in hospital construction projects. The PebblePartners as they are called are committed to criticallyanalyzing the available evidence while proposing newand innovative design solutions to problems. Further,they are measuring the effectiveness of these innovationsthrough careful research. Finally, by sharingtheir research findings with the larger communitythey are contributing to the evidence base and so thecycle continues. We present key findings from the literaturereview study linking the physical environmentwith patient and staff outcomes, a brief overview ofthe Pebble research projects currently underway andsome preliminary findings from these projects.Keywords: Construction, health/healing environments,healthcareFlorida Institute for PublicHealth: Collaborative MasterPlan Development through Stateand Local PartnershipPutterman, Joel (Jacobs Advanced Planning Georgia,Atlanta GA) [Poster]The vision for the Florida Institute for Public Health(FIPH) is to become a center of excellence for publichealth, be recognized as an international collaborativefor research, training, and treatment of infectious diseases,and to foster partnerships with the Town of Lantana,Palm Beach County, academic institutions, andprivate foundations. The master plan for the FIPH accommodatespublic health, laboratory, university andincubator research functions, combined with residential,retail, office and public recreational uses in an over1 million gross square foot mixed-use development.The plan is well integrated into the existing urbanfabric of the Town of Lantana and accommodates a100-bed respiratory hospital, laboratory and researchfunctions, clinics, and a mix of residential, retail andoffice functions in a walkable and human-scaled towncenter design with an architectural character reminiscentof the south Florida vernacular. The collaborativemaster planning process was guided by an advisorycommittee made up of state, local, and municipalleadership, as well as representatives from the universityresearch community. Citizens of the surroundingneighborhoods participated in a number of planningworkshops, which provided input to the developmentof the overall plan, including decisions of the mixand densities of land use, as well as the development’simage, style and character. A comprehensive planningapproach for the 135-acre property was applied,which included visioning and data gathering sessionsto identify user needs and requirements, assessment ofexisting conditions, including space utilization, functionalsynergies, growth projections, parking, pedestriancirculation, open space, environmental concernsand utility systems. Existing public health and researchprograms, as well as future growth options wereconsidered in the planning process to determine theultimate space, functional needs and development program.An environmentally sensitive scrub preservationarea is also included as part of the plan.The overall planning process applied was one ofcollaboration between state, local, town and privateinterests. The involvement of surrounding area residentsgave great value and validity to the overall planningand decision making process. What began as asomewhat hostile environment of townspeople feelingthey should have total control of the land that the statehad neglected over the years, ended in a truly win-winfor everyone in the creation of the Institute , being ableto provide health services and education and researchspace, with the potential for positive spin off of incubatorrelated clean industry for the Town. A truly collaborativedecision making process was reinforced andillustrative of a true shared authorship in the overallplanning process and development of the plan.A radial development concept evolved after a seriesof public workshops and charrettes to ascertain thebest development strategy. The overall image andcharacter of the development was mutually agreementupon via a series of public workshops. Public involvementwas key to both the successful evolution of theplan as well as the successful integration of the developmentinto the overall surrounding community. Theproject represents tremendous economic potential forthe Town for years to come.This property’s desirable location east of I-95 in therelatively small Town of Lantana creates significant opportunitiesfor the Town, the State and the public. TheState of Florida will benefit by having an internationallyrecognized Institute for Public Health strategicallylocated along existing major transportation systems.The Town of Lantana will benefit by adding to itsvalue in terms of tax revenue and an increase in highquality jobs for both residents and commuters. Landuses surrounding the Institute will increase in valueand can attract related desirable business; therebyadding to the Town’s job/tax base. The public benefitsby having a conveniently located center of excellencefor public health.Identifying the EnvironmentalConditions that Support the SustainableCreation of ‘GenerativeSpace’ in Settings for Health Careand Healthcare ImprovementOrganizer/Presenter: Ruga, Wayne (The CARTIASProject, Deerfield Beach, FL) [Workshop/WorkingGroup]Question: Although the E-B literature, as wellas other academic and professional literature, containsnumerous references that offer conceptual andpractical approaches to creating environments thatimprove health and healthcare, why is it that so manyfacilities continue to be constructed and operated thatThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironments238 May 2006Beyond Conflict 239

ThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironmentsdo not effectively utilize these approaches in a mannerthat is sustainable over time (with notable contributionsby many EDRA members)? The specific purposeof this working group is to engage in a critical discussionof the work in progress with the principle objectivesof: 1) developing answers to this question thatwill enable consistent environmental progress to theboth sustained and accelerated; and (2) developing alaser-like focus on this question that can be expandedin next year’s EDRA conference with a workshop, symposium,and/or intensive that is appropriate to EDRA’srole in furthering the development of this knowledgeand consequential improvements to practice. Manydifferent terms have been applied to the concept thatthe environment might influence enhanced outcomes,such as: supportive environments; evidence-baseddesign; sacred space; etc. As a means to offer increasedclarity on this highly ambiguous and contested subject,I propose the use of the broader term, “generativespace.” In this regard, I suggest that any condition,whether it be physical, social, or a spatial, that enablespeople to experience an improvement in their ownhealth and/or life be called a generative space – a spacethat, by definition, is truly “beyond conflict.”This working group will be facilitated as an informal,participative and interactive roundtablediscussion. The outcome of this working group willbe the development of a set of strategies to systematicallymap the progress in answering this question.Over the course of several consecutive EDRA conferencesfollowing this one, the development of thesestrategies will be used to accelerate both systemic andsustainable progress in supporting the creation ofthose health related and healthcare facilities that moreconsistently engender “generative space.”Keywords: health, healthcare, design for aging,interdisciplinary, leadershipInsights into the Pebble Projects:The Role of the PhysicalEnvironment in the Hospital ofthe 21st centuryOrganizer: Joseph, Anjali (The Center for HealthDesign, CA) [Symposium]The United States is facing one of the largest hospitalbuilding booms in U.S. history. As a result of aconfluence of the need to replace aging 1970s hospitals,population shifts in the United States, the grayingof the baby boom generation, and the introduction ofnew technologies, the United States spent more than$16 billion for hospital construction in 2004, and thiswill rise to more than $20 billion per year by the endof the decade. These hospitals will remain in place fordecades. This once-in-a-lifetime construction programprovides an opportunity to rethink hospital design,and especially to consider how improved hospitaldesign can influence the quality of care provided. Justas medicine has increasingly moved toward “evidencebasedmedicine,” where clinical choices are informedby research, healthcare design is increasingly guidedby rigorous research linking the physical environmentof hospitals to patients and staff outcomes and ismoving toward “evidence-based design”.A study conducted by researchers at Georgia Techand Texas A&M identified more than 600 articles,most published in scientific peer-reviewed journals,linking the physical environment of healthcare facilitieswith patient and staff health, financial and operationaloutcomes. Clearly, the evidence base exists.The challenge lies in utilizing this evidence to informdesign decisions and to follow up on the outcome ofthe decisions made. The Center for Health Design, anonprofit research and advocacy organization, haspioneered a joint research effort with healthcareproviders called the Pebble Project. These healthcareorganizations are at different stages in the design andconstruction of new replacement projects, renovationsor hospital extensions. By becoming a Pebble ProjectPartner, these organizations commit to utilizingresearch evidence to inform decisions during thiscritical phase of their development and to measure theoutcomes of the decisions they make once the projectis complete and to share the results of these effortswith the design and healthcare community. The fieldof evidence-based design provides a great platform forresearchers and designers to come together to addressissues that will shape the quality of care provided inhealthcare facilities for years to come. The purposeof this working group on “The Role of the Environmentin the Hospital of the 21st Century” is to providea forum for discussing issues in this emerging fieldwith the primary goal of clarifying research directionsand developing collaborations between researchers,designers and healthcare organizations. The sessionwill be organized into three parts:I. A brief discussion of the issuesII. Five-minute presentations by each person, brieflydescribing their work or what they feel to be a key issueIII. Discussion of fruitful research directions,collaborationsKeywords: healthcare, healing environments, evidence-baseddesignThe Nature and Rate of Change inHospital LaboratoriesBattisto, Dina G. (Graduate Studies in Architecture+ Health, Clemson University) [Paper]Today’s clinical lab, one of the hospital’s largestdepartments, produces vital information that doctorsuse for disease prevention, diagnosis and treatment.Like many other clinical departments in hospitals,clinical labs are experiencing accelerating changesin activities as medical science, technology, andhealthcare practices evolve. To accommodate theseoften-unpredictable changes, there has been a greatdeal of attention devoted to creating flexible designsand furnishings. Even so, the hypothesis that hospitallaboratories require a high degree of flexibility hadbeen essentially untested until this study, sponsoredby the Coalition for Health Environments, was completed.Findings from this study strongly confirm theneed for flexible designs and furnishings that supportvariable clinical applications.A multi-methodological approach was utilized employingboth survey research and case study researchto triangulate conclusions. First, self-reported datawas collected from a national sample of laboratorystaff using an interactive web-based questionnaire.Second, case study research was used to documentthe types of changes considered or completed byclinical laboratories within three common laboratorytypologies – a compartmentalized laboratory, anopen/flexible laboratory, and an automated laboratory.Research findings are organized in three areas:specific activities, technological processes and thephysical environment comprised of infrastructuresystems, space plan, and contents in the laboratory.Design recommendations for addressing flexibility infuture hospital laboratory constructions and renovationsare presented including zoning the lab based ontechnological processes, an open plan configuration,plug-and-play utility systems in the highly flexiblezone and modular workstations and furniture.Keywords: Case study, health/healingenvironments, healthcarePost-Occupancy Evaluation ofNegative Pressure Isolation RoomsKuo, Nai-Wen (Taipei Medical University, Taipei,Taiwan) and Wang, Chia-Hui (Hwa-Hsia Instituteof Technology, Taipei, Taiwan) [Paper]In the spring of 2003, the epidemic outbreakof Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS)in Taiwan was very severe. To prevent the spreadof SARS, many hospitals reconstructed theirnormal patient rooms and converted them intonegative-pressure isolation rooms. To make surethese negative-pressure isolation rooms are welldesigned, it is necessary to conduct post-occupancyevaluation (POE) studies for the negative-pressureisolation rooms. No published literature related toPOE of the negative-pressure isolation rooms exists.ThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironments240 May 2006Beyond Conflict 241

ThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironmentsThis research was one of the pioneers in the field ofhospital POE in Taiwan. The results of this studywould be valuable for modifying existing guidelinesof negative-pressure isolation rooms. The sampledhospital was a major hospital treated SARS patientsin Taipei in 2003. In the aspect of qualitative research,two sessions of focus group discussions (FGD) wereconducted. There were six participants in eachsession. The purpose of the FGD is to explore thedeep opinions of users, include physicians, nurses,and other staff of the SARS isolation rooms. Theresearchers also visited the sampled hospital for fieldobservations in the design and operations of thenegative pressure isolation rooms. Related literature,including the guidelines for negative-pressureisolation rooms in the United States, Canada andAustralia were also reviewed. The results of theresearch provided valuable opinions in establishingor amending the guideline of negative-pressureisolation rooms in Taiwan.The results were listed as follows:1. Due to the limited space and economic concerns,the anteroom can be waived since there is a highqualitynegative-pressure room with robust ventilationsystem and good pressure differential.2. If possible, single-bed rooms are preferable toreduce nosocomial infection.3. To cope with emerging needs of patients, manyparticipants in the focus groups suggested it is betterto have an operating room located in the isolationarea.4. Generally speaking, participants thought the existingnegative-pressure isolation rooms successfullyprevent the spread of SARS. About 90% to 95% of thepatients admitted to the negative pressure isolationrooms recovered.5. The flow for transporting patients and suspectedinfected materials should be separated from the flowof staff. An elevator used exclusively for transportingpatients and suspected infected materials is preferableto reduce possible infection.Keywords: focus group discussion, negative-pressureisolation room, post-occupancy evaluation,SARS, nosocomial infectionReducing Nursing Errors andIncreasing Efficiency throughEnvironmental Design in AcuteCare SettingsChaudhury, Habib (Department of Gerontology,Simon Fraser University) and Mahmood, Atiya(Department of Design and Human Environment,Oregon State University) [Paper]Nurses’ work in the acute care environment isphysically and psychologically intense with muchrisk of burnout, stress, and error. Ulrich et al. (2004)have argued that reduction of staff stress and error byergonomic interventions, as well as environmentalconsiderations (such as air quality, acoustics, lighting,etc.) can have significant impact on staff health. It canalso influence staff efficiency and contribute towardspatient safety. It is claimed (e.g., Harrison, 2004; Mc-Carthy, 2004; Reiling et al., 2003; Rollins, 2004; Scott,2004) that specific environmental conditions, suchas type of lighting (artificial versus natural lighting),degree of lighting in nurses’ workspace, and thermalcondition in the work area affect performance (e.g.,artificial lighting producing the effect of feelingdrained and tired; inadequate lighting leading tomedication error). Research has demonstrated thathigh noise levels in acute care environments are detrimentalto work performance (e.g., Tofp and Dillon,1988). Design and operation of hospitals have a majorimpact on recruitment and retention of nurses (e.g.,Scott, 2004). A review of the literature was conductedexamining the relationships between healthcare environmentson staff efficiency and nursing errors. Thispresentation will highlight the key issues and categoriesidentified in the literature, and provide directionsfor empirical studies.Keywords: health/healing environments, healthcare,literature reviewThe Role of Evidence-Based Designin the 21 st Century HospitalOrganizer: Zimring, Craig (Georgia Institute ofTechnology) [Mini-Plenary]The United States is entering one of the largesthealthcare construction programs in its history, witha projected $20 billion per year in construction by2010. This will shape U.S. healthcare for a generation.A large and growing body of clinical experienceand of rigorous scientific evidence demonstrates thatthe design of the physical environment can play asignificant role in improving the quality of healthcare.The physical environment can help increase safety,make healthcare more efficient and reduce stressfor patients, families and caregivers. This has led toa growing practice of evidence-based design (EBD),where design decisions are based on research evidenceand outcomes are rigorously evaluated. EBD is affectingbillions of dollars of construction. In this symposium,jointly sponsored by the Center for HealthDesign and the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation,Craig Zimring (Georgia Institute of Technology) willsummarize the research literature linking designto safety and quality and will discuss the emergingopportunities for research; Derek Parker (Director atAnshen + Allen Architects) will discuss how evidenceis revolutionizing healthcare design, including thebusiness case for improved design; Cheryl Herbert(President of Dublin Methodist Hospital, OhioHealth)will discuss how evidence-based design was used inan innovative new hospital project and will exploreboth the strengths and challenges of using evidence inactual significant design projects.Keywords: construction, health/healing environments,healthcareWhen the Hospital is Your Community:Envisioning Healing Gardenswith the Cultural ParadigmLee, Sungkyung (University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign) [Paper]This study reframes the implications of hospitalgardens in the context of community space. Previousresearch on healing gardens has remained in theempirical and analytical research paradigms and hasbeen primarily concerned with psychological benefits,such as relief from physical symptoms, stress reduction,improvement in the overall sense of well-being,and positive mood shifts (Kaplan, 1989; Ulrich, 1984,1991; Marcus et al., 1995). Although this researchdemonstrates the psychological benefits of healinggardens, I contend that most of the effects associatedwith healing gardens can be applied to any kind ofnatural settings and do not address some of the particularaspects of garden spaces when set in hospitaland institutional contexts. In addition, the currentdefinition of healing gardens is very vague in terms ofspecifying spatial layouts and forms. This paper introducesa reinterpretation of the hospital as a lived spaceby patients. The study reconsiders the hospital as acultural landscape and examines the implications ofthe social aspect of hospital environments by patients’everyday use. The research methods combine interviews,observations, and design analysis. The findingsshow that corridors in hospitals acted in many waysas streets in communities serving functions as trafficcirculation, pedestrian movement, and socialization.My analysis depicts the hospital as a living communitywhere patients continue their limited everyday life.Further, my healing garden design shows the processof implementing the findings to the design development.Ultimately, this paper promotes designer’screativity and active involvement to understand theeveryday use of the hospital within the designingprocess of healing gardens.Keywords: health/healing environments, spatial,behavior, stress, landscapeThematicAbstractsHealthEnvironments242 May 2006Beyond Conflict 243

ThematicAbstractsHousingHousingAnalysis of characteristics ofshared spaces in recently builtapartment complexes inSeoul, KoreaKim, Minsoo; Choi, Jiin; Yim, Jungeun; Lee, Soyoung(Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea) and Shin,Yeonsub (Manager, Posco Engineering and ConstructionCompany, Seoul, Korea) [Poster]With growth of interest in quality of living and wellbeingin urban life, the importance of quality communityenvironments in apartment complexes has growntremendously. Since 2004, some apartment complexbuilders have incorporated numerous shared-spacesfor leisure activities into their projects. These sharedspacesfor leisure activities are based on eco-housedesign strategies which are distinctively different fromprevious apartment complex building approaches. Thepurpose of this study is to investigate the characteristicsof these shared spaces – overall layout, composition,proportion of the size of each shared space to theindividual unit size as well as the entire complex sizein order to understand the context of shared spaceplanning and suggest planning guidelines. For thisstudy, 25 apartment complexes, which were built after2000 by top ten ranked builders in Korea, were selected.After 2000, apartment builders adopted variousmarketing strategies to differentiate their projects andactively incorporated numerous community centersknown as shared spaces. Data was collected throughsite visits and field research. Our research determinedthat a great deal of weight was given to leisure life inthese apartment complexes in terms size and type ofshared spaces. Indoor exercise rooms were the largestportion of the shared space within apartment complexes.Shared spaces for outdoor activities and gardeningwere designed especially to reflect environmentfriendlyconcepts. Residents preferred to have a sharedspaces located together rather than scattered across theapartment complex. With a growing interest in health,apartment builders have introduced more health orientedshared spaces such as community saunas, spas,and health diagnostic systems than before. In order toeffectively and efficiently manage these shared spaces,it is important that the shared space facilities be in appropriateproportion to the size of apartment complexso that the facilities are affordable in terms of demand,budget and operating costs. For instance, multi-purposeeducational rooms, day-care facilities, computerrooms with internet connections appeared only inapartment complexes which were large enough to havemore than 1000 households. Therefore this study suggestsshared space planning be based on demands ofresidents and managerial planning.Keywords: housing, apartments, multi-familyhousing, leisure spaces, international approachesAn Analysis of Eco-FriendlyFeatures in Multifamily HousingLee, Yeunsook; Lee, Sungmi (Yonsei University,Korea); Lee, Hyunjeong (The Housing and UrbanResearch Institute of the Korean National HousingCorporation, Korea); Cho, Jiyeon (Institute of MillenniumEnvironmental Design and Research, YonseiUniversity, Korea); and Kwak, Yoonjung (YonseiUniversity, Seoul, Korea) [Poster]The housing supply in Korea has satisfactorily metthe demand throughout the last quarter of the twentiethcentury, and demographic, social and economicdemands have been met. All of these circumstancesserve as a significant foundation for raising environmentalissues. Many applications of new concepts ofenvironmentalism to housing are obvious and notable,and one of the most notable strategies is environmentalfriendliness that has proven to be a viable solution forthe relation between human beings and environment.In fact, the awareness of eco-friendliness has beenemerging from the dawn of the 21 st century, and thecertification and guidelines for eco-friendly housinghave been encouraged by the public sector. Yet, theseeco-friendly features have not been examined or evaluatedby residents, the users of this specially designedhousing. This study examines multi-family housingthat has recently been developed with the idea of ecologicalfriendliness, and investigates the residents attitudestoward and their preferences for these features.Three multi-family housing complexes were selectedfor this study; all three apartments were developed bythe City of Seoul over the past several years. Althoughthese housing complexes mainly accommodate middleincomefamilies, their main planning concept alignswith social integration, and rental housing for lowincomefamilies is situated on the site. Each unit onthe developments are small-sized (85m 2 or less), andthe complexes are beautifully designed, enhanced bynumerous environmentally friendly features. This researchutilizes in-depth interviews and site visits. Sevenresidents in the studied housing developments participatein this study. The analytical tool used in the interviewprocess was reviewed and modified by a panelof professionals; it included five aspects of ecologicallyfriendliness: residential comfort, energy saving, openhousing, sufficient storage, and safety/security. Therespondents pointed out that south-facing housingin relation to residential comfort was most favorable,especially since the amount of daylight received wasrelated to heating cost during winter and was oftenadequate in achieving a degree of indoor comfortwithout mechanical heating assistance. With regard toenergy-saving, water-saving features and dehydratorof food waste were identified as the most used features.The respondents mention that the use of the dehydratorwastes more water, so water-saving features installed inhome don t attain their inherent purposes. As for openhousing-related features, flexibility in spatial configurationis pivotal, especially small-sized housing units.The results indicate that efficient storage is regardedas important, and easy access to storage space affectsits actual use. With respect to safety and security, theresearch findings revealed a preference for non-slipperyflooring in bathroom. Although since in inception ofbuilding high-rise apartments in Korea there have notbeen any serious problems or dangers, the respondentsstayed vigilant and recommend some active measuresto combat their safety and security concerns. As thelifestyles vary, even among family members, residentsoften changed the interior finishes or furnishings ineach unit, and the spatial configuration was oftenrenovated. The respondents suggested that the preferenceof families who are prospective residents need tobe reflected in design, and that the ability to customizewas more likely to be viewed as eco-friendly.Keywords: ecological friendliness, eco-friendlyhousing features, multi-family housing, apartmentsAnalysis of Research TrendsRegarding Shared-spaces inApartment Complexes in KoreaYim, Jungeun; Lee, Yeunsook; Lee, SoYoung; andLee, Junghwa (Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea)[Poster]It has recognized that shared spaces play an importantrole in promoting social relationships and buildingsense of community. Shared space can also providehigh rise apartment complexes with various ecologicaland sustainable environmental settings. Gradualchanges in types, size, and function of shared spaceswithin apartment complexes have taken place for thelast couple of decades in Korea. The purpose of thisstudy was to systematically analyze empirical studiesof shared spaces in multi-family housing in Korea, inan effort to discover the role of the current research instreaming shared space planning and understandingthe social background. For this study a content analysisof numerous research sources was conducted. Articles,books, thesis and dissertation published on this topicfrom 1985 to 2004 were analyzed. Use of a library databasesystem keyword search allowed for publications tobe systematically selected. Contents from the researchpublications were classified according to the followingThematicAbstractsHousing244 May 2006Beyond Conflict 245

ThematicAbstractsHousingcategories 1) community layout, accessibility, and spatialarrangement, 2) residents preference and satisfactionwith shared spaces, and 3) various problems arisingin use of shared spaces. In addition, research questionsand problems were chronically placed to trace trends.The findings about trends in shared space offered anin-depth understanding of needs of society, community,and residents. In addition, the results of this studyrevealed problems among existing shared spaces andusage patterns according to specific periods. In the earlystages, shared spaces were not considered to be actuallyshared by the community but were referred to as justamenities. Accessibility emerged as one of the most importantcharacteristics of shared spaces. In later periods,shared spaces were seen as places where residents engagedin community activities. Building sense of communityand supporting functions for living in communityhad become more important. These researchfindings indicated that in providing shared spaces it wasnot merely effective to make a physical setting but thatsocial, institutional, and organizational systems neededto be provided or accommodated as well. The findingsof this study suggest numerous future research issues aswell as shared space planning strategies.Keywords: multi-family housing, apartments,shared spaces, content analysisThe Bathroom as Catalyst and theStory Behind ItMorales, Ernesto (Université de Montréal, Canada)[Paper]The bathroom in modern homes occupies a higherstatus in the daily life of private households than inyears gone by, and has the capability of shifting meaningsdepending on the purpose for which the space isbeing used. Drawing on various structural conceptsof disciplines such as sociology, psychological anthropology,material culture studies and semiotics, thisqualitative research explores the meanings attached tothe contemporary bathroom. A study of the habits andrituals associated with use of the space is based on thetheory of narratology, which provides an interpretativetool for identifying the various meanings of the bathroom.A brief review of relevant narratological conceptsis provided. This theory is applied to an exploration ofthe narrative value of the space to eight different cases,resulting in a significant contribution to understandingthe diverse meanings of the contemporary bathroom.The catalyst property of the space is identified experientially:the bathroom can accelerate the user’s achievementof states of relaxation or stimulation of the senses.This makes the contemporary bathroom a multi-facetedspace with many different meanings.Keywords: bathroom, narratology, meaning,experience, catalystBeyond Conflict: ContextualizingSaracoglu HousingGuney, Yasemin Ince (Balikesir University, Turkey)[Paper]The introduction of apartment living was the factorthat most affected the social and spatial transformationof Turkish domestic culture after the establishment ofthe Republic in 1923. Even though started as a responseto desperate housing shortage in the new capital Ankara,apartment living soon became popular. By 1931,Turkish architects, such as Abdullah Ziya, were advocatingthe importance of rationality in the twentiethcentury and apartment life as the modern way of lifeappropriate to this century. They also had the opportunityto design these new domestic spaces in an environmentwhere a number of international designerswere invited by the new government to help constructa modern, i.e. western, image for the new nation. Toinvite foreign designers was a common practice since1839 reforms of the Ottoman Empire to westernize.An Italian architect Raimondo D’Aronco was even appointedas the chief architect of the Empire from 1896till 1908. The international designers invited during theearly republican period were not only commissionedto design almost all of the public art and administrativebuildings in Ankara but they also had the chanceto teach at the architecture schools of the neophyteRepublic. German architect Paul Bonatz was one ofthese designers who were asked to stay and work as aneducator, consultant, and architect when he came toAnkara in 1943 for the opening of the New German ArchitectureExhibition. When, in 1944, he was commissionedto design Saracoglu Housing complex for stateemployees in Ankara – the first time a foreign architectwas appointed for a residential project – it promptedTurkish architects to protest. His designs were not onlycriticized for their lack of consideration for the Turkisheconomy of the period but also for the inappropriatenessof their spatial organization for the Turkish wayof family life. This research, first, presents the syntacticalaspects of Bonatz’s designs examined using spacesyntax methodology. Secondly, it contextualizes hisdesigns and discusses their influence on the spatial evolutionof Ankara apartments. For this aim the researchmakes use of the author’s earlier studies (Guney 2005a,2005b) that examined the social and spatial evolutionof apartment houses in Ankara, all designed by Turkisharchitects and covering the period from the 1920still the end of the 1990s. As the conclusion, the paperargues that even though Saracoglu Housing complexat first surfaced a negative reaction from the Turkisharchitects, one can also see its influence on the spatialorganization of later apartment designs.Keywords: Housing, apartment living, space syntaxComparative Study of HouseSupplier’s DifferentiationStrategy among Consumer’sDemands in KoreaLee, Sungmi; Lee, Yeunsook; and Kim, Minsoo(Yonsei University, Korea) [Poster]Since the Korean government s constant policy onhousing supply in the 90 s, Korea has experienced quantitativesufficiency in housing, and consumer s demandsfor housing quality have been achieved. This studycompares consumer s demands with house suppliersdifferentiation strategies for improve buying power. Thestudy used small group workshops, so that the participantswould be able to share their living experiences ofapartment dwelling and to discuss improvements madewithin the standard 4-bay floor plans available. Thesesmall group workshops aided researchers in understandingresidents requirements and problems withthe process of making betterments within the housingfloor plan of he unit in which they were living. Nineindividuals participated in these workshops. To drawout specific opinions, the workshops were limited to 3participants. A content analysis of different planningconcepts used by housing suppliers were analyzed fromarticles written between 1994 to 2003 in 5 major domesticdaily newspapers. Apartment, strategy, and floorplan were used as keywords, in addition to 31 planningcomponents. Results of this study revealed that housingsuppliers and consumers showed interests in sevenspecific categories in relation to housing floor plansopenness in planning, privacy, enlargement of storage,flexibility, family space, utility space, transitional spaces.In the consumer s workshops, demands for ventilationand natural lighting were more emphasized. Housesuppliers, however, were inclined to provide lifestylefocuseditems such as indoor gardens, home bars andfamily rooms. It is significant that this study showedpractical points of view by comparing consumer sdemands with house suppliers planning components.However, due to the research methodology, there werelimits in showing diversity of consumers demands.Therefore further study on market segmentation basedon consumers needs and wants is needed.Keywords: apartments, multi-family housing, consumerdemandThe Conflicted American Dream:The Costs of Homeownership in aPredatory MarketDearborn, Lynne (University of Illinois – Urbana-Champaign) [Paper]Thomas Jefferson’s vision of citizen homeownersliving on individual plots of land is integral to theThematicAbstractsHousing246 May 2006Beyond Conflict 247

ThematicAbstractsHousingUnited State’s sense of itself as a democratic country(Wright, 1981). Today, homeownership is presentedas the panacea for poor housing quality and limitedwealth accumulation in minority households (Conley,1999). Community development professionalsalso rely on increasing homeownership to stabilizedistressed low-income and minority neighborhoods.Despite the history of discriminatory housing andlending policies and practices in the U.S., since 1990there has been a push to increase minority homeownershipthrough practices such as: modifications inunderwriting, down payment assistance programs,and sub-prime lending (Schoenholtz & Stanton,2001). The assumption that homeownership is bestwithout regard to situation or condition underliescurrent housing policy. In the present push to increasehomeownership, there is little discussion of the costsexacted from homebuyers with modest resources.With East St. Louis, Illinois, as the context, thispaper uses qualitative data collected through interviewswith county officials, lawyers, homeownershipcounselors, and minority victims of abusive lendingpractices, augmented by physical quality assessmentsof properties owned by low-income, minority homeowners,to address the questions: what are the costsfor homebuyers of the current push to increase lowincomeand minority homeownership in the U.S. andwhat interventions could improve outcomes overall?These questions are particularly relevant to communitydevelopment practice because much current redevelopmentand housing policy promotes low-incomeand minority homeownership to address existingneighborhood problems as well as redress historicalsocial and economic injustices. This paper builds onthe scholarly discussion of community reinvestment,fair lending, and abusive and predatory mortgagepractices provided by two recently published works:Credit to the Community, by Dan Immergluck andWhy the Poor Pay More, edited by Gregory Squires.However, while these works provide a foundation, thisstudy adds depth to the understanding of the impactof abusive and predatory lending on victims withregard to physical living conditions, and the physical,psychological, and economic health of individualsand households in targeted low-income and minorityneighborhoods. The study finds that while there aremany potential benefits for low-income homeownersand the neighborhoods they reside in, communitydevelopment professionals and policy makers wouldbe wise to cautiously enact low-income homeownershipprograms/policies. These programs are beneficialwhen bolstered by substantial homebuyer educationand counseling, and further augmented by educationand economic/job development programs.Keywords: low-income, housing (single-family),neighborhood/community planning, city planning,case studyCreativity in AddressingConflicts in Domestic DwellingNegreiros de Camargo, Erica (Sao Paulo University,Brazil) [Poster]Conflicts found in everyday actions in regards todomestic dwelling are attributable both to permeationby the outside world of the private sphere and to theact of sharing a single space with other individuals.These conflicts result in a creative process of equilibrium-seekingwhich is intrinsic to the experienceof domestic dwelling. The experiences of domesticdwelling that we collect throughout our lives comprisea system of personal information in the form ofvalues and behavior patterns. These are expressed inthe routine and essentially individual ways that weperceive and react to facts and conditions encounteredin our domestic environments. Once inside ourhomes, we evoke this system through everyday actionsand try to satisfy as far as possible our specific needs,expectations and aspirations in relation to our experienceof domestic dwelling. We take the physical environmentof our homes as the ideal place in which tolegitimate this system: this is where we justify our selfexpression,as revealed by the everyday application ofvalues we have gained and nurtured throughout ourlives, such as intimacy, privacy, territoriality, safety,comfort and aesthetics. Yet we are not able to carryout these individual patterns freely, because theyroutinely conflict with various impediments. Thesecan come either from the physical environment whereour homes lies, where outside factors interfere withour privacy, or from incompatible values and interestsbetween ourselves and those with whom we shareour living space. Anytime we are prevented from orlimited in applying our system of personal informationin our domestic dwelling, we face situations ofconflict which can be experienced internally and inrelation to other people, as well as in the physical andemotional realms. Any attempts to regain equilibriuminvolve rethinking meanings and values that compriseour standard systems, in a move that reorderswhile still preserving their capacity as the keepers ofour physical and emotional well-being. The conflictemerges precisely because of the difficulty we find inchanging our patterns. In the quest to regain equilibriumthrough our interactions within the physicalenvironment and with other individuals, alternativesto our formal behaviors and solutions emerge bymeans of a process that is clearly creative. Trough thisprocess, we create new forms of dwelling which resultfrom negotiating incompatibilities, changing thephysical space, and designing new spaces – whetherreal or projected – as mechanisms for the defense ofour identities. If these mechanisms fail we may evenphysically move away from the environment wherewe are experiencing this conflict. This paper arguesthat the creative process used to address our conflictsand restore our equilibrium, particularly in the faceof situations that challenge our systems of personalinformation, is inherent to the human experience andtherefore intrinsic to everyday domestic actions. Weresort to creativity to free ourselves of the structureswe have built from experiences throughout our livesand to regain our equilibrium, which is the ultimategoal of any wish we want fulfilled, work completedand problem solved.Keywords: conflict, domestic experience, creativity,equilibriumDesign for Public SpaceInteraction; Mitigating Conflictthrough Design for Experienceand Cultural ErgonomicsBrisby, Traci and Coleman, Jennifer (University ofCalgary) [Poster]In today’s world economy, ideas and designs fromone culture are readily transplanted and implementedto another, often with little transformation.Land development is one area where this often thecase, with foreign directed firms both financing anddeveloping a project. Often these transplanted designsolutions result in escalating existing conflicts and/orcreating new ones. In this design project, theoriesfrom Industrial design and Ergonomics are exploredto consider their potential to influence the qualitiesof interaction within public spaces; the design ofpublic artifacts shall provide the avenue of potentialinfluence. There are opportunities for the developmentof artifacts in public space as a means formitigating conflict by encouraging interaction andcreating a venue for developing a sense of community.Design for experience and cultural ergonomics cometogether to provide the theoretical direction for thisproject. Influence from Interactive Designers likeNathan Shedroff will open the dialogue with Designfor Experience. Where Shedroff’s ideas mainly focuson interactivity and design for experience in thecontext of the virtual world, this project is concernedwith the physical. Correlations with CulturalErgonomics will spring board from Michael Kaplan’swork, focusing on the neighborhood environmentrather than the work environment. The site of thisproject is an actual residential development in NewProvidence, Bahamas. The project makes reference toUniversity of Calgary, Alumni Glen Hougan’s work,‘Product Adaptation for the Chinese – a Frameworkand Guide’, with his framework providing directionin the context of the Bahamas.ThematicAbstractsHousing248 May 2006Beyond Conflict 249

ThematicAbstractsHousingDesired and Achieved Privacy inIntergenerational HomesGale, Amanda (Eastern Michigan University), andPark, Nam-Kyu (Michigan State University) [Paper]The growing population of persons ages 65 yearsand older is projected to reach 71.5 million by the year2030 (Administration on Aging, 2003). Within thispopulation family members will act as the primarycaregiver (Stewart-Pollack & Menconi, 2005), suggestingan increase in intergenerational homes. Thisstudy’s framework is based on Altman’s (1975) theoryof privacy. The purpose of this study is to understandhow the desired level of privacy differs from theachieved level of privacy for an aging parent and anadult child in an intergenerational home. This studyaimed to develop exploratory information regardingintergenerational home environments. Each intergenerationalfamily was considered uniquely by theuse of case studies. A mainly qualitative method wasused permitting the readers to hear the participantsthrough their own words. Descriptive statistics werealso utilized to support the conclusion drawn. Thetotal sample size consisted of ten families, 10 agingparents and 10 adult children, found in the greaterMid-Michigan area. Personal Semi-structuredinterviews were conducted separately with each agingparent and adult child. The findings show 70% of theaging parents and adult children in the sample attainedtheir desired level of privacy. In regard to actuallevel of privacy, 30% of the aging parents from thesample cited feeling isolated from having too muchprivacy, while 30% of the adult children cited feelingcrowded from having too little privacy. This studyprovided designers and others interested in intergenerationalfamily’s home environment informationabout how the home is used to achieve and maintainprivacy. Additionally this study can act as a platformfor further research in the interdisciplinary area ofhome environments for the aging.Eco-friendly Planning Featuresof Apartment Housing Complexesand the Environmental Attitudeof the Residents in KoreaLee, Jeeyoung; Lee, Yuensook; Lee, Soojin; and Oh,Soyeon (Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea) [Poster]Environmental attitude can be defined as “a learnedpredisposition to respond [in a] consistently favorableor unfavorable manner with respect to the environment”.Understanding and measuring environmentalattitudes have become gradually significant as thenumber of environmental conflicts have increasedthroughout Korea and the world. Paralleling anincrease in environmental conflicts is the growingtrend toward greater public involvement in how theseconflicts are handled. It was not until the last decadethat not only our nation’s policy agenda, but alsoenvironmental issues began to receive attention in thefield of housing industry. Growing acknowledgmentof the necessity of achieving more sustainable formsof housing development gave credence to underlyingview that has guided our relationship to the physicalenvironment. This study explores the environmentalattitude of eco-friendly apartment residents. To do so,the awareness of important environmental categoryand eco-friendly planning features and prioritiesfor spending were identified. A questionnaire surveywas employed. The questionnaire consisted of fortyfouritems, categorized by three dimensions suchas earth environment, neighborhood environment,and interior environment. Those three dimensionsreferred to the green building certification systems ofthe UK, Japan and Korea. The respondents were menand women older than 20 years, all residents of aneco-friendly apartment complex. Nine different complexeswere selected. One hundred and twelve caseswere identified for statistical data analysis using SPSSfor Win 12.0 program. Results are as follows: First,responses revealed that the residents considered interiorand earth environment more importantly thanneighborhood environment. The most significantlyperceived item in earth environment category wasconservative development in regards to preservationof existing natural resources. For the neighborhoodenvironment category, composition of sufficient greenspaces in neighborhood environment were identifiedas most important. Soundproof construction betweenfloor levels in interior environment was regarded asthe most important items in that category. Secondly,the residents who thought eco-friendly planningfeatures were most important were women, universitygraduates aged between 20’s and 30’s who earned$4ooo of monthly income. Thirdly, the residentsdemonstrated a willingness to pay for conservativedevelopment which would a) preserve natural resources,b) guarantee of pleasantness and sunshine intheir neighborhood environment and c) offer soundproofconstruction between floor levels. Even thoughenvironmental issues began to achieve a position inour nation's policy agenda during the last decade, themajor problems receiving attention tend to be limitedto air and water pollution, loss of aesthetic values, andresource (especially energy) conservation., not on theplanning features of built environment, especiallyhousing. Specific eco-friendly planning features arepresented based upon research results.Keywords: eco-friendly, environmental attitude,planning featuresedra’s Residential EnvironmentsNetwork – Scope, role, and futureOrganizer: Hadjiyanni, Tasoulla (University ofMinnesota) Participants: Ahrentzen, Sherry (ArizonaState University); Hadjiyanni, Tasoulla (Universityof Minnesota); Mazumdar, Sanjoy (Universityof California, Irvine); Null, Roberta (ProfessorEmeritus University of Miami); Pontikis, Kyriakos(Intercollege, Cyprus); Robinson, Julia (Universityof Minnesota); and Snowdon, Suzanne (WashingtonState University) [Workshop/Working Group]There appears to be a wide variety of backgrounds,interests, and concerns that falls under the umbrellaof EDRA’s Residential Environments Network (REN).Members range from students to practitioners, educatedin fields like design and anthropology. Members’interests can be anywhere from culture to universaldesign as they relate to suburban developments andhousing for special populations, both on a nationaland international level. As a result, many of REN’smembers are also committed to other EDRA networks.Such diversity among the Network membersbrings both challenges and opportunities. Some of thechallenges relate to fostering a sense of belonging byfinding common links among the members in a waythat engenders collaboration and interdisciplinaryventures. Inherent in this diversity is also the opportunityto explore issues surrounding residential environmentsthrough theories and methodologies not usedfor that purpose before. As it currently stands though,members of the Network have limited understandingof what the Network can do and how it can benefittheir endeavors. Understanding who the membersare, where do they come from, and why along withexploring ways by which to connect with other EDRAnetworks while maintaining REN’s separate identityare central to the Network’s potential to enact change.The proposed workshop is thereby perceived as an opportunityfor Network members and others interestedin residential environments to gather and criticallythink about the Network’s scope and role in an effortto frame a trajectory for the Network’s future. Theworkshop will begin with member-panelists sharingbrief insights on how their different areas of expertiseor professional affiliations relate to residentialenvironments: Sherry Ahrentzen on affordability andsustainability; Tasoulla Hadjiyanni on meaning andidentity; Sanjoy Mazumdar regarding cultural issues;Roberta Null on universal design; Kyriakos Pontikisin regards to housing construction; Julia Robinson onteaching; and Suzanne Snowdon speaking on neighborhoodand community design.Having these introductions as a base and drawingfrom the experience of its audience on researching,teaching, and practicing in residential environments,the discussion will concentrate on answering questionslike: ‘What constitutes residential environments?’,‘What are the backgrounds of the Network’smembers?’, ‘How can the Network reach diverse audi-ThematicAbstractsHousing250 May 2006Beyond Conflict 251

ThematicAbstractsHousingences?’, and ‘What kind of information can be disseminatedvia the Network’s resources?’. Participantswill engage in an exploration of the Network’s presentrole and strategize about the Network’s future role.Specific outcomes expected of this workshop include:1) Drafts of the Network’s mission and goals.2) A list of areas and types of positions/affiliationsthat are currently part of the Network. And,3) A list of areas and types of positions/affiliationsthat should be part of the Network.Armed with the above information, members of theNetwork can:1) Focus/expand their research, teaching, and serviceendeavors, and2) Form collaborations between academics, practitioners,and policy-makers they might not have beenpreviously considered.With these synergistic opportunities in mind, workshopparticipants can devise ways to better respond toissues concerning residential environments.Keywords: Housing, interdisciplinary, curriculumdevelopment, professional practice, design review.Effect of direct rays from the sunthrough a window on the sense ofrelaxationBarazawa, Natsuki and Hanyu, Kazunori (NihonUniversity, Japan) [Poster]The role of lighting in rooms has been changing. Inaddition to enough brightness to work, fitting to thesituation where lights are set is required for lighting.In an office, a classroom and a library, where peopledo mainly visual work (reading or writing) lightingshould provide enough brightness. On the other hand,in residential spaces brightness is not always requiredbecause it could prevent residents from being relaxedthere. An experiment controlling ceiling and wallillumination shows that control of wall illuminationwas more effective than the control of ceiling illuminationto raise raters’ satisfaction in relaxation spaces(Ishida and Inoue, 2001). In addition, a study examiningthe distribution of liked brightness shows thatheterogeneous illumination does not linearly heightenthe evaluation of “relaxation”: there is an optimalheterogeneity in relaxation (Lee, Ishihara, Hirate,and Yasuoka, 1997). Most studies on room lightingfocus on artificial illumination, but in real situations,the sunlight that comes from a window accounts forthe largest ratio of source of light. Thus, sunlight isan important element to investigate the lighting ofresidence spaces during the day. One study revealsthat direct rays from the sun through a window makeindividuals feel strongly refreshed and that as illuminationrises it provokes stronger feeling of refreshment(Kawai and Ishida, 2002). In the present studyI examine the effect of light from a window on therelaxation feeling of a person, especially focusing onthe seasonal effect of light quality.Keywords: relaxation, lighting design, residentialImpacts of Humidification with anAir Purifying Substance on NewHouse Syndrome SymptomsLee, Hyunjeong (The Housing and Urban ResearchInstitute of the Korea National Housing Corporation,Korea); Lee, Yeunsook; Cho, Jiyeon; and Lee,Yoojin (Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea) [Poster]Indoor air quality (IAQ) is often viewed as a byproductof industrialization that took place in the 20 thcentury. The great attention to IAQ has been gainedsince 1980s, and led to numerous research studies thathave mainly focused upon developed countries. Asthe development of residential environment in Koreaenters into the process of qualitative growth, IAQ isregarded as one of the core issues in the society, andthe research in relation to IAQ has been implementeduntil now only in the fields of engineering and medicalscience. It is widely known that the sources and effectsof indoor air pollution have been various, and IAQresearch with multidisciplinary approaches is required.Nevertheless, few research efforts are depend upona socio-behavioral approach to identify interveningmeasures and analyze resident choices in regards toIAQ. Many intervening measures are known, andsome very relevant products are available on themarket. It is significant to explore our behavioral approachto IAQ. The purpose of this study is to examinethe use of an interactive measure of residents in apartmentswhere air is purified with phytoncide (whichis now available on the market), and to investigateresidents self-reported effects of the air purifying substanceon New House Syndrome (NHS) symptoms.This study utilizes a field experiment with pre-testand post-test measures. A total of 87 test subjectsfrom 32 households with NHS were drawn viainternet, and participation was solely voluntary.The participants receive and use their air purifyingsubstance, and were asked to use it continuously fortwo weeks and identify any self-reported symptomsbefore and after product use. The participants wererequired not to use any alternatives to reducing theNHS symptoms during this time period, and to fillout the survey form regarding the self-reported symptoms.The respondents who were favorably chosenwere housewives who were more likely to spend muchof their time at home than any others in the family.Most of the participants were full-time housewiveswith college degrees. The family size ranged betweentwo and three persons. Before using the air purifyingsubstance, the participants suffered from a variety ofNHS symptoms itchy eye, runny nose, skin dryness,skin irritation, coughing, headache, and the like. Theresearch findings indicate that the respondents felt theair purification using phytoncide was effective in alleviatingtheir NHS symptoms. These responses werestatistically significant. The participants reportedthat the use of the air purification system producedpositive impacts on their daily life. Further researchis needed that compares this group with those onlyusing humidifiers and to evaluate mid-term and longtermuse of the air purification products and theireffectiveness. Given the results, this intervening measureserves as an alternative that reduces and helpsto alleviate NHS symptoms in circumstances wherespatial configuration or physical change is not allowed.With the growing concern of indoor air quality andthe increasing number of newly built houses, NHS isan important issue, and the choice of interventionsadopted by residents mainly depends upon their benefitand other characteristics. It is critical to scientificallyevaluate each intervention and its impacts onadverse health conditions.Keywords: indoor air quality, new house syndrome,air purification, residential environmentsIs Cohousing’s Promise of a Senseof Community More Like SocialChange?Torres-Antonini, Maruja (Iowa State University)[Paper]Cohousing is one solution that has been offered tosolve the misfit between current housing and socialpatterns (Weisman, 1992). Though conceived as apractical strategy to solve everyday problems withinthe neighborhood, cohousing attempts to recreate a“sense of community,” and in doing so, takes a step inthe direction of social change. The cohousing approachhas organizational, procedural, and physicalprescriptions including intentionality, democraticinclusion of residents, and development of a neighborhoodsupport network; strong resident participationand community self-governance; and subscriptionto “intentional neighborhood design” guidelinesfostering social and environmental sustainability(McCamant & Durrett, 1984). A two-year qualitative,participatory study of Lake Claire Commons, acohousing community located in Atlanta, was thecore of a dissertation research inscribed in the actionresearch process initiated by the cohousing residents.Observed and reported behaviors representing keycomponents of a sense of community were contrastedwith graphic and written data on the physical designof the community and interpreted in light of environmentalbehavior concepts, leading to validationof the hypothesis that in cohousing, lifestyle aspirationsof the residents fit tightly with the shape of theirbuilt environment. However, by showing disparity ineffect each of the neighborhood design features hadThematicAbstractsHousing252 May 2006Beyond Conflict 253

ThematicAbstractsHousingon delivering the cohousing promise – with density,inward-facing layouts, pedestrian circulation and theexistence of a common house generating the necessaryaffordances for social interaction but also setting stagefor a range of privacy conflicts – the study confirmedintentionality as being central to the cohousing model.The Lake Claire study suggested that residents derivetheir sense of community from having a physical settingthat addresses shared environmental and socialvalues, but also from the local community taking onmany of the roles traditionally assigned to the family,with day-to-day resident interactions involving mutualhelp, participation in community management,and conflict resolution through consensus decision-making.These behaviors suggest that residentspartake in a favor bank that builds social capital, gainpersonal empowerment, and embrace voluntary simplicityideals. Dissemination of the cohousing modelover the past twenty years allows to question that evenif individual cohousing communities are not expresslyideological or political (Scanzoni, 2000), their collectivemission to “build community one neighborhoodat a time” carries the implicit intent, and the potential,to propagate some small-scale, localized forms ofsocial change. Questions arise as to whether the personaland collective benefits had from a sense of communitycan be infused to the larger society; whetherthe bottoms-up process and personal empowermenthad in cohousing tend to subvert traditional socialstructures; and whether cohousing represents thespearhead of a movement of purposeful action towardsocial and environmental health. While researchersponder these issues, cohousing residents keep workingon the idea that individuals are accountable forshaping the domestic environment to ensure the wellbeingof theirs and future generations.Keywords: social issues, housing, neighborhood, actionresearch, cohousingMcMansions and Conflict: TheRegulation of Super-Sized HousesNasar, Jack; Evans-Cowley, Jennifer S.; Mantero,Vicente (The Ohio State University) [Paper]In the U.S., house sizes have grown, and the averagehousehold size and lot size has dropped (NationalAssociation of Home Builders, 2003; US Census,2003). The result: oversized houses labeled monsterhouses, starter castles, tract mansions, mega homes,and garage Mahals. We call them McMansions. Theycan be infill houses (tear downs and replacement, newhouses on vacant lots or additions, much larger thanthe houses nearby) or greenfield developments of newoversized houses. We use 3,000 square feet or larger asrepresenting a McMansion. In the U.S., that size is 30percent larger than the average new house and largerthan 80 percent of houses (U.S. Census, 2000).Only one study (Szold, 2005) examined oversizedhouses. It examined three cities to find what regulationsthey used. Neighbors most often complainedabout the duration of the project, removal of vegetation,loss of smaller, older or historic homes, size andcharacter of the house, and traffic and noise. We firstreviewed articles in major newspapers, from 1998to 2004, finding that 40 communities have adoptedpolicies for McMansions, and another 33 consideredadopting regulations, including controlling house size,lot coverage, design review, height controls).For a more systematic review, we obtained responsesfrom 103 U.S. cities (57 percent response rate)about the presence and extent of McMansion-typedevelopments and on their approaches to regulation.The results revealed that many cities have McMansionsbut few had adopted regulations. Controls mostoften involved controls limiting building height,followed by those using design review, bulk and masscontrols. Respondents judged the regulations as onlymoderately successful, although Floor Area Ratioand Design Review may work better than others. AsMcMansions continue to spread, communities willneed to develop more effective mechanisms to controlfor their negative impacts.Keywords: design review, neighborhood/community planning, housing, urban design, cityplanningResourcesNational Association of Home Builders. (2002). Characteristicsof new single-family homes (1987–2001).Retrieved June 25, 2004 from http://www.nahb.org/generic.aspx?genericContentID=374&sectionID=130&print=trueSzold, T. S. (2005). Mansionization and Its Discontents:Planners and the Challenge of RegulatingMonster Homes. Journal of the American PlanningAssociation 71(2), 189–231.US Census Bureau. (2003). Square footage of floorarea in new one-family houses completed. RetrievedJune 25, 2004 from http://www.census.gov/const/C25Ann/sftotalsqft.pdfThe Myth and Reality of Housingthe Poor through PublicParticipation in DhakaNahiduzzaman, Kh (Norwegian University of Scienceand Technology); Baudouin, Axel (NorwegianUniversity of Science and Technology) and Hasan,Musleh Uddin (Khulna University, Bangladesh)[Paper]In response to the increased rate of urbanization,RAJUK (Rajdhani Unnnayan Kartripakkhya), acapital development authority in Bangladesh, initiateda project adopting the state-of-the-art spatialapproach to growth as a strategy in its capacity as theexecutive body responsible for the preparation andimplementation of the Dhaka Metropolitan DevelopmentPlan (DMDP). In recognition of the importanceof the plan and in order to increase its implementability,public participation was considered oneof the most significant features in the DMDP. Further,public participation was considered an inevitable partof the consideration of planning standards, includingrecommendations at each stage from Structure Plan(SP) to Detail Area Plan (DAP). By nature urban planningis a complex mix of socio-economic and politicalphenomena which involves many theoretical aspectsand at the same time there are associated multifacetedfactors in its implementation. In the past there havebeen many efforts at planning and managing theurban areas in Dhaka, yet in most cases these effortswere focused on planning without consideration ofthe rapid changes taking place in socio-economiccontexts, the strength and capacity of the publicagencies concerned, or of the resources required. Thispaper is an assessment of the extent of inclusion ofthe public voice in the form of participation in theDAP, which is a reality on the ground. The DAP is anongoing project, and based on a survey and interviewsin the field this paper is an endeavour to identify thedifferences between theoretical practices as outlinedin the DMDP and the actual situation.Keywords: public participation, structure plan,urban area plan, detail area planRe-Thinking Consumerism –Material Possessions and IdentityConstruction in ResidentialEnvironmentsHadjiyanni, Tasoulla (University of Minnesota)[Paper]According to the National Retail Federation, thisHalloween, consumers, including both children andadults, are expected to spend an average of $43.57on everything from costumes to salt-and-peppershakers. Such spending patterns are to many anindication of American society’s consumeristicimpulses. Interviews with 15 Midwest familieshowever, revealed the role of seasonal decorations andmaterial possessions in the construction of identities,such as national, religious, family, and individualidentity. Designers who are cognizant of how post9/11, time-starved, and picture saturated familiesThematicAbstractsHousing254 May 2006Beyond Conflict 255

ThematicAbstractsHousinguse consumerism to build intense experiences thatcreate memories and identity definition can respondto this conflict with supportive design solutions. Theinterviews were undertaken in the homes of familyand friends of third-year architecture students atthe University of Minnesota. Interviewees includedmostly middle-class, married American womenliving in single-family houses in non-metropolitanareas of the Midwest. In addition to the interviews,students took photographs and documented the plansof houses. Questions asked included demographics;actual and preferred housing characteristics; spaceusage; meaning of home questions; and questions thataimed to uncover the relationship between residentialdesign and identity facets, like ‘How do you feel yourhouse reflects you as an American?’ and ‘Which, ifany, of your personal values do you see your houseexpressing and how?’. Consumerism was identifiedas the driving force in American society by almosthalf of our interviewees. Decorations and materialpossessions, such as seasonal and religious items,travel memorabilia, and gifts were however, tied tomeanings of home. Similarly, the ability to decorateand personalize the spaces they lived in contributed tofeelings of independence, individuality, and freedom,privileges earned through their American nationality.In particular, seasonal decorations and relatedfurniture/accessories included those celebrating thefour seasons; national holidays like July 4; religiousholidays, like Christmas and Easter; special days likeValentines, Halloween, and Thanksgiving as well asbirthdays. They could be found in both exterior andinterior spaces and they could take various forms,like the American flag flown in the front yard; theChristmas tree in the living room; special dinnerwarein the dining room; towels in the bathrooms; andbed coverings in the bedrooms. Some were of apractical nature since they supported changes in thecooking, eating, and socializing patterns of families– barbeque grills and outdoor furniture used duringthe summer months for example. Others were simplydecorative, like candle holders, pictures, and pillows.Storage for items not in use took place primarily ingarages, attics, and basements. Almost half of ourinterviewees though were unsatisfied with the storageof their homes, wishing for more flexibility andaccessibility. Having lots of storage was for many animportant characteristic of their ideal house. Amidstenvironmental concerns and rising construction costs,the challenge to designers concerned with enablingfamilies to construct their sense of connectedness isfinding creative storage solutions which are affordableand sustainable.Keywords: Meaning, identity, programming,housing, interdisciplinarySelf-Reported Symptoms ofNew House Syndrome andResidents’ ReponsesChang, Jeehae (Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea);Lee, Yeunsook (Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea);Lee, Hyunjeong (The Housing and Urban ResearchInstitute of the Korea National Housing Corporation,Seoul, Korea); and Lee, Sunmin (Yonsei University,Seoul, Korea) [Poster]As the number of new housing has been notably increasingin the past years, the use of synthetic materialshas caused residents moving into a new house to experienceso-called New House Syndrome (NHS). Theterm New House Syndrome is similar to Sick BuildingSyndrome, a sickness caused by toxic materials in theair in newly constructed buildings. The clinical symptomsof NHS include itchiness, dizziness, headaches,skin irritation, and the degree varies according to theindividual. Despite the increasing awareness of NHS,there have been only a few research studies on residentswith NHS symptoms and the effectiveness their owninterventions on their symptoms. The focus of thisstudy is on the NHS symptoms reported by residentsmoving into newly built houses and interventions thatthey consider to be effective in alleviating their symptoms.This study utilizes the Environmental StressModel as a conceptual framework to examine stressorsas an impetus that initiates human well-being andcoping. According to this model, the NHS is a stressor,and the outcome is residents behavioral choice in responseto their environmental constraints. A questionnairesurvey was created for this study, and a total of170 residents in 126 apartments (all newly built after2001) in the Seoul Metropolitan Areas, participated inthis research. The participants were randomly selectedand divided into two comparison groups. Questionsincluded when symptoms arose after moving, interiormaterials, lifestyle, adverse health effects, and interventivemeasures used to cope with NHS. More than halfof the respondents were middle-aged, full-time housewiveswith college degree. Also, most of the householdsparticipating in this survey had either one or twochildren. The research findings show that the adversehealth effects had become prominent among theresidents shortly after moving into newly built houses.The majority of the residents in new houses reporteddiscomfort and health complaints such as ocular, nasal,throat, cough, facial, dermal, headache, fatigue, dizziness,tiredness and difficulties in concentrating. Themost common symptoms were eye irritation and odorannoyance. The results indicate that the NHS symptomswere discernible among family members whospend more time at home (e.g., full-time housewives,infants, and the elderly). For the families sufferingfrom NHS, interior finishes (e.g., flooring, wall-papers,and furnishing) were composed of synthetic materialsand toxic adhesives. Also, the respondents sufferingfrom NHS pointed out that NHS symptoms had aninfluence on their daily lives, and that their lifestylehad changed (e.g., use of environmentally friendlymaterials, health-wise products, frequent ventilation,water purification system, air purifier, and indoorplants). Most of the respondents with NHS reportedutilizing multiple interventions at the same time, andrespondents were very conscious about hygiene andventilation. Although many of the respondents werewell aware of NHS, their interventions depend upontheir lifestyle and vary according to the seriousness ofthe symptoms. Most of the respondents only soughtintervening measures towards NHS which had an indirectand gradual effect on alleviating the symptoms,and only a limited number of the respondents soughtclinical measures to cope with NHS.Keywords: New House Syndrome, multi-family,apartments, indoor air qualitySpace Norms of Korean HouseholdsYang, Sehwa (University of Ulsan, Korea), and Oh,Chanohk (Inje University, Korea) [Poster]In general, the space norms, which show the amountof space needed by a family, are measured throughhousehold size and family compositions. Furthermore,the families’ reactions on the appropriateness of spaceare cultural and psychological, depending on theoverall conditions of households. This study examinesthe space norms of Korean households. In detail, thecurrent conditions of space of Korean households werecompared with Japanese and the US using the censusdata of population and housing for each country. Theeffects of space norms and deficits on propensity tomove in Korea were analyzed using empirical data collectedin 2002. According to the Census of Populationand Housing in Korea, the housing size per householdhas increased from 41.4 in 1975 to 63.1 in 2000. Thenumber of rooms per household has increased significantlyfrom 2.3 in 1975 to 3.4 in 2000. This is a greaterincreasing rate than that of Japan or US. Although, thenumber of residents per room has decreased to a greatextent from 2.3 in 1975 to 0.9 in 2000, this is still largerthan the 0.59 from Japan or that of US. According tothe analysis of empirical data, approximately 89.5% ofthe sample replied that having 3–4 bedrooms as thecultural space norm for an ordinary Korean household.A large number of respondents, 83.3% reportedthat they would prefer 3–4 bedrooms. The differencesbetween norms and preferences can be consideredas being caused by various constraints of households.Households actually having 3–4 bedrooms, however,were only 42.5%, and 52.1% of the sample reportedexperiencing space deficits. The result of a regressionanalysis of the propensity to move shows that younghouseholds are more likely to have space deficiencies.The propensity to move to larger housing areas wasalso apparent if the space provided was inadequate.One of the most significant indicators of housingqualities, space in a dwelling, influences a householdshousing satisfaction and most of the decision makingrelated to housing. Furthermore, it also contributes forThematicAbstractsHousing256 May 2006Beyond Conflict 257

ThematicAbstractsHousingthe comfort of the housing. Recently, the size of ordinaryhousing units in Korea has increased constantly.This improvement in the living standard, causedby the economic development and the increase inhousehold income, has augmented the preferences forspacious housing followed by a growth in space norms.Therefore, housing supply and policies based on suchtrends are needed for the efficient implementation.Keywords: space norms, korean households, spacedeficits, propensity to moveTransformation of the Built Environmentand Vernacular HousesYamacli, Rusen (Anadolu University, Turkey) {Paper]In architectural design, there is a dialectic relationshipbetween form \ indicators and context \ descriptions.At the outset, place is presented as a given,spontaneously experienced totality, and at the endit appears as a structured world, illuminated by theanalysis of the aspects of space and character. Thequalities, which traditionally distinguished humansettlements, have been corrupted or have got irreparablylost. Reconstructed or new towns also look verydifferent from the places of the past. In the historicalenvironment, the physical characteristics that determinedistricts are thematic continuities. History canbe a useful source for design ideas. The past, with itsmany wonderful examples of city development, canbe a source of great inspiration. The historic citieshave a lot of importance; it is “image quality” of acity. There are a lot of ancient human settlementsin Anatolia, which belong to human heritage. Thephysical environment that surrounds this settlementfound its identity with the myths of the cultures thatlived on this land. The protection and conservationof the historical and natural environment is ourresponsibility for the sake of next generation. Theconcept of conservation has been found its identityin the international platform. The determinationof conservation concept according to the internationalrules is not enough for the conservation to besuccessful. Formulating a heritage policy, decidingwhich things and places to conserve, where and howto conserve them, what story to tell about them, andto whom, must depend on knowing what is perceivedas valued heritage and why it is considered important.The future of heritage depends on its past.Keywords: historical design, identity, participation,human activities and built environmentUsing Q-Sort to Evaluate EnvironmentalComponents of HomeWebb, Jennifer; Smith, Korydon; and Miller, Nancy(University of Arkansas) [Poster]People’s feelings and perceptions about the builtenvironment are difficult to elicit. Not only are therealmost limitless numbers of variables but the designerresearchermust also account for subjective interpretationsof the end user or client. Data collectionmethods do not typically allow for these subjectivequalities to be measured. The purpose of this posterpresentation is to explain the q-sort method of datacollection, provide an example of ongoing researchproject relative to the built environment, and allowparticipants an opportunity to experience the methodfor him/her. The q-sort method was developedby William Stephenson (1953) and was specificallyintended to provide a rigorous model for researchingthe inherent subjectivity of opinions. McKeown andThomas (1988) summarize the q-sort experienceas the subject modeling “his or her subjective pointof view on the issue at hand by rank-ordering thestimuli along a continuum defined by a conditionof instruction.” This method has been used to betterunderstand “aesthetic judgment, poetic interpretation,perceptions of organizational role, political attitudes,appraisals of health care, experiences of bereavement,perspectives on life,” etc. (Schmolck, 2005). In theq-sort method, the research subjects are presentedwith a range of comments or images for sorting. Thecomments/images are often replicated from previousresearch in order to ground the topic at hand. Therank ordering is qualified by “most like” to “leastlike” or “most agree” to “least agree.” While sortingmethods have been used in environmental research,the q-sort method has not been widely utilized. Recently,Demir (2005) used a triad method to investigateperceived differences in walking environmentsutilizing different scenarios. In this instance, theresearcher forced the subjects to separate one imagefrom a group of three and explain why they felt it wasdifferent from the remaining two images. Marsden(1999) most closely utilized the q-sort method, askingparticipants to sort images of assisted living facadesalong a continuum of most to least home-like. Thisposter will provide examples of a q-sort project relativeto the concept of home. The project uses imagesselected from a set of photos generated by olderadults and will illustrate the sorting process relativeto “home-likeness.” Graphic images of the sortingprocess and the analysis of the results will be exhibited.A hands-on demonstration will provide participantswith an opportunity to better understand themeasurement of subjectivity.Keywords: Meaning, place attachment, elderly, residential,qualitative researchThematicAbstractsHousing258 May 2006Beyond Conflict 259

ThematicAbstractsNature &EcologyNature & EcologyThe Evaluation of RoadsideVegetation: Effects ofbackground and of viewpoint ofparticipants as walkersSaito, Yasutaka and Hanyu, Kazunori (Nihon University,Japan) [Poster]Although trees and plants improve the impression ofthe landscape in general, not all of them are preferred.One study evaluated preference for a single tree form,concluding that trees having larger canopy werepreferred. But in the real world, typically a numberof trees can be found together as in woods and otherplanted group foliage. Among roadside vegetation,woods or groupings is often the case. When evaluatingtrees as roadside vegetation, background effectis rarely considered. Even if the same stimulus isevaluated, there can be a difference of opinion linkedto the background and its effects on one’s impression.Roadside scenes were evaluated as more natural whenvegetation was increased in the artificial background,but the increase of roadside vegetation often decreasedone’s perception of naturalness in regards to selectinga natural background. The viewpoint of appraiseralso influences the impression of scenes. Roadsidevegetation was highly preferred by walkers becauseof its amenity, but less preferred by drivers because ofits invisibility from a roadway. Few studies includingthe viewpoint of walkers have been conducted. In thisstudy, we research the impression of roadside vegetationto examine the impact of background conditionsand the viewpoint of walkers.Keywords: assessment, outdoor environments,background, viewpoint as walkersThe Everyday: Conflict andContext in the Built EnvironmentDunn, Matthew (Louisiana State University)[Poster]“The everyday is covered by a surface: that ofmodernity. News stories and the turbulentaffectations of art, fashion, and event veilwithout ever eradicating the everyday blahs.Images, the cinema and television divert theeveryday…at times offering up to it its ownspectacle, or sometimes the spectacle of thedistinctly no everyday: violence, death, catastrophe,the live of kings and stars – those whoare led to believe defy everydayness.”— Henri LefebvreThe Everyday & EverydaynessDoes it take a major catastrophic event, such asHurricane Katrina, to understand the role that ‘theeveryday’ takes in shaping and influencing our lives,practice, and the built environment? The everyday isboth a set of potential influences for practice and asite/context/venue for practice. Our day to day activitiesand routines exist in the background of our mindsand don’t become evident until they are disrupted andthrust to the foreground. Everything we have takenfor granted becomes a major event in our lives. Theeveryday has been disrupted and shaken us out of ourbanality and boredom. Everything reverberates; theeveryday has a prolonged and/or continuing effects.Steven Ross contends, “Seeing the world around you,rather than floating through it like a robot, alerts theeye, jolts the brain – and challenges society by shiningthe light of authentic discovery and awareness uponseemingly mundane aspects of social interaction,technology, and the built environment”. A disruptionin the everyday allows the chance to analyze potentialitiesfor transformation. Can we be self reflective,broadening our interaction and participation withinthe spaces created by ‘the everyday’? Utility poles andbillboards, sidewalks and driveways, vacant lots andparking lots – these everyday features have an significantarchitectural and spatial impact, influencing howa building relates to its context. As geographer LarryR. Ford argues, “Architectural histories and guidebookstell us surprisingly little about the character ofAmerican cities because they concentrate on buildingstaken out of context, buildings divorced from space”.How do we design within the context of the everyday?How long does it take for the new and touted buildingor spaces to fade into our subconscious and becomepart of our ‘everyday’? Do buildings that stand out inour minds do so because they are so out of context inthe built environment? How does the designer locatethemselves within the potential influence and/orcontext of the everyday?Keywords: aesthetics/meaning/assessment; architecture;interior design; anthropology/sociology/psychology;theory/conceptualizationLandscape as Maker of Identity: ACase Study of Le Corbusier’s CapitolComplex in Chandigarh, IndiaVerma, Amitabh (University of Georgia) [Paper]Of all the significant design movements to haveemerged in the previous century, Modernism standsout from the others in the universal impact it has hadin the fields of design and planning. Arising concomitantlywith the world-changing political eventsof the 1930s, 40s, and 50s, Modernism forecast a newworld order and a new way of life that would unify thevarious peoples of the world by its universal appealand applicability. While the impact of Modernism onarchitecture requires no explanation, the import andmeaning of Modernist planning remains a questionunaddressed. Primarily, this stems from a paucity ofnew cities built according to these principles, whichhas meant a shortage of case studies which could bestudied to assess the validity of the planning principlesand their success or failures. In light of this situation,Chandigarh, India, has an invaluable position asa rare example of a newborn city, laid out on a blankcanvas, embodying the futuristic, egalitarian andfunctional ideals of Modernism. Further import isadded by the fact that it was designed by no other thanLe Corbusier, the foremost proponent of Modernism.This paper examines the identity of Chandigarhtoday, in light of two conflicts – the first, betweenModernist theories of planning and what we valuetoday as context, and the second, the continuingprocess of the city trying to belong, to shed its air offoreign-ness, and the corresponding attempts to makeit Indian. The problems that characterize the city arebest embodied in the Capitol Complex, the administrativecity center personally designed by Le Corbusier.Although the buildings are justly recognized as worksof architectural genius, the complex as a whole failsto create the desired re-assuring environment for thecommon man, and fails to represent the unhinderedaccess to the government, meant to characterizeindependent India. Instead the buildings are stark andoverbearing, alien in form and the inhospitable plazain which the buildings are situated conveys alienationand ‘unreachability’ rather than the desired outcomeof access and intimacy. Neither the components northe whole project contain anything Indian in nature.This study seeks to provide a possible solution thatwould make the character of the city more Indian,as well as to ameliorate the built environment toengender a relationship with its citizens. It proposes acomprehensive landscape plan for the Capitol Complexand as a future corollary, one for the city. Thesuggested solution results came from a process of datacollection and analysis that included site visits, onsitedocumentation, and interviews with residents and cityplanning officials, in addition to drawing on conventionalpublished sources. The plan envisions usingtraditional Indian plans and native vegetation, whichhave historical, social, or religious connotations forthe local community, to impart a unique and “Indian”character to the Capitol Complex, and to counteractthe perceived foreignness of all buildings. Simultaneously,it achieves the greening of the paved plaza tocreate a welcoming environment for visitors whichThematicAbstractsNature &Ecology260 May 2006Beyond Conflict 261

ThematicAbstractsNature &Ecologywill possibly transform its identity from an area thatplays no part in the civic life of the average resident toa noteworthy recreational destination.Keywords: international planning, nature andecology, landscape architecture, case studyNeighborhood Satisfaction,Physical & PerceivedNaturalness & OpennessHur, Misun and Chun, Bumseok (The Ohio StateUniversity) [Paper]This study is part of a broader conceptual model ofneighborhood satisfaction. It centers on two variables:naturalness and openness. The study uses two kindsof measures: physical measures (using maps, satelliteimages, and GIS analysis); and perceived measuresfor those features and homeowner’s satisfaction froma 2004 survey of 837 respondents. The study hasfour hypotheses. First, the physical and perceivedmeasures are correlated. Second, neighborhoodsatisfaction increases with the amount of vegetationcoverage and open space in the neighborhood.Third, neighborhood satisfaction increases withperceived naturalness and openness. And fourth,neighborhood satisfaction increases as distance toan open space network decreases. Physical measuresinclude vegetation cover rate within the neighborhoodsettings (from satellite images) and amount of openspace and distance to the open space network inFranklin County, Ohio (from maps and aerial photos).The subjective measures include ratings of naturalnessand openness, satisfaction with those elementsand overall satisfaction with neighborhood (from2004 Homeowner’s satisfaction survey data). Thecorrelations between physical and perceived measuresand the relationship between them and with theneighborhood satisfaction are analyzed. The resultssupport the proposed hypotheses.Keywords: physical measures, perceived measures,neighborhood satisfaction, naturalness, opennessPersonal Conflict to DesignMedia: Landform as a Metaphorfor ExperienceButler, Peter (Iowa State University) [Paper]This project is a part of Landscape Architecturecourse #281, Investigating Landscape Constructions, acomponent of the Iowa State University landscape architectureprogram’s first semester. The first semesterincludes six weeks of travel from the headwaters of theMississippi River to the Gulf of Mexico. This projectbuilds on the students’ experiences of landform andtopography while traveling from Lake Itasca, Minnesotato Burlington, Iowa. It seeks to expose students tothe use of landform to communicate a personal storythrough landform design. The project investigates thepsychological impacts and expressions (Kaplan andKaplan, etc.) of a variety of landforms.Students are required to keep a personal journal(LA 241) during the trip. With these journals as aguide, students designed a landscape that reflectedtheir psychological journey. The landform regionsthat they experienced may be considered emotionalor psychological landscapes. The gently rolling hillsof the Iowan surface may elicit feelings of calmand tranquility; the hummocky hills of Minnesotamay elicit feelings of emotional ups and downs;the severe bluffs of the Paleozoic Plateau may elicitfeelings of danger, high energy and extreme highsand lows. These landform regions served as media indesigning meaningful landscapes that communicatedclearly their personal journey. Precedents for thedesign were extracted from the site visits duringthe travel portion of the semester. The whimsicalabstraction of drumlins at Federal Courthouse Plazain Minneapolis designed by Martha Schwartz; theelegance of the earthen mounds designed and builtby Eastern Woodland Indians at Effigy MoundsNational Monument; the rigid symmetry of thehardscape ziggurats at Loring Park Greenway by M.Paul Friedburg revealed to the students the potentialfor landform as a design media. Students foundtext from their travel journals that revealed threemoments of emotional transition. They chose threedifferent landform regions that evoked the emotionthat they felt at that time of the journey. They choseone cultural landform (mound, road, railroad, weir,dam, lock, levee, jetty, wing dam, etc.) for use intheir designs. Students were required to connect thethree landform models seamlessly. They defined awater course, as a path, through their landforms;and imagined themselves, or others, experiencingthe place as a drop of water, flowing through thepsychological landscape of their design, experiencingthe landforms of the journey. Fragments of text takenfrom journals were presented as a part of their finalcomposition. The landform projects were built of clayand recorded with ink on Mylar.Keywords: environmental psychology, outdoor environments,qualitative research, landscape architecture,pedagogySiting a Costal Trail: APhenomenological ApproachKocher, Sara; Toker, Zeynep; and Di Leo, Jeanette(Sara Kocher Consulting, San Louis Obispo, CA)[Poster]The purpose of this project is to explore alternativesfor siting a coastal trail through San Luis ObispoCounty, California. This project was funded by SanLuis Obispo County Parks in response to a statewideinitiative to establish a coastal trail that stretches theentire length of the California coast. Consideringthe diversity of user groups for a coastal trail, theunderlying approach in this research project wasto rely on the experiences of a range of individualsrepresenting user groups of equestrians, pedestriansand cyclists, along with resource managers. Asthe interpretive study of human experience,phenomenology is especially accommodating forthis project, since phenomenological studies revisitthe immediate experience of real-world situationsto provide possibilities for emerging new patternsand structures (commonalities), which are inclusiveof bodily, intuitive, emotional and transpersonaldimensions. In-depth interviews integrated withbase maps were used to allow informants to developpersonal maps of the proposed trail. The base mapsshow existing roadways, gross land ownership,beaches and other coastal features for 100 miles ofcoastline at a scale of 1:36,000 in rural areas and 1:9000 in urban areas. Key informants were selectedfrom each user group according to their roles incommunity advisory groups and land managementagencies. Two key informants were identified andcontacted in each group. The informants wereinvited to identify an ideal route on the map fromthe perspective of their mode of transportation andto describe how that might relate to the experiencesof other potential user groups. In doing so, eachinformant was invited to revisit prior experiencesof the coast. The geographic characteristics of thecoastline represented on the base map provided theprimary interview prompts. The informants wereencouraged to identify relevant issues and to refer topersonal experiences. Each interview lasted abouttwo hours. Despite the diversity of experience, certaincommonalities emerged. Since all user groups needstaging areas, nodes of convergence surfaced withsimilar concerns. All interviewees referred to practicalneeds, aesthetic preferences and safety concernsrelated to the nodes of convergence. On the otherhand, the pathways between these nodes diverged fordifferent user groups in different parts of the trail.These divergences were related both to topographicaland surface requirements and to beliefs about otheruser groups. As the final product of this researchproject, the idealized trails and quotations from theinterviews were integrated on composite GIS maps.The composite maps are invaluable in communicatingboth the diversity of the user groups’ experiencesand the commonalities emerging from them. Theapproach used in this research is an alternative formof public participation that uses geographic anchorsto identify user preferences and to communicatepotential resource conflicts.Keywords: parks and recreation, coastal trail, equestrians,pedestrians, cyclists, phenomenology, mapping,resource management.ThematicAbstractsNature &Ecology262 May 2006Beyond Conflict 263

ThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesignParticipatory DesignBeyond Conflict in ParticipatoryCommunity Research & DesignOrganizer: Manzo, Lynne (University of Washington).Panelists: Owens, Patsy Eubanks (Universityof California – Davis, CA); Rottle, Nancy (Universityof Washington, WA); Rula Awwad-Rafferty(University of Idaho); and Paxson, Lynn (Universityof Iowa, IA) [Workshop/Working Group]This workshop will explore whether, how, and inwhat contexts participatory research and design strategiesmay be employed for positive community change.In particular we will examine the dynamics, strengthsand unique dilemmas of citizen participation in amulticultural context. In what ways is participationused and how can community involvement facilitatecommunity development efforts? How can we employdemocratic processes and manage the conflicts thatthey may create? These questions can be even morepressing in the educational context, as communitydesign studios and grounded action research projectsmust negotiate competing requirements, timeframesand overlapping but distinct purposes. Consequently,this workshop will consider the pedagogy of communityresearch and design, and how they involve, createand transcend community politics and conflict. Panelistswill discuss the dynamics of participation withintheir own projects, but the workshop aims to fosteractive participation and discussion by all attendees.Manzo will address the unique challenges and benefitsof working with communities that are geographicallyand/or culturally distant from students’ own throughdiscussion of two projects in the Pacific Northwest.One project focused on neighborhood revitalizationefforts in Seattle’s Chinatown-International District,and the other focused on the development of affordablehousing for Latino farmworkers in the Yakima Valleyof Washington State. Together, these projects illustratethe complexities of participatory research and designin a multicultural context, and the challenges of bothuniversity-community collaborations and researchdesignintegration. Owens will discuss the redesign of acommunity park in a culturally diverse neighborhoodin Davis, California. As a collaborative effort amongthe UC-Davis landscape architecture program, localhigh school students, a design office and the ParksDepartment, this project illustrates how a design studiocan help introduce professionals to a community andintroduce the community to a design project. Both universityand high school students provided critical informationto the consultants that led to a clearer understandingof community concerns and built trust in theconsultants’ and park officials’ design objectives. Rottlewill reflect on an interdisciplinary planning studio conductedthrough the University of Washington, whichhelped a community in Alaska to redefine its concernsand to find solutions that transcended polarized ideologies.While the “client” asked students to use traditionalplanning tools to manage growth pressures, in participatoryworkshops the class heard community concernsabout threats to the town’s historical identity, agriculturallands, and perceived property rights. The students’outsider status enabled them to propose innovative,conciliatory solutions that residents have embraced,potentially propelling the community beyond conflict.Awwad-Rafferty will highlight a community designand service studio project that became the catalyst forintegration of instruction, scholarship, and outreachpartnership between Shoshone Bannock tribes and theUniversity of Idaho. The dynamic and powerful natureof this project afforded a canvas for alternative pointsof view, conflict, innovation, and application of ethics,paradigms, and processes. The research and design of aplace to honor veterans and tribes has empowered bothstudents and tribes, and facilitated culturally basedproblem solving and communication that followed onShoban traditions of “learning” and “teaching.” Paxsonwill be the session discussant.Keywords: participation, culture, social issues,preservation/restoration, children/youth, sustainabilityCommunity Design: Conflictsbetween the designers’ ideology &community needsOchieng, Crispino (Jomo Kenyatta University ofAgriculture and Technology, Kenya) [Paper]During the course of observing and participatingin several community design projects for housing inNairobi, Cape Town and two other towns, it becameclear that the use of the term “community design” is afallacy that does not reflect the actual source of decision-makingideas. In this paper it is being argued thatalthough the community participants could believetheir suggestions are being incorporated into the design,the truth of the matter is that the same informationis carefully being used to arm-twist them and inthe end to make them to adopt some of the designers’original ideas. This is due to the designers’ a priorimindset that basically and continuously informs thedesign brief and is ultimately relied on by the designer.This knowledge serves to create an imprint on thecommunity mind. To achieve this, several manipulationstrategies are adopted. For example, important informationthat would nullify some of the suggestionsby the community participants would be droppedduring the discussion if and when necessary. In onecase, when community participants floated a suggestionfor a three-bedroom house, the designer tactfullybrought in the information on the cost of constructinga conventional three-bedroom house. This was prohibitive,and he inquired how they would raise such ahuge sum of money. In the end, the idea was droppedand finally a single-bedroom house was agreed on.The consensus was reached after several sessions.Being poor and at times not well informed, most of thecommunity participants would in the end buy into theideas of the designer without being aware of it.Very soon, some of the shortcomings of this kindof approach in housing would become apparent. Forexample, in one of the communities where 35 houseswere being finished, a majority of the proposedbeneficiaries told a researcher working in the communityof their inability to repay the proposed costof an individual house. They were self-employed anddepended on unreliable income. They were afraid thatin the end they could end up losing the houses. Soonthe community-designed houses were set to become asource of stress. They also opined that the number offunctional spaces did not effectively serve their needs.This study concluded that community design inhousing is both a farce and a wishful thinking. Incommunity design, the designer is strongly influencedby the background that (s)he uses to manipulate theparticipants while pretending otherwise, rather thanincorporating the community participant suggestions.In addition, it concluded that housing is a personalactivity and would better be viewed at an individuallevel. Apart from some of the general functionalneeds that it serves, it first and foremost should servethe individual needs.Keywords: Community, participation, a priori,housing, manipulationExploring Suburban Alternativeswith Students: West Liberty, IowaHohmann, Heidi and Rogers, Carl (Iowa State University)[Paper]Housing studios are a common component oflandscape architecture curricula, and precepts ofNew Urbanism, sustainable landscape design, “smartgrowth,” and ecological conservation are routinelyincorporated into student designs. However, suchideas are more difficult to incorporate into “realworld” land subdivision. This paper examines astudio project based on a developer’s request to IDROto provide ideas on innovatively and sensitively subdividing80 acres of farmland in West Liberty, Iowa,a small town evolving into a bedroom communityfor adjacent Iowa City. The resulting 8-week studentproject provided the developer with multiple alterna-ThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesign264 May 2006Beyond Conflict 265

ThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesigntive visions of future land development. In order toavoid perceived conflicts with the local professionaldesign community, the project emphasized ideageneration and conceptual design in the scope ofwork, and students were encouraged to provide a fullrange of options for the 80 acres. This paper evaluatesthe project in two primary ways. First we examine itspedagogical effectiveness in educating students aboutthe “real world” aspects of land subdivision, and wehope a student will participate in this presentation.Second, we examine the effect of the project on theclient and determine how the project changed theultimate course of the parcel’s development.Keywords: participation, outdoor environments,qualitative research, landscape architecture, curriculumdevelopmentFactors Determining BehaviorDealing With Conflict ofOpinions in Decision Making for aCommunity Development SchemeKumazawa, Takayuki (Okayama Prefectural University,Japan) [Poster]The author proposed that a process in consensusbuilding activity during participatory planning is aspiral transition, which has three steps spiraling froman abstract stage to a concrete stage of communitydevelopment schemes. Then, the author demonstratedthat the structure of each stage in the spiral transitionprocess was similar, and the factors in each step wereas follows: firstly, when people received informationabout the schemes, the factors were personal involvement,source expertise, and message effectiveness;secondly, when people advanced their understandingof the schemes, the factors were clarity of the scheme,individual benefit, social norms, assumed term withinwhich a project was completed, and possibility ofrealizing a project; thirdly, when people discussedand evaluated the schemes together with others, thefactors were individual benefit, social norms, embodimentof goals, and inclination towards the group. Inthe following phase, opinions are integrated graduallyor their views are widely different from each other.This paper demonstrated factors required in behaviordealing with conflict of opinions in decisionmaking for a community development scheme. Theauthor held a workshop for local residents to discussthe prospects for the future of their neighborhood,established a hypothesis based on their evaluationsafter the workshop, and investigated factors using adesign of experiment based on the hypothesis. Theexperiments were conducted by using a four-waylayout ANOVA. Results demonstrated that factors inbehavior dealing with conflict of opinions in decisionmaking were profit, loss, framing effect, risk, andlocus of control, and that the tendency on the aspectof profit was opposite to the tendency on the aspect ofloss. In detail, on the aspect of profit, internal personshad positive evaluations on behavior dealing withlarge profit, positive framing effect, and avoidance torisk. On the other hand, on the aspect of loss, externalpersons had positive evaluations on behavior dealingwith small loss profit, negative framing effect, and orientationto risk. A promoter of community planningshould take profit, loss, framing effect, risk, and locusof control into consideration.Keywords: Consensus building, subjective evaluation,conflict, decision making, community, participationIdentifying Conflict:Visualizing ChangeTorres-MacDonald, MaryAlice and Shacklette, Ben(Texas Tech University) [Paper]Community design involves a continual transformationof place. The process typically involvesone of two directives. Either a community problemis identified and the design solution brings about aresolution that involves creating a new opportunityfor positive change, or no specific problem is evident,but a clear opportunity exists through design. Thispaper focuses on the comparison between two projectsin the West Texas cities of Canyon and Snyder asa vehicle for understanding the resolution of conflictoften experienced in community design. The two casestudies demonstrate how traditional methods, suchas the hand-built model and sketching, can be usedin conjunction with computer generated imaging,ensuring community involvement and support acrossthe broadest range possible. Media methods areexplained in relation to the specific criteria addressedin each project. The projects were undertaken by thecollege’s Community Design Laboratory. An importantacademic element of the Laboratory is the abilityto use the experience and lessons of previous projectsto inform the solutions for future projects, thereby enhancingthe learning experience for the students andadvancing the intellectual knowledge base of the Laboratory.A variety of media are integral in the expressionof architectural ideas, but the technique selectedfor visualization in community design is particularlycritical as a communication tool with the potential toestablish community consensus. The decisions madeabout the forms of graphic representation are criticalto the resolution of the design problems identified.Community participants engage the new design andpotential change in a variety of ways; therefore, a varietyof visualization media can be utilized to enhancethe participatory 2 process. Both projects involveda conflict in design identified by the community, itsaffects on the community’s identity, and utilizeda variety of graphic techniques towards a proposedresolution. In each community, the process for communitydesign was integral to the development ofdesign solutions. The community participants wereable to identify, in general terms, the design problemsthat needed resolution, but their ability to support thechange was compromised by their inability to visuallyrealize the potential change within the community’scontext. The proliferation of digital technology constitutesa major turning point in pedagogy and practice,and yet traditional methods of representation stillprovide a viable means of visioning. Communicationis a vital component of community-based designand the techniques presented represent an effort toprovide not only a means for expressing the designsolutions, but the ability to shape a graphic piece thatwould serve to “market” the community’s overallassets and sense of pride, improve community awareness,and generate a consensus of support necessary toapprove and fund the projects.Keywords: architecture, participation, urbandevelopment, communication, neighborhood/community planningLearning from Conflicts andDifferences in a CommunityService StudioHou, Jeffrey (University of Washington, Seattle);and Liao, Kuei-hsien (Mithun, WA) [Paper]Service learning is widely recognized for generatingmultiple benefits for students and communities. Theyexpose students to real-life problems and providedisadvantaged communities with needed assistance.From the pedagogical perspective, working withcommunities underserved by the design professionsintroduces students to alternative, democratic designpractices and encourages civic responsibility (Feldman,2004). Also, by exposing students to the social and politicalrealities of community process, service learningstudios provide students with unique opportunities toobserve and consider conflicts and differences in thecontext of community design and planning. This paperexamines how a recent summer field studio abroadaddresses the complex conflicts and differences inthe context of both local planning and cross-culturalstudio learning. The studio took place in the town ofMeinung, one of the most scenically and culturallydistinct townships in Southern Taiwan. Since the early1990s, local activists and residents have engaged in agrassroots movement against a proposed major dam,to be located only four kilometers away from the centerof the township. After successfully defeating the damproject in 2000, the anti-dam activists have focusedtheir attention on a number of community projects toaddress other pressing issues, such as rural economicdevelopment, social services, environmental protection,and preservation of history and culture. Unlikethe overwhelming opposition against the dam, theseThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesign266 May 2006Beyond Conflict 267

ThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesigncommunity projects often face conflicting interestsand values among community stakeholders as well asoutside professionals and funding agencies. In summer2005, a team of faculty and students from University ofWashington was invited to conduct a month-long designand planning studio in Meinung to assist the localactivists in the challenging planning process. Thispaper examines the multiple conflicts and differencesfacing the field studio, including those between thecommunity stakeholders, activists and professionals,and also between students and faculty from differentcultural and professional backgrounds. The paperlooks at how the studio was strategically handled to addressthe multiple conflicts and differences. Throughparticipant observations and student course evaluations,it also examines the pedagogical and learningaspects of the studio. The paper argues that field designstudio can play a unique role in local planning processby serving as an agent in negotiating conflicts anddifferences. By providing students with opportunitiesto learn from conflicts and differences and by servingas an agent in the local design and planning process,field design studio serves as a unique vehicle for servicelearning and community design. As field studiobecomes a more common model for design education,this case study offers lessons and critical perspectivesfor other similar programs and further explorations.Keywords: service learning, participation, differences,community design, case studyMartin Luther King Jr. ElementarySchool Grape Arbor: MeldingCommunity Design, ServiceLearning, and Design/BuildKyber, Ashley (Iowa State University) [Paper]This fifth-year studio design project was a collaborativeeffort of The Des Moines Parks and RecreationUrban Edibles Project, Martin Luther King, Jr. ElementarySchool (MLK) (a science and technology magnetschool), The Practical Farmers of Iowa (a non-profitorganization) and Iowa State University’s (ISU) Departmentof Landscape Architecture. Ten senior studentsfrom three degree programs, (landscape architecture,architecture and interior design) participatedin this service-learning community design/build as anoutreach project. The goal of the Grape Arbor Projectwas to construct a venue for hands-on outdoor educationfor the students of MLK and to provide a “realworld”design/build experience for ISU students.This presentation questions the outcomes ofcommunity design/build projects and their appropriatenessas a venue for the learning experimentsof the university classroom, especially in the typicalone-semester time frame. Involving both communityparticipation (input and feedback) and actual on-siteconstruction, community design/build projects takean inordinate amount of both faculty and studenttime and commitment. Are the pay-offs of theexperience worth the commitment of all parties?How can such projects be re-conceptualized, perhapsby “nesting” student learning objectives and facultyresearch, service, and extension responsibilities?Keywords: participation, outdoor environments,qualitative research, landscape architecture, curriculumdevelopmentRegional Trail PlanningErickson, Susan (Institute for Design Research andOutreach, Iowa State University) [Paper]This presentation will examine what benefits the resourcesof the University Cooperative Extension Servicebrought to a studio project, how interaction with studentsaffected progress of the local planning committee,and the balance between student learning outcomesand project outcomes from the requesting communityorganization. This case study features a semester-longinterdisciplinary effort of a Landscape Architecturestudio class and a Community and Regional Planningstudio class. The project for the two studio classes wasa master plan of a trail system for a 7-county area ineast-central Iowa. This paper examines post-studioresults, and investigates the efficacy of the master planin guiding further regional development. The paperalso examines learning outcomes for the course andevaluates the level of accomplishment of those learningoutcomes. A central goal of the course was to investigateinteraction with community – in terms of publicparticipation methods and instruments; and inputanalysis and application to planning. Were these goalsaccomplished? A final component of the paper willexamine the 3-way link between the studio course, therequesting community organization, and the CooperativeExtension Service, and what benefits accrued toeach of the three parties in this endeavor.Keywords: participation, outdoor environments,qualitative research, landscape architecture, curriculumdevelopmentSmall Town ParksButler, Peter (Iowa State University) [Paper]This presentation will explore community members’reflection on the benefits and limitations of participationin extension design projects, the impacts ofstudents’ designs on park development, and the implementationof students’ design proposals. In the springsof 2003 and 2004, two towns (Earlville, Iowa and NewVirginia, Iowa) took part in a four-week communitydesign project that is the final project of students’ firstsemester of landscape architecture site design. Theproject utilizes skills learned in all previous projects,but integrating community concerns is a major “driver”for the project. This paper critiques these projectsbased on community expectations and the students’experience. Guiding questions for the research include:How well were student learning outcomes met, andhow did the community involvement enhance thestudents’ learning experience? Were the expectationsof the community met, and how has the communityproceeded with park development? How can the designprocess be manipulated to better match the needs ofthe community? And, what is the appropriate applicationof extension design projects within design studio?Discussion will include next steps for integrating amore meaningful (from the instructor and student perspective)and relevant (from the community’s perspective)design process in the second-year studio course.Keywords: participation, outdoor environments,qualitative research, landscape architecture, curriculumdevelopmentStudent and CommunityObjectives in Design ExtensionProjects: Common Ground orGrounds for Conflict?Organizers/Presenters: Butler, Peter; Erickson, Susan;Hohmann, Heidi; Kyber, Ashley; and Rogers,Carl (Iowa State University) [Symposium]This symposium addresses issues in the use ofoutreach projects in landscape architecture designstudios. Landscape architecture faculty members inthe College of Design at Iowa State University (ISU)routinely engage students with extension “clients.”These engagements may be formal, organized throughan existing extension framework for studio extensionprojects, known as the Institute for Design Researchand Outreach (IDRO); or informal, organized withcommunity “clients” by faculty members workingoutside of the IDRO structure. Regardless of projecttype, extension projects raise numerous issues in theareas of pedagogy and participatory design. These includeconflicts between community expectations andstudent learning outcomes; conflicts between idealprojects and economic realities of implementing theseprojects; and conflicts between the competitive natureof private practice and the goals of extension.Extension projects are based on a principle of mutualbenefit, in which communities receive assistancein solving a design problem and students gain “realworld” experience. However, community expectationsfor design projects are often in direct conflict withboth faculty expectations for student learning outcomes,and student expectations for a positive learningexperience. Generally, communities identify a “clearcut” design problem for which they desire an econom-ThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesign268 May 2006Beyond Conflict 269

ThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesignical solution. In contrast, instructors often seek designproblems with higher levels of complexity, in order toaddress higher-level skills involving multiple aspects(behavioral, social, cultural, ecological) of design;and communities may be disheartened when “simple”problems are contextualized and revealed to be morecomplex. Similarly, instructors and students may seekto provide concept-driven work that generates extraordinarydesign solutions, while communities desire unpretentiousdesign work that promotes the community’sstatus quo. This symposium examines the natureof the gaps that exist between classroom perceptions ofexemplary design and the relevance of such design tocommunity goals. Are extension projects that result inproposals that are perceived by community membersas “overly sophisticated” of any real value, especiallywhen designs that transcend the everyday solution arerarely implemented or implemented to communitycomplaints? Should community conflicts be minimized,and if so, how, and at the expense of whosegoals and expectations? Should extension design seekto educate communities as well as students? Or shouldcommunities simply get what they desire?Design extension projects can also create conflictsbetween the academy and private practice. The linebetween professional work and student work is subjectiveand not always fully appreciated by communities.While the University world perceives design extensionas altruistic, inclusive, and benefiting Iowa’s economicdevelopment, the professional design communityoften perceives such work as competitive and crossinginto their territory. The case studies in this symposiumexamine this basic conflict in detail and proposevarious ways to minimize negative perceptionsof design extension. Such techniques include usingthe IDRO administrative structure to provide a cleardefinition of “the scope of services” from the outset;educating communities about the nature of both designprocess and design education; by better definingappropriate uses for student work; and using extensionprojects to define a new part of a design process thatfunctions as an incubator for professional practice.Keywords: participation, outdoor environments,qualitative research, landscape architecture,curriculum developmentSuccess Stories or Not: ServiceLearning Best PracticesMiller, Nancy G. (University of Arkansas) [Poster]A case study analysis evaluating three servicelearningprojects, Drake Field, K-mart, andJefferson School – as they unfolded over a period ofeighteen months in two different classes – producedrecommendations for service learning in ouruniversity design program.The faculty goals for the three projects were:1. Find projects that would create greater degree ofstudent investment and connection to studio projects;2. Foster connections between students andprofessionals, enabling students to interactdirectly with client;3. Provide an actual site and project to inspirestudents, and4. Work with the community to further a sense ofresponsibility toward community by/for students.ContextAll three projects were similar in that they wereadaptive re-use of existing buildings:1. Jefferson School, an older elementary school nolonger deemed usable by school board, but valued bythe surrounding community;2. K-Mart, an abandoned ‘big-box’ building envisionedby the Crossroads Coalition (a nine-countyeconomic development group) as a regional TechnologyCenter; and3. Drake Field, an unutilized terminal building ata small aviation facility serving private andcorporate aircraft.Students involved in the projects were second- andthird-year design students. Literature was reviewedand methodology applied in the classroom. Proposedoutcomes for the projects were consistent withclassroom and accreditation needs. All projects wereSEED (Students Engaged in Economic Development,sponsored by the hosting university’s Economic DevelopmentInstitute)ObservationsMore successful projects had the followingcharacteristics: a) clients sought faculty members towork with them; b) involving third year students; c)were outside of the community; d) client supportiveat all level, but subsequently would not allow interactionwith community; e) majority individual studentwork, some team work; f) client attended two deskcrits, a concept presentation, and final presentation; g)client’s project progressed with regular updates; andh) client generated public interest and publicity aboutthe project.Less successful project were characterized by: a)faculty approaching the client; b) involving secondyear students; c) project clients were within the universitycommunity; d) support for the project camefrom client administration levels only; e) incorporatedstudent design teams with little or no individual work;f) client attended only final presentations althoughinvited to join at other points during the projectpresentations; g) client’s project continues but withoutstudent participation; and h) no publicity generatedabout project by client.Discussion/ConclusionThe Technology Center has opened, incorporatingmany student ideas. Drake Field directed the architecturalconsultant to consider several student ideas andis actively using student work to attract investors. Jeffersonschool board expressed appreciated for studentwork but has not moved the project forward. However,the neighborhood is currently holding its own townmeetings to determine end uses for the building.These service-learning projects provided studentsexperience working with a client and involvement inpractical design experience. Students also began tosee how they, as designers, can enrich the communitythrough caring and helping a community realizes itsgoals. Faculty has developed a “best practices” policy.Keywords: Participation, neighborhood, interdisciplinary,case study, service learningThematicAbstractsParticipatoryDesign270 May 2006Beyond Conflict 271

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingPost-Occupancy Evaluation & ProgrammingAmending Discord to CreateHarmonious Design: A case studyZimmerman, Donna (University of Wisconsin– Stevens Point) [Paper]Post-occupancy evaluations (POE) are a process ofassessment meant to assist in making more informeddesign decisions to improve an existing building or toprovide direction for future facilities. POEs focus onbuilding occupants and their needs, and thus provideinsights into the consequences of past design decisionsand the resulting building performance. Through thissystematic process, those aspects of design that areeffective or that create the greatest problems can beidentified, assessed and finally amended to provide forbetter design solutions in the future. But is this assessmentprocess limited to only buildings and can it beexpanded to holistically evaluate the building withinthe context of a site?This session will discuss a post-occupancy evaluationpilot study that was carried out at two interpretivecenters; buildings that were built to reflect the dynamicstories of a particular site and communicate the connectionbetween the building and the site to its visitors.Interpretive centers throughout the country play a vitalrole in connecting people and place and therefore havevery specific and unique design requirements. They arepublic buildings that reflect a particular region, specificsite or community (natural or cultural) and serveas a link to these places and their unique stories. Theyprovide visitors with a sense of meaning for a place;therefore they are inherently linked to the site and thesignificance of the site. The post-occupancy evaluationprocess must then assess not only the building performancein terms of its design but also how the integrationof building, site, context and story work togetherto provide significant learning experiences for visitors.For example, if one of the main goals of an interpretivebuilding is to serve as an introduction to the site, howdoes the design of the building accommodate for theintegration of interior and exterior spaces and howdoes the building communicate this connection to thevisitor? The results and methodology applied in thispilot study will demonstrate how the post-occupancyevaluation process can be revised to assess a building’sperformance in these terms. Several research methodologieswere utilized in this study including case studyanalysis of similar facilities; site visits; photographingthe building and visitor interactions; document evaluation(building plans); interviews that identified thegoals and needs of facility users (employees) and howbuilding performance met these needs; and survey ofvisitors to evaluate the effectiveness of the building andvisitor interaction (how it communicated the stories ofthe site to visitors as well as accommodated the variousactivities that take place in the facility). This paper willdiscuss the results of the pilot study and demonstratehow the post-occupancy evaluation process is an importanttool in assessing the success of building designas well as the building’s relationship to the site andstories it was built to reflect.Keywords: post-occupancy evaluation, case study,aesthetics/meaning/assessment, communication,interpretive centerBridging the Gap betweenProgramming and Design: Recentexperiences teaching health carestudios in architecture schoolsOrganizers: Despres, Carole (Universite Laval,Quebec); Anthony, Kathryn (University of Illinoisat Urbana-Champaign); Verderber, Stephen (TulaneUniversity, LA) [Symposium]This workshop session discusses recent experiencesteaching programming and environment-behaviorresearch in architecture schools, with a specificemphasis on its application to design. Three casestudies of healthcare studios are presented togenerate active participation from the audience. First,Kathryn Anthony will present the Cannon DesignHealthcare Studio at the School of Architecture,University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, asa prototype for exposing architecture students tocomplex issues in health care programming anddesign. The studio has been taught for three yearsand documented on the web; over 50 studentsand 10 architects have participated in it (see: http://www2.arch.uiuc.edu/kanthony/arch476_572SP05).Second, Stephen Verderber will report on theactivities of the Rapid Response Design Studio heinitiated in the School of Architecture at TulaneUniversity in 2002. This studio has focused ontransportable healthcare environments for rapiddeployment globally in the aftermath of naturaland man-made disasters. Last, Carole Despréswill discuss her four-year experience at teachinga Masters’ Programming and Design studio onhealthcare facilities at the Universite Laval in Quebec(Canada). The studio was initiated in collaborationwith Quebec Ministry of Health and Social Servicesand aims at informing the undergoing revision ofhospital architectural normative guidelines. Thesession reflects upon the comparisons betweenprogramming studios and design studios. Reasonswhy architectural students often perceiveprogramming negatively will be analyzed, namelyits reductive association with functional needsand room space requirements compared to themore exciting association of design with aestheticand formal innovation. Avenues for makingprogramming most needed training for responsiblearchitectsØ a more tantalizing topic in architecturalschools will be suggested and are expected to arisefrom the audience discussion.Keywords: architectural teaching, architecturalprogramming, post-occupancy evaluation, architecturaldesign, collaborative processes, health careA Critical Review of the McNamaraCenter: A Signature Facility inConflict with Building UsersCorry, Shauna (University of Idaho) [Poster]Signature buildings are considered to be thestar facilities of many corporate, government, anduniversity campuses. However, after the project hasbeen completed the building owner and facilitiesteam are left with solving a variety of problems. Frominappropriate material selections and ineffective spaceplans, to health, safety, and welfare considerations,managing signature buildings has proven to be achallenge. This paper presents a critical review ofa signature facility, the McNamara Alumni Center,designed by Antoine Predock. Critical review ofsignature facilities is necessary and needed in today’sclimate of corporate branding and the resultingmeaning ascribed to the built environment. Themessages premiere architects are communicatingto building users are, at times, in conflict with theprevailing objectives of the discipline of design.Research methodology for this critical reviewincluded on-site observations, personal focusedinterviews with facility team members, and aphotographic analysis of facility use. These qualitativemethods provide a richly textured portrait of thedesigns’ successes and failures. A content analysiswas completed for both the facility photographs andthe personal interviews/narratives and the data wasanalyzed and categorized according to the contextualframework outlined by Dickson and Carll White(1997). Emerging patterns suggest the following issues:1) the relationship between the design program andthe design solution’s concept; 2) the users’ perceptionand evaluation of and response to the design solution;3) the facility’s contribution to supporting the valuesof the users; and 4) the facility’s contribution topromoting the quality of life of the users, are keyin identifying design problems and the resultingconflicts users have with the building. Analysis of thefindings suggest that although the center is an elegantdesign representing a beacon of knowledge, and servesThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &Programming272 May 2006Beyond Conflict 273

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &Programmingas a gathering space for alumni activities, it does notsuccessfully function according to the needs of theclient. It is apparent the design is concept driven anddoes not effectively address the goal of providing asafe, comfortable and supportive environment forfoundation members and guests. From the first day ofoccupancy, several problems were apparent in termsof space adjacencies, wayfinding, and ineffectivematerial selections. Although the facilities staffcontinually addresses these problems, the ineffectivedesign highlights the need for increased clientinteraction in the formative stages of a project andthe importance of adhering all phases of the designprocess, especially in reference to the research anddata gathering phase.Keywords: design review, academic, architecture,interior design, and qualitative researchEnvironmental Analysis ofPathology Laboratory PatientService Centers: A PatternLanguage ApproachOliver, Joshua (University of Missouri – Columbia)[Poster]In today’s business world, many organizationsfind themselves expanding or changing services tomeet the needs of diverse clients. Often, this leads tosituations where the current facilities are no longeradequate to provide the most suitable environment foroptimal productivity. For over 40 years environmentand behavior research has been combining socialscience theory with design to provide an entirely newperspective of our everyday environments. Fromthis discipline people have been able to identify andexplain issues such as sick-building syndrome and therelationship between productivity and natural light.This thesis employs the theories underlyingenvironment and behavior research to addressthe needs of an expanding pathology laboratoryorganization. The main issues that are addressedare establishing a consistent image and basic spacerequirements for new patient service centers (PSCs).The PSC is where patients have simple lab workperformed for routine medical procedures. Thepurpose of the PSC is to provide easy and quickaccess for various local hospitals and medical offices.Because the organization seeks to service a varietyof locations, it is inclined to lease space whereverpossible to provide the best access to those who woulduse the space. Because each lab performs the sameprocedures, the space requirements are essentiallythe same. The only difference that exists is the actualspace each lab occupies. The goal of this thesis isto establish minimum criteria for newly openedPSCs, to facilitate the expansion of the company. Toachieve this goal, a series of visits was made to aselected group of PSCs to perform an environmentalassessment, during which data were recorded relativeto room measurements; physical conditions; andfurniture, fixtures and equipment. Additionally,non-directed interviews were performed to acquirestaff input as to the desirable and undesirable aspectsof each PSC. The information was then compiledto determine common issues and preferences thataffect the PSCs. These data were used to developa criteria template that can be used to direct thefuture acquisition of space for new PSCs. In thesocial sciences aspect of environment and behaviorresearch, this thesis takes into consideration theissues of personal space, crowding and territory. Asa preliminary guide, Edward Hall’s (1959, 1966) fourcategories of personal space and Robert Altman’s(1975) definition of territory were used to assess thebiases and preferences in information gained duringstaff interviews. The end result of this thesis producesa functional guide that permits the organization toassess any potential future locations of PSCs andselect sites that will be the most beneficial to theorganization. Existing building codes and regulationsplay a part in the minimum requirements that areestablished; however the criteria format is modeledafter the Pattern Language developed by ChristopherAlexander et al (1977).Keywords: workplace/office; post-occupancyevaluation; design review; environmental assessment;pattern languageFunctional Programming andOrganizational DesignPopov, Lubomir (Bowling Green University, OH)[Paper]Functional programming is a fundamental phase ofprogramming projects. It deals with the user organization,activity systems, needs, preferences, andother traits. Functional programming delivers thesocial foundations for developing the space program.Using the appropriate methods at this phasepredetermines the correct estimations and projectionsat the time of space programming. Functionalprogramming methods provide the major distinctionbetween, on the one hand, programming approachesutilizing environment and behavior studies andsophisticated research techniques, and, on the otherhand, approaches based on building type studies and“hidden” prototypical programs. Spatial programmingis conducted in a similar fashion across thesetwo groups of approaches. Functional programmingis particularly important in large projects andcomplex facilities, for example, in hospital planningand design. The intricacies of this building type havepromulgated several different programming strategies,some of which are heavily based upon organizationalredesign. Such practices are not new, but at the sametime not common and mainstream. There isn’t muchinformation about them. The programming community,programming courses, and textbooks rarelypay tribute to them. The purpose of this paper is tobring to the attention of the programming professionalsthe degree of organizational design interventionin programming projects. The objectives are toanalyze critically the scope and depth of organizationaldesign in the process of functional programmingand the benefits of such practices, as well asissues of provider selection, logistics, and politics.The study utilizes case studies on hospital planning,metanalysis techniques, and document analysis. Thispaper discusses the types of programming projectsthat involve organizational design activities as a majorpart of functional programming. The adoption oforganizational design is due to factors that producecontextual pressure and challenges for businesses. Themost important among these factors are increasedcompetition, high production/service costs, shortageof qualified personnel, and low profit margins. Inaddition, the internal factors for adopting such an approachto programming include corporate goals andobjectives for higher productivity, cost-effectiveness,quality of service, and increased profit margins. Thispaper delivers a programmatic perspective on organizationaldesign and an analysis of this activity in thecontext of facility programming. In this regard, organizationaldesign aims at optimizing organizationalstructures and processes, human resources, facilities,technologies, and financial resources. The benefitsare tremendous – instead of fitting the building to thecurrent organization that might already be obsolete;the programming process becomes an opportunityfor organizational change and productivity increase.The presentation informs how organizational designis incorporated into facility planning projects andwhat decisions are made. Many of the typical facilitydevelopment problems are resolved in completely newways when the search for solutions is not only in thearchitectural domain, but in the intersection of organizationaldesign and architecture. The paper contributesnew information about facility programmingpractices and introduces critical analysis of functionalprogramming procedures.Keywords: facility programming, functionalprogramming, organizational design, facilityprogrammingA Guide for Evaluating Plans forHigh-Rise BuildingsChurchman, Arza and Shinar, Ami (TechnionHaifa, Israel) [Paper]High-rise construction is occurring at an expandingrate in cities all over the world and is bringing about adramatic change in the urban landscape. The Guidefor Evaluating High-Rise Building Plans is the culmi-ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &Programming274 May 2006Beyond Conflict 275

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &Programmingnation of a multidisciplinary research work commissionedby the Israel Ministry of the Interior in 2000.This work responds to the need for a knowledge-basedmethodology related to the various unique aspectsof high-rise building under Israeli conditions. Thepurpose of this Guide was to formulate tools for theevaluation and approval of plans that include highrisebuilding, both at the macro and micro scales,using a comprehensive, systematic, multidimensionaland contextual approach.The Guide is a compendium of criteria and tests thatare designed to review the quality of a proposed planthat includes high-rise buildings. Such review is necessary,in light of the challenge entailed in the appearanceof high-rise buildings in the urban context. Thewidespread appearance of high-rise buildings takesplace in large cities as part of a process of increasingdensity, and almost certainly in close proximity to“conventional” and even historic buildings. In suchconditions, the conflict between the new and the old,between the “low” and the “high” and between privatedevelopers trying to maximize profit from land resourcesand the need to preserve rapidly disappearingpublic space may be particularly strong. This Guideis designed to provide tools for understanding suchproblems in order to prevent or minimize them and toachieve the maximum benefit from high rise buildings.The very definition of a high-rise building is relative,dependent on the context in which it is being plannedand the difference between the proposed building andthe scale of the buildings beside it or around it. Werefer to buildings of 10 stories and higher as “tall buildings”,while for certain topics we relate to “very tallbuildings”, higher than 20 stories. We make a distinctionin some topics between tall buildings designed forresidential use and those designed for offices, hotels.The issues addressed in the Guide discuss (1) Spatialaspects and policies as to the location of high-risebuildings in a city or region. (2) Urban and architecturaldesign aspects: (a) At the macro urban level,balancing considerations of location and accessibility,concentration or dispersion, the relationship betweenheight, density and urban form. (b) At the micro (site)level, the manner in which the buildings blend in withthe existing urban context, the relationship betweenthem and the bordering public space, and especiallythe street. (c) At the architectural design level ofthe building. (3) Social and psychological aspects:particularly with regard to residential buildings inlight of our conclusions regarding the compatibility ofvery high residential buildings for only those of highsocioeconomic status. (4) Transportation aspects. (5)Micro-climatic aspects.Keywords: Urban development; Design review, Cityplanning; Housing; InterdisciplinaryHow Designers Use ProgrammingInformationOrganizers: Popov, Lubomir (Bowling Green University,OH) and Rosenheck, Thierry (Office of ForeignBuildings Operations, US State Department)[Pre-Conference Intensive]Facility programming is about researching userneeds and activities and translating them into designrequirements and guidelines. In this process, programmersare directed by their assumptions of whatinformation is necessary for design decision-making.Architects often indicate that there is a disjunctionbetween the way they use information and the informationthey are given in the programs. Programmersshould consider the information needs of programusers – the designers. The type and format of theinformation presented to designers is important forsuccessful information utilization and design decisionmaking.Programmers need to update periodicallytheir perceptions and knowledge about informationprocessing in design because designers’ skills andknowledge constantly evolve with the improvementof architectural education and continuing educationresources. The goal of this intensive session willbe to explore the information needs of architects, aswell as how designers use facility programs. In thisregard, several objectives are construed: (a) identifyingthe major problems that designers experience withprograms developed by other providers; (b) discussingwhat information architects need in the process of theirdecision-making; (c) discussing preferred informationfor different design phases; (d) determining theformats that are best for presenting design information;and (e) determining whether some informationthat is believed by programmers to be very importantis not used by designers; and (f) deciding, if there issuch a disjunction, what might be the reasons for it (e.g.inadequate information processing skills by architectsor unrealistic expectation by programmers). Theintensive session will involve expert presentations fromthe two sides of the programming-designing (supplydemand)continuum as well as group discussions.There will be three major activities: presentations bydesigners, a roundtable with program providers, and acapstone discussion involving all parties and participantspresent at this forum. This intensive sessionis intended for facility programmers, providers ofpost-occupancy evaluation services, environment andbehavior researchers interested in serving better thedesign community, scholars of research utilization, aswell as designers who would like to learn more aboutthe state of the art and their status in the programming-designcontinuum. The workshop organizersanticipate 25 to 30 participants. This full-day sessionsponsored by the EDRA POE/Programming Network.Project Types &Programming MethodsPopov, Lubomir (Bowling Green University, OH)[Poster]There are a number of different approaches to facilityprogramming. The most common approach is touse building type studies and design guidebooks orfollow the “hidden” program of the prototype. This isthe way that most of the architects do programming.There is a very strong school of participatory programming,where in addition to the usual building typestudies, designers use sophisticated techniques of userparticipation to develop design requirements, unveiluse preferences, and create design solutions. There areapproaches that involve heavy engagements in organizationaldesign. Additionally, there are approachesthat are based on pre-established criteria, scales,and matching of demand and supply to develop a fitbetween users and their environments. The prototype/guidebook approaches rely extensively on previousdesign experience. Participatory models utilize creativemethods for user engagement in decision-making. Andthere are approaches that rely extensively on academicmethods for environmental and behavioral research.There are many methodological variations within eachof these approaches, and, of course, there are crossovers,which often utilize components of one approachwithin the other. We can hardly ever find an approachin its pure form. When we have such a diversity andwealth of methods, we can expect that the problem ofchoice will arise. Key questions include which approachwill work best in a given project, which one shouldbe selected, and which changes should be introducedto adjust the project better to the particular situation.These questions can constitute a difficult problem andeven create a dilemma for programmers with experienceand erudition. The problem can be challengingalso for novices in the field who see many options andare uncertain which way to go and what choices tomake. The purpose of this study is to present an answerto this problem. The objectives are to present a comparativeanalysis of project types and correspondingprogramming methodologies, and to develop a frameworkfor matching project situations and methods, aswell as for directing the process of creating crossoverapproaches compiled of several components. The authorhas developed a framework that consists of projectsituations, categorized according to several criteria, andprogramming methods, explained in terms of methodsused, skills need, and their advantages and disadvantages.The project situations are described in termsof innovation and uniqueness of the building, projectsize, complexity of use, type of ownership, designers’experience with that building type, and availability ofbuilding type studies, design guidebooks, and spacestandards. Programming approaches are analyzed interms required building type expertise and availableliterature on the building type, as well as methodology,research skills, depth of description and/or interventionin client/user practices and patterns of behavior,ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &Programming276 May 2006Beyond Conflict 277

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &Programmingand interaction with user groups. The framework thatis developed allows for exploring and analyzing projecttypes and programming methodologies. As a result, asystem of programming types emerges. The programmingapproaches are analyzed in accordance with theproject type requirements, and recommendations aremade for selecting appropriate methodologies or methodologicalcomponents. The study will help programmersto understand better the applicability of differentmethodologies, including the determination of whento use a particular methodology while understandingtheir advantages and shortcomings.Keywords: facility programming, programmingmethodsRethinking Evaluation Tools forEducational EnvironmentsMann, Thorbjoern (Thorbjoern Mann Consulting,Tallahassee, FL) [Poster]Recurring crises in education as well as naturaldisasters forcing reconstruction of educational infrastructureof school systems for entire communities andregions both suggest rethinking of assumptions underlyingsocietal policies for education in general, andspecific tools for evaluating school plans and buildings.In particular, proposed sets of criteria for performanceassessment of office buildings and schools (such as thetools developed by the Universal Design Evaluation orBuilding Performance Evaluation projects, or the facettheory-based framework used by R. Walden in herresearch on Schools of the Future) serve as the vehiclefor this examination of these issues.A first question is that of how such tools might beintended to be used, since each of various possibilitiesthat come to mind – e.g. as design manuals for professionalsinvolved in school planning, either as generalguidelines or in deciding among proposed alternatives;criteria for use by authorities charged with permittingplans for new projects, guidelines for researchers comparingfacilities and developing recommendations forfuture use (or needed change), suggestions for legislaturesto revise existing guidelines, etc. all would seem tohave slightly different expectations. Review of examplesof such assessment tools indicates that they are not wellsuited for most of these uses, for various reasons:• Format, organization and detail of these toolsseems the less accommodating of actual evaluationprocesses in practice, the more comprehensive, anddetailed they strive to be;• Their conceptual organization at times suffersfrom insufficiently clear distinction between goalsand objectives, proposed means to achieve them, andmeasures of performance indicating how well theyhave been met;• The basic conceptual framework loses clarity andusefulness, the more it tries to accommodate the differentvocabulary of contributing disciplines rangingfrom architecture or behavioral sciences to pedagogicaltheories and environmental psychology (to name but afew). A needed simpler, commonly understood vocabularyto sustain the discourse has not yet been achieved.• Implied claims of scientific objectivity andideological neutrality not only fail to accommodatevarious ‘ideological’ and political motivations influencinggovernmental and societal policies for education.It can even serve to precisely cloaksuch motivations• No matter how well-intentioned and wellfoundedin the minds of the researchers. The effectcan be a non-neutral and often very temporary(fad- or fashion-like) emphasis to resulting recommendationson the one hand, and undermining thecredibility of the entire effort of research on the other,if dissenting participants become convinced that theresearch is politically or ideologically partisan.In response to these observations, the paperproposes a) the adoption of a different conceptualframework (based on ‘place, occasion, and ‘image’),to demonstrate the effect of doing so on; b) a set ofevaluation criteria based on this frame of referenceand the concerns indicated above; and c) changes inthe integrated research, design and planning processto counter the above shortcomings.Keywords: school evaluation criteria, conceptualframework for design, integrated research, design andplanning processVideo Documentary: The LivingSalk InstituteOrganizers/Presenters: Chapin, David and Zeynep,Turan (City University of New York) [Symposium]Only a few buildings of the 20th century have capturedthe imagination of architects and enthusiasts ofthe built environment. Louis I. Kahn’s Salk Institute issurely one of those. However, other than for its justifiablyiconic image of a central courtyard framing aview of the Pacific Ocean in the distance, it is virtuallyunknown. This documentary takes a video field researchapproach, from both deeply within the place aswell as from the narratives of many people who havehad significant relationships with the building. A contentanalysis of this fieldwork has led to a constructednarrative of this instance of meaning-making. Boththe people and the imagery of the building appearin moments of artful eloquence. Join us for a conversationwith David Chapin, architect and chair ofthe Ph.D. Program in Environmental Psychology atthe Graduate Center, City University of New York,and Zeynep Turan, doctoral candidate in the sameprogram for a discussion around Living Salk Institute:How, in this place, do people make meaning?, a54-minute DVD documentary of the Salk Institute forBiological Studies in La Jolla, California.Universal andAccessible DesignAssessing Leased Postal Facilitiesfor Compliance with FederalAccessibility StandardsChristensen, David (United States Postal Service,Arlington VA) [Paper]An early accomplishment of the US Civil RightsMovement was the passage in 1968 of the ArchitecturalBarriers Act (ABA) requiring that federal buildingsbe designed and constructed to be accessible topersons with physical disabilities. To comply with thelaw, the Postal Service and other federal agencies adopteda set of Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards(UFAS) that has guided the design and constructionof federal facilities for the last twenty years. Whilethe design community continues to debate the meritsof such prescriptive standards vs. a more “Universal”approach, it may be argued that “good design” recognizesthe diverse needs and abilities of user-occupants,and provides a synthetic solution to maximize theircollective and individual satisfaction. For example,the Postal Service has adopted a comprehensive programof Building Design Standards for various typesof new facilities and has integrated legally requiredaccessibility guidelines into these documents. Sincepassage of the ABA, thousand of new federal facilitieshave been constructed, providing barrier free accessto persons with disabilities. However, the inventoryof older facilities, that predate modern accessibilitystandards, continues to be problematic. In particular,existing leased postal facilities have been the subjectof legal conflict and controversy. As a result of litigationfiled under the Architectural Barriers Act, thePostal Service was obliged in 1986 to adopt minimumaccessibility standards for existing leased facilities.In 2004, the US Access Board issued new guidelinesmandating that existing facilities leased by all federalThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingUniveraal& AccessibleDesign278 May 2006Beyond Conflict 279

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingUniveraal& AccessibleDesignagencies must satisfy an extensive set of accessibilitycriteria before leases can be signed for continuedoccupancy. With an inventory of over 27,000 leasedfacilities, the Postal Service had an urgent need todevelop an assessment tool for inspecting these facilitiesfor compliance with the new minimum standards.This task was complicated by a grandfather provisionin the new guidelines that permits certain non-conformingfeatures, provided they comply with previousstandards issued under the Architectural Barriers Act.This paper describes the content and development ofan assessment tool for inspecting leased postal facilities.An Excel-based inspection checklist was developedinitially to permit paper and pencil recording ofcompliance status. To improve the efficiency of the assessmentprocess, software was developed to conductinspections using a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA)application. The current assessment protocol includesoptions for recording recommendations for correctiveaction and cost estimates, and for uploading photographsand other electronic files to support itemizedobservations. Once field complete, the PDA assessmentrecord is uploaded to a web-based database forfurther editing, quality control review and trackingthrough completion of the corrective action process.Training on the new assessment procedure was conductedin the Spring of 2005 and inspections started inJune. Over 2,500 facility inspections were completedduring the first four months of the program, and additionaldevelopment and refinement of the applicationwill continue through May 2006. Approximately 5,400postal facilities per year are planned for assessmentand corrective construction using this procedure.Keywords: assessment, universal design, professionalpractice, computer applications, post-occupancyevaluationPlaying Outside Together: Theinclusion of disabled childrenin play in primary schoolplaygrounds in EnglandWoolley, Helen (University of Sheffield, UK){Paper]‘Play is freely chosen, personally directed andintrinsically motivated behaviour that activelyencourages the child’ (NPFA, 2000)Children’s right to play is laid out in the UnitedNations Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989)and is accompanied in modern western society byan increasing acknowledgement of the many benefitswhich play provides for children (Taylor, 1998;Cole Hamilton et al, 2002). Indeed such benefits arebelieved to be of significance not only for individualsbut for families and society as a whole (NPFA, 2000).In the context of the primary school it has been shownthat children learn more quickly and meaningfullywhen there is a playtime break, than when there is nosuch break (Pellirini and Blatchford, 1993; Coalterand Taylor, 2001). However it has been revealedthat in England increasing numbers of schools areshortening their lunchtime and abolishing afternoonplaytimes (Blatchford and Sumpner, 1998).In a school setting it is important that disabledchildren have opportunities to play with non-disabledchildren, partly because in both mainstream and specialschools there is a tendency for disabled childrento spend most of their time in the company of schoolstaff, rather than children (Watson et al, 2000).The research reported here set out to developan understanding of disabled and non-disabledchildren’s experiences in mainstream primary schoolplaygrounds, to document the children’s knowledge,activities and use of play spaces and to compileperspectives on the dynamics of contemporaryplayground culture in the children’s own terms.Approximately sixty children in each of seven schools,in the north of England, were involved in the study,and a multi-method approach was undertakento elicit the children’s opinions and experienceswhile staff opinions were obtained through semistructuredinterviews.The things that children do in a playground canappear to be chaotic and haphazard to adults (Opie,1993; Armitage, 2001; Delande, 2001). However suchapparent chaos can be understood using a classificationof: play with high verbal content; play withimaginative content; play with high physical content;and less structured play (Woolley, et al 2006).Although a series of barriers – organisational, socialand physical – to inclusion in playground activitiesfor the disabled children were identified (Woolley etal, 2006) there were many examples of where the disabledchildren, involved in the study, were includedin all four types of play. The inclusion of the disabledchildren in play was facilitated by various methods:sometimes by the adaptation of play by non-disabledchildren, sometimes by the disabled child themselvesor the use of their equipment, sometimes bythe facilitation of a personal support assistant orlunch-time supervisor and sometimes by a disabledchild creating their own play opportunities, either bythemselves or with other children.Keywords: play, primary school playground, disabledchildren, social inclusionPost-occupancy Evaluations ofSix Childcare Facilities in Dubai,United Arab EmiratesNubani, Linda; Al Ajari, Abdelaziz; Amadani,Afsan; Azmi, Sherif; Balsini, Mona; Lari, Shirin;Bin-Ishaq, Najwa; Birjandian, Zahra; Bokharai,Delyar; Dantata, Nabila; Hamed, Rania; Menon,Revathi; Nahawi, Hiba; Ramehr, Shirin; Shaker,Samar; and Zarrinjooee, Dariush (American Universityin Dubai, UAE) [Paper]Many architects and designers fail to acknowledgethe contribution of the physical environment ofchildcare facilities to children’s social, cognitive andlearning behavior. There is a growing body of researchthat documents the effects of physical characteristic ofthe environment such as color, ceiling height, and circulationon child’s interactions with people and space.This research project was conducted by six teams ofinterior design students from American University inDubai during the fall 2005 as part of a universal designcourse requirement. The goal of this project wasto conduct a post-occupancy evaluations of six childcarefacilities located in Dubai, United Arab Emirates.Each team interviewed the director and the teachersof the facility. Questionnaires were also submitted toparents who children attended the facility. Several sitevisits were made to each center to closely observe thechildren during the day. Photographs were also takento document positive and negative design aspects ofthese case studies. Outcomes of this project are several:1) a set of guidelines were prepared for designingnurturing and safe environments for children, particularlyfor childcare centers located in this region; 2)design solutions that improve the quality of childcarefacilities were documented; and 3) observed designproblems which contributed to child frustration andnegative social behavior were explained and identified.Keywords: children, post-occupancy evaluation,spatial behavior, case study, childcare centersRecreational Spaces for theVisually Handicapped: Taking Partin a Guided Bus TourKametani, Yoshihiro (Kansai University, Japan)[Poster]Many environments in Japan have been adjustedfor the visually handicapped. However there are stillmany dangerous spaces they can not recognize. Oftenvisually handicapped individuals have accidents orlose their way in Japan and typically very few of thevisually handicapped go outside with the exceptionof what is required for minimum living activities. Itis important that visually handicapped individualsbe able to adapt to contemporary society, behavefreely, and enjoy leisure as well as who are not visuallyThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingUniveraal& AccessibleDesign280 May 2006Beyond Conflict 281

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingUniveraal& AccessibleDesignhandicapped do. The ability to fully participation inoutdoor activities offers a feeling of inclusion for thosewith visual handicaps allowing them to feel that theytoo are a contributing member of society. This casestudy focuses upon on enjoyable leisure or recreationalspaces for the visually handicapped. Visuallyhandicapped individuals took part on a guided bustour in order for our case study to investigate whethervisually handicapped individuals could fully enjoythe bus and easily visit interesting facilities aroundthe city. The guided bus tour took a full day and wasdesigned to visit five facilities; an aquarium, a baseballstadium, castle, an aqua tour bus and a sky observationdeck. Participants in this research were composedof blind and/or visually handicapped persons andfully-sighted persons. This investigation focusedupon use of the bus itself, bus movement and ease ofvisiting facilities through questionnaire and interviewmethods. This investigation also covered the facilitiesvisited. The facilities themselves and gift shops withinthe facilities were critiqued by participants in regardsto safety, comfort, amusement, and satisfaction. Inaddition to conducting statistical analyses betweenvisually handicapped and non-visually handicappedparticipants. Observations regarding participants’behaviors were record with video camera during bustour, in an effort to clarify characteristics of spatialrecognition. Our research demonstrated that duringthe bus tour, many of the visually handicapped haddifficulty traveling between some facilities and thebus stop by themselves. Travel between tourist facilitiesand bus stops were challenging because there wasnot adequate equipment or cues for them to overcomethe many barriers without assistance. In many facilities,the visually handicapped participants were ableto tour the facility alone. Other locations were morechallenging, for example the aquarium – there weremany people in the aquarium, making it difficult forvisually handicapped individuals to walk freely abouton their own and clues for spatial recognition weredifficult to locate therefore making it impossible tojudge their position or direction. Our research concludedthat when visually handicapped individualswere forced to be led by others that often they didnot feel good and could not enjoy their visit to thefacilities. Some facilities did have voice guide systemsbut often our participants did not know how to usethese systems and facility staff could not instructour participants on how to use the systems. Visuallyhandicapped participants enjoyed the visual explanationsprovided by bus guide and touring the facilities,and touching goods in shops.Keywords: visually handicapped, recreationalspaces, spatial recognition, bus tourThe Research Group “A Barrier-Free Life”: Universal Design forthe Brazilian HousesFlemming, Liane; Chimenti, Beatriz; and Luz,Lourdes (Universidade Veiga de Almeida, Brazil)[Paper]The project “A Barrierfree Life” began in 2004, asa research group of the University Veiga de Almeida– RJ, from the Seminary focused upon “daily accessibility”.Since then, this project has been graduallystructuralizing. The project “A Barrierfree Life”intends to research universal design for houses, in aneffort to create conditions which allow any person tototally use the environment. Here, any person means:aged, children, and carriers of deficiencies, patients,as well as those who do not possess any permanentphysical difficulty, but may suffer from some type oftemporary difficulty. The concept of universal designis still very new in Brazil, however in the US thisconcept has already been researched for a long time.This project uses the profile of the population of theaged; inasmuch as a public-target that is increasingin number and often possesses difficulties in using acommon house due to accessibility needs. It is importantto provide accessible design for this populationin order to allow them to be independent and safein their homes. This project investigates the qualityof the internal environment: natural and artificiallighting, acoustics and colors which are important elementsfor the aged individuals to remain living theirhome for continued periods. Aged individuals haveexpressed an intention to remain in their homes, butin order to do so diverse necessities must be adaptedto guarantee the autonomy and independence ofelders. Another important population which served asa focus of this research is the child. The role childrenhave changed over time, but we totally do not adaptour house for their new and growing needs. Wedemand that children demonstrate certain attitudesand behaviors, but we do not offer them conditions,through furniture and finishes, to encourage them tobehave the ways we expect (Inkeles, 1994). The resultsof this project were made available to the pupils atUniversidade Veiga de Almeida. This is an interdisciplinaryproject involving architecture, landscapearchitecture and interior design. The first proposalsand articles of “A Barrierfree Life” are available on anon-line blog, where beyond obtaining information onthe subject, it is possible to interact with visiting researchersthrough posted commentaries and reports.Keywords: human mobility, children,design for agingInternationalBuilding PerformanceEvaluation SymposiumOrganizers: Mallory-Hill, Shauna and Vischer,Jacqueline C. (University of Manitoba, Canada)[Symposium]The purpose of this symposium is to advance the InternationalBuilding Performance Evaluation (IBPE)project and provide a forum for discussion about keyissues in building design, performance and occupancyresearch and practice around the world. The IBPEwas formed some eight years ago and is made up ofresearchers from countries all over the world involvedin similar kinds of post-occupancy, user surveys andwork environment research. Through paper presentationsand an interactive panel discussion, we willexplore the impacts of using systematic feedback andapplication of knowledge gained through the BuildingPerformance Evaluation process.This year’s theme for the IBPE symposium is “CalculatingValue: The costs and benefits of buildingperformance evaluation”. Topics covered in this IBPESymposium include, but are not limited to:• Return on investment –what are the economic benefits of BPE?• Costs and benefits of feedback from users –is BPE is a cost-effective approach to design andconstruction?• Defining quality –is building quality more costly?• Cultural contexts –are some building performance criteria culture-specific?• Knowledge-sharing –how can we incorporate BPE into design education?• Design decision support –how can BPE be used to aid decision-makers?• Design development and case-studies –how has BPE been applied in practice for the design ofnew facilities?Keywords: building performance evaluation,post-occupancy evaluation, programming, performance-baseddesign, cross-cultural context, buildingeconomicsBudgeting and PrioritizingR&A ProjectsSzigeti, Françoise, and Davis, Gerald (InternationalCenter for Facilities, Canada) [Paper]How to decide which facility projects to fund?This is an annual headache for decision-makers.Prioritization should be fact-based, objective,consistent, quick and transparent. Instead, it isusually difficult, time-consuming and expensive.Facility Managers and the occupants they supportwant the projects in their facility to be approvedahead of those for other facilities. Often, “thesqueaky wheel gets the grease.” Until recently,ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingInternationalBuildingPerformanceEvaluationSymposium282 May 2006Beyond Conflict 283

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingInternationalBuildingPerformanceEvaluationSymposiumfacility condition assessments (FCA) were theprimary drivers for prioritizing R&A projects. Thispresentation will focus on how organizations withmultiple locations can budget and prioritize projectsusing a multi-metric approach that is transparent,comprehensive and auditable, while being faster,easier and less costly than in the past.Building Performance Evaluation Metrics used in thiscase study include:• Suitability: Gap Analysis of the Functionality andServiceability of the facility.• Condition: Assessed in relation to Life Cyclerequirements levels of the organization• Compliance: For sustainability, health and safety,and corporate policy• Space allocation: Review of space needsand space used.• Weighting: Relative Importance of the facility tosupport the work of the users.• Other factors tailored to the situation.Keywords: budget allocation; building performanceevaluation; functionality; indicators of capability;serviceability; suitability; user requirements; repairsand alterationsDoes Building Evaluation Pay?Preiser, Wolfgang (University of Cincinnati, OH)[Paper]Over the past 35 years, post-occupancy evaluation/building performance evaluation (BPE) research andconsulting efforts have raised the question of whetherthey are worth their cost. Two primary cost benefits ofbuilding performance evaluation can be identified:1) Cost savings through BPE instigated interventions.While difficult to pinpoint in exact dollarsand cents, such interventions have proven to be verybeneficial to client organizations.2) Cost savings through quantitative performanceindicators. Outcomes of these evaluations have directand measurable cost implications. Examples of suchevaluations include: the Facilities Master Plan forthe Library of Cincinnati and Hamilton County. Inthese and other cases, productivity is defined throughhard numbers, based on a weighted system of coreindicators, which can include the traditional stakeholderfeedback surveys, interviews, observations,and facility visits. They are augmented by buildingtype-related indicators, such as the cost of operatingand maintaining space; number and cost of staff;increases or decreases in the number of customers andutilization of specific services of the client.The ultimate purpose of this research initiative is tocollect, categorize, analyze and compare case studiesfrom around the globe in which quantitative cost datacan be clearly identified and documented. Cost benefitsof BPE interventions, when generalized, shouldpermit the creation of an algorithm for BPE.Keywords: post-occupancy evaluation, buildingperformance evaluation, cost-benefit analysis,library designThe Economics of Building PerformanceEvaluation: BPE Experiencesfrom Around the WorldModerator: Mallory-Hill, Shauna (University ofManitoba, Canada)Panelists: Preiser, Wolfgang (University of Cinncinati,OH); Shramm, Ulrich (Fachhochschule Bielefel,Germany); Kato, Aki (Toyohashi University ofTechnology, Japan); La Roux; Pieter (University ofthe Free State, South Africa)[Panel Discussion]The purpose of this panel is to provide a forum fordiscussing key issues related to the costs and benefitsof building performance evaluation (BPE) researchand practice. According to de Voordt (2003), costscan be narrowly defined as financial costs, but alsobroadly defined as anything requiring sacrifices toimplement, or resulting in a negative effect suchas a loss of employee productivity. Benefits can beexpressed narrowly and in the short term in monetaryterms such as cost savings, or more broadly and overthe long term as a positive effect such as increaseduser satisfaction. Potential costs and benefits do notimpact all building stakeholders equally. An organizationmay be interested in increasing net profit, anemployee may be concerned with health and wellbeing,and a community in reducing environmentalimpacts. Typically in most parts of the world today,key building decisions are based on short-term andnot always accurate cost estimates.Audience members will be encouraged to participateas the panelists consider topics such as: Whatfinancial analyses could be used to encourage buildingclients to engage in BPE processes? How should thecosts and benefits of building performance evaluationbe measured over time? What factors influencebuilding costs and benefits? What aspects of buildingperformance have the greatest positive impacts in relationto their costs? How does BPE impact on designdecision-making and result in cost savings?Keywords: Building Performance Evaluation, costbenefit analysis, building design process and delivery,design decision-making supportEvaluation Models & MAPLE/D: A Meta-Method to SupportArchitectural Planning andDesign of Complex BuildingsSchill-Fendl, Monika (Federal Agency of Sera andVaccines, Paul-Ehrlich-Institute, Germany) [Paper]During a two-year international research project,the planning and design meta-method MAPLE/Dwas developed. The aim of this paper is to discuss itslink to evaluation models such as BPE, POE, and UDEthrough three questions:1. How can one find effective architectural solutionsin an efficient way when planning and designingcomplex buildings?To answer this question, the paper first identifiesthe core problems concerning planning anddesigning complex buildings, and then introducesthe meta-method called “Method of ArchitecturalPlanning and Design” (MAPLE/D) to resolve thecore problems.2. How can one control the efficiency of planningand designing by using MAPLE/D?Typically, measuring efficiency must be carried outcompletely and objectively. In contrast to traditionalways of measuring efficiency, this paper proposes anew approach. Following Einstein’s statement “perceptionis reality” this new approach is based on a newdefinition of the concept of efficiency as the absolutelysubjective perception of all people involved in the processof planning and designing. That means, MAPLE/D focuses on ‘satisfaction’ as the indicator of efficiency.3. How can one link MAPLE/D with BPE,POE & UDE?Finally the paper discusses whether there is a linkbetween MAPLE/D and other existing building evaluationmodels. Can MAPLE/D give further impetus tothese evaluation models and vice versa? One startingpointfor this discussion could be the innovativeinterpretation of the term ‘efficiency’.The presentation will be illustrated with builtexamples of public sector real estate and constructionmanagement in Germany.Keywords: planning and design methods; metamethodMAPLE/D; efficiency; post-occupancy evaluation;building performance evaluation; universaldesign evaluationHow Building PerformanceEvaluation Fits into the GermanEducational ProgramSchramm, Ulrich (Fachhochschule Bielefeld Universityof Applied Sciences, Germany) [Paper]The Conceptual Framework for Building PerformanceEvaluation (BPE) is the basis for this paper.The BPE framework was developed as an approachthat results in better design decisions, more involvementby users, buildings of better quality and morecost-effective management.ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingInternationalBuildingPerformanceEvaluationSymposium284 May 2006Beyond Conflict 285

ThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingInternationalBuildingPerformanceEvaluationSymposiumWith its consideration of the entire building lifecycle, BPE fits perfectly into the holistic view of FacilityManagement (FM), taught in the School of Architectureand Civil Engineering in a course on Constructionproject management. Both, FM and BPE constitutenew fields not only within the school’s curriculum,but also within the changing world of the academy andthe profession. Some of the challenges are:• By 2006, Diploma courses at German universitieshave to be replaced by Bachelor and Master courses;• The new courses have to have a clear, future-orientedprofile in order to get approved by an accreditationagency;• ‘Architecture’ has to reduce its student capacityby 15 % as unemployment and density are high (onearchitect per 650 inhabitants); and• Training construction project managers andfacility managers as new professions are becomingincreasingly important on Germany’s building marketin terms of time, costs, and quality.The paper reports on these challenges. Benefits andproblems will be discussed.Keywords: building performance evaluation,building life cycle, architecture, facility management,educationimpact of workplace environmental conditions onusers’ ability to concentrate and optimally performand accomplish work-related tasks, this ongoing performanceevaluative study aims to assess the specificfacility’s functionality and serviceability levels on thebasis of its support for diverse work styles and the userrequirements associated with it.The methodology according to which informationis collected is similar to that presented in “AssessingBuilding Performance” (Preiser, W.F.E. & Vischer,J.C. 2004. Butterworth-Heinemann. Chapter 14) andconsists of a survey of employees’ activities, activityduration, communication, and movement. Results ofthis study will serve (i) as feedback for the continuedalignment of the university’s physical resources withthe dynamic nature of university administration and(ii) to contribute to a database on work performancecharacteristics in the South African context.Keywords: Revitalization, functional rejuvenation,workplace environmental conditions, performanceevaluationSchools for the Future – theUsers Perspective144 students and 31 teachers were questioned. Dataanalysis included factor and regression analyses.User responses provided feedback concerning the innovativecharacteristics of the building. These innovationsinclude: handicapped accessible design, seniors’facilities, and ecological details such as skylights, aglass-roofed courtyard with Mediterranean plants, aheat recovery system, a rain collection system, andsolar energy-fed spring. Participatory design processesinvolving students, teachers, an artist, and the architecthelped to create a sense of belonging and ownership.Keywords: innovative school design, futuredemands, performance, well-being, social behavior,facet approach, user needs analysis, building performanceevaluationUniversal Design Approach forPlanning, Design and Managementof Terminal Building of ChubuInternational Airport, JapanKato, Akikazu (Toyohashi University of Technology,Japan); Tsunekawa, Kazuhiko; and Taniguchi, Gen(Nagoya University, Japan) [Paper]during the preparation stage for the grand openingand during daily operations thereafter. It was foundthat these additions and changes were not always completelyin line with the UD guidelines. A database wasmade to view and check the details based on a broaderevaluative perspective. Also, the survey includedmovement studies based on typical usage scenarios toevaluate the wayfinding support system as a whole.Keywords: airport design, universal design, buildingperformance evaluation, wayfindingThematicAbstractsPost-OccupancyEvaluation &ProgrammingInternationalBuildingPerformanceEvaluationSymposiumRevitalization of a HistoricBuilding through FunctionalRejuvenation: A PerformanceEvaluative Study of WorkplaceEnvironmental ConditionsLe Roux, Pieter C. and Esterhuysen, Wilandi (Universityof the Free State, South Africa) [Paper]The centennial celebrations of the University of theFree State in 2004 provided an opportunity to assessthe image and future development of the universityas a whole. Through an adaptive reuse program thehistoric Main Building was identified for revitalizationinto office space for the university’s executivemanagement through a mix of both private and openplan workspace. Based on aspects pertaining to theWalden, Rotraut (University of Koblenz, Germany)[Paper]The education of our children is a basis for humanresources in an aging society. “Smart” building designallows for an education that can effectively preparechildren for the growing demands of work (Gifford,2001). This paper reports on the building performanceevaluation of an innovative school design inBruehl, Germany.Using a facet approach (Borg, 1996), 163 aspectsin 7 areas (façade, entrance hall, classroom, multifunctionalrooms, sanitary facilities, staff room andgymnasium) were evaluated on their “present quality”and “future importance”. Individual aspects, as wellas the total effect of the building, were evaluated ontheir performance, well-being, innovation and socialco-operation. In the User Needs Analysis, 51 experts,Chubu International Airport was developed inconjunction with expo 2005 held in Aichi, Japan. Theplanning and design for the airport terminal buildingstarted in 2000, and a Universal Design ResearchCommittee was established early in the schematicdesign phase, and made suggestions in both thedesign development and construction phases. Thecommittee was steered by AJU Wadachi ComputerHouse, an organization to support mainly mobilitydisabledpeople, and members from associations forpeople with other types of disabilities, like deafnessand blindness, joined the process. After the airportopened, the team started an evaluation project forplanning, design and managing the terminal buildingfrom a Universal Design perspective.The presentation will mainly focus on the wayfindingsupport features, such as the signage system.Extra signs were added and alterations were made286 May 2006Beyond Conflict 287

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningUrban PlanningThe BeltLine’s Impact on Atlanta’sHealth and Global ReachRoss, Catherine L. (Georgia Tech, GA); Hashas,Mine (Georgia Tech, GA); Leone de Nie, Karen(Georgia Tech, GA) [Pre-Conference Intensive]Georgia Tech’s Center for Quality Growth andResearch Development (CQGRD) is pursuing twoseparate but related research initiatives regardingAtlanta and the BeltLine, a 22-mile loop of transit,parks, trails, and nodes of redevelopment surroundingthe core of the city. The first explores howtransportation and redevelopment projects like theAtlanta BeltLine help cities advance their internationalstature, while the second initiative examines healthrelatedimpacts of the BeltLine.A growing body of literature on the evolutionof cities in an increasingly global environmentsupports the idea that cities around the world mustcompete with each other on issues such as qualityof life, transportation and logistics (making it easierfor both people and goods to get to where theyshould, safely and with little disruption), culturalattractions, and economic development. To respondto this competitive environment, cities around theworld are undertaking significant transportationand redevelopment projects to ensure long-termprosperity. The BeltLine is one example of howAtlanta is positioning itself as an international city,with the foresight and attention to quality of life andaccessibility that implies. Across the ocean, in Madrid,a similar project is underway to reshape the M-20, ahighway that rings the city, as a space for parks, neweconomic centers, and pedestrian walkways. CQGRDis comparing the changes taking place in these twoemerging international cities.The first research project reflects on how cities arecompeting not only for economic development, butalso for the human capital. Therefore, cities haveto strive to provide a high-quality environment toattract and keep residents. A healthy environment– one that promotes “a state of complete physical,mental, and social well being” (World HealthOrganization) – is among the most importantcomponents of urban quality of life. This fact hasled CQGRD, in conjunction with the Centers forDisease Control and Prevention, to conduct a HealthImpact Assessment (HIA) of the BeltLine. Throughthe use of surveys, prior literature, and qualitativeand quantitative research, the HIA measures bothpositive and negative health-related impacts on thepeople who live, work, and go to school in Atlanta. Itaddresses issues of physical activity, environmentalcontact, safety, social capital, and mobility andaccessibility. The assessment, funded through a grantfrom the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, is oneof the first HIAs performed in the United States toevaluate a major transportation/land use projectthat has the potential for long-term, widespreadredevelopment impact. The purpose of the HIA is toensure that health concerns become part of the designand decision making process.Keywords: city planning, urban redevelopment,urban design, sustainability, public health,globalizationChanging Ideals in Landscapes:Maybe Suburbia Isn’t So RottenAfter AllKirk, Nana (University of Illinois – Urbana-Champaign)[Paper]The mass-produced post-World War II suburbanresidential landscape has been criticized byacademics and satirized by the popular press.Ecologically conscious planners and educatorshave decried its waste of precious resources andsocial scientists have declared that its cookie-cutterlandscape produces conformist citizens. In the late1970s, Clare Cooper Marcus wrote that her students,many of whom grew up in suburban landscapes,hated suburbia. However, at the edge of nearlyevery major American city, suburban residentialdevelopment continues to be built and, even thoughit is designed in an even more standardized mannerthan ever, it continues to be profitable. There isonly minor relief through innovative variations inplanning such as neo-traditional planning and theredevelopment of urban areas. This paper reportson a study of 40 landscape architecture students atthe University of Illinois in which they were asked todraw and describe their ideal neighborhoods. UnlikeCooper Marcus’s students in the 1970s, studentsoverwhelmingly depicted suburb-like landscapeswith single-family homes on large lots. Cul-de-sacsand loop road street patterns predominated. Fifteenpercent (6) of the students also drew golf coursesassociated with their residential environments. Fourstudents even depicted gated neighborhoods. Whilesome expressed concerns about traffic and ecologicalsustainability, only one said he wanted to live in acompletely automobile-free environment. A minorityof students, predominantly those not born in the U.S.,included attached housing or urban environmentsin their ideals. Despite the fact that with rising fuelcosts, suburbia is now more than ever an unviableresidential land pattern, it appears to be moreaccepted ideal. Several hypotheses might explainthis overwhelming acceptance of and even desirefor suburban landscapes. One is that the continuingprocess of suburbanization has largely indoctrinatedstudents to suburban living; their responses mayrepresent the saliency effect – the phenomenon thatpeople make choices based upon what they know. Itis also possible that geographic variation may explainthe different results: the Midwestern students in thisstudy may be more accepting of suburbia than WestCoast students. Finally, it may be that Americanshave realized that suburbia isn’t such a terrible placeto live after all, and that aspects of its landscapesatisfy basic human needs.Engaging Multiple Stakeholderswith Different goals and Valuestoward Resolving a FutureTransportation PlanPutterman, Joel and Rader, Jeff (Jacobs AdvancePlanning Group, Atlanta, GA) [Paper]The Clifton Corridor Transportation Study involveda three-phased process where substantial transportationchallenges and potential solutions were identifiedthough a technical, collaborative and interactiveprocess. A diverse group of stakeholders was engagedto conceptualize innovative strategies to resolve thearea’s transportation problems and elevate the levelof area amenities and functionality. A primary goalwas to build a consensus toward implementation ofmultiple transportation alternatives and preferredstrategies. We will ultimately show how we engageddiverse stakeholders to better understand transportationchallenges associated with rapid institutionalgrowth in a mature residential district and in strategicplanning to identify infrastructure, transportationmanagement and land use strategies that, when implemented,would result in improved quality of life for allparties, balanced with the accommodation of futureinstitutional growth and associated development.Keywords: Professional practice, transportation,urban developmentThematicAbstractsUrban Planning288 May 2006Beyond Conflict 289

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningMARTA: Much Ado RegardingTopographical ArrangementsKonrad, Miriam (Sociology Department, GeorgiaState University) [Paper]The Metropolitan Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority(MARTA) was not an easy delivery. It was the offspringof heavy contested and heated negotiations.Finally firmly established as the major bus carrier forthe city of Atlanta in 1971, with rail service beginningin 1979, MARTA has remained a central site ofconflict. It has ever been a scapegoat for white animositytowards poor blacks as well as a locale in whichAfrican-American resentment of white mobilityprivilege has been centered. Alternately framed as thecity’s crowning glory and its embarrassing dirty secret,MARTA’s defining moments have been fraught withstruggle and strife. How MARTA is funded determineswhom it serves and vice-versa. County choicesregarding paying into the system, based on perceptionsof the benefits and burdens that MARTA waslikely to afford, have fundamentally shaped those veryadvantages and impediments. Currently, financialhardship born of these perceptions and their consequences,coupled with deeply entrenched image problemsresistant to face-lifts and other superficial measures,leave MARTA teetering on the brink of ruin.Race and regionalism are at the heart of both MAR-TA’s existence and its controversy. Four sets of actorswith distinct agendas influenced MARTA’s inceptionand subsequent path: the downtown (overwhelminglywhite) business elite, suburban whites, the blackmiddle-class leadership community, and the poor andmostly black residents with the least access to mobility.For the business elite, the rail portion of MARTAwas largely about image and an effort to reinvigoratethe central business district. Suburban whites wereskeptical regarding what a rail system would do forthem, and feared that it would result in masses of poorAfrican-Americans pouring into their neighborhoods.For African-American political leaders, it appearedto present the possibility of gains for middle-classblacks in terms of contracts and job opportunities andthe potential for greater mobility for impoverishedAfrican American citizens. Conversely, there wasthe well-founded fear that MARTA would result inbusiness as usual, with more opportunities for whiteAtlantans and less for blacks. For those with leastaccess, MARTA held out the promise of improvingtheir lot, but also the threat of adding insult to injuryby reducing bus service and replacing it with a modeand routes that favored anyone but them. In the early1960s, when MARTA was in its nascent stages, it wasAtlanta’s white business elite who proved most interestedin its formation. Ironically, this is the very groupthat is currently most interested in its demise. Thispaper is an examination of how MARTA got to thispoint, and where it may go from here. Interviewing 20transportation experts (including planners, authorityboard members and employees, activists, and lobbyists)and interrogating the available information base,I expose MARTA’s social role in the region. MARTA isboth space and symbol, actor and acted upon, engineand caboose. Through an examination of its shapingand trajectory, I reveal how its physical existence bothrecreates and represent the city’s deep-seeded racialand spatial divides.Keywords: mobility, urban development, socialjustice, sociology, qualitative researchNew Ideas on Old Tracks: How theBeltline is reshaping AtlantaOrganizer: Gravel, Ryan (The Atlanta BeltlineProject) and Woolard, Cathy (The Atlanta BeltlineProject) [Pre-Conference Intensive]The name “Belt Line” was coined for a loop oftracks that encircled Atlanta in its early days. Afterthe Civil War, the loop was enlarged to expand localindustry and commerce – and expand they did as theambitious, entrepreneurial young city quickly grew.Eventually, commerce to, from and through Atlantabegan to depend more on trucking and highwaysthan on trains and railroads. As a result, some tracks– including many portions of the BeltLine – wereabandoned and largely forgotten. Until now.Today, Atlanta has a unique opportunity to buildthe future by cultivating the past. In 1999, GeorgiaTech graduate student Ryan Gravel proposed linkingmultiple city neighborhoods with a new transit systemalong the BeltLine. He envisioned parks and trails,neighborhood preservation and revitalization, mixedusedevelopment, affordable housing, cleaner air,and an improved tax base – all advancing economicdevelopment and quality of life. Among the first torecognize the BeltLine’s enormous potential wasformer City Council President Cathy Woolard. Shewould become its most ardent early champion.This intensive takes a close look at the 22-miletransit greenway that reuses existing railroads as awide linear park with streetcars, bicycle and pedestrianpaths to connect over 40 diverse neighborhoods.It includes: 1) a presentation of related research, lessonsand challenges, including a health assessment byGeorgia Tech’s Center for Quality Growth; 2) a tourof key parts of the Beltline; 3) a charrette on effectivegreenspace design for the Beltline.Planning, Demographic Change,and the Racialization of Place inCosta Mesa, CaliforniaDay, Kristen (University of California Irvine, CA)[Paper]Like several other SU states, California isundergoing rapid demographic change, shiftingfrom a predominantly Euro-American to a “majorityminority” population. At the city scale, suchdemographic changes are often accompanied bytension, as divers groups compete for resources andstoggle to define the future of their communities.Urban planning and design frequently serve as thepublic arena in which such struggles are waged. Thesestruggles have consequences for resource allocationand, eventually, for the form of built environmentsin these communities. This paper examines theconstruction and negotiation of racial and classidentities throughout a multi-year “visioning processin the Westside area of the city of Costa Mesa,California. The Westside is an older, mixed area thathas undergone rapid demographic change, shiftingfrom less than 18% Latino residents in 1980 to roughly60% Latino residents today. Westside residents includemiddle class Euro-Americans (more often seniorsand home owners) and a newer population of Latinoparents and children (often lower income, immigrantsand renters). Westside residents have faced on-goingconflict as they struggle to define the area’s image,identity, and future aspirations. This study draws onfindings from systematic observations of monthlyvisioning meetings and public hearings related toWestside redevelopment. Findings examine the waysin which the identities of divers groups and places wereconstructed and negotiated throughout the visioningprocess, and the consequences of these constructionsfor future planning on the Westside. The case of theWestside can help to inform other cities that seek tosuccessfully respond to demographic changes and topromote equity in urban planning and design.Keywords: urban development, social issues/socialjustice, urban neighborhood/community planningThematicAbstractsUrban Planning290 May 2006Beyond Conflict 291

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningRegional versus Local SpatialPlanning in SuperRegions: Thechallenges and opportunitiesOrganizers/Presenters: Ross, Catherine L. andContant, Cheryl (Georgia Institute of Technology);Mumford, Karen (Emory University, Atlanta GA);Weyandt, Tom (Atlanta Regional Commission)[Workshop/Working Group]In the United States, local political entities makerelatively independent decisions about future landuse, infrastructure provision, economic development,and education. However, water resources, ecosystems,labor supplies, commodity flows, transportation andtelecommunications infrastructure, federal funding,and social equity often transcend these boundaries.With the intensification of globalization, economicforces and technology are increasingly rendering thesepolitical boundaries less significant. This is most evidentin the European Spatial Development Perspective(ESDP), a European Union policy statement adoptedin 1999 that has brought nations together to improveeconomic competitiveness, protect the natural environmental,and promote social justice. The ESDP is anon-binding document that allows planning practicesto vary in process and outcome. Its regional approachhas enabled European planning to address problemsthat cross political boundaries. In this effort, Europeanplanners must overcome barriers between nations.They have done so, in some cases, with transnationalvision statements for areas with economic and geographicalties (Nadin, 2002). In regard to formal landuse planning, Andreas Faludi (2002) traces differencesbetween the European and U.S. approach: “Unlike U.S.zoning ordinances that are controlled locally, Europeanequivalents are subject to approval by state or regionalauthorities whose control is exercised reasonably andconsistently by showing that local spatial plans fit intoa broader pattern of planning. Also unlike the U.S., regionaland sometimes national governments in Europecreate spatial plans, setting out the broader frameworkinto which local plans fit.” In the Southeastern UnitedStates (the states of North Carolina, South Carolina,Tennessee, Georgia, Alabama, and Florida), the influenceof globalization has been joined by substantialpopulation growth. As of 2000, more than 46.5 millionpeople lived in the Southeast; by 2050 that number isexpected to nearly double, with a swath of populationdensity creating a corridor from Raleigh, North Carolina,to Birmingham, Alabama. This growing Super-Region is already struggling with traffic congestion,disparities of opportunity, and environmental strain.Future population growth, while posing challenges,also creates opportunities for new and better solutions,especially from a spatial and regional perspective, asthe European examples illustrate. This working groupexplores the conflict between local and regional planningin the Southeast, identifying challenges, opportunities,and the appropriate scale of efforts to overcomesome of our most difficult issues – social equity,mobility and accessibility, natural resource consumptionand degradation, and economic competitiveness.This research is the continuation of work that beganin an international planning charrette, “TransformingMegalopolis,” that was held by the Georgia Institute ofTechnology, Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, Universityof Pennsylvania, the Regional Plan Association,and the Fundación Metrópoli in Madrid, Spain inMarch 2005. The charrette provided a first-hand Europeanperspective on issues confronting the Southeastand has been instrumental in shaping future work.Keywords: regional planning, urban development,sustainability, social issues/social justice, ecosystemmanagementUsing Geographic InformationSystems to for Objective Analysisof IRS Post-of-Duty LocationsNinassi, Carlo (Jacobs Advance Planning Group,Arlington, VA) [Paper]This case study highlights a geographical informationsystem (GIS)-based management tool developedwith the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The LocationModel – Post of Duty (POD) Guidelines System wasdeveloped to improve the real estate portfolio andfacility management decision making for the IRS’snearly 800 buildings, totaling 31 million square feet.It provides a standardized and objective method toidentify locations for POD’s with flexibility to adapt tochanges in the IRS’s organizational structure. We willshow how this tool is used by IRS facility managers tomaximize facility resources and to continually alignwith customer service goals, addressing the conflictbetween consistency and adaptation to change.Keywords: Professional practice; workplace/office;GIS analysis; real estate; facility managementSustainability/Land UseThe Analysis of EnvironmentallySustainable Interior DesignPracticeKang, Mihyun (Oklahoma State University) andGuerin, Denise (University of Minnesota) [Paper]The purpose of this study was to examine the stateof environmentally sustainable interior design practiceand to determine the characteristics of interior designerswho apply environmentally sustainable interiordesign to their projects. Based on the impact of thebuilt environment on people’s health and the healthof the natural environment, interior designers are inthe position to contribute to the creation of a worldthat embraces environmental, economic, and socialsustainability. While some interior designers are usingsustainable design criteria in their design, research thatinvestigates how interior designers apply environmentallysustainable design as a component for currentdesign problems has not been conducted. Knowing thestate of environmentally sustainable interior designpractice will provide a base to develop educationstrategies for sustainable interior design. A national,Internet-based survey of interior design practitionerswas conducted to collect data. The target populationwas interior design practitioners in U.S. and the accessiblepopulation was U.S. interior design practitionersin the American Society of Interior Designers (ASID).A random sample was drawn from ASID’s membershiplist. An email was sent to respondents, asking them tovisit a specified Web site to complete the questionnaire.The independent variables are interior designers’ characteristicsand the dependent variable is environmentallysustainable interior design practice. The interiordesigners’ characteristics were divided into personalcharacteristics about respondents and informationabout the respondents’ professional credentials basedon the stages of the career cycle of interior design practitioners(Guerin & Martin, 2001). Environmentallysustainable interior design was defined by the threefactors of global sustainable interior design, indoorenvironmental quality, and interior materials. Theirfrequency of application and importance in respondents’interior design practice were then measured.Descriptive statistical analysis focused on the state ofenvironmentally sustainable interior design practice.Inferential statistical analysis focused on the relationshipbetween interior designers’ characteristics andenvironmentally sustainable interior design practice.Findings indicated that although interior designersacknowledge the importance of environmentallysustainable design practice, they have not frequentlyapplied it to their projects. Use of sustainable interiormaterials was identified as a less frequently appliedcomponent of environmentally sustainable interiordesign. There was a significant relationship betweeninterior designers’ characteristics and how often theyapply environmentally sustainable interior design toprojects and how important it is to interior designers.However, there was no significant relationship for howimportant environmentally sustainable interior designis to a designer’s firm. It was concluded that size ofinterior design project was a predictor for environmentallysustainable interior design practice for frequencyof application, while design practice specialization wasa predictor for importance to the designer.Keywords: sustainability, interior design practice,quantitative researchThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use292 May 2006Beyond Conflict 293

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land UseBeyond Conflict: The environmentalpreservation at Wakanoura,Japan an attempt to revitalize residentialareas and a sightseeing spotTomotsune, Honda; Hirata, Takayuki; Kadonaga,Taku; Nakamura, Masayuki; Niiyama, Nao; andOkuno, Masanori (Wakayama University, Japan)[Poster]Wakanoura seashore near the city of Wakayama,planted at the mouth of a Kinokawa river, attractsboth tourists and residents. People love the beautifulview of the sea and gently rolling hills covered withtender greens, and the graceful scenery appears as themotifs of ancient Japanese poems called waka. Manyhotels stand along the hilly seashore on the way totwo fishing villages, but some of them are closingbecause of the recent decline of tourism. People livingnearby have raised the competing needs of growth andpreservation. Some of ruined hotels were recently demolished,and developers intend to construct housingdevelopments. People are worrying about the destructiveimpact to the nature and order of the natural landscape.The need for an urban masterplan is the urgentissue now. Some civic groups are actively trying to suggestor appeal city schemes, and other civic movementsare promoting voluntary preservation of historic andnatural resources. But these attempts still need to bewidely recognized and supported by citizens.The focus of the study is on finding new ways ofharmonizing the residential area and sight-seeing spot.Revitalization will require integrating the contradictoryneeds of development and preservation, and canshape Wakanoura under the notion of sustainabilityfor the natural and built environments. The analysisof the present landscape structure and workshops tocreate compatible conditions among residents, sightseersand fishermen will find a new common groundin neighborhood aesthetics. The research of Saikazakivillage, one of two villages in Wakanoura, focused onthe transformation of living environment between 1971and 1998, followed by further surveys in 2004 and 2005.The survey results showed that the basic spatial formationshave remained unchanged, whereas the significantchange of room arrangement brought about by renovationhas been heavy. They show that intermediate smallspaces covered with Tatami mats and wooden flooringin the middle of house plays an important roll as bufferzones if they are the hubs of dwelling spaces.Recently, the problem of aging societies in suchvillages is increasing, and houses built on the slopingsettings add inconveniences attributed to level barriers.The present situations cause two major phenomena:either the elderly move out or families move to the areato support them. Due to such social trend, the localvillagescape has transformed from the demolitionof traditional homes and the construction of houseswhich outside of environmental context. The lack ofreciprocal roles in an economy divided between fishingand tourism also emerged. The area’s basic environmentalconditions are protected by regulations andbylaws as a part of national park and scenic zones. Butthe value the land owes to its environmental quality isnot necessarily accepted. The masterplan is to respondto such social problems and develop a commonground of neighborhood aesthetics that are supportedby individual memories or experiences of citizens.Keywords: transformation, landscape, environment,tourism, preservationThe Built Environment –An Energy PerspectiveAddison, Veronica (University of South Carolina)[Poster]Many built environments promote inactivity; oftencommunities are designed for cars, and physicalactivity becomes an afterthought. This occurs incommunities of all sizes, including college campuses.Automobile dependency has contributed to decreasedair quality. Carbon monoxide is a component of motorvehicle exhaust, which contributes about 60 percent ofall CO emissions nationwide. In cities, it is estimatedthat as much as 95 percent of all carbon monoxideemissions come from automobile exhaust. The issue ofthe automobile-centered built environment threatensour health in more ways than one. In addition toaffecting air quality, the lack of physical activity hasalso led to obesity. The incidence of overweight andobese people in the United States has reached epidemicproportions. As stated by Health and Human ServicesSecretary Tommy Thompson, “Overweight andobesity are among the most pressing new health challengeswe face today. Our modern environment hasallowed these conditions to increase at alarming ratesand become a growing health problem for our nation.”More than half of the U.S. population fails to meetthe daily recommendation of 30 minutes of moderatephysical activity. Physical inactivity is a major threat tohealth in the United States, but it is largely preventable.We have neglected the potential of the built environmentto provide opportunities for physical activity.By understanding the built environment and howhumans interact with it, we can use it to alter humanenergy expenditure and decrease the consumption ofenergy external to the human metabolic system. Thisresearch will examine the built environment fromthe perspective of energy expenditure. For example,in a university setting, students with identical classschedules and living in the same residence hall canhave a daily energy expenditure ranging from 127 kcalto 980 kcal depending on how they choose to navigatethe campus: power-walking, automobiles, riding thebus, taking stairs or riding elevators, etc. This showsthe potential contribution of the built environmenton physical activity and energy expenditure. Anaverage person cycling would have an emission factorof 0.0028 g CO/ g food, a typical automobile with afuel economy of 25 mi/gal has an emission factor of0.0312 g CO/ g fuel. For a five-mile trip, the personwould emit 0.0034 grams of CO while the car wouldemit 104 grams of carbon monoxide. A person drivingto the store and circling the parking lot searching fora parking space near the store entrance emits 10.5grams of CO more than a person who parks at thefirst available space and walks to the store entrance.These scenarios, along with others to be presented inthe full poster, allow for the quantifiable comparisonof human energy expenditure versus other forms oftransportation in the built environment.Keywords: energy, human mobility, engineering,theory/conceptualization, sustainabilityChanges in the StewardshipConcept: Land ethics, strategies,and outcomesChanse, Victoria (University of California at Berkeley)[Paper]As areas in urbanized, forested, and rural areas continueto shift away from traditional land management,communities of place and communities of interestbegan to develop new definitions of stewardship that inpractice lead to alternative land management (Selman,2004). Within the past 20 years, the planning andmanagement approaches to watershed stewardshiphave dramatically changed with evolving skill levels ofvolunteers, increased funding for watershed restoration,increased attention on habitat restoration of riparianareas, and growing attention on the role of creeks inurban landscapes. This new practice of stewardship is aparticipatory form that is managed by institutions andcreates new landscapes with habits of care and connectionwith the landscape. Historically, the practiceof stewardship has changed from what was once a topdown,professionals-led approach to management approachesof flooding and water quality to a movementthat is local and participatory (Chanse and Yang, 2005).Although early participation was characterized byconservation efforts to fight stream channelization, thegrowing stewardship movement now is characterizedby volunteers becoming long-term stewards skilled inmonitoring water quality and creating habitat. Todaymore opportunities exist that promote a site-basedform of stewardship as well, providing local opportunitiesto involve residents that once only existed inareas outside of urban areas (Chanse and Yang, 2005).Using a qualitative case study approach, this researchexamines the changing stewardship practices by differentland managers such as the regional municipalutility district and park district to see how stewardshipapproaches have changed from the 1970s through theThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use294 May 2006Beyond Conflict 295

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Usepresent day. In urbanized areas, the practice of stewardshipnow is characterized by growing citizen involvementin a participatory model of stewardship promoted,organized and managed by institutions. This papertraces the emergence of participatory stewardship byexamining the landscape architecture theories aroundethics, strategies, and outcomes by tracing the historyof stewardship approaches in landscape architectureand environmental planning with a particular emphasison the emergence of participatory stewardship.Keywords: participation, outdoor environment,case study, theory/conceptualizationDoes a Childhood inNature Matter?Raleigh, Mary-Jeanne (Antioch New EnglandGraduate School, Keene NH) [Poster]This poster session will discuss my dissertationresearch titled, “The Relationship Between ChildhoodExposure to Routine Nature and the Use of NaturalRestorative Environments as a Coping Strategy inAdulthood.” College students are developmentallymoving from childhood coping strategies toward adultcoping, and existing strategies are tested within thenew demands of college/adult issues. Many studentsuse natural restorative spaces to deal with stress,others do not. The focus of this work is to explore thepredisposing factors to natural restorative environmentuse. Exposure to routine nature throughout childhoodmay be a key factor in adult restorative space use. Thisresearch involved the collection of clinical assessmentdata on anxiety, coping strategy and nature exposurethroughout the lifespan; complimented with interviewdata from a select number of the subjects. Data analysisreveals a positive correlation between amount of timein routine nature as a child and the use of restorativespace to cope with stress as an adult. Data also indicatesthat individuals utilizing active coping strategies aremore likely to use natural restorative space. The postersession will focus on the statistical analysis, researchmethods and resulting implications of this research.Keywords: stress, behavior change, emotion, personalspace, childrenEnvironmental Concern:Assumptions about other’s peoplebehaviors and attitudesSevillano, Veronica and Aragones, Ignacio J. (ComplutenseUniversity of Madrid, Spain) [Paper]Research has shown that we often overestimate thelevel of agreement of our own attitudes and behaviorswith others. This tendency was called the FalseConsensus Effect (FCE; Ross, Green, and House, 1977).Within environmental psychology, this effect has beenrelated to several environmental concerns, includingthe use of detergents and energy conservation (vander Plig, 1984) and water conservation (Monin andNorton, 2003). The most typical result in FCE researchis that endorsers (people who hold a belief or an attitude)usually give higher estimates of people who willendorse that belief or attitude (estimated consensus)than non-endorsers (people who don’t hold the beliefor attitude). However, it was also found that someendorsers give lower estimates than non-endorsersand some non-endorsers give higher estimates thanendorsers (Hoch, 1987). Thus, the full scope of theproblem would lead to a conceptualization in threedimensions: the subject’s own response, the subject’sestimate of other people’s responses, and multiple beliefsor attitudes (Dawes & Mulford, 1996). Specifically,the full specification of the problem would be: proenvironmentalpeople (endorsers) who overestimate;non pro-environmental people (non-endorsers) whounderestimate; pro-environmental people (endorsers)who underestimate and non pro-environmental people(non-endorsers) who overestimate among multiplebehavioral and attitudinal statements. Such a fullspecification also entails having to account for theFalse Uniquenness Phenomenon (FUP), the perceptionthat one’s attributes are more unique than is the case(Suls & Wan, 1987, p.211). So, do we overestimate orunderestimate the prevalence of our own attitudes/behaviorsrelated to the environment? And what couldthe consequences be? We could find that specific beliefsabout environmental behaviors/attitudes of others area barrier to performing pro-environmental behaviors,if we perceive that others don’t agree with us. Onehundred and ninety-one college students filled in aquestionnaire concerning pro-environmental (and nonpro-environmental) behaviors and attitudes, the estimatedpercentage of people who hold attitudinal andbehavioral items, an adjective check list for rating proenvironmentalpeople (ngo members), and an adjectivevalence rating. Analysis of the FCE might show whetherthe mean consensus estimate provided by people whoendorse an item is greater than the mean estimate providedby those who do not endorse the item (Kruegerand Clement, 1994). The Truly False Consensus Effect(TFCE) analysis measures whether the correlationbetween the difference score, estimated minus actualconsensus, and the rater’s own endorsements are positiveand whether these difference scores are negativelycorrelated with endorsements, thus showing a falseuniqueness effect (Krueger & Clement, 1993). Fromstandard analysis of the FCE, results suggest that for allitems endorsers’ consensus estimates of agreement werehigher than non-endorsers’ consensus estimates [pvalues among p < .001 to p < .016]. From TFCE analysis,the significant positive correlation between the differencescores and endorsements indicated the TFCE,mean all r(diff, end) = .34 (p < .0001). However r(diff,end)´s were positive for 79% of the subjects. That is,21% of the subjects showed FUP. Preliminary analysesfor the full specification of the problem suggest thatthere are differences between groups described in suchconceptualization in terms of prevalence of positiveadjectives for environmental ngo members.Keywords: environmental issues, psychology, academicresearch setting, and quantitative researchEnvironmental Management &Psychology: Promoting synergiesthrough sustainable developmentin organizations – applicationsto BrazilBolzan de Campos, Camila (University of Barcelona)[Paper]It seems that environmental management and environmentalpsychology aren’t as close as they should be.Even in scientific publications and in organizationalpractice, it is uncommon to find initiatives that promotethis integration. Pol (2002) defines environmentalintervention as any change in physical structures of aplace that, directly or indirectly, causes an alteration inthe ecosystem, the social structure, the social interactionof the population, or an environmental impact.Shared beliefs and values are the most important keyto understanding and facilitating the managementof change and conflicts (Garcia & Dolan, 2001). Theenvironmental psychologist is an expert in analyzingthe reality of the situation and proposing actions aimedat meeting the proposed objective. Environmentalmanagement systems (EMS) are promoting a changeof values in organizations. This requires changes in itsprocess, structures and human resources, while also attemptingto adopt and identify sustainability values, explicitin the establishment of the environmental policy(Pol, 2002). This study is based on exploratory researchdone on Catalonia that aimed to show how companiesdealt with the human factor in the change processthrough the EMS. It was done in collaboration with theCatalonian government and the research group led byEnric Pol. With the qualitative methodology, peopleat 20 companies that have been certified by some EMSor were in the process of acquisition were interviewed.Some of the findings of this study were that the humanresources policies weren’t integrated with the environmentaland this was detrimental to managing changeresistance. Also, it is notable that certification helps acompany’s exterior image and even improves the relationshipbetween providers, clients and stakeholders.As a follow-up, I’m proposing to investigate how Bra-ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use296 May 2006Beyond Conflict 297

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Usezilian companies deal with the environmental changes.This would use the same model applied in Catalonia,be adapted to Brazilian cultural context, and identifyopportunities to improve the process of environmentalchange with less conflicts and resistance, based on theenvironmental psychologist in the role as the expertthat can manage with this challenge. It requires interdisciplinarywork, where close areas can bring benefitsof their fields through unified efforts.Keywords: Environmental management, environmentalpsychology, change processHudson River Park Zone 4: A casestudy of contested spaceAdler, Jennifer (City University of New York){Paper]The history of the Greenwich Village waterfront isrich and varied. It evolved with the development ofManhattan and, in recent years, transitioned from avital center of the American maritime industry to amore public arena. No longer is it a bastion of outsider(marginalized) life (poor longshoremen and theirfamilies and, more recently, minority gay youth) but itis now part of a widespread public/private initiative tocreate public green space and luxury condominiums.This research studies what is now often referredto as Zone 4 of Hudson River Park. It covers most ofthe western side of Manhattan from 14th Street toCanal and is located in Greenwich Village. It includesChristopher St. Pier, a location with a history of queercongregation and cruising behavior. In recent years,this area of the west side has been the site of large-scaleluxury residential development and gentrification.When completed, the entire 550-acre Hudson RiverPark will be the largest green space development tobe engineered since creation of Central Park in the1870s, and the first public parkland developed on thewaterfront in 75 years. It will stretch from the Batteryin lower Manhattan to 59th Street, along the HudsonRiver. The project will include 13 public piers, a marineestuary and upland parks. This “emerald necklace” willnot be operated and maintained by the City of NewYork, but instead a public/private partnership knownas the Hudson River Park Trust. The city promotesthe park as a boon to quality of life on the westside ofManhattan. However, not all residents and waterwayusers agree. Community activists’ local citizens andenvironmentalists have dubbed the project alternately“Westway II” and “Son of Westway” after a failed attemptto develop a $2 billion superhighway and landfillproject proposed for the lower westside of Manhattanin the 1970s and 80s. Some see both projects as havingthe potential for similar community and environmentalfallout. As many in the city mount campaignsto save their precious green space, Hudson River Parkhas proven to be one of the most polarizing publicspace proposals in recent years. Of particular interestto me is the continuing land-use battle between localresidents and queer youth of color. Organizations sucha FIERCE (Fabulous Independent Educated Radicalsfor Community Empowerment) that represent theyouth population claim to have been unfairly targetedby quality-of-life initiatives that have attempted todisplace them from the historically queer space. Recentprotests and publicity (such as the teen produceddocumentary “Fenced Out”) have polarized the neighborhoodand raised the important issue of for whompublic space is designed and what types of behaviors aretolerated by law enforcement and the local community.Levels of Response in the Conceptualizationof the EnvironmentalConstruct NeighborhoodWilliams, Cynthia and Amedeo, Douglas (Universityof Nebraska – Lincoln) [Paper]It is clear from research that the place-conceptneighborhood has been interpreted in multiple ways byindividuals inhabiting them. But what accounts for differencesin how this social-spatial enclave is construed?Are there mental prototypes of neighborhood commonto particular groups in society? If so, how might theybe distinguished from one another? If ways of construingthis concept involve assigning essential featuresto define its place category, which features are likelyto be cognitively emphasized by which groups? Doneighborhood environmental prototypes imply muchabout ways in which individuals interact and live?These are the questions of interest in this presentation.Individuals are social beings and, as such, they transactand interact with others on a daily basis withineveryday surroundings that have considerable socialimplications themselves (see Hillier and Hanson, 1984).Cognitive theorists suggest that social interactions andsocial contexts often shape the ways people comprehendand/or think about others, things and relationships.In that way, social relations and their norms exerttheir influences on experiences and behaviors (seeForgas, 1981: and Fiske & Taylor, 1991: and Howard &Hollander, 1997). The implication for this study is thatpeople construe neighborhood in ways consistent withtheir social positions and contexts when engaged incognitive processing about such places. This expectationwill be the focus of this presentation. Reasoningin this way provides an opportunity for analyzingmany different interpretations of the concept neighborhood.Since a notion of neighborhood is, in effect, acognitive representation, resulting images among theindividuals thinking about them should be systematicallyrelated to differences in the way they are conceptualized.These differences, in turn, should reflectinfluences by employing the idea of “level of response”when examining the cognitive processing involved inexpressions of neighborhood. Theory associated withperceptual-cognitive processing suggests that thereare five overlapping and interrelated levels to cognitiveresponses of surrounding events. These include affect,orientations, categorization, systematizations, and adaptation(see, for example, Ittelson, Proshansky, Rivlin,& Winkel, 1974; Ittelson, 1978; and Mandler, 1985).Their occurrence, preponderance, and positions inneighborhood notions should help to reveal, along withancillary information, something about the individualsconstituting these renditions and influences on themfrom their social living patterns. We elicit our subjects’renditions of neighborhood and their responsesto open-ended questions about this notion. Contentanalysis, coded by the dimensions describing levels ofresponse, is used to develop profiles reflecting neighborhoodconceptualizations. These are compared withone another through multi-variant analyses (modes offactor analysis) to search for possible groupings amongindividuals, to identify the neighborhood-notion commonaltiesdistinguishing groupings, and to describesocial differences among the groups in terms of probablelife-styles of the individuals constituting them.Keywords: levels of response, neighborhood,and groupingPerceptual Impacts of the‘Sea Change’ Phenomenon onAustralian Coastal TownsGreen, Ray (The University of Melbourne, Australia)[Paper]The migration of city dwellers to small coastal towns,seeking a relaxed lifestyle in beautiful, natural settingsin order to escape the pressures of city life, has beentermed the “sea change” phenomenon. In addition tothe demographic consequences associated with thisphenomenon, increases in development and the introductionof new architectural forms unsympathetic tothe distinctive character these towns have traditionallypossessed are also changing the way these townslook. The result is the character of these places is beingtransformed into one of global uniformity. This studyexamined how people living in coastal towns locatedalong Australia’s Great Ocean Road perceive changesin town character that have resulted primarily fromthe sea change phenomenon. Both long-term andmore recent residents, including those who themselvesare part of this sea change migration, were firstsurveyed using a mail questionnaire (N=1344), whichwas aimed at identifying features salient to perceptionsof town character. Features most frequently identified,both those perceived as contributing to, andthose seen as distracting from, local character, werethen photographed and used as stimuli in photo ratingworkshops (N=221). Results of the photo-rating exercisewere then presented to focus groups (N=34). Theywere asked to identify physical attributes associatedThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use298 May 2006Beyond Conflict 299

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Usewith those developments rated to be compatible withlocal character and, likewise, attributes associatedwith developments perceived to be out of character.Architectural attributes associated with developmentsrated as compatible with local character included theirbeing screened by vegetation, painted in warm, earthy,muted and natural colors, having large setbacks, nothaving boundary fencing, being small in height and/ormass, appearing to fit into the landscape (e.g. lines andforms of the architecture reflect topographic forms),possessing well-articulated wall and façade treatmentswith a harmonious mix of architectural forms and amoderate degree of visual complexity. Attributes associatedwith developments perceived to incompatiblewith local character included bright and/or contrastingcolors, large scale and/or a monolithic “boxy”appearance, lack of landscaping, possessing a disharmoniousmix of colors, materials, roof types, windowtypes, etc., and high density and site coverage.Keywords: aesthetics, assessment, environmentalchange, place character, coastal SettlementsPlanning for Rapid Environmentaland Developmental Change in a DevelopingContext: The case of theOsa region of Costa Rica and the applicationof participatory processesVargas-Moreno, Juan Carlos (Harvard University)[Paper]This paper addresses the issues of the rapid regionaltransformations in developing counties, such asurban-rural change, interface definition and management,land use and natural resources use patterns andsocio-demographic and spatially-explicit reallocations,and their subsequent demand to re-define planners,policy makers and development agents’ operationalpractices and development approaches. In particular,the paper constructs its argumentation based on aseries of theoretical arguments drawn from the socialscience, anthropological and development literature butprimarily on empirical demonstrations extracted frommy ongoing dissertation field work research in the Osaregion of Costa Rica. I argue for a redefinition of planningand policy-making strategies based on a cross-disciplinaryadaptive participatory process, focused on twopremises. First, efforts should focus on the spatially explicitmanagement of regional-change processes ratherthan in static outputs that lack the ability to adapt andtransform as conditions change. Second, the notions ofparticipatory science, technology employment and localknowledge should reposition as key aspects to addressthe issues of environmental sustainability, livelihoodsand ongoing debates between conservation and development.The paper argues for an urgency to address theseissues since currently the developing world is shiftingparadigms from one of rural production to one of urbanconsumption, a phenomena that occurs at a time whenworld population is increasing at the fastest rate in history.I argue that the shifting of models of production/consumption and the challenges imposed by populationgrowth have caused an immigration/migration process.Such process is characterized by a double journey:one from rural to urban centers made by those whoabandon agriculture in search of urban opportunities;and one made from urban centers into the growingsuburbia, made by those who want to escape crowdedand unsafe urban environments. This complex fluxof people and correspondent markets dynamics andparticular demands inevitably creates unprecedentedchallenges in the frontiers of planning and policy. Theyalso demand a crucial repositioning of the government’srole in developing processes. An inevitable spatial repercussionsuch as phenomena is an unprecedented rapidregional change dynamic, which imposes profoundtransformation of the land and resource-use patterns,consolidating a new culture of ambiguous and constantfluctuating edgeless regional territories configuring volatilecultural and economic scenarios. This paper is basedon the ongoing dissertation field research conducted inthe Osa region of Costa Rica and in experiences derivedfrom other research experiences in Mexico (La Paz andLoreto regions, Baja California). Research methods supportingthe partial findings include both participatoryresearch frameworks and spatial-explicit planning andscientific methodologies such as GIS, remote sensingand comparative regional analysis. Key references (inparticular, authors such as Molano, Mbilinyi, Darce deOliveira, Hall, Chambers and Adams among others) aredrawn from the adaptation of anthropological, socialscience and development literature into the planningand policy analytical processes.Promoting Undergraduates’ EmergingIdeas of Sustainability throughJournals and Design ProjectsBetrabet-Gulwadi, Gowri (University of NorthernIowa) [Poster]This case study shares how interior design students’reflections on sustainability and sustainable designprinciples are promoted via online postings and areflective journal process. At the beginning of a semester-longdesign studio, senior interior design studentsreflected upon readings and discussions on sustainablethinking, sustainable actions and sustainabledesign. Reflection was encouraged throughout thesemester to assist students in building a rationale fordesign decisions implemented in their projects laterin the semester. The paper begins by discussing whysustainability is increasingly central to interior designcurricula, why critical thinking must be fostered instudents as they develop into their roles as futuredesigners, how reflective journals enabled students tothink critically about emerging ideas and sustainableprinciples, and concludes with instructor reflectionson the process, its highlights and impending revisions.Rural Urbanism: A placemakingtheory at the developingurban edgeTabb, Phillip (Texas A&M University) and Deviren,A. Senem (Eastern Mediterranean University, Turkey)[Paper]With the advent of increased ways of communicationand transportation worldwide, many are settlingfurther and further away from urban concentrationsto avoid the chaos and complexity of modernity.Growth is inevitable. But the problem is that thedemand for rapid change and expansion is feedingthe uncontrolled growth – the sprawl – particularly atthe edge of valuable farmland and natural open space.The lack of organic relations between individualbuilding types and circulation systems is creating thedisordered and fragmented patchwork of suburbansprawl. The process is defining the contemporarycontext of placelessness, which is suffering from theconsequences of dispersed discontent. Hence, sprawlis the proliferation of a short-term myopic patternof development, which consumes precious land andthe on-site resources that are central elements to ourmaking of places. The contemporary discourse ofalternative design and planning approaches againstsprawl and placelessness is being dominated by checklist-basedmethods and formalist development modelofferings. By overly determining, structuring andisolating the community life, they fall short both inusing the opportunities offered by urban edges wherehuman-nature interface is enhanced, to address realsustainable characteristics, and in making authenticplaces. Placemaking, through developing sustainablepatterns, is a challenging agenda. It requires that architecturaldesign and planning decisions be based onassumptions different from those of the reductionist,descriptive and formalist approaches. This study presentsboth an application and the theoretical frameworkexpressed with a series of leading concepts. Theplacemaking theory is a planning and architecturalstrategy informing the design processes of physicalcontexts that ensures spatial necessities both for individualcomfort and community relations. It supportsthe most efficient and effective use of local energy,natural and economic resources. The content of thetheory is informed by 12 essential leading concepts,and the theory functions by utilization of its conceptsthrough their application on site, within specificplaces. The application of the theory can be clearlyseen in the planning and design work for the SerenbeCommunities located outside of Atlanta, Georgia.ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use300 May 2006Beyond Conflict 301

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land UseMost of the surrounding land encircling Atlanta hasnow been developed, except for a southwestern strip,which includes most of South Fulton County. The newoverlay district will employ strategically variable formsof concentrations – estates, hamlets, and villages thatanticipate urbanizing only 20 percent of the land.A unique planning concept was generated for eachscale using a middle-out design process. The workproduced a multi-settlement plan with three villageson the 40,000 acres (16,200 hectares), and a cluster offour omega-shaped hamlets within 1,000 acres (405hectares). The result was a scaler-integrated set ofinterconnected settlements that expressed the leadingconcepts and complementary ideas appropriate toeach of the planning scales considered. They are sensitiveto the rolling and forested land and are site-fittedto engender a sense of place taking advantage of eachmicro-site. The consequence of the interactive correspondencebetween the experimental theory and practicecan create a network architecture that embodiesa potential for developing ecologically oriented andenvironmentally concerned settlements against thepiecemeal and isolated suburban sprawl.Keywords: rural urbanism, open planning,network architecture, constellating settlement design,placemakingReclamation and the Changing ofa Cultural PerspectiveCook, Brian (University of Colorado – Denver)[Paper]Reclamation, as an emerging type of landscape intervention,holds the possibility to not only transformour post-industrial environment, but also our culturalperspective. It offers new relationships betweenpeople and their surroundings, as humans begin tounderstand their role in the modification of a terrain.First, reclamation reveals a model for intervention asa way of operating. Second, because this revelation isfound in the landscape, not of human formulation butinstead brought about by succession results in the land,it brings a new and respectful dialogue with our surroundingsas we look to the landscape itself as a placeof learning. As a physical embodiment of the abstractidea of hermeneutics, reclamation involves at first aquestioning, then a marking with that understanding,and then a returning, to investigate the revelationsthat come after the withdrawal. Since the interventioninvites the continual processes and interpretations ofits functioning environment, the site for reclamationbecomes a location for discovery, as these uncontrolledand unfolding characteristics are revealed and as newtopographic situations invite invention and wonder.Keywords: Culture, ecological issues, preservation/restoration, technology, landscape architectureSocial Equity and SpatialConsiderations in a PlannedMixed-Use Urban RedevelopmentCommunityHoward, Sandra L. and Juhasz, Joseph P. (Universityof Colorado) [Poster]The intention of this study is to define the distinctionbetween stated and unstated policy, and thephysical results of stated and unstated policies. Weare investigating the stated-policy intentions to beequitable, and the reality of those intentions as theyare carried out. Further, we want to know what thereality might suggest for the future of equitable urbanhuman spatial and social relations. We have selectedthe Stapleton redevelopment project in Denver, Coloradoas a case study. Stapleton is a new urban design,residential and commercial mixed-use communitydevelopment being constructed within the centralcityboundaries, 15 minutes from downtown Denver.The location and scale of this development providea unique opportunity to influence the social andeconomic future of Denver communities. Too often,social and economic outcomes created by inequitablespatial arrangements, and associated with institutionalizedpractices, legitimize discrimination anddivide neighborhoods. These discriminatory spatialarrangements and practices threaten the quality of lifein urban areas for minority and working class groups(Castells, 2002). Although one aspect of urban sociallife may entail a personal choice to locate near peoplewith similar interests, economic and political institutionalpractices often manipulate choice and createpatterns of social exclusion (Dreier, P., Mollenkopf, L.,& Swanstrom, T., 2001; Fainstein, S., 2001). Similarly,the relationships of institutionalized activity alsoproduce influential interactions between designersand clients of the built environments (Friedman andJuhasz, 1974). The purpose of this study is to examinehow institutional practices differ when public policythat incorporates ameliorative rhetoric is used todirect a contemporary urban redevelopment project,and what is the role of environmental design andplanning for equitable spaces. The stated goal of theproject under study is to use policy and physical formto create an environment that is equitable, meaning itwill accommodate divers groups including race, age,ethnicity, gender, and income. Our conceptual definitionof social equity is the quality of conditions basedon a fair distribution of space within a specific urbangeographic area of redevelopment. The operationaldefinition of fair is the outcome of these spatial distributionswith the geographic area studied. Preliminaryfindings using available data indicate private space islimited because affordable housing is concentratedin one area of the district studied. Public spaces showmixed results (e.g., participatory planning is conducted,open space is plentiful, and access is promoted);however, the presence and extent of diverseuses and users is presently unclear. These findingsappear contrary to the redevelopment policy’s statedgoal of diversity because private space is segregated,which may circumvent opportunities for diversity tooccur within and across public space. The next stagesof inquiry entail multiple methods of data collection(e.g., field research and face-to-face survey interviewswith key informants).Keywords: spatial behavior, social issues, communityplanning, urban design, and multiple methodsSustainability as FrontierPiergiorgio, Rossi (RomaTre University, Italy)[Poster]The present scenario of architectural technologyis characterized by the diversification and hybridizationof techniques and objectives. The energeticperformances of buildings are even more controlled;lightness is a criterion that inspires the most qualifiedcontemporary architecture; the environmental impactenters into the design process. Nevertheless, as in thefirst industrial age, the technological pattern exportedby the rich North to the poor South is heavy, filled withpollutants and expensive. While in the most advancedcountries the attention to safety, climate and resourcesis increasing, in the peripheral and poor areas, householdstry to produce an image of social status whilepaying steep environmental and social costs. A concretestructure needs sand, gravel and limestone (forthe cement) extracted with serious injuries for the land.Imported technologies especially humble traditionalcraftsmanship based on manual dexterity.The questions are: is it possible to improve the environmentalquality without facing the poverty challengeand vice versa? How can technology help thepeople instead of following the business philosophy?Some advanced architecture research and experimentsare taking a different approach to construction.For instance, the geometries by Winestock or Noxpermit building double curvature structures fromcardboard without using hard industrial processes.The technological solution is in the informationoffered by the design and not in the tools requiredby the shape. To extend the research about thearchitecture for poverty, the Environmental Designcourse (Faculty of Architecture – Roma Tre University)analyzes and experiments with construction asdesign (or design as construction). The student hasto see himself as the builder with his own abilities,tools, resources and opportunities. The materialsthat can be easily manipulated are found in daily life:food containers, cans, metal wire nets, paper, cardboard,rope and fabrics. The design appropriates theThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use302 May 2006Beyond Conflict 303

ThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Usewhole building process, opening new perspectives forconstruction. The course has also involved workingwith two secondary schools. University students havehelped secondary school students to develop twolightweight structures: a theater stage made fromnewspapers and a little market constructed from milkcontainers. To prepare the work for pupils, the designideas derived from the cited courses have been developedinto a sequence of single steps. The third stageof the course involves the proposal submitted to theEuropean Commission answering to the call of AsiaPro Eco II Program. The proposal has been developedby a partnership among the universities of Jember,Innsbruck, Athens, Milan and Roma Tre to organizestudents groups in the areas affected by the tsunami.The intention is to build 120 houses, limiting unitcosts to 900 for raw materials and 600 for supplies.Keywords: adaptable, design, climate, constructionsustainability, social issuesSustainability in Ancient Chinese:A living model of a time-spacesystem of feng-shui theoryTai, An-chi (Virginia Technological Institute) [Paper]To the ancient Chinese, sustainability was addressednot only in the context of present-day short-termenvironmental elements but also in long-term everchangingphenomenon over time. Through the practiceof a spatial system developed from I-ching, theancient Chinese discovered cycles of environmentalphenomenon and applied them in different scales, includingurban planning, housing, and interior design,to ensure that human living patterns responded tonature rather than other way around.The purpose of this paper is to explore the underlyingsustainable environmental theory in thetime dimension of feng-shui and re-define an openpractical system for a decision-support framework.Through a review of literature and interviews witha number of feng-shui masters and scholars, thisresearch is able to identify several key connections betweentheoretical concepts and a practical time-spacesystem of the feng-shui theory.I-ching involves 64 pictures as part of symboliclogic to record natural phenomenon and the relationshipsbetween humans and nature. One of theapplications of I-ching was in feng-shui, which wasused to determine the rules of nature and establishprinciples for people to live and follow in the thirdand the fourth dimensions of space. This practicalliving pattern of time and space contains applicableoptions in three aspects.First, the placement of a human settlement or abuilding should be observed over a history of longtermchange and growth. For example, it is always undesirableto build on top of a hill because this locationwould be exposed to harsh rain and wind that, overtime, would damage the building.Second, the characteristics of a house changethrough time. In feng-shui theory, every building hasassigned characteristics based on its physical factorsand time of construction. In the very beginning of theprocess of building a house, the timing of finishingconstruction is important. Equally important is theconsideration of who is going to live in the house andhow the house is related to its urban surroundings.Third, the way to use a space could be definedby different people at different times. The Chinesefeng-shui theory defined a spatial system with a ninesquare-gridplan and arranged peoples’ relationshipsamong the rooms of the plan (Tai, An-chi, 2006).This system also contained changeable options forresidents to adapt their ways of using space, followedby time-changing principles. For example, the Wanchengdiagram illustrates an ideal urban plan withnine gates for an emperor’s city (800 B.C.), and eachgate could be used in different ways according to differenttimes, stratums, or purposes.To avoid conflict between humans and nature,Chinese sustainability emphasized the importanceof following the rules of nature. Understanding theserules and living with the changes over time is the wayfor Chinese to seek harmony while avoiding conflicts.Keywords: Chinese architecture, feng-shui, sustainability,living pattern, time-spaceShaping Places for People: Conflictand Environmental QualityTokman, Leyla (Anadolu University, Eskisehir, Turkey){Paper}Architectural design studios are the places wheredynamic and various activities are carried out such asmaking a critique of the design, forming architecturalcrits, reviews or juries, group and individual studies,reading /researching, counseling, thinking by modelingthrough the use of free-hand sketches, modelsand CAD programs and finally also some resting.These activities require creativity, concentration andmotivation for learning goals. This paper is a researchstudy based on the hypothesis that space organization,environmental data and the extent to whether there isan established relationship between the user and thedesign studio are crucial for presence of this high creativity,concentration and motivation. This hypothesishas been well supported through protocol analysesand surveys. The relationship between user’s identityand the place, creative use of space, perception,cognition, dynamics of people-place relationships areanalyzed in this study. The findings of this researchexpand upon important findings in the literature suchas Manzo (2005)’s work about exploring multipledimensions of place meaning. This paper presents anexperimental study trying to explore the potentialsto develop more sensitive studio spaces on the basisof the relationships between user/studio lecturerand student/ behaviour and space and tool by takingtoday’s youth and design education into consideration.What kind of relationships do design studioshave with the use of space by the users, their socialbehaviors and learning? The various perspectivessuch as the relationships among perception, meaning,learning, inference, structure of information, logic aswell as the relationship among space-meaning-identity-feelingand the analyses of these relationshipsreflected on physical space will be included in thispaper. The findings and recommendations will alsobe given within the framework of this study. The findingsof this research as a whole reveal important dataabout the process of developing identity and meaningaround architectural design studio. This study showsthat environmental quality occurs more effectively onthe relationship among workplace design, human behaviorand learning process when accompanied withidentity, experience, place meaning, making associationswith the past and feeling of belonging.Keywords: Identity, Participation, Built Environment,Conflict, Motivation, CreativityTeaching Law Students aboutSprawl and the LawLewyn, Michael (George Washington UniversityLaw School, Washington, DC) [Paper]In the fall of 2004, I taught a seminar on “TheLaw of Sprawl” at Southern Illinois University (SIU)School of Law. My essay seeks to guide would-beteachers of a course on sprawl (or of a segment onsprawl within broader courses such as property orland use), by showing how I taught the course andwhat I learned from the experience. Specifically, Iseek to show:• That my sprawl course fits comfortably into a lawschool curriculum, because it studies case law relatingto land use regulation and education law, and becausenumerous other common courses relate law to socialissues. For example, a majority of American lawschools teach courses on “Race and the Law;” and• How my own curriculum linked sprawl to legalissues. In particular, the course studied case lawvalidating sprawl-creating land use regulation, andschool desegregation case law that encouraged parentsto prefer suburbs over cities.The essay also discussed the tools I used to assessstudent competence, and studies possible changesI might make if I teach the course in the immediatefuture.Keywords: law, social issues, community planning,urban design, curriculum developmentThematicAbstractsUrban PlanningSustainability/Land Use304 May 2006Beyond Conflict 305

ThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironmentsWorkplace EnvironmentsAccessibility of Support Spaces inOffice BuildingsHashas, Mine; Sanford, Jon; and Bafna, Sonit(Georgia Institute of Technology) [Paper]In the United States, regulations mandate officebuilding accessibility. In most office buildings, theaccessibility requirements are achieved for work unitsof the individual with disability and for restroomsvia wheelchair ramps, wide doors, accessible toilets,and adaptable work units. However accessibility ofother parts of the office building, which may includethe support areas such as fax and photocopy facilities,refresh spaces, locker rooms, and filing spaces, maybe left out. Providing access only to work units is notadequate to allow people with disabilities to completeeveryday work tasks. Even though a person with adisability is expected to fit into these environments,most of the time it may not be possible and can cause“work stress.” Support areas increase the liklihoodof informal face-to-face contact between employees,considered important for information flow. Results ofsome studies suggested that provision of more supportspaces can impact workplace effectiveness throughthe stimulation of cross-functional collaborationand a general sense of participation in organizationalmatters. In this context, access to these spaces by employeeswith disabilities is an important issue for workplace satisfaction and effectiveness. Consequently,accessibility of support areas is a part of effective useof office space and relates to environmental control,which enhances group collaboration, communication,satisfaction, performance, and reduces psychologicaland physical stress. This pilot study will explore theeffect of support space accessibility on social interactionand job satisfaction of people with disabilities inan office building in Atlanta. Data will be collectedthrough structured interviews containing open-endedas well as scaled questions. Spatial analysis of theoffice building will also be conducted to map out andcompare the connectivity and centrality of supportareas for people with disabilities and for able bodies.Keywords: workplace/office, spatial behavior, professionalpractice, case study, space syntaxBackground Music, Work &Well-BeingLeather, Phil; Santos, Angeli; and Zarola, Tony (Instituteof Work, Health & Organizations, Universityof Nottingham, UK) [Paper]Does the playing of music in the workplace improveemployee well-being and, if so, how? These are thefundamental questions asked in this paper. Specifically,the paper reports the results of a comparativestudy evaluating the use of music in the sterile serviceswork area of a large UK teaching hospital. Using acounterbalanced design, three musical conditionswere used: classical, pop and a no-music control condition.The effects of music on a range of self-reportand physiological outcome variables are examined,including: self-reported stress; self-reported arousal;blood pressure; pulse; social cohesion within the workgroup; liking for the work area as a physical environment;and perceived difficulty of the shift worked. Theresults show converging evidence for a beneficial useof music in the work area. Interestingly, pop music isfound to have a beneficial impact on the work attitudesand self-reported well being, while classicalmusic proves most advantageous in terms of the physiologicalindicators. The results are at least partly explainedby means of reinforcement affect theory andclassical conditioning mechanisms. The importanceof the work context is emphasized and implicationsdrawn for the generalized use of music in the workplaceas a means of improving employee well being.Balancing Business Goals withLocal Needs in Global OfficeSpace StandardsKeable, Ellen (Jacobs Advance Planning Group,Buffalo, NY) [Paper]Conflict often generates the need for objective analysis,forming opportunities for design research. At JacobsAdvanced Planning, our practice is shaped by conflictsbetween business strategies and facilities plans, betweencommunity needs and infrastructure, and betweenstakeholders. We deliver value to our clients by definingthese problems before solutions, with research at scalesfrom furniture to community planning. One arena inwhich Jacobs uses research to define and address conflict,thereby bringing objectivity and rigor to pre-designand planning processes, is in workplace design.Global office standards must balance business goalsof cost reduction, efficiency, and consistency withfunctional needs, culture, and local control. Our client,Dow Chemical Corporation, uses Six Sigma methodologyto define and measure quality throughoutits operations. Building on its practice of prioritizingrequirements by their impacts on business goalsand the value placed on objective measurements, weintegrated design research methods into the standardsdevelopment process to address user requirements.The results shaped the form, content, and applicationof their global office standards to strengthen common,core values with flexibility for local needs and culture.Keywords: workplace, design researchContainer Transformation: AMobile Work PlaceSattar, Haroon (University of Arkansas) [Paper]Technological advances challenge interior spacesand architecture, and add a mobile nature as well.This project attempts to explore the possibilities of aflexible, changeable, mobile environment, based ona very successful mass transportation system – thehighway network and container truck transportationsystem. Container Transformation is a self-contained,conceptual experimental sustainable mobile worklivingplace. Made out of recyclable truck containers,the self-contained mobile center can take technologyto remote places and provide infrastructure foreducation. It can also exhibit and create awareness ofimportant issues, including sustainable environments.The self-contained units are equipped with necessarytechnology. Powered by solar energy, they include bathroom,food preparation and storage space. They may beable to provide essential infrastructure to support reliefand rescue operations in any disaster area such as thosehit by the recent Katrina and Rita hurricanes.Standard truck containers provide the basicmodular unit of this project. Four modular units aredesigned out of two standard container sizes. One20-foot container unit is designed as a dwelling/livingand work place. Another 20-foot unit is designedas an office/work unit, having a small private officework-station, built-in kitchenette and storage facilities.One 40-foot unit is designed as a work/office anddwelling unit. Another 40-foot unit is designed as anoffice-training center. Part of these container unitsexpand, adding more floor area to make the unitsfunction efficiently and comfortably. The units are designedwith built-in furniture that is both flexible andexpandable.The units can be transported on trucks,train or even on ships. Modular units made out ofrecycled containers are an example of reuse of spaces.The arrangement of modular units can be veryresponsive to any given site and environment. Unitscan be arranged in linear, parallel, square or clusterarrangement, creating possibilities for a wide rangeof set ups. The flexibility of space and function canbe attained in each unit as well as in combinations ofarrangements.In summary, the design objectives of ContainerTransformation, a mobile transportable environment,are to develop an adaptable flexible structure that isresponsive to its immediate and changing environment,has a low site impact during deployment, andlittle residual effect after demolition. The mobile unitprovides infrastructure and event facilities for multi-ThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironments306 May 2006Beyond Conflict 307

ThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironmentsday indoor-outdoor events and meets the functionalrequirements of a wide range of users and targetgroups.Keywords: Mobility, sustainability, transportation,workplace, interior designCumulative Risk: A Model ofDesign and Health ImpactsBilotta, Elena (University of Rome, Italy) [Paper]Additional Presenters: Evans, Gary W., Becker,Franklin; and Keese, Alyssa (Cornell University)Findings in the field of developmental psychologysuggest that the action of risk factors is cumulative.This means that the combination of multiple risk factorsis most often related to negative outcomes, not onespecific risk factor. Moreover, a series of risks actingand interacting at the same time characterize manysettings. Thus the analysis of multiple risk factorsmay also more adequately capture the ecology of riskoften inherent in every-day environments. Traditionalanalytic approaches to model multiple-setting factorsare limited by statistical power and human cognitivecapabilities to comprehend only lower-order statisticalinteractions. Cumulative risk assessment providesan alternative analytic framework that is capable ofcapturing theoretically, meaningful environmentalexposure in a manner that does not strain statisticaland human capabilities. The aim of this paper is todescribe the theory and methodology of cumulativerisk assessment and apply it to perceptions and consequencesof multiple risks in work settings. Numerousenvironmental psychology studies have demonstratedstatistically significant but modest (at best) risks ofexposure to aversive qualities of the physical environment(e.g., density, noise, insufficient privacy, poorindoor climate). However, the co-variation of multiplerisk factors has received insufficient attention. Thismay mean that we have underestimated the possibleconsequences of suboptimal working environments onoutcomes such as job satisfaction, productivity, stress,and health. Perhaps we have not collected data oranalyzed it properly as it corresponds to the individualworker’s actual experience of his or her work life. Amultiple risk framework may help to ascertain someaspects of the interaction between worker and environmentthat have not been noticed using a traditionalapproach. Of course, it is not only physical risk factorsthat may co-occur. In fact, physical characteristicsmay be insufficient to represent the different kinds ofrisk present in a work environment. We also need totake into consideration psychosocial characteristicsof work settings such as job demands, job control,job support, job discrimination, and role ambiguity.Temporal issues will also be considered in the model.The attention will focus particularly on the durationof exposure to the risks. Findings in environmentalpsychology demonstrate that longer exposure mayhave different, more negative impacts than shorterexposure. In spite of this, most researchers ignoreexposure duration and restrict their analysis to shortterm,acute responses that often yield weak significantresults. There are studies suggesting that the chronicityof risk exposure (either physical or psychosocial) maybe more critical than the risk’s intensity and the consequencesof chronic risks even more negative. Moreover,the analysis of long-term risk exposure may help tobetter understand the ecology of risk in a work setting,since it reflects real workers’ experiences. Preliminarydata from an ongoing study of a healthcare setting willbe used to illustrate this approach, highlighting bothits potential utility in the field of environment andbehavior and noting some of its limitations.Keywords: stress, health, workplaces, theoryDifference in Satisfaction withOffice Environment among Employeesin Different Office-TypesDanielsson, Christina (Royal Institute of Technology,Stockholm, Sweden) [Paper]Differences in the physical environments betweenoffices may influence the employees’ satisfaction andpsychological responses with respect to differentaspects of the office environment. In a study based on469 employees from the Stockholm area, employeesrated their perception and satisfaction with the officeenvironment in seven different office-types. Theinvestigated office-types were classified as: cell-office,shared-room office, small open plan office, mediumopen plan office, large open plan office, flex-office andcombo-office. Differences with regard to the followingenvironmental factors were analyzed: 1) ambient factors,2) noise and privacy, and 3) design-related factors.Multivariate logistic and Poisson regression wereused to evaluate the responses. Adjustments for potentialconfounders as age, gender, job rank, marketdivision and job satisfaction were done.Substantial differences between employees indifferent office-types were found. The analysis offrequencies in complaints within the three domainsshowed that noise and privacy is the domain thatcauses relatively most dissatisfaction among office employees.Cell-office employees are most satisfied withthe physical environment overall, followed by thosein flex-office. However, the results for cell-office arenot uniformly best since they score low with regardto the social aspects of design-related factors and inparticular on support of affinity. Most dissatisfactionis reported in medium and large open plan offices,where the results for dissatisfaction with noise andlack of privacy are especially negative. Architecturaland functional features of the offices are discussed asthe main exploratory factors for these results.Keywords: office employees, satisfaction, officetype,architectural features, functional features, ambientfactors, workstation, office design, noise, privacy,design related factorsEnvironmental Correlatesof Physical Activity at theWorkplace: Four Case Studies inAtlantaTsepas, Sharon (Georgia Institute of Technology)[Paper]Even though most Americans spend the vast majorityof their time within buildings, most previousstudies exploring the impact of the physical environmenton activity have looked at the larger urban andneighborhood scale. This research focuses on the roleof building design, site design and site selection inpromoting moderate physical activity such as walking,biking and stair-climbing among office workers. Recently,multiple studies have focused on interventionsat the building level, such as stair design and signage.In fact, Thom Mayne’s upcoming federal buildingin San Francisco incorporates skip-stop elevators toencourage physical activity and social interaction.Available literature suggests several environmentalinterventions that may have an impact at the buildingand site level. Additionally, research supports theconcept of the workplace as a base for walking tripsin urban settings. (Pushkarev and Zupan, 1975;Wegmann & Jang, 1998) In fact, studies of activitypatterns suggest that the workplace is second to homeas a base for activity trips (Wegmann & Jang,1998).Whereas large scale impacts in the private buildingindustry are difficult due to a multitude of buildingowners and decentralized decision-making, the publicbuildingindustry provides an opportunity to impact alarge number of employees with a relatively few numberof building owners. Public agencies create and managebuildings for millions of Americans but have not yet includedthe support of activity among their developmentobjectives. However, the nature of public agencies aswell as interviews and surveys with public agency decision-makerssuggests that they are open to consideringsupport for everyday physical activity (Tsepas & Zimring,2004). Given the national objective of promotingphysical activity, attention to environmental interventionsin these settings is particularly relevant.ThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironments308 May 2006Beyond Conflict 309

ThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironmentsThe aim of this research is to:• Gain a better understanding of how environmentalvariables impact physical activity amongemployees at the building and site level:• Define and operationalize variables of the builtenvironment as well as physical activity;• Assess the relative impacts of environmentalvariables on physical activity; and• Provide policy recommendations for physicalactivity friendly site and building design.Case studies of four public buildings at the local,state, and federal level provide a basis for developingassessment tools and design guidelines for physicalactivity friendly environments in the future. At eachsite, the specific goals are:• to understand the “activity goals” at each site;• to identify the key elements of “activityfriendly” sites;• to gain an understanding of how each of thesevariables can be measured;• to understand impacts of “activity friendly” designat each site on individual behavior; and• to understand how these elements were incorporatedinto the design program and the impacts duringthe design and development process.Four public buildings situated in an urban government“campus,” or center, in Atlanta are used in thisstudy. This setting provides an opportunity to look atthe range of issues dealing with site design and integrationinto the larger urban fabric. My goal is to increasethe understanding of the relationship between thebuilt environment and physical activity. Specifically, Iwill seek to explain the importance of specific designelements in promoting physical activity in officeworkers. The end products of this research will be:• Preliminary model showing the associationbetween environmental and physical activity variablesand moderators at the site and building scale;• Hypotheses for future research; and• Preliminary policy recommendations forbuilding owners (public agencies).The methods used include on-site observations,travel surveys, review of architectural and policydocuments, and interviews of key decisionmakers/stakeholders.From Blank Canvas toMasterpiece: Creating Innovationin the WorkplaceOrganizers: Gobes-Ryan, Shelia (Jacobs AdvancePlanning Group) and Augustin, Sally (PlaceCoach,Inc. Los Angeles, CA) [Pre-Conference Intensive]Innovation is at the core of an organization’s abilityto succeed and thrive in today’s business climate. Thisyear’s intensive session will examine how organizationsapproach innovation, the role and value of spacefor organizational innovation, the processes and toolsneeded for effectively creating the space to enhanceinnovation, and how we can support organization’sability to document and evaluate space as an investmentin their ongoing processes of innovation. Finally,it will ask the question: does organizational spacehave a long-term and essential role in an organization’sability to be innovative?Keywords: workplace/office, architecture, interiordesign, psychology, interdisciplinaryThe Important Role of Enclosure inthe Open versus Closed Office Debate:A quasi-experimental case studyBrand, Jay (Haworth, Holland, MI) [Paper]The issue of open versus closed offices has beenaround for at least three decades, but rarely hasrigorous methodology been used in field studies toaddress the numerous relevant issues. One such issueinvolves the height of enclosure elements – usuallyreferred to as “panel height” or “partition height.” Aquasi-experimental design with a six-month followupwas used in a global telecommunications corporateoffice to assess a change from seated height visualprivacy (60”–64” enclosure) to no seated visual privacy(36”–42” enclosure). The results indicated thatenclosure is an important part of the broader debatebetween open- and closed-office design.Keywords: workplace/office, architecture, interiordesign, psychologyAn Information TechnologyExploitable Office Layout DesignProcess Developed with GTPPM(Georgia Tech Process toProduct Modeling)Lee, Jin-kook; Eastman, Charles M.; Lee, Ghang(Georgia Institute of Technology)[Presentation]This research describes the process model of officelayout design and its installation. Similarly to thebuilding design and construction industry, the officefurniture industry and office layout design companiesalso have a lot of need to adopt and utilize the newinformation technologies. This research aims to representthe regulated design process model which goeson with product model and well-adapted informationtechnology, and is represented with Georgia TechProcess to Product Modeling (GTPPM) application.It also explains some related technologies based onthe traditional business process model and proposesextensions for the information technologies, whichare positively exploitable for office layout design.In the aspect of whole building life cycle, the officelayout design and installation industry takes charge ofthe final process of the construction stage and someparts of the operation stage in maintenance (Eastman,1999). After this stage, the building could be in thestage of as built. The scope of the process modelingin this research is office layout design stage. Whenthe office building and its floor plans were designed,office layout design could be initialized. The characteristicsof this industry are easily differentiated witharchitectural design industry by their initial informations quality and quantity. In the aspect of information,office layout design can be started with a lot ofpre-defined graphical information and non-graphicalinformation. This research concerns informationflows that were well-adapted to the information technologiesbased on the conventional design process.There are four domains of workers who have a relationshipwithin this design process. They are interiorarchitects, office building architects, furniture designand manufacturing companies, and facility managers.In order that their collaboration should be settled tomeet the case, process management system have to beconsidered adequate allotment in transaction. Mostof them have tended to do work out of their boundarybecause it was difficult to make exact boundariesbetween their jobs. For this reason, it is importantthat process modeling and the management systemshould support the appropriate information flowbetween them.Keywords: workplace/office, technologyLinking Marketplace Innovationand Organizational Intent toWorkplace StrategyBarnes, Janice (Perkins+Will) [Paper]Using a case-study format, this session presentsmarketplace demand for innovation in biotechnologyas a catalyst for developing organizational intentand accompanying workplace strategy. The businesscontext of the biotechnology arena is introduced asa marker for understanding organizational behaviorand the co-development of cross-functional andfunctional teaming structures. These structures arediscussed as key foundations for innovative practicesthat support market leadership. This context is thenpresented as a challenge to developing workplacestrategy in support of innovation. Case-specific successmetrics are identified and assessed as a series oforganizational and physical-design implications thatdirectly support innovation.Keywords: workplace/officeThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironments310 May 2006Beyond Conflict 311

ThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironmentsModular Versus Landscaped Office:A comparison of space, behaviorand environmental perceptionRashid, Mahbub (University of Kansas); Zimring,Craig (Georgia Institute of Technology); andWineman, Jean (University of Michigan) [Paper]This prospective research study was conductedat a federal office that moved from a modular andsomewhat private work environment to a landscapednon-private work environment. The study at theold modular office was conducted almost one yearbefore the move, and the study at the new landscapedoffice was conducted more than one year after themove. The purpose of this study was threefold: (1)to measure and evaluate changes in patterns ofaccessibility and visibility due to changes in officelayout; (2) to understand the effects of layout changeson observed behaviors; and (3) to determine theeffects of layout changes on environmental perception.The study included the analysis of visibility andaccessibility of each layout using space syntaxtechniques, field observations of behaviors, andquestionnaire survey of employees’ environmentalperception. During field observations, we observedmovement, visible co-presence (i.e., the numberof people visible from a space) and face-to-faceinteraction along a predefined route in each office.Thirty-five people responded to our questionnairesurvey at the old office. Out of 35, only 29 wereavailable for survey at the new office.Based on our questionnaire survey data, we constructedthree multifaceted scales to measure perceivedprivacy, job satisfaction and commitment toorganization. Results indicate better visibility and accessibility,increased face-to-face interactions, and improvedperceived privacy at the new landscaped office.Results also show consistent effects of space on movement,and significant positive correlation betweenperceived privacy, job satisfaction and commitmentto organization at these locations despite significantdesign changes. Implications of the research resultsand limitations of the research design are discussed.Keywords: landscaped office, space syntax, movement,privacy, workplace/officeOffice Design and ProductivityWheeler, Gary (Gensler) and Clements-Croome,Derek (University of Reading, UK) [Paper]Is workplace the forgotten multiplier for productivity?A recent study by international architectsGensler assessed the impact of office design in relationto productivity, staff attraction, and retention andcreativity. With senior managers saying that betteroffices would make them up to 19% more productive,the results show that inefficient offices are costingthe British economy up to £135 billion every year. Isit possible that in an effort to drive out costs, businessesmay be missing the point? Using field data andresearch evidence, this paper discusses how workingenvironments can be improved to enhance performanceand fit business strategies.Keywords: workplace/office, behavior changeThe Physical Environment of theWorkplace as a Stress BufferingMechanismLeather, Phil; Zarola, Tony; and Santos, Angeli(Institute of Work, Health & Organisations, Universityof Nottingham, UK) [Paper]In this integrative paper, evidence is presentedto demonstrate that the physical environment ofthe workplace has both direct and indirect impactsupon human well being. One important category ofindirect effects focuses upon the ability of physicaldesign elements in the workplace to help or hinderin coping with psychosocial stress at work, i.e. stressdue to the content or social context of the job. Theprovision of window access to nearby nature, forexample, can provide a temporary means of escapeand recuperation from mental fatigue. Conversely,even low intensity sound can be detrimental towell being when one is engaged in a complex anddemanding task. In short, it is the combination of,and interaction between, design features and taskcharacteristics that is crucial (although individualdifference factors will also play their part). Usingthis “direct and indirect effects framework,” datawill be presented from studies of both office noiseand windows in the workplace to show that thephysical environment of the workplace has a real andmeasurable impact upon well-being (construed asboth self-reported health indices and work attitudes,e.g., job satisfaction, affective organisationalcommitment, and intention to quit the organisation).The implications of these data for both postoccupancyevaluations and for practical workplacedesign strategies will be discussed.Keywords: workplace/office, psychology, stressPractice Research Discussion: TheUS General Services AdministrationWorkplace 20/20 Deep DiveProcess and Developing EffectivePractice Research ApproachesOrganizers: Gobes-Ryan, Shelia (Jacobs AdvancePlanning Group, CA) and Augustin, Sally (Place-Coach, Inc. Los Angeles, CA)Presenters: Powell, Kevin (US General Services Administration,Washington DC); Budd, Christopher(STUDIOS Architecture, Washington DC); andMarsh, Melissa (DEGW, Santa Fe, NM)Finding a way to effectively do research to developbetter design solutions is an ongoing challenge asbudgets shrink and schedules shorten. Yet withincreasing expectations for investments in Real Estateto support organizational success, it is also becomingmore important. This session will start with anexamination of an applied research program, ìDeepDiveî, developed by the United States General ServicesAdministration and their Workplace 20/20 team toaddress these challenges, and provide high-qualityinput for design projects. Kevin Powell from theGSA will discuss the objectives and structure of thedeep dive process. Team members Christopher Budd,and Melissa Marsh will discuss their experiences inworking with Workplace 20/20 projects. Time will beprovided for presenter and participant discussions ofpractice research.Sponsor: EDRA Workplace Environments NetworkA Study of the “Transparency” ofOffice Building LobbiesLee, Hyochang and Ha, Mikyoung (Yonsei University,Seoul, Korea) [Poster]The lobby is the space that contributes the mostto conveying the first impression of an enterpriseor company occupying a building, and it enhancesthe quality of the urban or business environmentaround an office building. Transparency is one ofthe biggest changes in architecture since the modernage began, and it is the most important element oflobby design. It can cause an enterprise’s image tobe embraced by users, and the image may impact onan enterprise’s profit. This study was an attempt tounderstand the expression of transparency as appliedin the lobby space of office buildings. Documentreview and field study were conducted to collect data.In the examination of the theoretical backgroundof transparency to make a specific study purpose,and based on an on-the-spot probe document, anattempt was made to grasp the expression method ofVisual Transparency and Phenomenal Transparency.The data were subject to descriptive statistics suchas frequency, percent and correlation coefficient. Asummary of the findings of this study is as follows:1) Transparent materials are not applied on the floor.It is nearly impossible to use transparent materials onthe floor because of equipment or structure problemsthe building itself. When Phenomenal Transparencyis discovered on the floor, there is usually a “SuperimposedSpace.” The reason is because the lobby and theThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironments312 May 2006Beyond Conflict 313

ThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironmentssuperimposed intermediate space are overlapping aspecific section of the lobby space;2) During the survey it was discovered that PhenomenalTransparency was often used on the wall ofinvestigated building. The reason is that exteriors havea curtain wall structure and the interior of the lobbieshad partially adopted permeable and semi-permeablematerials. Phenomenal Transparency is found lesson walls than on the floor of lobbies. “SuperimposedSpaces” with specific space discharges were rarely seenin the situation of “Superimposed Space” on walls.;3) The expression methods that appeared themost on ceilings among the Visual Transparentexpression methods by on-the-spot probe sequenceswere “Transparent Materials” and “Open Sight.” Thereason is that they were attempting to introducemore day lighting into the lobby of buildings by usingglass or other transparent materials. In the case ofPhenomenal Transparency, the high occupancy onpercentage on proportion is found on ceilings.The reason is that there are usually offices abovethe lobby that would cause a large amount ofSuperimposed Space; and4) The result of the analysis of the correlationcoefficient of Visual Transparency and PhenomenalTransparency revealed that there is more than oneexpression method of transparency. Open Sight andSurface Material methods were introduced in caseof the introduction of Transparent Material amongVisual Transparency in office building lobby spaceplanning. If the Superimposed Space method is introduced,then the “Ambiguous Border” and “Dual Sight”methods are introduced.Keywords: Transparency, visual transparency, phenomenaltransparency, cognition, lobbyWindows & Office WorkerSatisfaction: Positives & negativesNewsham, Guy; Aries, Myriam; Veitch, Jennifer;and Charles, Kate (National Research Council,Canada) [Paper]As part of NRC’s Cost-effective Open-PlanEnvironments (COPE) project, we conducted alarge field study involving measurements in nineoffice buildings. Physical data were collected in779 individual workstations, and simultaneouslythe occupants of those workstations answered aquestionnaire about their satisfaction with variousaspects of environmental satisfaction. Among thesignificant results were a set related to windowproximity. Occupants seated closer to windowswere more satisfied with lighting, but less satisfiedwith ventilation, acoustics and privacy. In the NorthAmerican context, people seated further from awindow may not have a view of a window at theirseated position. Analysis of similar data from theNetherlands, where everyone had a view of a windowfrom their seated position, provides some subtletyto the issue of satisfaction with lighting. In this case(data from 333 people in 10 buildings), occupantscloser to a window were less satisfied with lighting forcomputer work, which we attribute to glare problems;those further from the windows still had a view, butwith reduced risk of glare.Keywords: workplace/office, lighting, privacyWorkplace Case StudiesOrganizers: Gobes-Ryan, Shelia (Jacobs AdvancedPlanning) and Augustin, Sally (PlaceCoach, Inc.Los Angeles, CA) [Symposium]This session will examine what practitioners defineas their most challenging workplace issues and hearfrom them how they approach these issues to developvaluable workplaces.Current questions include:• What are we measuring, how and why?• How do we effectively translate client understanding into valuable environments?• How do we make space more valuable toour clients?Keywords: workplace/office, architecture, interiordesign, interdisciplinaryThe Workplace is a Strategic Toolin Today’s Facilities Manager’sToolboxGreen, Brian (Herman Miller) [Paper]In 2002, James Rice of Building OperatingManagement wrote,“After years of focusing on cutting the cost ofspace and making it as efficient as possible,there is not much left to squeeze. However,savvy facility executives are learning that ahigh-performing workplace can make a significantcontribution to boosting productivity, improvingprofitability and creating a competitiveedge. To achieve this exceptional performance,facility executives are finding they must shifttheir focus from the space their people occupyto the nature of the work their people do andhow they can support it most effectively.”This presentation will address two pertinent questionsin this regard:1) Why should an organization shift its thinkingfrom furniture as an environment cost to furniture asan organizational effectiveness tool?a) Workplace design is a central ingredient inworker/organizational effectiveness.b) The effectiveness and satisfaction ofknowledge workers will be improved throughworkplace design.c) Organizations that want to recruit and retain toptalent need to consider the benefits of furniture andworkplace design.2) How can workplace design support the physiological,psychological, and sociological needsof the individual?a) Knowledge workers need concentration. However,disruption is a workplace reality.b) Privacy enables concentration. Control is anattribute of privacy. Control for concentrationis about privacy.c) Engagement is an enabler of concentration.d) Control and stress have a relationship. Increasedstress can be the result of an inability to control privacy.e) Connection moves work along efficiently. Connectionis not collaboration.f) Knowledge Workers say comfort is the mostimportant attribute of their ideal office space. Feelinggood and working well go hand in handKeywords: workplace/office, interior design, psychology,privacy, stressThematicAbstractsWorkplaceEnvironments314 May 2006Beyond Conflict 315

EDRA extends our apologies to the followingpresenters who were accidentally omitted fromthe EDRA36: Design for Diversity Proceedings.Diversity of Settlement in aSettlement: A way forward incities of the developing world– case of NairobiErrataComputer Game Playing andSpatial KnowledgeCubukcu, Ebru (Dokuz Eylul University, Izmir,Turkey) and Nasar, Jack L. (Ohio State University,OH) [Paper, EDRA36 2005]Widespread use of computer-games makes it worthevaluating the effects on spatial knowledge. Computergame playing has been shown to alter a range of visualskills. We tested frequent computer-game players(FPs) against less frequent players (LPs) in relation totheir development of spatial knowledge. Participantsfirst explored one of eighteen virtual environmentsthat varied in the resources required to develop accuratespatial knowledge of the environment. Then, theycompleted three tests of spatial knowledge: 1) navigatingto a destination, 2) estimating the direction tothe destination and 3) drawing a sketch map of theirroute to the destination. Although the FPs and LPsdid not differ in their direction estimation scores, theFPs scored better than LPs on tests of navigation andsketch map. Future research might examine whethertraining on video computer games improves performanceon spatial knowledge tests.Keywords: cognition, spatial behavior, city planningoutdoor environments, virtual environments,spatial knowledgeOchieng, Crispino (Jomo Kenyatta University ofAgriculture and Technology, Kenya)[Paper, EDRA36 2005]Like the majority of cities in the developingworld, Nairobi have landscape of settlements wherea planned one would have a counterpart that isunplanned. This later type of settlement would belocated within a location in the planned one or next tothe perimeter of this.Unplanned settlement is the response of the urbanpoor in the cities of the developing world to theirhousing situation. These cities are going through aworsening socio-economic situation. Coupled withthis is the lack of commitment by politicians to officialgovernment settlement policies. For those whoare victims of these, a likely location to settle is withinclose proximity of an opportunity.Although the poor settle near location of anopportunity in this case the planned settlement,the relationship between these two settlements isnot one sided. For some of those in the plannedsettlement, particular roles for example meniallabor can only be performed by those living in theunplanned settlement. In the unplanned settlementdue to poor upbringing background, majorities ofpeople are willing to engage in menial labor. Thusthe settlement becomes a source of the much-neededlabor by the planned settlement.Although the two settlements need each other,there are issues for example some element of mistrustbetween these two. These have contributed to thekind of animosity that would be there between theplanned and unplanned settlements when they arecounterparts. Research is able to identify diversityof settlement types within one location as one of thesolution to the housing condition in the towns of thedeveloping world.Keywords: planned, unplanned, settlement, counterpart,opportunitiesErrataBeyond Conflict 317

Index by Author & PresenterIndexAAbu-Obeid, Natheer 113Adachi, Kei 129Addison, Veronica 294Adler, Jennifer 298Ahrentzen, Sherry 251Akagi, Tetsuya 218Akers, Mary Anne Alabanza 145Akers, Timothy Alan 145Allen, April 149Al Ajari, Abdelaziz 281Amadani, Afsan 281Amedeo, Douglas 298Amidon, Jane 79Amor, Cherif 173, 194Anderzohn. Jeffery 212Anthony, Kathryn 272Antonitas, Lya Mainé 186Aoki, Takao 224Aragones, Ignacio J. 296Aries, Myriam 314Augustin, Sally 310, 313, 314Azmi, Sherif 281BBafna, Sonit 306Bain, Brodie 202Ball, Jennifer 16Balsini, Mona 281Baran, Perver 141, 170Barazawa, Natsuki 252Barnes, Janice 191, 311Barnes, Richard 202Barnes, Rick 202Battisto, Dina G. 241Baudouin, Axel 255Beacham, Cindy 158Bechtel, Bob 191Becker, Franklin 308Benne, Marcie 233Beorkrem, Christopher 187Bergeron, Gabriel 210Betrabet-Gulwadi, Gowri 301Bilotta, Elena 308Bin-Ishaq, Najwa 281Birjandian, Zahra 281Bitgood, Stephen 233Boe, Ryan 186Boelter, Stephen 234Bokharai, Delyar 281Bolen, Fulin 141Bolzan de Campos, Camila 297Borun, Minda, 135Bowers, Clint 199Brand, Jay 310Brand, Julie 144, 175Brisby, Traci 249Brzuszek, Robert 163Büchner, Simon 233Budd, Christopher 313Bullard, Robert D 5, 6Bustami, Leila Hamdi 181Butler, Peter 262, 269CCalkins, Margaret 206, 222Callender, Jassen 230Caproni, Albert 18Carter, George R. 150Cartwright, Charles 79Case, Duncan 186Chang, Hye-jung 161Chang, Jeehae 256Chanse, Victoria 295Chapin, David 162, 279Chapin, Meldrena 1, 3, 205Charles, Kate 314Chatterjee, Sudeshna 41Chaudhury, Habib 235, 242Chawla, Louise 128, 130Chiang, Chien-Chi 201Chimenti, Beatriz 282Chiu, Chi-Hsin 138Cho, Jiyeon 244, 252Choi, Jiin 244Christens, Brian 160, 167Christensen, David 279Chun, Bumseok 262Churchman, Arza 275Clements-Croome, Derek 312Clifton, Kelly J. 123Coleman, Jennifer 249Connell, Bettye Rose 222Contant, Cheryl 292Conway, Patricia 160Cook, Brian 302Coons, Alena 137Corry, Shauna 273Cortés, Mara 154Cosco, Nilda 127, 130, 133, 135Craig, David 22Crooks, Ryan 12Cubukcu, Ebru 317Cutshaw, Lisa 79DDanielsson, Christina 309Dantata, Nabila 281Davis, Gerald 283Davis, T.K. 167Day, Kristen 123, 168, 291Dearborn, Lynne 247Debarati Majumdar Narayan 131Degenholtz, Howard B 221del Rio, Vicente 189Demir, Evrim 127, 135Dennis, Jr., Samuel F. 127Dennis, Sam 127Despres, Carole 146, 272Deviren, A. Senem 301De Medeiros, Kate 220Diaz-Moore, Keith 159Diaz Moore, Keith 219IndexAuthor &PresenterBeyond Conflict 319

IndexAuthor &PresenterDi Leo, Jeanette 263Donovan, Gregory 186Douglas, Jason 137Drucker, Susan 160Dukes, Stephanie 233Dülgeroglu-Yüksel, Yurdanur140, 204Dunn, Matthew 260Durrett, Jim 5Dyke, Jules 16EEastman, Charles M. 311Edelstein, Michael 202Egoz, Shelley 155El Kharbawy, A. Sameh 172, 174Erickson, Susan 268, 269Esterhuysen, Wilandi 286Evans, Gary W. 308Evans-Cowley, Jennifer 79Evans-Cowley, Jennifer S 254Ewing, Reid 123FFedrizzi, Beatriz 134Ferguson, Sage 139Fernando, Nisha A. 142Fields, Desiree 137Finn, Donovan 99Fisher, Matthew 143Flach, Ivelise 134Flemming, Liane 282Frank, Lawrence 124Frumkin, Howard 5GGale, Amanda 250Gamble, Michael 12, 13Gaston, Gary 167Geboy, Lyn 209, 237Gibson, Maggie 216Gifford, Robert 191Gobes-Ryan, Shelia 310, 313, 314Goldsberry, Matt 186Grath, Robert 185Gravel, Ryan 291Green, Brian 315Green, Mitch 211Green, Ray 299Greenberg, Andrew 1,3,185Grether, Paul 12Griffiths, Patricia 222Guerin, Denise 293Gulersoy, Nuran Z. 141Gumpert, Gary 160Guneratne, Sanjeeva Ravin 227Guney, Yasemin Ince 246HHa, Mikyoung 202, 313Hadjiyanni, Tasoulla 251, 255Hamed, Rania 281Hamin, Elisabeth 161Hanyu, Kazunori 168, 175, 230,252, 260Haq, Saif 186, 188Hargrove, Ryan 161Harris, Debra D. 235Harris, Troy 16Harris-Kojetin, Lauren 208Harrison, Sally 148Hart, Roger 137Hasan, Musleh Uddin 255Hashas, Mine 288, 306Hayashida, Daisaku 129Hecht, Peter 169, 191Heft, Harry 228Hirata, Takayuki 294Hitch, Ted 12Hoehner, Christy 123Hohmann, Heidi 265, 269Hölscher, Christoph 233Hong, Chunki 202Hou, Jeffrey 267Houser, Hank 16Housley, Elizabeth 137Howard, Sandra L. 302Hur, Misun 262Hwang, Yao-Rong 217IIijima, Shun 175Imamichi, Tomoaki 145Imamichi, Tomoaki ( 226Islam, Mohammed 180Izadpariah Jahromi, Aida 137JJanda, Katie 202Jerry Weisman 234Joseph, Anjali 208, 212, 214, 238,240Juhasz, Joseph 172Juhasz, Joseph P. 302Jurczak, Susan 216KKadonaga, Taku 294Kageyama, Yuko 224Kametani, Yoshihiro 281Kang, Mihyun 293Kanki, Yumi 224Kaplan, Abram 166Katen, Brian 178Kato, Aki 284Kato, Akikazu 287Keable, Ellen 307Keese, Alyssa 308Kei, Adachi 214, 218Keller, Amy Beth 237Kenji, Otogao 132Kepez, Orcun 220Kiefer, Kristen 208Kim, Kooksun 177Kim, Kyuri 177Kim, Minsoo 244, 247Kim, Misun 182Kirk, Nana 288Klein, Melanie 195Kocher, Sara 263Kodama, Keiko 216, 224Kodama, Masahisa 216Koga, Takaaki 224Kojima, Takaya 224Konrad, Miriam 290Kumazawa, Takayuki 266Kunio, Funahashi 218Kuo, Nai-Wen 223, 241Kutty, Asha 147Kwak, Yoonjung 244Kwon, HyunJoo 182Kyber, Ashley 268Kyber, Ashley; 269LLafazani, Christiana 176Langhorst, Joern 154, 164Lari, Shirin 281Larson, Heather 186La Roux; Pieter 284Leather, Phil 306, 312LeBlanc, W. Jud 13LeBlanc, W. Jude 12Lee, Ghang 311Lee, Hyochang 313Lee, Hyunjeong 244, 252, 256Lee, Jeeyoung 250Lee, Jin-kook 311Lee, Junghwa 245Lee, Jungmi 182Lee, Megan E. 207Lee, Soojin 177, 182, 250Lee, SoYoung 245Lee, Soyoung 182, 244Lee, Sungkyung 243Lee, Sungmi 244, 247Lee, Sunmin 256Lee, Yeunsook 177, 182, 244, 245,247, 252Lee, Yeunsook ( 256Lee, Yoojin 252Lee, Yuensook 250Leone de Nie, Karen 288Levi, Daniel 189Lewis, Katrina 195Lewyn, Michael 305Le Roux, Pieter C. 286Liao, Kuei-hsien 267Lippman, Peter 186Long, Yi-xiang 161Long, Yixiang 141, 170Lord, Sebastien 210Lusk, Anne 122, 124Luz, Lourdes 282MMahmood, Atiya 235, 242Majumdar Narayan, Debarati 128Mallory-Hill, Shauna 283, 284Mann, Thorbjoern 278Mantero, Vicente 65, 254Manzo, Lynne 264Maple, Terry L. 231, 232Marans, Robert W. 141, 150Marcus, Clare Cooper 219Margolin, Myra 127Marquart, Katja V. 176Marsh, Melissa 313Martinez, Rubén O. 172Masako, Koyama 214Matsushima, Natsuki 230Maxwell, Lorraine 130Maxwell, Lorraine E. 137Mazumdar, Sanjoy 160, 251McCoy, Janetta 159, 191McGrath, Robert 186McMannis, Tristan 79Meger, Sophia 30Menon, Revathi 281Meyer, Michael 18Milestone, Juris 148Milke, Doris 216Miller, Nancy 258Miller, Nancy G. 270Mitchell, Mari 136Mitrany, Michal 195Moore, Robin 124, 127, 130, 135,138Morales, Ernesto 246Morgan, Randy 167Mumford, Karen 292NNahawi, Hiba 281Nahiduzzaman, Kh 255Nakamura, Masayuki 294Nallari, Anupama 137Nasar, Jack 79, 123, 169, 196, 254Nasar, Jack L. 317Negreiros de Camargo, Erica 248Nelson, Michael 160Nettles, Saundra R. Murray 153Nevárez, Julia 155Nevarez; Julia 159Newsham, Guy 314Niiyama, Nao 294Ninassi, Carlo 292Nubani, Linda 171, 281Null, Roberta 251OO’Connor, Zena 148Obeidat, Asem 192Ochieng, Crispino 265, 317Oh, Chanohk 215, 257Oh, Soyeon 250Okuno, Masanori 294Oliver, Carol 186Oliver, Joshua 274Ortiz, Eva-Leticia 143Ouye, Joe 186Owens, Patsy Eubanks 138, 264Özdemir, Aydýn 199PPaik, Jinkyung 228Pak, Hee Jin 126, 215Palladi, Joseph 18Palmer, Joni 186Park, Heykyung 228, 229, 232Park, Nam-Kyu 250Parnell, Rosie 136Patel, Mehul 12Patet, Pradnya 128Pauls, Jake 234Paxson, Lynn 172, 264Pedersen, Kari 186Perkins, Douglas 160IndexAuthor &Presenter320 May 2006Beyond Conflict 321

IndexAuthor &PresenterPerry, Luke 16Pevec, Illène 127Piergiorgio, Rossi 303Pinson, Daniel 146Pollak, Stefan 107Pontikis, Kyriakos 251Popov, Lubomir 197, 275, 276, 277Powe, Mike 168Powell, Kevin 313Powers, Matt 193, 200Pramanik, Adetania 186, 188Preiser, Wolfgan 284Preiser, Wolfgang 284Prophitt, David 16Putterman, Joel 238, 289RRader, Jeff 289Raleigh, Mary-Jeanne 296Ramadier, T. 146Ramehr, Shirin 281Rashid, Mahbub 22, 236, 312Rhode, Jane ( 205Rivlin, Leanne 162Rivlin, Leanne G. 137Robinson, Julia 251Rodiek, Susan 209, 212Rodríguez, Beatriz 157Rogers, Carl 265, 269Rosenheck, Thierry 276Ross, Catherine L. 288, 292Rottle, Nancy 202, 264Rottle, Nancy D. 136Rowley-Balas, Susan 191Rubinstein, Robert L. 220Ruga, Wayne 239Rula Awwad-Rafferty 264Rutt, Candace 15Ryan, Robert L. 161SSaif Haq 234Saito, Yasutaka 260Saka, Iori 168Sanford, Jon 160, 306Sanoff, Henry 133, 136Santos, Angeli 306, 312Sarawgi, Tina 198Sattar, Haroon 307Sauda, Eric 187Schatz, Sae 199Schauwecker, Tim 163Schermer, Brian 159Schill-Fendl, Monika 285Schnuck, Kathy 237Schramm, Ulrich 285Schuchard, Ronald 222Seidel, Andrew 160Seidel, Andy 191Sevillano, Veronica 296Shacklette, Ben 266Shaker, Samar 281Shepley, Mardelle 235Sherrod, Alice 194Shin, Jung-hye 55Shin, Yeonsub 244Shinar, Ami 275Shramm, Ulrich 284Shu, Chih-Feng 170Sixsmith, Andrew 212Sixsmith, Andrew ( 213Skorupka, Agnieszka 137Smith, Korydon 258Snowdon, Suzanne 251Sommer, Robert 231Sorensen, Lena 160Sosnowy, Collette 137Speer, Paul 160Staats, Petra 125Steggell, Carmen D 207Steinmayer, Karen 162Striniste, Nancy 136Subrahmanyam, Muthukumar 12Sudeshna, Chatterjee 127Sugiyama, Tadasu 216Sugiyama, Takemi 211, 212Szigeti, Françoise 283TTabb, Phillip 301Tai, An-chi 304Taniguchi, Gen 287Taylor, Patricia 185, 186Tetsuya, Akagi 132, 214Thering, Susan 159Thompson, Catharine Ward 127,211, 212Tipton, Glenn 207Toker, Zeynep 263Tokman, Leyla 305Tomotsune, Honda 294Toothaker, Chris 186Torgrude, Sue 234Torres-Antonini, Maruja 253Torres-MacDonald, MaryAlice 266Travlou, Penny 138Tsepas, Joyce 135Tsepas, Sharon 179, 309Tsunekawa, Kazuhiko 287Turkoglu, Handan D 141Tzeng, Szu-Yu 132UJung, Eunjoo 182VVargas-Moreno, Juan Carlos 300Veitch, Jennifer 314Verderber, Stephen 272Verma, Amitabh 261Vick, John 160, 167Vischer, Jacqueline C. 283WWalden, Rotraut 286Walker, Jason 163Wallack, Catherine 162Wang, Chia-Hui 223, 241Warren, Karin 202Watkins, Nicholas 165Waxman, Lisa 226Webb, Jennifer 162, 258Wener, Richard 169Weyandt, Tom 292Wheeler, Gary 312White, John 194Wilcox, Mary Kay 151Williams, Cynthia 298Wilson, JoAnn 178, 194Wilson, Johnny L. 183Wineman, Jean 171, 312Winfield, Fernando 154Witt, Tom 192Wolf, Jean 18Wolf , Jean 18Woolard, Cathy 291Wooley, Helen 138Woolley, Helen 280Wridt, Pamela 127YYamacli, Rusen 258Yamamoto, Toshiko 207Yang, Sehwa 126, 257Yim, Jungeun 244, 245Yoon, Aram 202ZZarola, Tony 306, 312Zarrinjooee, Dariush 281Zeynep, Turan 279Zimmerman, Donna 272Zimring, Craig 22, 208, 238, 243,312Zirnhelt, Amber 138IndexAuthor &Presenter322 May 2006Beyond Conflict 323

IndexTitleIndex by TiltleAAccessibility of Support Spaces in Office Buildings 306Actual Conditions and Directions of User-InterfaceServices of Digitally Converged Home Appliances forthe Upcoming Ubiquitous Environment 182Adolescents’ Consciousness of Environments forComputer Use 126Advances in Acute Healthcare Design Research 235Advances in Methods for Researching Children’sEnvironments 127Advancing Animal Welfare with Creative Zoo Design231Almost Home: Exploring Culture Change in Long-termCare Facilities 205Amending Discord to Create Harmonious Design: A casestudy 272American Institute of Architect’s Design for AgingReview: Overviews and Trends 205Analysis of characteristics of shared spaces in recentlybuilt apartment complexes in Seoul, Korea 244Analysis of Eco-Friendly Features in MultifamilyHousing, An 244Analysis of Environmentally Sustainable Interior DesignPractice, The 293Analysis of Home Network Services and EnvironmentalContexts in a Digital Home Exhibition in Korea 182Analysis of Research Trends Regarding Shared-spaces inApartment Complexes in Korea 245Analysis of User’s Visual Perception Regarding on theUnified Plate Size of Sign System in Public Buildings:The case of directional signage in a general hospital228Architecture of the City in Challenge, The 140Assessing Leased Postal Facilities for Compliance withFederal Accessibility Standards 279Assistive Technology for Seniors: Comparing Online andClassroom Teaching Formats 206Attitudes Concerning the Role of Technology for HealthyAging 207Autonomy and Competence-Press: Perspectives ofResidents in Assisted Living 220BBackground Music, Work & Well-Being 306Balancing Business Goals with Local Needs in GlobalOffice Space Standards 307Bathroom as Catalyst and the Story Behind It, The 246Beginning Curriculum for Environmental DesignStudents, A 195BeltLine’s Impact on Atlanta’s Health and Global Reach,The 288Between Veils and Revelations: The Interior Life of(Women in) the Modern Middle East 172Beyond Conflict in Participatory Community Research& Design 264Beyond Conflict: Contextualizing Saracoglu Housing246Beyond Conflict: The environmental preservation atWakanoura, Japan an attempt to revitalize residentialareas and a sightseeing spot 294Beyond Conflict: A historic story of urban planning inAtlanta 18Beyond Conflict: Landscape Architecture and theDenied Landscape of the Palestinian Nakbah 155Beyond Conflict: Participatory Design with theHomeless – A New Design for Peachtree-Pine 16Beyond Conflict: Reconciling Health and theEnvironment 5Bridging the Gap between Programming and Design:Recent experiences teaching health care studios inarchitecture schools 272Budgeting and Prioritizing R&A Projects 283Built Environment – An Energy Perspective, The 294CCase for Synthesis between Research & Pedagogy:Incremental Urbanism, A 13Case Study Examining the Applicability of Using HealthImpact Assessment to Evaluate the Redevelopment ofBuford Highway, A 15Case Study of Coex Mall for Effective Spatial Cognition,A 229Changes in the Stewardship Concept: Land ethics,strategies, and outcomes 295Changing Ideals in Landscapes: Maybe Suburbia Isn’tSo Rotten After All 288Children’s Notions of Environmental Care: The case of alow-income Muslim neighborhood in India 41Citizen Participation in the Face of Conflict:Community voices on the rebuilding and planning ofneighborhoods in the wake of Hurricanes Katrina andRita 160Coalition for Health Environments Research and aRecent Study: The Impact of Single-room NeonatalIntensive Care on Users’ Health and Satisfaction 235Collaborative Approach to Sustainable Land UsePlanning in McHenry County, Illinois, A 99Community Design: Conflicts between the designers’ideology & community needs 265Comparative Study of House Supplier’s DifferentiationStrategy among Consumer’s Demands in Korea 247Complexity of Conflict: Why some interactive gamesseem so dangerous, The 183Computer Game Playing and Spatial Knowledge 317Conflict and Continuity between the ‘Old’ and ‘New’:Comparison of Spatial Configuration of Two Cities inChina 141Conflict and the Shaping of the National Museum of theAmerican Indian (NMAI) 172Conflict between Growth & Quality of UrbanLife: Initial Findings from an Ongoing Study inMetropolitan Istanbul 141Conflict between Space and Crime: Exploring therelationship between spatial configuration and crimelocation 167Conflict in Context: Episodes in indoor and outdoorenvironments of preschools 131Conflict in Meaning, A 192Conflicted American Dream: The Costs ofHomeownership in a Predatory Market, The 247Conflicting Role of ‘Place’ in Place-Based YouthPrograms, The 127Conflicts in Environmental Psychology 226Conflicts in the Design of an Agricultural Campus in aCapital City, The 199Container Transformation: A Mobile Work Place 307Creating a Homelike Environment for Group Livingamong Dementia Individuals Based on Environment-Behavior Studies 214Creating Digital Worlds: Gaming and MassivelyMultiplayer Environments and Communities 185Creating the Learning, Serving and ConnectingCommunity: A Brownfield Study 207Creativity in Addressing Conflicts in Domestic Dwelling248Critical Review of the McNamara Center: A SignatureFacility in Conflict with Building Users, A 273Cultural Influences on Young Children’s Social andSpatial Negotiation Strategies 128Cumulative Risk: A Model of Design and HealthImpacts 308Curriculum of Place: Narrative Inquiry into theNetwork of Learning in Atlanta’s Washington ParkNeighborhood 153DData Gathering by Environment-Behavior Professionals:A Working Group to Explore Innovative Techniquesand Instruments 203Deadly Waiting Game: Why Some Communities MustWait for Health & Environmental Protection 6Dealing with Conflict and a Way to Solve It: The UNLocal Urban Observatories in Veracruz, Mexico 157Decade of Patient and Family Centered Care in ICUDesign: A Survey of the Best Practice Examples, A 236Defining Space with the Invisible: Boundary-Making onSidewalks 142Density, Fear, and Terrorism: How 9/11 affected people’sdesire to live in an urban area in Franklin County,Ohio 65Design Directions of Nursing Home for the Dementiafrom the Staff s Point of View 215Design for Gathering: The Value of Familiar Strangers226Design for Public Space Interaction; MitigatingConflict through Design for Experience and CulturalErgonomics 249IndexTitle324 May 2006Beyond Conflict 325

IndexTitleDesign Research in Practice: Evolution and Findings ofan Evidence-Based Design Research Project 237Design, Meanings and Symbolism of the AmericanMosque 173Designing Campus Landscapes that Reduce HealthDisparities: A Study Comparing Student BicyclingCulture and Campus Bike-Ability 200Designs for Peace: Student Interpretations of InteriorEnvironments that Promote World Peace 158Design-Studio Classroom Environments: Design &Satisfaction 192Desired and Achieved Privacy in IntergenerationalHomes 250Devastated Landscapes: EDRA Perceptions 160Developing the Evidence Base for Healthcare Design 238Dialogue Through Art: A Forum for Bridging East-WestCultural Divides 174Difference in Satisfaction with Office Environmentamong Employees in Different Office-Types 309Dilemma of Storefront Churches: BalancingPreservation, Economic Revitalization and EquitableDevelopment, The 147Discordant Frames: The Cinematic (Re-) Presentationof Urban Conflict 154Diversity of Settlement in a Settlement: A way forwardin cities of the developing world – case of Nairobi 317Does a Childhood in Nature Matter? 296Does Building Evaluation Pay? 284Does Location of the Day Room Make Difference inDaily Lives of the Adult Care Home Residents? 220Don’t Just Listen: Do Something! Reflections aboutmoving from research to action in action-research 128EEco-friendly Planning Features of Apartment HousingComplexes and the Environmental Attitude of theResidents in Korea 250Ecological Restoration after Wildfire: HealingCommunity Spirit 161Economics of Building Performance Evaluation: BPEExperiences from Around the World , The 284EDRA’s Impact: A Working Group 159EDRA’s Residential Environments Network – Scope, role,and future 251Effect of direct rays from the sun through a window onthe sense of relaxation 252Effect of Nursing Home Environment on Quality of Life221Effectiveness of Secretory Immunoglobulin A as anEvaluate indicator of Environmental Stress for Elderlywith Dementia, The 216Emerging Opportunities for Environment & BehaviorExpertise – Addressing Student Concerns 191Encouraging Physical Activity among RetirementCommunity Residents – the Role of CampusCommitment, Programming, Staffing, Promotion andCommunity Type 208Engaging Multiple Stakeholders with Different goals andValues toward Resolving a Future Transportation Plan289Environment, Action Research & Culture Change 209Environmental Analysis of Pathology Laboratory PatientService Centers: A Pattern Language Approach 274Environmental Assessment of Dementia Care Units forOlder Adults: Added benefits of using the ProfessionalEnvironmental Assessment Protocol (PEAP) inaddition to the Therapeutic Environmental ScreeningSurvey (TESS-2+) 216Environmental Behavior Study About ‘Places’Constructed by School Children Nearby TheirRoutes to/from School: A case study in small anddepopulated local town 129Environmental Concern: Assumptions about other’speople behaviors and attitudes 296Environmental Correlates of Physical Activity at theWorkplace: Four Case Studies in Atlanta 309Environmental Management & Psychology: Promotingsynergies through sustainable development inorganizations – applications to Brazil 297Environments that Enable and Encourage PhysicalActivity: U.S. Walking and European BicyclingDesigns 122Envisioning Intelligent Built Environments 185Evaluation Models & MAPLE/D: A Meta-Methodto Support Architectural Planning and Design ofComplex Buildings 285Evaluation of Roadside Vegetation: Effects ofbackground and of viewpoint of participants aswalkers, The 260Everyday: Conflict and Context in the BuiltEnvironment, The 260Examining life-cycle costs of different bedroomconfigurations in nursing homes 222Experiment on the Environmental Factors ofIdentification for the Disorientation of DementedElders in the Special Care Unit, An 217Exploration of Older People’s Immediate Environmentsand Their Well-Being 209Exploring Suburban Alternatives with Students: WestLiberty, Iowa 265Exploring the Characteristics and the Function ofCollege Students’ “Third Place” 175Exploring the Fear or Attractive Features in a Park 168FFactors Determining Behavior Dealing With Conflictof Opinions in Decision Making for a CommunityDevelopment Scheme 266Finding Middle Ground for Design: North Philadelphiafrom Inside and Out 148Fitting the New with the Old: A prototype approach tocontextual fit 113Florida Institute for Public Health: CollaborativeMaster Plan Development through State and LocalPartnership 238Frogtown: The impact of cultural formation on builtform 175From Barrier to Threshold: Bridging Contested Spaces230From Blank Canvas to Masterpiece: CreatingInnovation in the Workplace 310From Conflict to Concord: Facade Colour and AestheticsResponse 148Functional Programming and Organizational Design275GGauging the Transdisciplinary Qualities and Outcomesof Doctoral Training Programs: An InternationalComparison 195Getting to Effective Action and Advocacy forEnvironments for Children 130Goals in the Design Studio: The Essential Motive toLearn 193Growing Older in Suburbs: Territorial MobilityStrategies across Three Age Groups 210Guide for Evaluating Plans for High-Rise Buildings, A275HHate: A Time for Growing Concerns. Emerging Issues forUrban Design in Places That People Hate 154History of Freedom Parkway: Transportation planning,traffic engineering, and public involvementperspectives, The 18Holographic Paradigm: The Stammer and theInterstice in the Abeyance of the Crystalline Image inGodardian Film Grammar, The 227Homeless Interactions with the Built Environment: ASpatial Pattern Language of Abandoned Housing 166How Building Performance Evaluation Fits into theGerman Educational Program 285How Can We Make Mid-town Urban Areas MoreSupportive of the Needs of Young Children and TheirCaretakers? 137How Designers Use Programming Information 276Hudson River Park Zone 4: A case study of contestedspace 298IIdea of ‘City’ – A Working Definition, The 143Identifying Conflict: Visualizing Change 266Identifying the Environmental Conditions that Supportthe Sustainable Creation of ‘Generative Space’ inSettings for Health Care and Healthcare Improvement239Image and Perception of Mexico City 143Impacts of Humidification with an Air PurifyingSubstance on New House Syndrome Symptoms 252Important Role of Enclosure in the Open versus ClosedOffice Debate: A quasi-experimental case study, The310Improving Students’ Attitudes by Altering the (Physical)Classroom 199Improving Wayfinding Information for Nursing HomeResidents 222Inclusive Design – Layering Influences with SeniorCitizens for a More Democratic Creative Process 210IndexTitle326 May 2006Beyond Conflict 327

IndexTitleIncremental Urbanism: The auto & the pedestrianreconsidered in strip redevelopments 12Information Technology Exploitable Office LayoutDesign Process Developed with GTPPM (Georgia TechProcess to Process Modeling, An 311Inner Conflicts in Newcomers to New York City: A lovehaterelationship? 145Insights into the Pebble Projects: The Role of the PhysicalEnvironment in the Hospital of the 21st century 240Interior Treatments in Subway Stations of Seoul for EasyWayfinding 232International Building Performance EvaluationSymposium 283International Innovations in Environments for the Aging211Intuitive and Sensate Designers in a CollaborativeStudio 194Is Cohousing’s Promise of a Sense of Community MoreLike Social Change? 253LLabyrinth as Environmental Space for Healing,Resolution & Renewal, The 176Ladadika: Place Constructing Culture/CultureConstructing Place 176Landscape as Maker of Identity: A Case Study of LeCorbusier’s Capitol Complex in Chandigarh, India261Learning from Conflicts and Differences in aCommunity Service Studio 267Levels of response in the conceptualization of theenvironmental construct neighborhood 298Linking Marketplace Innovation and OrganizationalIntent to Workplace Strategy 311Long-term Care 220Low-cost Measures for Environmental Renewal throughDirect Technological Transfer 107L-Shaped Classroom: A New Learning Environment,The 133MManifesting Conflict – Memorials, Counter-Memorialsand Public Space 164MARTA: Much Ado Regarding TopographicalArrangements 290Martin Luther King Jr. Elementary School Grape Arbor:Melding Community Design, Service Learning, andDesign/Build 268McMansions and Conflict: The Regulation of Super-Sized Houses 254Measuring Environmental Perceptions for Active LivingResearch 123Measuring Urban Design Qualities Related toWalkability 123Meet the Editors 191Middle Childhood Outdoors: How can evidence be usedto create effective urban design policy? 138Modes of Expression of “Koreanity” in Modern InteriorArchitecture and Design, The 177Modular Versus Landscaped Office: A comparison ofspace, behavior and environmental perception 312Moral Design: Reframing the Argument for DesignResearch 196Movement through Public Places: Patterns andConflicting Theories 233Myth and Reality of Housing the Poor through PublicParticipation in Dhaka, The 255NNature and Rate of Change in Hospital Laboratories,The 241Neighborhood Environments and Older People’s Healthand Outdoor Activity 211Neighborhood Satisfaction, Physical & PerceivedNaturalness & Openness 262New Audit Tools for Measuring Built Environments forActive Living Research 123New Ideas on Old Tracks: How the Beltline is reshapingAtlanta 291OOffice Design and Productivity 312Older People’s Immediate Environments and Their Well-Being 212Opinions and Strategies for Change in Brazilian PublicSchoolyards 134PPathway Aesthetics: Responding to the empiricalchallenge for physical activity research 124Patterns of Pedestrian Flows and Static Occupancy ofthe Diag of University of Michigan, City of Ann Arbor,Examined by Space Syntax Analysis 201Perceptual Impacts of the ‘Sea Change’ Phenomenon onAustralian Coastal Towns 299Personal Conflict to Design Media: Landform as aMetaphor for Experience 262Physical Environment of the Workplace as a StressBuffering Mechanism, The 312Physical Features of Environments that Provide Bias inCognitive Maps 230Picture Preference Survey: Responses to European CycleTracks 124Place of Environment & Behavior Studies in the Realmof the Architectural Curriculum, The 197Places of Animal and Human Confinement 231Planning for Rapid Environmental and DevelopmentalChange in a Developing Context: The case of theOsa region of Costa Rica and the application ofparticipatory processes 300Planning, Demographic Change, and the Racializationof Place in Costa Mesa, California 291Playing Outside Together: The inclusion of disabledchildren in play in primary school playgrounds inEngland 280Plugged-In and Tuned-Out: Digital Technology andPublic Space 186Post-occupancy Evaluation of Color Choices and theFavored Color Image of University Classrooms 202Post-Occupancy Evaluation of Negative PressureIsolation Rooms 241Post-occupancy Evaluations – Evidence Based Design forthe Aging 212Post-occupancy Evaluations of Six Childcare Facilitiesin Dubai, United Arab Emirates 281Practical Theory-based Approach to Action Research inGenerational Poverty Survivor Communities, A 159Practice Research Discussion: The US General ServicesAdministration Workplace 20/20 Deep DiveProcess and Developing Effective Practice ResearchApproaches 313Preference of the Elderly in Architecture Design of LongtermCare Facilities – An Example from Taipei 223Project Types & Programming Methods 277Promoting Undergraduates’ Emerging Ideas ofSustainability through Journals and Design Projects301Public Library Evolves: Resolving Conflict throughDesign, The 178Public Perception of Productive Land Uses: FranklinCounty, OH 79Public School Siting and Design Implications in FultonCounty, Georgia 135QQualitative Improvement of the Childcare EnvironmentBased upon the Characteristics of EnvironmentalSettings as Selected by Staff Caregivers 132RReclamation and the Changing of a Cultural Perspective302Reconstruction after the 2004 Tsunami: Ecological andCultural Considerations from Case Studies 161Recovering Virginia’s African-American Landscape 178Recreational Spaces for the Visually Handicapped:Taking Part in a Guided Bus Tour 281Reducing Nursing Errors and Increasing Efficiencythrough Environmental Design in Acute Care Settings242Regional Trail Planning 268Regional versus Local Spatial Planning in SuperRegions:The challenges and opportunities 292Reichstag, Germany & Pershing Point, Atlanta: Cases inPreservation and Cultural Baggage 179Re-inhabiting Frogtown: migration and urban uses&forms 144Remaking Minnie Street: The Impacts of UrbanRevitalization on Pedestrian and Crime Safety 168Research Group “A Barrier-Free Life”: Universal Designfor the Brazilian Houses, The 282Research-based Design of Family Science LearningSettings in Museums 135Re-Thinking Consumerism – Material Possessions andIdentity Construction in Residential Environments255Rethinking Environmental Psychology from aPragmatist Perspective 228IndexTitle328 May 2006Beyond Conflict 329

IndexTitleRethinking Evaluation Tools for EducationalEnvironments 278Revitalization of a Historic Building through FunctionalRejuvenation: A Performance Evaluative Study ofWorkplace Environmental Conditions 286Role of Evidence-Based Design in the 21st CenturyHospital, The 243Role of Law in Preserving Visual Privacy in TraditionalIslamic Cities and Contemporary North AmericanCities, The 180Role of Space Syntax in Explaining the GeographicalPatterns of Crime in Residential Neighborhoods, The171Roundtable on Crime and the Built Environment:Environmental Criminology: Network Inception 169Ruins, Misunderstandings and Rage: Representations ofUrban Conflict on Film 155Rural Urbanism: A placemaking theory at thedeveloping urban edge 301SSafer and More Legible Environment for Persons withDementia Based on Experimental Research of TheirVisual Search 218Schools for the Future – the Users Perspective 286Science of Signage – How Empirical Research CanContribute to User-Centered Design, The 233Sedentary & Fleeting Activities & Their SpatialCorrelates in Offices 22Segregation, Memories, and Sense of Place in a SmalltownTheatre 149Self-Reported Symptoms of New House Syndrome andResidents’ Reponses 256Shared Imaginations: Architecture and builtenvironment education for young people 136Siting a Costal Trail: A Phenomenological Approach 263Small Town Parks 269Social Capital and Its Impact on NeighborhoodSatisfaction and the Desire to Move 150Social Change and Residential Environment: Changeof Ondol (Korean heated floor) and domestic life inKorea during the 20th century 55Social Equity and Spatial Considerations in a PlannedMixed-Use Urban Redevelopment Community 302Space Norms of Korean Households 257Spatial Configuration and Actual Crime Locations in aUniversity Campus Setting 170Spatial Layout and Vulnerability of Burglary and CarCrime: Case studies from UK and Taiwan 170Standards for Accommodating Bicycles: A EuropeanPerspective 125Strategies for Sustainable Campus Design and Planning202Streets and Sidewalks: Contested Spaces in a PhilippineCity 145Stress & Studios: A post-occupancy evaluation of studiospaces in the College of Environmental Design andPlanning 30Student and Community Objectives in Design ExtensionProjects: Common Ground or Grounds for Conflict?269Study of the “Transparency” of Office Building Lobbies,A 313Study on the Clarifying Environmental Problems of theNursing Homes for the Elderly – Using ProfessionalEnvironmental Assessment Protocol Japanese Version,A 224Study on the Needs of Space Design in Day Carefor Early Intervention: Three case studies of childdevelopment centers in Kaohsiung, A 132Success Stories or Not: Service Learning Best Practices270Sustainability as Frontier 303Sustainability in Ancient Chinese: A living model of atime-space system of feng-shui theory 304TTeaching Law Students about Sprawl and the Law 305Technological Innovations: Conflicts in Social and BuiltEnvironments 186Teens and Conflict in the Urban Landscape 138Temporal Reconciling of Sub-Cultural Groups in LeisureEnvironments: The Case of Abdoun Circle in Amman-Jordan, The 181Territory in Temporary Shelters: Media-DocumentedSpace Claiming Following Hurricane Katrina 162Terrorism, Natural Disasters and Conflicts OverSpace: How Can EDRA Attendees Contribute toUnderstanding These Contemporary Threats? 162Terrorizing Commemoration: Design without Guilt atthe World Trade Center Memorial 165Theatre of Embedded Intelligence 187Theory and Reality of “Ageing in Place” Policies, The 213Three Approaches, One Goal: Advancing TherapeuticGarden Design for Those with Dementia 219To Build or Burn: Conflicts of Development and Wildfire163Tools for Researching Preschool Environments to SupportActive Living Policies for Young Children 133Towards a ‘New’ Light: Examining the Role of LightingSoftware in Design Education 198Transformation of the Built Environment andVernacular Houses 258UUniversal Design Approach for Planning, Designand Management of Terminal Building of ChubuInternational Airport, Japan 287Unraveling the apparent conflicts in revitalizing smallscaledowntown as the center of retail and communitylife 151Urban Design Project for the Lafayette Neighborhood,Nashville, TN: Addressing the issues of homelessness167Urban Sprawl & Car Discrimination: Elderly &Teenagers in Exurbia 146Use of Virtual Environment as a Tool for WayfindingResearch in Architecture: Comparison of Virtual andReal Environments, The 188Using Environment-Behavior Research to Inform ParentEducation and Early Childhood Caregivers TrainingPrograms 137Using Geographic Information Systems to for ObjectiveAnalysis of IRS Post-of-Duty Locations 292Using Q-Sort to Evaluate Environmental Componentsof Home 258VValue through Conflict: Bringing Research into ObjectiveAnalysis 203Video Documentary: The Living Salk Institute 279WWayfinding and Egress Issues: Conflicts and Concordsbetween Researchers and Designers 234Web-Based Surveys as an Effective Tool for CommunityParticipation in Urban Design – A University andCommunity Outreach Project for Redding, CA 189What are the Boundaries of Architecture? 204What Features Make Desirable Common Spaces at ElderFacilities? 224When the Hospital is Your Community: EnvisioningHealing Gardens with the Cultural Paradigm 243Where People Walk: Environmental Factors Associatedwith Choice of Walking Paths by Older Adults 214Windows & Office Worker Satisfaction: Positives &negatives 314Workplace Case Studies 314Workplace is a Strategic Tool in Today’s FacilitiesManager’s Toolbox, The 315YYoung People’s Conflict, Contradiction and Comfort inPublic Space: an Action Research Project in New YorkCity 139ZZoo Design, Redesign, and Reconstruction 232IndexTitle330 May 2006Beyond Conflict 331

IndexKeywordIndex by Keyword9/11, 65, 164, 165Aacademic, 194-195, 198-201, 203,221, 226, 228, 274, 297accessibility, 212, 279-287action research, 139, 158-159, 209,216, 224, 253-254active living, 122-125, 212, 214adaptable, 304adult day care, 209advocacy, 129-130, 133aesthetics, 122, 124, 145, 154, 161,164, 175, 192, 211, 227-228, 261,272African-American landscapes,179aging in place, 207, 210, 224airport design, 287ambient factors, 309anthropology, 261apartments, 244-247, 257architectural education, 137, 198,273programming, architectural, 273architectural studio, 31architecture, 16-17, 135-137,139-140, 151, 168, 173-175, 181,187-189, 193-195, 197-201, 203-208, 222-226, 230-231, 261-270,272-275, 310-311, 315art, 173-175assessment, 145, 154, 260-261,274, 280, 300assisted living, 220autonomy, 220-221Bbathroom, 245-246Bauhaus, 195beginning design students, 195behavior change, 145, 181, 197,243, 296, 312bicycle paths, 124-125brownfield reclamation, 208building economics, 283-285building life cycle, 285-286,building performance evaluation,283-287bus tour, 281-282Ccampus, 170, 186, 199-203case study, 131, 134-135, 139, 143-145, 151, 158-159, 162-163, 167,173, 195, 217, 241, 248, 261-262,268, 270-272, 281-282, 295-296change process, 297-298childcare centers/playgrounds129-133, 135, 138, 281children & youth environments,126-139, 153, 265, 281, 283, 297China, 141-142, 162, 304city planning, 19, 146, 288, 317classroom, 132-134, 202coastal settlements, 300coastal trail, 263cognition, 194, 200, 218, 228-229,234, 314, 317, 322cognitive, 194-195, 231cohousing, 253-254collaborative processes, 273color, 202communication, 173, 192, 211,267, 272,community, 263-272, 189-190conceptual framework for design,278conflict, 18-19, 153-168, 183-186,249, 266-267consensus building, 266constellating settlement design,302construction, 130, 222, 238, 243-244, 304consumer demand, 247content analysis, 155, 245-247contextualism, 178cost benefit analysis, 284-285creativity, 248-249crime, 141, 167-171cross-cultural contexts, 283crowding/density 163culture, 131, 154-156, 162, 164,172-181, 192, 211, 230, 302culture change, 205, 209curriculum, 197-199, 266, 268-270, 286, 305cyclists, 263,Ddata collection methods, 123de-institutionalization, 224decision making, 266, 285deconstruction, 227dementia, 214-219design and planning process, 278design for aging, 205-208, 211-213, 217-219, 222, 224-225, 240,283design project, 198-200design related factors, 309design research, 307design review, 187, 195, 252, 274,276design studies, 234detail area plan, 255developing country, 146development retardation, 132-133digital convergence, 182digital environments, 182-190disabled children, 280-281disasters, 160-162, 164Eearly intervention, 132-133ecological, 160-163, 245economic development, 146-147ecosystems management, 231-232EDRA, 159-162, 191, 251education, 135-137, 191-204efficiency, 285elderly, 205-225energy, 294-296engineering, 295environmental assessment, 216-217, 274environmental attitude, 250-251environmental condition andconsciousness, 126environmental education, 136environmental issues, 297environmental management,297-298environmental perception, 123environmental psychology, 159,226-234, 263, 298environmental risk, 74, 76environmental setting, 132equestrians, 263equilibrium, 249evidence-based design, 237-238,240-241exhibit design, 136experiment, 189, 207, 217-219,228-229expressional methods, 178Ffacet approach, 286-287facility management, 285-286,293facility programming, 197-198,275-278,family centered care, 236-237feng-shui, 304film, 155, 205, 227flood, 162functional features, 309functional programming, 275functional rejuvenation, 286functionality, 284Ggames/game play 184gender, 220GIS (geographic informationsystem) 141, 166, 168, 204, 293globalization, 154, 288graphic design, 229group living, 214-215grouping, 299Hhate, 154-155healing environments, 159, 162,176, 219, 235-243health, 130, 133, 162, 176, 209, 211-213, 224, 235-243, 272-273, 308healthcare, 217, 224, 235-243, 273,308historic survey, 179, 181historical design, 258home appliances, 182-183homeless, 166-167homelike, 214-215hospitals, 228-229, 235-238, 240-243housing, 166-170, 186-187, 207-209, 244-259, 265, 276human activities and builtenvironment, 258hurricane, 160, 162Iin-depth interview, 223-224indoor air quality, 252-253, 257indoor/outdoor 131indoor spaces, 234innovative school design, 286-287institutional design, 178interdisciplinary, 128, 158, 176,221, 240, 252, 256, 271, 276, 310,315interior design, 158-159, 195, 198-199, 216, 224, 227, 261, 274, 293,308, 310-311, 315,interior treatment, 232international, 140, 145-146, 195-196, 211, 244, 262interpretive center, 272Islamic architecture, 174, 181JJapan, 129-130KKorea, 162, 177-178, 256-258Llandscape, 157, 161, 178-179, 186,243, 294landscape architecture, 135-136,151, 168, 173, 195, 199-201, 219,263, 266, 268-270, 302landscaped office, 312law, 305leadership, 239-240learn-by-doing, 190learning, 133-137, 159, 206-208,268, 271leisure spaces, 244library design, 178, 284lighting, 198, 252, 314literature review, 233, 237living environment, 218-219living pattern, 304lobby, 313-314long term care, 132, 223-224low income, 146, 169, 248Mmapping, 263meanings and symbolism, 173-174IndexKeyword332 May 2006Beyond Conflict 333

IndexKeywordmeanings of home, 210,memorials, 164-165,memories, 149-150,meta-method MAPLE/D 285mobility, 135, 143, 146, 210, 283,290, 295, 308modernity, 172, 175,monumental architecture, 178movement, 201-202, 232-233, 295,312multi-family housing, 244-247,257,museum, 136Nnarratology, 246natural disaster, 162,naturalness, 262nature and ecology, 260-263negative-pressure isolation room,242negotiation, 131neighborhood, 129-130, 139,147-148, 153, 158, 160, 175-177,248-251, 255, 266-267, 291, 303,305neighborhood planning, 135, 148,150, 168-170,neighborhood satisfaction, 69-70,150, 262, 326-327,network architecture, 302new house syndrome, 252-253,256-257noise, 192-193, 237-238, 242, 254,308-309, 313nosocomial infection, 222, 242nursing home, 205, 213-215, 221-223Ooffice design, 309, 312online learning, 207open planning, 302,organizational design, 275, 277outdoor activity, 211-212, 221, 326outdoor environment, 97, 130,133, 138, 296Pparks and recreation, 263, 268participation, 127, 139-140, 148,150, 158-160, 167, 173, 176, 187,189, 204, 208-209, 211-213, 253-255, 258, 261, 263-271, 273, 277,282, 295-296, 306path design, 214pathways, 122, 124, 263pattern language, 153, 166, 274,pedagogy, 194-195, 200, 263-264pedestrian movement, 233, 243,pedestrians, 142, 146, 169, 263performance evaluation, 278,283-287performance-based design, 283personal space, 162, 230, 274, 296phenomenal transparency, 313-314phenomenology, 127, 153, 204,230, 263physical measures, 262place attachment, 127, 144, 147-148, 160-162, 165, 175, 179, 211,227, 259place character, 300place identity, 162, 229, 232place memory, 147-148, 157, 160,162, 179, 211place-construction, 130placemaking, 127, 173, 205, 301-302planned, 140, 156, 203, 276, 280,302, 317planning and design methods,285planning education, 105-106, 196planning features, 250-251post occupancy evaluation, 202,213, 217, 241-242, 272-287poststructuralism, 227preservation, 147, 160-161, 177,179, 265, 294, 302primary school playground, 281privacy, 38, 162-163, 180-181, 221-222, 250, 308-310, 312, 314-315professional practice, 204, 226,238, 252, 270, 280, 289, 293, 306programming (architectural),30, 190, 197-198, 208-209, 256,272-287psychology, 153, 159, 226-234,261, 263, 296-298, 310-311, 313,315public health, 5, 6, 9, 12-14, 124,238-239, 288public participation, 79, 105, 255,263, 269public safety and welfare, 138,159, 161, 168-170public space, 47, 137-139, 233, 249,298, 303Qqualitative, 21, 127-128, 132, 155,161, 173, 192, 194, 200, 218, 227,263, 266, 268-270, 274, 288, 290qualitative methods, 21, 136, 194,200, 273qualitative research, 127-128, 148,155, 161, 192, 218, 227, 242, 246,259, 263, 266, 268-270, 274, 290quantitative, 113, 127, 131, 136,149, 150, 159, 221, 293, 297Rreal estate, 187, 204, 285, 293, 313reconstruction, 142, 160-162, 232,278recreational spaces, 281-282regional planning, 101, 189, 196,268, 292relaxation, 39, 176, 246, 252research in practice, 204, 237-238research methodology, 203, 247,273research-informed design, 6, 3,191, 206residential, 55, 62-64, 70, 74, 100-103, 158, 171, 186, 210, 220, 239,244-259, 276, 288, 289, 302resource management, 263retirement communities, 208-209,212, 214revitalization, 147-148, 151, 168-169, 189-190, 200, 264, 286, 291,294rural urbanism, 301, 302SSARS, 241-242schools (and classrooms), 10, 30,51, 129-131, 133-137, 153, 201,203, 278, 304-305segregation, 48, 50, 57, 149-150,179sense of place, 54, 148-150, 173,302service learning, 267-268, 270-271settlement, 5, 41, 43, 45, 107, 143,162-163, 258, 302, 304, 317shared spaces, 244-246signage, 79-81, 88, 93-97, 223,228, 233-234, 287, 309sketch map, 229, 317small-towns, 149-150social behavior, 75, 281, 287social environment, 31, 197, 209social inclusion, 281social issues, 6, 17, 100, 147-148,153, 157, 164, 167, 175-176, 181,186-187, 226, 228, 254, 265, 290-292, 303-305sociology, 5-6, 127, 155, 204, 246,261, 290sound, 31, 58, 169, 237-238, 313space norms, 257-258spatial behavior, 132, 145, 166,201, 215, 225, 227, 231, 234, 243,281, 303, 306, 317spatial boundaries, 142-143spatial cognition, 145, 229, 231spatial orientation, 218-219spatial recognition, 282squatter communities /shantytowns, 140stress, 3, 2, 25, 30-31, 36-37, 39,67-69, 76-77, 103, 135, 162-163,213, 216, 242-243, 256, 265, 296,306, 308, 312-313, 315suburbs, 9, 69, 72, 74, 77, 135, 150-151, 168, 200, 208, 210, 305subway station, 229, 232survival skills, 184-185survivor communities, 159sustainability, 5, 17, 99-101, 104-107, 158-159, 164, 203, 208, 251,253, 265, 284, 288-289, 293-305,308symbolism, 173-174, 178, 183Tteaching, 13-14, 31, 39, 51, 133,148, 153, 192-193, 198, 203, 206,251-252, 264, 272-273, 305-306,322technology / computerapplications,108, 126, 182-190,198, 206, 280teenagers, 138-139, 146temporary settlement, 162-163terrorism, 3, 6, 65-69, 72, 74-77,158, 162, 165theater, 150, 304theory, 15, 31, 54, 64, 66, 98, 105,111, 113, 120, 127, 141-143, 147,154, 159, 162, 164-165, 167, 171-172, 175, 185-186, 195, 197, 199,204, 209, 213, 226, 228-230, 233,246, 250, 261, 274, 295-296, 299,301-302, 304, 306, 308therapeutic gardens, 219third place, 175tourism, 141, 178-179, 294tradition, 3, 11, 30, 42, 55-57, 60,64, 148, 156, 177-178ransparency, 99, 122-123, 313-314,328transportation, 5, 8-9, 11-13,18-19, 66, 75, 102, 122, 124-125,145-146, 151, 166, 204, 232, 239,263, 276, 288-290, 292, 295, 301,307-308tsunami, 160-162, 304Uuniversal design, 223, 229, 251,278, 280-282, 285, 287universities / colleges, 10-11, 30-31, 199-201, 202, 203, 273, 286urban, 6, 14, 15, 18, 41, 65, 79, 99,107, 155, 167-171-179, 189urban design, 13, 113, 122-125,138-139, 148-149, 151, 154-155,167, 171, 173, 189, 255, 288, 302-303, 305urban development, 19, 67, 106,143, 148, 151, 157-158, 167, 177,204, 267, 276, 289-292urban planning, 18, 100, 105, 112,150, 158, 195-196, 204, 255,288-305urban redevelopment /revitalization, 168-169, 288,302-303urban sidewalks, 143urban sociology, 155urban sprawl, 146urban / urbanism, 3, 12-13, 66, 69,77, 135, 139, 143-145, 208, 265,301-302user needs analysis, 284, 286-287,334IndexKeyword334 May 2006Beyond Conflict 335

IndexKeywordVvideo documentary,279visual representations,155visual search, 218-219visual transparency,313-314visually handicapped,281-282Wwalkability, 122-123walking, 16, 22, 26-27,45, 122, 124, 140, 153,176, 188, 211-212, 214,218-219, 221, 223,233, 259, 309waterfrontrevitalization, 189-190wayfinding, 4, 151, 187-189, 218-219, 222-223,229, 232-234, 274,287web-survey, 190well-being, 129, 139,209, 212-213, 221,243-244, 249, 254,256, 285-287, 306,313Wildfires, 161, 163-164workplace, 5, 22, 31,38, 172, 187, 198, 204,211, 274, 286, 293,306, 313workstation, 24-25, 187World Trade Center,165ZZoology, 4, 231-232336 May 2006